Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
127-26 RESOLUTION
Page 1 113 West Mountain Street Fayetteville, AR 72701 (479) 575-8323 Resolution: 127-26 File Number: 2026-1684 A RESOLUTION TO AWARD BID 26-31 AND AUTHORIZE A CONTRACT WITH MOBLEY CONTRACTORS IN THE AMOUNT OF $599,219.77 FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO THE LAKE SEQUOYAH DRIVE BRIDGE, AND TO APPROVE A PROJECT CONTINGENCY IN THE AMOUNT OF $100,000.00 WHEREAS, the Lake Sequoyah bridge appears to have been in place since at least 1980 according to aerial photography; and WHEREAS, the bridge receives annual inspections from ARDOT which has reported the need for specialty repairs that are not within the expertise of City Staff. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: Section 1: That the City Council of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas hereby awards Bid 26-31 and authorizes a contract with Mobley Contractors in the amount of $599,219.77 for improvements to the Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge, and further approves a project contingency in the amount of $100,000.00. PASSED and APPROVED on May 19, 2026 Approved: _______________________________ Molly Rawn, Mayor Attest: _______________________________ Kara Paxton, City Clerk Treasurer Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Mailing address: 113 W. Mountain Street Fayetteville, AR 72701 www.fayetteville-ar.gov CITY COUNCIL MEMO 2026-1684 MEETING OF MAY 19, 2026 TO: Mayor Rawn and City Council THROUGH: Chris Brown, Public Works Director Keith Macedo, Chief of Staff FROM: Alan Pugh, Stormwater Manager SUBJECT: Resolution to Approve a Contract with Mobley Contractors in the amount of $599,219.77 for Improvements to the Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge Over Lake Sequoyah and to Approve a Contingency in the Amount of $100,000 RECOMMENDATION: Staff recommends approval of a Contract with Mobley Contractors, pursuant to Bid 26-31, in the amount of $599,219.77 for improvements to the Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge over Lake Sequoyah. Contingency of $100,000 is also recommended to cover unforeseen bridge damage that may be found during the repairs. BACKGROUND: The Lake Sequoyah bridge appears to have been in place since at least 1980 according to aerial photography. This bridge receives annual inspections from ARDOT similarly to all bridges within the area. The bridge needs several routine and important maintenance repairs according to ARDOT. These are specialty repairs that are not within the expertise of City staff; therefore, a contractor is needed to complete the repairs. DISCUSSION: To prevent the issues pointed out by the inspection process from becoming critical, staff recommends implementing the repairs identified by Garver engineers in the investigation and design process. Bids for the project were received on April 28th. Two bids were received and Mobley Contractors was the low bidder at $599,219.77. During the demo of damaged deck areas, it is possible that additional deck failures may be found; therefore, a relatively large contingency is requested to cover this potential additional work. BUDGET/STAFF IMPACT: Funds for this project will be from the 2024 Transportation Bond Funds. ATTACHMENTS: 3. Staff Review Form, 4. Bid 26-31, Bid Tab - Final, 5. Bid 26-31, Submittal - Mobley Contractors, Inc. - E, 6. Bid 26-31, City Issued Bid, 7. Condensed - Plans, 8. Contract_Lake Sequoyah Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Page 1 City of Fayetteville, Arkansas Legislation Text 113 West Mountain Street Fayetteville, AR 72701 (479) 575-8323 File #: 2026-1684 A RESOLUTION TO AWARD BID 26-31 AND AUTHORIZE A CONTRACT WITH MOBLEY CONTRACTORS IN THE AMOUNT OF $599,219.77 FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO THE LAKE SEQUOYAH DRIVE BRIDGE, AND TO APPROVE A PROJECT CONTINGENCY IN THE AMOUNT OF $100,000.00 WHEREAS, the Lake Sequoyah bridge appears to have been in place since at least 1980 according to aerial photography; and WHEREAS, the bridge receives annual inspections from ARDOT which has reported the need for specialty repairs that are not within the expertise of City Staff. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: Section 1: That the City Council of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas hereby awards Bid 26-31 and authorizes a contract with Mobley Contractors in the amount of $599,219.77 for improvements to the Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge, and further approves a project contingency in the amount of $100,000.00. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville Staff Review Form 2026-1684 Item ID 5/19/2026 City Council Meeting Date - Agenda Item Only N/A for Non-Agenda Item Chris Brown 4/30/2026 ENGINEERING (621) Submitted By Submitted Date Division / Department Action Recommendation: Staff recommends approval of a Contract with Mobley Contractors in the amount of $599,219.77 for improvements to the Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge over Lake Sequoyah. Contingency of $100,000 is also recommended to cover unforeseen bridge damage that may be found during the repairs. Budget Impact: 4702.860.7230-5817.00 Street Bond Projects Account Number Fund 46020.7230.2601 Street Bond Projects, Bridge Impr - Lake Sequoyah Bridge Project Number Project Title Budgeted Item?Yes Total Amended Budget $699,220.00 Expenses (Actual+Encum)$- Available Budget $699,220.00 Does item have a direct cost?Yes Item Cost $699,219.77 Is a Budget Amendment attached?No Budget Amendment $- Remaining Budget $0.23 Purchase Order Number:Previous Ordinance or Resolution # Change Order Number:Approval Date: Original Contract Number: Comments: Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Line #Description QTY UOM Unit Extended Unit Extended 1 Mobilization 1 LS $28,365.40 $28,365.40 $82,032.58 $82,032.58 2 Bonds & Insurance 1 LS $13,499.25 $13,499.25 $20,000.00 $20,000.00 3 Clearing, Grubbing, and Demolition 1 LS $126,206.92 $126,206.92 $1,500.00 $1,500.00 4 Seeding and Mulching 1 Acre $3,690.00 $3,690.00 $5,500.00 $5,500.00 5 Erosion Control 1 LS $5,627.61 $5,627.61 $3,100.00 $3,100.00 6 Project Signs 2 EA $3,362.69 $6,725.38 $1,000.00 $2,000.00 7 Tree Protection Fencing 250 LF $19.81 $4,952.50 $13.00 $3,250.00 8 Class 2 Protective Surface Treatment 73 SY $12.30 $897.90 $30.00 $2,190.00 9 Reinforcing Steel-Bridge (Grade 60)540 LB $34.12 $18,424.80 $2.00 $1,080.00 10 Silicone Joint Sealant 150 LF $127.62 $19,143.00 $85.00 $12,750.00 11 Modification of Existing Bridge Structure 1 LS $105,740.67 $105,740.67 $3,500.00 $3,500.00 12 Bridge Deck Repair 70 SY $421.26 $29,488.20 $2,800.00 $196,000.00 13 Spall Repair 15 SF $985.30 $14,779.50 $180.00 $2,700.00 14 Surface Patching 15 SF $985.30 $14,779.50 $150.00 $2,250.00 16 Joint Armor 288 LF $588.01 $169,346.88 $825.00 $237,600.00 17 Migratory Bird Nesting Prevention 1 LS $8,058.61 $8,058.61 $13,000.00 $13,000.00 18 Lake Traffic Safety 1 LS $29,493.65 $29,493.65 $231,000.00 $231,000.00 * NOTICE: Bid award is contingent upon supplier meeting minimum specifications and formal authorization by City Officials. Pbx CorporationMobley Contractors, Inc. Rejected Total $819,452.58$599,219.77 Kenny Fitch, Sr Procurement Agent Bid 26-31, Construction - Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge Rehab BID TABULATION ______________________________________________________________________________ Trevel Young, Procurement Agent ______________________________________________________________________________ Certification of Funds: $1,200,000 ($1,500,000 maximum allowed) Deadline: Tuesday, April 28, 2026 at 2:00 PM Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Bid 26-31 Addendum 3 Mobley Contractors, Inc. Supplier Response Event Information Number:Bid 26-31 Addendum 3 Title:Construction - Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge Rehab Type:Invitation to Bid Issue Date:4/5/2026 Deadline:4/28/2026 02:00 PM (CT) Notes:The City of Fayetteville is accepting sealed bids from properly licensed contractors to perform rehabilitation on the bridge on Lake Sequoyah Drive. Questions regarding this bid should be addressed to Kenny Fitch, Sr. Procurement Agent at kfitch@fayetteville-ar.gov. Contact Information Contact:Kenny Fitch - Sr Procurement Agent Address:Procurement City Hall Room 306 113 W. Mountain St. Fayetteville, AR 72701 Phone:(479) 575-8258 Email:kfitch@fayetteville-ar.gov Vendor: Mobley Contractors, Inc.Bid 26-31 Addendum 3Page 1 of 4 pages Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Mobley Contractors, Inc. Information Contact:Jennifer Roberts Address:952 Highway 287 Morrilton, AR 72110 Phone:(501) 354-2510 Email:jroberts@mobleycontractors.com Web Address:www.mobleycontractors.com By submitting your response, you certify that you are authorized to represent and bind your company. Brad Deaver bdeaver@mobleycontractors.com Signature Email Submitted at 4/28/2026 12:50:27 PM (CT) Requested Attachments Signature Forms for Bid 26-31 Bid Form.pdf Please attach your completed forms. These documents can be found in FILE #01 - PROJECT MANUAL in the Attachments tab. Please be sure to include ALL required information stated in the Project Manual. Bid Bond for Bid 26-31 Bid Bond_MCI_Signed.pdf Please attach a signed and completed copy of your bid bond. The Bid Bond must be signed by both the bidder and the surety company to be considered valid. An invalid Bid Bond shall be grounds for bid rejection. Bid bonds in the form of a cashier's check shall be delivered to City Hall, Procurement Division before bid deadline and have a copy of the cashier's check uploaded with submittal. Bid Attributes 1 Arkansas Secretary of State Filing Number: 71-0506968 2 Arkansas Contractor License Number: Contractor's License must have a classification relating to the scope of this project. 0003660926 3 Check Yes or No: Pursuant Arkansas Code Annotated §25-1-503, the Contractor agrees and certifies that they do not currently boycott Israel and will not boycott Israel during any time in which they are entering into, or while in contract, with any public entity as defined in §25-1-503. If at any time during contract the contractor decides to boycott Israel, the contractor must notify the contracted public entity in writing. Yes, I agree No, I don't agree Vendor: Mobley Contractors, Inc.Bid 26-31 Addendum 3Page 2 of 4 pages Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 4 Check Yes or No: Pursuant Arkansas Code Annotated §25-1-1002, the Contractor agrees and certifies that they do not currently boycott Energy, Fossil Fuel, Firearms, and Ammunition Industries during any time in which they are entering into, or while in contract, with any public entity as defined in §25-1-1002. If at any time during the contract the contractor decides to boycott Energy, Fossil Fuel, Firearms, and/or Ammunition Industries, the contractor must notify the contracted public entity in writing. Yes, I agree No, I don't agree 5 Addendum Acknowledgement: By selecting "I agree", you acknowledge that you have read and understand any addendums that have been issued for this bid. I agree Bid Lines 1 Mobilization (Shall not exceed 5% of the total bid price, excluding Bonds & Insurance) Quantity:1 UOM:LS Price:$28,365.40 Total:$28,365.40 2 Bonds & Insurance Quantity:1 UOM:LS Price:$13,499.25 Total:$13,499.25 3 Clearing, Grubbing, and Demolition Quantity:1 UOM:LS Price:$126,206.92 Total:$126,206.92 4 Seeding and Mulching Quantity:1 UOM:Acre Price:$3,690.00 Total:$3,690.00 5 Erosion Control Quantity:1 UOM:LS Price:$5,627.61 Total:$5,627.61 6 Project Signs Quantity:2 UOM:EA Price:$3,362.69 Total:$6,725.38 7 Tree Protection Fencing Quantity:250 UOM:LF Price:$19.81 Total:$4,952.50 8 Class 2 Protective Surface Treatment Quantity:73 UOM:SY Price:$12.30 Total:$897.90 9 Reinforcing Steel-Bridge (Grade 60) Quantity:540 UOM:LB Price:$34.12 Total:$18,424.80 1 0 Silicone Joint Sealant Quantity:150 UOM:LF Price:$127.62 Total:$19,143.00 Vendor: Mobley Contractors, Inc.Bid 26-31 Addendum 3Page 3 of 4 pages Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 1 1 Modification of Existing Bridge Structure Quantity:1 UOM:LS Price:$105,740.67 Total:$105,740.67 1 2 Bridge Deck Repair Quantity:70 UOM:SY Price:$421.26 Total:$29,488.20 1 3 Spall Repair Quantity:15 UOM:SF Price:$985.30 Total:$14,779.50 1 4 Surface Patching Quantity:15 UOM:SF Price:$985.30 Total:$14,779.50 1 5 Line deleted as part of an Addendum 1 6 Joint Armor Quantity:288 UOM:LF Price:$588.01 Total:$169,346.88 1 7 Migratory Bird Nesting Prevention Quantity:1 UOM:LS Price:$8,058.61 Total:$8,058.61 1 8 Lake Traffic Safety Quantity:1 UOM:LS Price:$29,493.65 Total:$29,493.65 Response Total: $599,219.77 Vendor: Mobley Contractors, Inc.Bid 26-31 Addendum 3Page 4 of 4 pages Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Mobley Contractors performs all work with its own forces except the erosion control and signage. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Project Name Owner Contact Information Amount Completion Date 020475 Hwy 83 Spur - Hwy 278 Connector Ark. Dept. of Transportation Jared Bymaster (870) 222-5104 30,114,150.94$ Dec-26 Hwy 10 - Hwy 96(Greenwood Bypass)Ark. Dept. of Transportation Ken Wilson 16,928,122.42$ Jun-27 Hwy 5 Hwy 89 (Cabot)Ark. Dept. of Transportation Weaver Bailey 12,163,760.09$ Oct-27 Prairie Creek Ark. Dept. of Transportation Ken Wilson 8,364,108.09$ Dec-25 La Grue Bayou, Wolf Island Slash Ark. Dept. of Transportation Sam Davies 23,484,085.39$ Jun-26 Boat Gunwale Slash Ark. Dept. of Transportation Tommy Hartsell 3,873,066.56$ May-26 Oak Creek Str. & Apprs.Ark. Dept. of Transportation Jeff Storment 1,527,197.22$ Dec-26 Leslie Slide Repair Keller-NA Curtis Cook 2,157,772.86$ May-26 Batesville Raw Water Treatment Plant TOLM Ryan Coles 9,393,795.00$ Dec-26 Lake Conway Spillway Modifications Arkansas Game & Fish Co. 8,317,913.87$ Dec-26 Total Contracted Work 116,323,972.44$ Attachment A Contracts on Hand Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Attachment 2 Project Name Owner Contact Information Amount Completion Date 080504 Deer Creek ARDOT Mike Hays (479) 264-0192 3,804,446.18$ Mar-22 Saline County Old River Bridge Saline County, Arkansas Will Gruber (501) 303-5640 1,538,027.61$ Feb-22 Hwys 64, 96, & 252 Str. & Apprs.Ark. Dept. of Transportation Ken Wilson (479) 637-2366 8,026,445.45$ Oct-23 McNulty Lake, Spring & Hog Tusk Creek Ark. Dept. of Transportation Tommy Hartsell (870) 572-6026 6,502,531.21$ Nov-23 BR2605 Lost Cr. & S. Fork Little Mazarn Cr Ark. Dept. of Transportation Josh Walker (501)623-1104 4,353,662.40$ Jul-23 13th Street Bridge Repairs City of Little Rock David Hopkins (501) 371-4812 490,286.95$ Dec-23 020588 11th Ave. - Harding Have (Hwy 190)Ark. Dept. of Transportation David Stinnett (870) 536-1831 5,344,053.66$ Oct-24 040779 Elmo Creek Ark. Dept. of Transportation Danny Harris (479) 452-1301 2,760,453.60$ Nov-23 Frog Bayou Str. & Apprs Ark. Dept. of Transportation Danny Harris 1,302,590.20$ Feb-26 Garland County Bridge Repair Garland County 1,422,215.13$ Aug-26 Recently Completed Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 RONALD F. MOBLEY Project Manager Owner and President of Mobley Contractors, Inc. P. O. Box 150 / Morrilton, Arkansas 72110 WK: (501) 354-2510 PERSONAL D. O. B. – December 11, 1950 Married, 3 children SUMMARY OF QUALIFICATIONS • Owner and President of Mobley Contractors, Inc. • More than 50 years professional experience successfully working in the Heavy Construction Industry • Seminars and courses in Construction Management, Safety, Construction Law, Construction Techniques • Extensive experience in estimating, bidding, and procurement EDUCATION University of Central Arkansas EXPERIENCE 1972 - Present Mobley Contractors, Inc. - Morrilton, Arkansas Owner and President Highway, Roads, Bridge Construction Water & Wastewater Treatment Plant Construction Transit/Rail Environmental and Restoration Earthwork and Demolition MAJOR PROJECTS COMPLETED: 1994 Gurley Pit Superfund Site $6.0 Million 1997 AHTD Kings River Bridge Project $5.7 Million 2000 Jack Wilson and Ozark Water Treatment $8.9 Million 2004 AHTD Lamar Pope Co. Bridges $7.1 Million 2004 AHTD Alcoa Road Interchange $5.0 Million 2004 CATA River rail Trolley Project $11 Million 2006 CATA Rive rail Trolley Phase II $5.7 Million 2007 White River Hydroelectric Power Project $8.3 Million 2007 AHTD New Hope Road $9.5 Million 2009 I530 Steep Bank $11.7 Million 2010 Clinton Presidential Park Bridge $8.2 Million 2011 Hwy 70 East Interchange $6.9 Million 2012 Saline River $6.7 Million 2012 May Branch Culvert $5.5 Million 2013 Hwy 16 east Hwy 65B Clinton $12.5 Million 2013 Conway South Interchange Hwy 365 $13.2 Million 2015 Bayou Meto Basin Project Ph.2 $16.1 Million 2015 Hwy 64 Interchange Traffic Imp. $5.2 Million 2015 UPRR/Parkway Drive $9 Million 2018 Geyer Springs RR Gr. Separation $7.2 Million Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 KEY PERSONNEL RESUME Mobley Contractors PO Box 150 Morrilton Arkansas, 72110 Phone: 501-354-2510 (a) Name and Title: Mr. Brad Deaver – Vice President - Project Manager (b) Project Assignment: Project Manager_____________ Years at this Role:__17__ (c) Name of Your Firm: Mobley Contractors, Inc._____________________________________ (d) No. of Years: With this Firm: 32 With other Firms: 1 (e) Education: Degree(s)/Year/Specialization: Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering / University of Arkansas, Fayetteville, AR / 2001. ACI Concrete Flatwork Technician (f) Active Registration, if any: No. EI 6235, State(s) AR First Year / Current Year 2001/2022 (g) Describe Your Specific Experience: • USACE Narrows Access Bridge Rehabilitation, Murfreesboro, AR. Construction Costs: $ 964,182.61 Date Completed (June 2017) Project Manager responsible for the overall management of quality control for the project. Project consisted of demolition and excavation of the approach slabs, jacking up the bridge ends to modify the abutments and providing new bearings pads. Project also included installation of shoring for bridge jacking, lead abatement and painting of steel beams, and installation of approach slab. • Riverdale Harbor District Marina Wall Repair, Pulaski County, AR Construction Costs: $1,287,926.85 Date Completed (Feb/2019) Project Manager responsible for the overall management of quality control for the project. The purpose of the project was to remove temporary flood protection that had been placed and replace it with a permanent solution. Project consisted of removing and replacing concrete retaining walls, removal of B-Stone, installation of sheet piling, concrete sidewalks, heavy duty concrete pavement, concrete curb and gutter, and brick pavers. • Arkansas Highway and Transportation Department Job No. CA0706 Airport Dr. – Hwy. 82B (Widening)(S), Union County, AR (Subcontractor to D&J Construction) Construction Costs: $1,935,048.75 Date Completed (Nov/2021) Project Manager responsible for the overall management of quality control and success for the project. The purpose of the project is to widen approximately 6.124 miles of Highway 82 in Union County. This project consists of clearing and grubbing, binder and surface courses, cold milling asphalt pavement, ACHM patching of existing roadway, maintenance of traffic, minor drainage structures, guardrail, erosion control items, rumble strips in asphalt shoulders, one Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 double reinforced concrete box culvert (total length 22.17'), one continuous composite integral w-beam unit (total length 101.00'), pavement marking, and misc. items. • Arkansas Highway and Transportation Department Job No. 080504 Deer Creek Str. & Apprs. (S), Montgomery County, AR Construction Costs: $3,804,446.18 Date Completed (Aug/2021) Project Manager is responsible for the overall management of quality control for the project. The purpose of the project is to replace an existing bridge structure on Highway 27 in Montgomery County. This project consists of clearing and grubbing, removal and disposal items, earthwork, aggregate base course, ACHM base, Binder, and surface courses, cold milling asphalt pavement, ACHM patching of existing roadway, approach slabs and gutters, maintenance of traffic, minor drainage structures, guardrail, erosion control items, one continuous composite w-beam unit (Total Length 282.16'), rumble strips in asphalt shoulders, pavement markings, and misc. items. • Arkansas Highway and Transportation Department Job No. BR2605 Lost Cr. & S. Fork Little Mazarn Creek, Garland County, AR Construction Costs: $4,524,318.37 Date Completed (April/2024) As Project Manager I was responsible for all construction activities and scheduling. I handled the overall management of quality control and correspondence with suppliers, subcontractors, engineers and owners. This project consisted of replacing two structures, one 169’ continuous w- beam unit bridge and one 120’ integral continuous w-beam unit bridge. Construct approaches and approximately .656 miles of county road 63. There was clearing and grubbing, removal and disposal of items, earthwork, asphalt, erosion control and more. • Various Projects Including Highways, Roads, Bridge Construction, Airfield Maintenance, Water and Wastewater Construction - 1995 to Present: Extensive experience in quality control, surveying/layout, demolition, earthwork, pile driving, concrete, and excavation. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 KEY PERSONNEL RESUME Mobley Contractors PO Box 150 Morrilton Arkansas, 72110 Phone: 501-354-2510 (a) Name and Title: Mr. Jared C. French – Alternate CQC System Manager (b) Project Assignment: Alternate Contractor Quality Control System Manager (c) Name of Firm: Mobley Contractors, Inc. (d) No. of Years: With this Firm: 26 With other Firms: 0 (e) Education: Degree(s)/Year/Specialization: Bachelor of Science in Business Administration / University of Arkansas, Fayetteville, AR / 2006 Associate Degree of General Education / University of Arkansas Community College, Morrilton, AR / 2002 (f) Active Registration, if any: No. , State(s) First Year / Current Year (g) Describe Specific Experience: • Arkansas Highway and Transportation Department Job No. 110616 McNulty Lake, Spring & Hog Tusk Creeks Strs. & Apprs. (S), Lee County, AR Construction Cost: $6,724,182.45 / Date Started (12/2021) – Date construction complete (March/2024) Project Manager and CQC responsible and accountable for all project activities including but not limited to: Replacing two bridges with reinforced concrete box culverts and replace one bridge with an integral prestressed concrete girder unit (total length 275’). Other project task included clearing and grubbing, earthwork, asphalt, minor drainage structures, erosion control, and traffic control • W912BV-20-C0003 USACE Tulsa District Eufaula Lake – Eufaula Replace Spillway Bridge, Eufaula Lake, OK Construction Cost: $ $20,219,318.02 Date started (FEB/2020) – Date construction complete (MAY/2023) Provided QC supervision as needed. Project consisted of installation of gantry crane system, demolition of existing super structure, and rehabilitation of substructure. New precast concrete girders and panels were provided. Ultra-High-Performance Concrete was used in the connections between precast members. Additionally, a new catwalk and torque shaft were provided below the deck. • W912EQ-15-C-0008 USACE Memphis District Bayou Meto Basin Project Canal 1000 Phase 2, Pulaski County. AR Construction Cost: $16,058,407.72 Date started (AUG/2016) – Date construction complete (JUN/2018), Project Manager and CQC Manager responsible and accountable for all project activities including installation of approximately 2,700 linear feet of Canal 1000 with associated drainage ditches and the construction of a cast in place reinforced concrete inverted siphon, measuring 550 linear feet in length, to convey Canal 1000 under an existing bayou. Also included in the work is the clearing and disposal of debris therefrom; temporary diversion of Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 the existing bayou during construction of the siphon and the restoration of diversion area afterwards; installation of storm drainage pipes, concrete headwalls and a flap gate; furnishing and placing filter stone and riprap; turfing; and environmental protection. • Arkansas Highway and Transportation Department Job No. 080390 HWY. 16 East – HWY. 65 B South (Clinton), Van Buren, AR Construction Costs: 12,480,474.25 Date started (DEC/2013) – Date construction complete, (AUG/2015) Project Manager, Construction Superintendent. The purpose of the project is to widen 1.431 miles of Highway 65 from three lanes to five lanes in Clinton Arkansas. This project consists of earthwork, aggregate base courses, ACHM base, binder, and surface courses, two continuous composite w-beam unit bridges (total span lengths 134.26 feet and 376.30 feet), signal items, storm drainage system, concrete curb and gutter, sidewalks, wire fence, erosion control items, maintenance of traffic and miscellaneous items • W912EQ-12-C-0013 USACE Memphis District Walker Street Culvert Rehabilitation, Phillips County, AR Construction Cost: $424,316.20, Subcontract to A&H Contractors Date started (AUG/2012) – Date construction complete (JUN/2012) Project Manager, Construction Superintendent. Managed and constructed the civil and mechanical work for the project. This included the construction of a structural steel walkway bridge, gate hoist and stainless-steel gate stem, new handrailing, repairing concrete surfaces, excavation of existing channel, installation of geotextile separation fabric, filter material, and riprap. • W912BV-11-C-0022 USACE Tulsa District Eufaula Lake – Penstock and Spillway Bridge Repairs, Eufaula Lake, OK Construction Cost: $1,937,627.28 Date started (SEP/2011) – Date construction complete (MAY/2012) Project Manager, Construction Superintendent, Contractor Quality Control, SSHO. Project Manager for Construction responsible for managing the teams’ construction efforts. This included the rehabilitation of Three (3), 22 feet diameter penstocks inside Eufaula Dam. Lead Abatement was performed, and all work was completed without an accident. Rehab to the bridge deck over the dam was also performed. A roadway emergency bulkhead hatch cover was also replaced. Responsibility and Qualifications Relevant to this Project: Mr. Jared French will serve as the Prime Contractor’s Alternate Contractor Quality Control (CQC) System Manager. Responsibilities will include serving as Mobley’s on-site representative for the overall management of quality control and oversight of Mobley and its subcontractors with the authority to act in all Quality Control matters. And will include the performance of safety and occupational health management, surveillance, inspections, and safety enforcement for Mobley Contractors. Training includes USACE Course Construction Quality Manager for Contractors, OSHA 10 Hour, OSHA 30 Hour, 2 Hour Lead Awareness Training, First Aid/CPR, Competent Person Training, Fall Protection, and Excavation Safety, Qualified Rigger/Signalperson Training, Heavy Equipment Operator- Track Hoe, Back Hoe and Dozer, Extensive experience in concrete, excavation, and sheet pile installation, Seminars and courses in Management, Safety, Construction Techniques, and computer literate in Window’s operating system. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville, Arkansas Procurement Division – Room 306 113 W. Mountain Fayetteville, AR 72701 Phone: 479.575.8256 TDD (Telecommunication Device for the Deaf): 479.521.1316 INVITATION TO BID Bid 26-31, Construction – Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge Rehab DEADLINE: Tuesday, April 28, 2026 before 2:00 PM, Local Time PRE-BID MEETING: Tuesday, April 14, 2026 at 11:00 AM SR. PROCUREMENT AGENT: Kenny Fitch, kfitch@fayetteville-ar.gov DATE OF ISSUE & ADVERTISEMENT: 04/05/2026 & 04/12/2026 No late bids shall be accepted. Bids shall be submitted in one of the following methods: (1) through the City’s third-party electronic bidding platform or (2) delivering in person via sealed envelope to the City of Fayetteville Procurement Division. Submitting through the City’s electronic bidding platform is strongly encouraged. All bids shall be submitted in accordance with the attached City of Fayetteville specifications and bid documents attached hereto. Each bidder is required to fill in every blank and shall supply all information requested; failure to do so may be used as basis of rejection. NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS: All interested parties can obtain files for this project by going to http://fayetteville-ar.gov/bids. Bid documents shall be distributed electronically from the City of Fayetteville Procurement Division only. BID PACKAGE INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING FILES WHICH SHALL BE LISTED UNDER “ATTACHMENTS”: FILE #01: PROJECT MANUAL – 356 Total Pages FILE #02: PLANS – 21 Plan Sheets *Additional files added as addendums are issued. Addendums will be uploaded and posted to the City’s electronic bidding platform. *PLAN HOLDER LISTINGS: A listing of vendors who have received documents can be found in the City’s electronic bidding platform under the project section tab titled ‘Plan Holders’. Bidder shall assume all responsibility for receiving updates and any addenda issued to this project by monitoring http://fayetteville-ar.gov/bids. Failure to acknowledge addenda issued as instructed could result in bid rejection. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Project Check List This checklist is for the Bidder’s use in preparing & submitting a bid. It is not intended to include all details necessary to prepare a bid and shall not be used as a substitute for the requirements of the bid documents. Use of this checklist does not relieve the Bidder from the responsibility of meeting all requirements of the Specifications concerning the preparation of an acceptable bid. Bidders are welcome to use this form as a coversheet for a sealed envelope; however, using this form itself is NOT a requirement. 5% Bid Bond of the amount bid accompanied by required documentation (Power of Attorney, etc.) o In lieu of a bid bond, the bidder may submit a cashier’s check from a bank located in the State of Arkansas for at least five percent (5%) of the amount bid (inclusive of any deductive alternates). Cashier’s checks shall be made payable to the City of Fayetteville, AR and received prior to the bid deadline by making an in-person delivery appointment with the City Procurement Division. • All addenda shall be signed, acknowledged, and submitted on the appropriate forms (submitting the actual addendums or marking acknowledgement on other bid pages). All pages provided with signature lines shall be appropriately signed, dated accordingly, and included with submitted bid documents • All bids shall be received before the stated deadline utilizing the City’s electronic bidding platform or submitting a physical sealed bid to the City Procurement Division. Submitting a bid electronically is strongly encouraged. A public bid opening will be conducted shortly after the deadline at City Hall and livestreamed on Zoom. Late or misdirected bids shall not be accepted. The City of Fayetteville shall not be responsible for lost or misdirected bids, or failure of bidder’s technical equipment. If submitting a physical bid, all bid documents shall be delivered in a sealed envelope to the address stated in the advertisement or updated deadline issued via Addenda. All bids should be delivered with the name of the bidder (contractor) on the sealed envelope as well as the bidders Arkansas Contractor’s License Number. Additional Information Requested: • AR Secretary of State Filing #: _______________________ OR submit electronically. • Arkansas Contractor License #: _______________________ OR submit electronically. • SAM Unique Entity Identifier #: ________________________ OR submit electronically. • Pursuant Arkansas Code Annotated §25-1-503, the Contractor agrees and certifies that they do not currently boycott Israel and will not boycott Israel during any time in which they are entering into, or while in contract, with any public entity as defined in §25-1-503. If at any time during contract the contractor decides to boycott Israel, the contractor must notify the contracted public entity in writing. o Submit electronically or circle applicable answer: YES or NO • Pursuant Arkansas Code Annotated §25-1-1002, the Contractor agrees and certifies that they do not currently boycott Energy, Fossil Fuel, Firearms, and Ammunition Industries during any time in which they are entering into, or while in contract, with any public entity as defined in §25-1-1002. If at any time during the contract the contractor decides to boycott Energy, Fossil Fuel, Firearms, and/or Ammunition Industries, the contractor must notify the contracted public entity in writing. o Submit electronically or circle applicable answer: YES or NO Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Advertisement City of Fayetteville, Arkansas INVITATION TO BID Bid 26-31, Construction – Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge Rehab The City of Fayetteville is accepting sealed bids from properly licensed contractors to perform rehabilitation on the bridge on Lake Sequoyah Drive. Questions regarding this bid should be addressed to Kenny Fitch, Sr. Procurement Agent at kfitch@fayetteville-ar.gov. A non-mandatory pre-bid meeting will be held Tuesday, April 14, 2026, at 11:00 AM. Details regarding the pre-bid meeting are available on the project page on the City’s electronic bidding platform. All interested parties are encouraged to attend. Bidding documents, plans, plan holders, and addenda shall be obtained at the City of Fayetteville Procurement Division’s electronic bidding platform at www.fayetteville-ar.gov/bids. All bids shall be received by Tuesday, April 28, 2026, before 2:00 PM local time, utilizing the electronic bidding software or submitting a sealed bid to the City of Fayetteville Procurement Division. Submitting a bid electronically is strongly encouraged. A public bid opening will be conducted shortly after the deadline and livestreamed on Zoom. Each bid exceeding $50,000 shall be accompanied by a cashier’s check from a bank doing business in the State of Arkansas or a corporate bid bond for five (5) percent of the amount bid. In the event a bidder opts to submit a cashier’s check for a bid bond, the actual physical cashier’s check shall be delivered to the City prior to the deadline. One hundred percent (100%) performance and payment bonds are required after the contract award. This amount includes any approved contingency. Bidders shall have a valid State of Arkansas Contractors License prior to the bid submission deadline and a registration in good standing with the Arkansas Secretary of State prior to the contract award. Pursuant to Arkansas Code Annotated §22-9-203 The City of Fayetteville encourages all qualified small, minority and women business enterprises to bid on and receive contracts for goods, services, and construction. Also, City of Fayetteville encourages all general contractors to subcontract portions of their contract to qualified small, minority and women business enterprises. The City of Fayetteville reserves the right to waive irregularities, reject bids, and postpone the award of any Contract for a period which shall not exceed beyond ninety (90) days from the bid opening date. City of Fayetteville By: Kenny Fitch Sr. Procurement Agent 479.578.8258 kfitch@fayetteville-ar.gov TDD (Telecommunications Device for the Deaf): (479) 521-1316 Date of advertisement: 04.05.26 & 04.12.26 This publication was paid for by the Procurement Division of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas. Amount paid: $401.92 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Project Manual Engineering Division 113 West Mountain Street Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 LAKE SEQUOYAH DRIVE BRIDGE REHAB BID #26-31 Date: March 2026 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 000001 – CERTIFICATIONS 000001-1 LAKE SEQUOYAH DRIVE BRIDGE REHAB GARVER PROJECT NO. 15047010 I hereby certify that the applicable portions of this project plans and specifications were prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Engineer under the laws of the State of Arkansas. SEAL AND SIGNATURE APPLICABLE DIVISION OR PROJECT RESPONSIBILITY Joel Skinner, P.E. Bridge Improvements Zach Moore, P.E. Roadway Improvements Digitally Signed 07/28/2023 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 000001 – CERTIFICATIONS 000001-2 GARVER, LLC CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORIZATION: Expiration Date: 12/31/2026 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 00010-Table of Contents 00010 - 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS LAKE SEQUOYAH DRIVE BRIDGE REHAB CONTRACT DOCUMENTS INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION 00010 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010-1 of 2 00100 BID SOLICITATION 00120 INVITATION TO BID 00120-1 of 2 00140 BIDDER’S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT 00140-1 of 4 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200-1 of 10 00400 BID FORMS AND SUPPLEMENTS 00400 BID FORM 00400-1 of 5 00410 BID BOND 00410-1 of 2 00430 LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS 00430-1 of 1 00500 AGREEMENT FORM 00500 AGREEMENT FORM 00500-1 of 12 00550 NOTICE TO PROCEED 00550-1 of 2 00600 BONDS AND CERTIFICATES 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND 00610-1 of 3 00611 LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND 00611-1 of 4 00700 CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS 00700-1 of 51 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800-1 of 1 29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P, OSHA Standards 366 - 403 DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01110 SUMMARY OF WORK 01110-1 of 3 01250 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01250-1 of 2 01270 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES 01270-1 of 2 01290 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290-1 of 2 01290.01 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 01290.01-1 of 5 01290.12 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 01290.12-1 of 1 01290.14 CONTRACTOR AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT 01290.14-1 of 1 01290.15 SUBCONTRACTOR AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT 01290.15-1 of 2 01320 PROJECT MEETINGS, SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS 01320-1 of 2 01321 SCHEDULE 01321-1 of 2 01325 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 01325-1 of 4 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 00010-Table of Contents 00010 - 2 01420 DEFINITIONS AND STANDARDS 01420-1 of 3 01530 BARRIERS AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01530-1 of 6 01560 TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FACILITIES 01560-1 of 7 01580 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 01580-1 of 2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET AND DRAINAGE CONSTRUCTION SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION SP-01 ARDOT REFERENCE SECTION SP-02 BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION SECTION SP-03 CONCRETE REPAIRS SECTION SP-04 BRIDGE EXPANSION JOINT ARMOR SECTION SP-05 NESTING SITES OF MIGRATORY BIRDS SECTION SP-06 LAKE TRAFFIC SAFETY SECTION SP-07 CLASS C FLY ASH IN P.C.C. PAVMENT CLASS S(AE) CONCRETE SECTION SP-08 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME ARDOT SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION SS-800-1 STRUCTURES SECTION SS-802-4 CEMENT SECTION SS-804-2 REINFORCING STEEL FOR STRUCTURES SECTION SS-807-2 STEEL STRUCTURES END OF DOCUMENT Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00140 – BIDDER’S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT 00140 Bidder Qualifications.docx 00140 - 1 Contract Name: LAKE SEQUOYAH DRIVE BRIDGE REHAB Bid #: 26-31 Date: SUBMITTED TO: The City of Fayetteville, Arkansas 113 West Mountain Street Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 SUBMITTED BY: Company Name Address Principal Office Corporation, partnership, individual, joint venture, other Arkansas State General Contractor’s License Number (Type or legibly print) EXPERIENCE STATEMENT 1. Bidder has been engaged as a General Contractor in construction for _____ years and has performed work of the nature and magnitude of this Contract for _____ years. Bidder has been in business under its present name for _____ years. 2. Bidder now has the following bonded projects under contract: (On a separate sheet, list project name, owner, name of owner contact, engineer / architect, name of engineer/architect contact, amount of contract, surety, and estimated completion date.) Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00140 – BIDDER’s QUALIFICATION STATEMENT (continued) 00140 Bidder Qualifications.docx 00140 - 2 3. Bidder has completed the following (list minimum of 3) contracts consisting of work similar to that proposed by this Contract: (On a separate sheet, list project name, owner, name of owner contact, engineer / architect, name of engineer/architect contact, amount of contract, surety, and date of completion and percentage of the cost of the Work performed with Bidder’s own forces.) 4. Has Bidder ever failed to complete any project? If so, state when, where, and why. 5. Bidder normally performs the following work with his own forces: 6. Construction experience of key individuals in the organization is as follows (continued on attached sheets if needed): 7. In the event the Contract is awarded to Bidder, the required surety Bonds will be furnished by the following surety company and name and address of agent: 8. Bidder’s Workmen’s Compensation Experience Modifier Factor is: . Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00140 – BIDDER’s QUALIFICATION STATEMENT (continued) 00140 Bidder Qualifications.docx 00140 - 3 FINANCIAL STATEMENT A. If requested by the City of Fayetteville during the evaluation of bids the bidder shall provide to the City of Fayetteville the following additional information: Bidder possesses adequate financial resources as indicated by the following: 1. Assets and Liabilities: Attach a financial statement, audited if available, including Bidder’s latest balance sheet and income statements showing the following items: a. Current assets (cash, joint venture accounts, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accrued income, deposits, materials inventory, and prepaid expenses). b. Net fixed assets. c. Other assets. d. Current liabilities (accounts payable, notes payable, accrued expenses, provision for income taxes, advances, accrued salaries, and accrued payroll taxes). e. Other liabilities (capital, capital stock, authorized and outstanding shares par values, earned surplus, and retained earnings). f. Name of firm preparing financial statement and date thereof: If financial statement is not for identical organization named herein, explain relationship and financial responsibility of the organization furnished. 2. Current Judgments: The following judgements are outstanding against Bidder: Judgment Creditors Where Docketed and Date Amount a. $ b. $ Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00140 – BIDDER’s QUALIFICATION STATEMENT (continued) 00140 Bidder Qualifications.docx 00140 - 4 Bidder hereby represents and warrants that all statements set forth herein are true and correct. Date: ___________________, 2026 (OFFICIAL SEAL) Name of Organization: By (Type or legibly print) By (Signature) Title (Type or legibly print) (If Bidder is a partnership, the partnership name shall be signed, followed by the signature of at least one of the partners. If Bidder is a corporation, the corporate name shall be signed, followed by the signature of a duly-authorized officer and with the corporate seal affixed.) END OF DOCUMENT 00140 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00200 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200 Instructions to Bidders.docx 00200 - 1 ARTICLE 1 - INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION 1.01 DEFINED TERMS: A. Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders and which are defined in the GENERAL CONDITIONS, have the meanings assigned to them in the GENERAL CONDITIONS. B. Bid Documents shall include the following: 1. Bidding Requirements: a. Invitation to Bid. b. Instructions to Bidders. c. Bid Form. d. Bid Bond. 2. Bidder’s Forms: The Bidder’s attention is called to the following additional forms which shall be completely filled out and submitted with the Bid: a. Bidder’s Qualifications Statement b. List of Subcontractors 3. Contract Forms: a. Agreement Between Owner and Contractor. The Bidder’s attention is called to the evidence of authority to sign and other documents which shall be submitted with the Agreement as applicable to the Business entity and noted in the Agreement. b. Performance Bond. c. Labor and Material Payment Bond. 4. Contract Conditions: a. General Conditions. b. Supplementary Conditions. c. Labor-Related Regulations. 5. Specifications. 6. Drawings. 7. Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids. C. Certain additional items used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. 1. Bidder – one who submits a Bid directly to Owner as distinct from a sub- bidder, who submits a Bid to a Bidder. 2. Issuing Office – the office from which the Bid Documents are to be issued and where the bidding procedures are to be administered. 3. Successful Bidder – the lowest, responsible, and responsive Bidder to whom Owner on the basis of Owner’s evaluation as hereinafter provided makes an award. 1.02 COPIES OF BID DOCUMENTS: A. Complete sets of the Bid Documents in the number and format as stated in the Invitation to Bid may be obtained from the City’s Issuing Office. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00200 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (continued) 00200 Instructions to Bidders.docx 00200 - 2 B. Complete sets of Bid Documents shall be used in preparing Bids; neither Owner, nor Engineer assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bid Documents. C. Owner and Engineer in making copies of Bid Documents available on the above terms do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 1.03 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS: A.Prequalification statements are not required. Owner will, however, evaluate the Bidder’s qualifications following the opening of Bids. Evaluation criteria considered will include, but not be limited to: 1.Experience and performance records on similar work. 2.Financial responsibility. 3.Ability to supply construction equipment and personnel to complete the Work within the Contract Time. 4.Evidence of Bidder to do business in the state where the Project is located, or covenant to obtain such qualifications prior to award of the Contract. B.Bidders may be requested to submit financial statement and other information relating to experience and financial responsibility after bids are received and before awarding a contract. C.Only those Bids will be considered which are submitted by Bidders who show satisfactory completion of work of type and size comparable to the Work required by these Bid Documents. Bidder shall not be debarred from doing business with a government entity. 1.A list of comparable projects, including pertinent information and identification of the owners, shall be submitted with the Bid. 2.See ARTICLE 5 – AWARD OF CONTRACT herein for additional requirements after opening of Bids. D. Bidder must posses a Contractor's License in the State of Arkansas prior to the bid deadline. Bidders shall also have a registration in good standing with the Arkansas Secretary of State prior to the awarding of the bid. 1.04 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE: A. Before submitting a Bid, it is the responsibility of each Bidder: 1. To thoroughly examine the Contract Documents and other related data identified in the Bid Documents (including “technical data” referred to below). 2. To visit the Site to become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. 3. To consider federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance, and furnishing of the Work. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00200 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (continued) 00200 Instructions to Bidders.docx 00200 - 3 4. To study and carefully correlate Bidder’s knowledge and observations with the Contract Documents and such other related data. 5. To promptly notify The Purchasing Division of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies which Bidder has discovered in or between the Contract Documents and such other related documents. B. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall be responsible to obtain such additional or supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data concerning conditions (surface, subsurface, and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the Site or otherwise, which may affect cost, progress, performance, and furnishing of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder, including safety precautions and programs incident thereto or which Bidder deems necessary to determine its Bid for performing and furnishing the Work in accordance with the time, price, and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. This shall include local shipping facilities and availability of lands if applicable. C. In the preparation of the Contract Documents, neither reports of explorations nor tests of any Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site of the Work have been prepared. D. Access to the Site: 1. On request, Owner will provide each Bidder access to the Site to conduct such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, and studies as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of his Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes, clean up, and restore the Site to its former conditions upon completion of such explorations, investigations, tests, and studies. 2. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way, and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities, construction equipment, or storage of Materials and Equipment to be incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and paid for by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities are to be obtained and paid for by Owner unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 3. Property owners affected by the Work are named on the Drawings where known, but the accuracy of such ownership is not guaranteed. Bidders shall verify and make their own arrangements with such property owners for any access needed in connection with the preparation of Bids. E. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by the Bidder that he has complied with every requirement of this paragraph “Examination of Contract Documents and Site,” and that the Bid Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00200 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (continued) 00200 Instructions to Bidders.docx 00200 - 4 1.05 INTERPRETATIONS, MODIFICATIONS, AND ADDENDA: A. Any Bidder who discovers ambiguities, inconsistencies, or errors or is in doubt as to the meaning or intent of any part of the Bid Documents shall promptly request an interpretation from The Purchasing Division. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such requests will be issued by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by The Purchasing Division as having received the Bid Documents. B. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bid Documents as deemed advisable by Owner or Engineer. C. No Addenda will be issued within the last two (2) days before the date of opening Bids. However, an addendum that affects the time, date or location of the bid opening may be issued as little as twenty-four (24) hours before the date of opening bids. D. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 1.06 PREBID CONFERENCE: A non-mandatory, pre-bid conference will be held onsite at the Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge, 6608 Lake Sequoyah Dr., Fayetteville, AR 72701. All interested parties are strongly encouraged to attend. Please contact the City of Fayetteville’s Purchasing Department for a date and time. 1.07 LABOR-RELATED REGULATIONS: A. Pursuant to Arkansas Code Annotated 22-9-203, the City of Fayetteville encourages all qualified minority and women business enterprises to bid on and receive contracts for goods, services, and construction. Also, City of Fayetteville encourages all general contractors to subcontract portions of their contract to qualified, small, minority, and women business enterprises. ARTICLE 2 - BASIS OF BIDDING 2.01 SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS: A. Substitutions will be considered only after the Effective Date of the Agreement and as set forth in the GENERAL CONDITIONS. 2.02 INDIRECT COSTS: A. Taxes: 1. All applicable sales, use, compensating, or other taxes to be paid or withheld by Bidder, now imposed by any taxing authority, on Equipment and Materials to be incorporated in the Work, and on any or all other cost items entering into the Contract Price, shall be included in the Bid price. 2. The Bidder shall include all such taxes except those on Equipment and Materials, if any, furnished by Owner or others, or exempted by the state, and Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00200 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (continued) 00200 Instructions to Bidders.docx 00200 - 5 Bidder shall furnish taxing authorities any information or reports pertaining thereto as required. B. The cost of all construction licenses, building and other permits, and governmental inspections required by public authorities for performing the Work, which are applicable at the time Bids are opened and which are not specified to be obtained by Owner, shall be included in the Bid price. Fees for permits issued by the City will be waived, but permits are still required where necessary C. The cost of all royalties and license fees on Equipment and Materials to be furnished and incorporated in the Work shall be included in the Bid price. D. Tests, inspections, and related activities called for throughout the Bid Documents are a responsibility of Contractor unless specified otherwise. The Bid shall include all costs arising from such responsibility. E. The cost of all electrical, water, gas, telephone, sanitary, and similar facilities and services required by Contractor in performing the Work shall be included in the Bid price unless specified otherwise. 2.03 SUBCONTRACTORS: A. No Bid shall be based upon aggregate of Subcontractors performing more than 60 percent of the total Work. B. The experience, past performance, and ability of each proposed Subcontractor will be considered in the evaluation of Bids. Any Subcontractor so requested shall be required to furnish experience statements prior to the Notice of Awards. C. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, other person, or organization against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. Owner or Engineer may accept or reject Subcontractors in accordance with Paragraph 6.05 of the GENERAL CONDITIONS. 2.04 CONTRACT TIMES: A. The number of days within which, or the dates by which, the Work is to achieve Substantial Completion and also final completion and be ready for final payment shall be as stated in the Agreement. B. Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, are as set forth in the Agreement. ARTICLE 3 - BIDDING PROCEDURE 3.01 PREPARATION OF BID: A. One set of unbound documents included with the officially provided set of drawings and specifications shall be used for the Bid. B. The Bid Forms shall be filled out in detail and signed by the Bidder. C. Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner whose title shall appear under his signature, and the official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00200 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (continued) 00200 Instructions to Bidders.docx 00200 - 6 D. Bids by corporations and/or LLC’s shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign), and the corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the signature. E. Names of all persons signing shall be printed below their signatures. F. A power of attorney shall accompany the signature of anyone not otherwise authorized to bind the Bidder. G. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda, the numbers of which shall be filled in on the Bid Form. H. The address to which communications regarding the Bids are to be directed shall be shown. 3.02 METHOD OF BIDDING: A. Bids will be received on a Unit Prices basis. B. Firm Bids are required. C. Schedule of Unit Prices: 1. The Bidder shall complete the “Schedule of Unit Prices” included in the Bid (and shall accept all fixed Unit Prices listed therein.) 2. The total Bid price will be determined as the sum of the products of the estimated quantity of each item and the Unit Price set forth in the “Schedule of Unit Prices.” The final Contract Price shall be subject to adjustment according to final measured, used, or delivered quantities, and the Unit Prices set forth in the “Schedule of Unit Prices” will apply to such final quantities except that if quantities vary more than 25 percent above or below estimated quantities, Unit Prices will be subject to change by Change Order. 3.03 SUBCONTRACTORS INFORMATION SUBMITTED WITH BID: A. Bidders shall submit to Owner with the Bid, the List of Subcontractors contained in the Project Manual as Document 00430, completed with names of all such Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work for which such identification is required. The list should be supplemented by an experience statement with pertinent information regarding similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each such Subcontractor, Supplier, person, or organization, if requested by Engineer. If, after due investigation, Owner or Engineer has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, Supplier, or other person or organization, Owner may, before the Notice of Award is given, request the apparent Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in the Bid. If the apparent Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, Owner may award the Contract to the next lowest Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. The declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the bid security of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other person or organization listed and to whom Owner or Engineer does not make written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to Owner and Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00200 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (continued) 00200 Instructions to Bidders.docx 00200 - 7 Engineer subject to revocation as provided in Paragraph 6.05 of the General Conditions. 3.04 MANUFACTURERS SUBMITTED WITH BID: Not applicable this specific project. 3.05 FORMS TO BE SUBMITTED: A. The following forms shall be completed and submitted with the Bid: 1. DOCUMENT 00140 BIDDER’S QUALIFICATIONS STATEMENT 2. DOCUMENT 00400 BID FORM 3. Bid Security as bank cashier’s check FROM A FINANCIAL INSTITUTION LOCATED IN THE STATE OF Arkansas, or Bid Bond (DOCUMENT 00410) 4. DOCUMENT 00430, LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS 3.06 BID SECURITY: A.Each Bid shall be accompanied by Bid security, payable to Owner, of the amount of 5% of total base bid. B.The required security shall be in the form of a bank cashier’s check from a financial institution located in the state of Arkansas or a Bid Bond on the form prescribed by the AIA, Document A310, or on similar form attached. C.Bid Bond shall be executed by a surety meeting the requirements set forth for “Surety Bonds” in the GENERAL CONDITIONS.A Bid Bond shall be considered invalid if lacking a signature from either the surety or bidder and be grounds for bid rejection. D.Bid security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required surety Bonds as set forth in the GENERAL CONDITIONS, whereupon Bid security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute the Agreement and furnish the surety Bonds within 15 days after the date of Notice of Award, Owner may annul the Notice of Award, and Bid security of that Bidder will be forfeited to Owner. E.The Bid security of any Bidder whom Owner believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by Owner until the earlier of 10 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement and the required surety Bonds furnished, or the 91st day after the Bid opening. Bid security of other Bidders will be returned within 10 days of the bid opening. 3.07 SUBMISSION OF BID: A. Bids shall be submitted at the time and place designated in the Invitation to Bid. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00200 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (continued) 00200 Instructions to Bidders.docx 00200 - 8 B. If submitting a physical bid, Bid Documents with accompanying Bid security and other required information shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope marked with the following: 1. Project name. 2. Bid number. 3. Name and address of Bidder. 4. Contractor’s license number (Not required for Federal Aid Projects). C. If the Bid is sent by mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation “Sealed Bid Enclosed” on the face thereof. 3.08 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS: A. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that Bid must be executed) and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids. B. If, within 24 hours after Bids are opened, any Bidder files a duly signed written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of his Bid, that Bidder may withdraw its Bid, and the Bid security will be returned. Thereafter, that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4 - OPENING OF BIDS 4.01 OPENING OF BIDS: A. Bids will be opened and (unless obviously non-responsive) read aloud publicly at the place where Bids are to be submitted. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bids will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids. B. All Bids shall remain open for a period of 90 days after Bids are opened, but Owner may, at his sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid security at any time prior to that date. ARTICLE 5 - AWARD OF CONTRACT 5.01 OWNER’s RIGHT TO REJECT BIDS: A. Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, including without limitation the rights to reject any or all nonconforming, non-responsive, unbalanced, or conditional Bids and to reject the Bid of any Bidder if Owner believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by Owner. Owner also reserves the right to waive all informalities not involving price, times, or changes in the Work and to negotiate Contract terms with the Successful Bidder. (Discrepancies between the multiplication of units of Work and Unit Prices will be resolved in favor of the Unit Prices.) Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00200 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (continued) 00200 Instructions to Bidders.docx 00200 - 9 figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of the words. B. All Bidders must agree that such rejection shall be without liability on the part of the Owner nor shall the Bidders seek recourse of any kind against the Owner because of such rejections. The filing of any Bid shall constitute an agreement of the Bidder to these conditions. 5.02 EVALUATION OF BIDS: A. In evaluating Bids, Owner will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements (and such Alternates, Unit Prices) and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award. Owner must accept Alternates in numerical order. B. Owner may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations is requested per Paragraph 5.02E of this document. C. Owner may conduct such investigations as he deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications, and financial ability of the Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to Owner’s satisfaction within the prescribed time. D. Owner reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder who does not pass any such evaluation to Owner’s satisfaction. E. Within 10 days after Bids are opened, and if requested by the Owner or the Engineer, the apparent Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall submit supplemental information including an experience statement with pertinent information regarding similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each such Subcontractor, Supplier, person, or organization, proposed by the Bidder for consideration as specified in ARTICLE 3 paragraph 3.03 above. The use of Subcontractors listed by Bidder (Document 00430) and accepted by Owner prior to the Notice of Award will be required in the performance of the Work. F. Within 10 days after the Bids are opened, the apparent Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall submit an itemized breakdown of any lump sum portion of its Bid. This breakdown must include a separate item for each major category of work and each major piece of equipment. This breakdown may or may not be reflected in subsequent time schedule submittals. G. The award of the Contract, if it is awarded, will be to the lowest, responsive, responsible Bidder whose evaluation by Owner indicates to Owner that the award will be in the best interest of Project and Owner. 5.03 NOTICE OF AWARD: A. After considering the basis of award and evaluation of Bids, if the Contract is to be awarded, Owner shall within 90 days after the date of opening Bids notify the Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00200 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (continued) 00200 Instructions to Bidders.docx 00200 - 10 Successful Bidder of acceptance of his Bid (indicating which, if any, Alternate Bids have been accepted). ARTICLE 6 - SIGNING OF AGREEMENT 6.01 When Owner gives Notice of Award to Successful Bidder, Engineer will issue the required number of unbound, unsigned counterparts of the Agreement and other Contract Documents to Successful Bidder. 6.02 Within 15 days thereafter, Contractor (Successful Bidder) shall sign all copies of the Agreement dating the Agreement and required documents the Date of City Council Approval, power of attorney documents, and other required documents in the appropriate places, and deliver all copies to Owner. 6.03 Within 10 days thereafter, Owner will execute all copies of the Agreement. Owner will provide the executed Contract Documents to Engineer for binding and distribution as required. Each duly executed counterpart will be accompanied by a complete set of Drawings with appropriate identification. END OF DOCUMENT 00200 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00400 – BID FORM 00400-Bid Form 00400 - 1 Contract Name: LAKE SEQUOYAH DRIVE BRIDGE REHAB Bid Number: 26-31 BID TO: Owner: The City of Fayetteville, Arkansas 113 West Mountain Street Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 BID FROM: Bidder: ARTICLE 1 - INTENT 1.01 The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an agreement with Owner in the form included in the Contract Documents to perform and furnish all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Bid price and within the Bid time indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 2 - TERMS AND CONDITIONS 2.01 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid security. This Bid will remain subject to acceptance for 90 days after the day of Bid opening. Bidder will sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement with the Bonds and other documents required by the Bidding Requirements within 15 days after the date of Owner’s Notice of Award. ARTICLE 3 - BIDDER’S REPRESENTATIONS 3.01 In submitting this Bid, Bidder represents, as more fully set forth in the Agreement, that: A. Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Bid Documents, and the following Addenda, receipt of all which is hereby acknowledged: Number Date Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00400 – BID FORM (continued) 00400-Bid Form 00400 - 2 B. Bidder has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance, and furnishing of the Work. C. Bidder is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state, and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance, and furnishing of the Work. D. Bidder has carefully studied all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site; and (2) reports and drawings of a Hazardous Environmental Condition, if any, at the Site. Bidder acknowledges that such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents and may not be complete for Bidder’s purposes. Bidder acknowledges that Owner and Engineer do not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of information and data shown or indicated in the Bid Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site. E. Bidder has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for having done so) all such additional or supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data concerning conditions (surface, subsurface, and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the Site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance, or furnishing of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. F. Bidder does not consider that any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the determination of this Bid for performing and furnishing of the Work in accordance with the times, price, and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. G. Bidder is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to Work for which this Bid is submitted as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. Bidder has given The Purchasing Division written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution thereof by The Purchasing Division is acceptable to Bidder. J. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the Work for which this Bid is submitted. K. This Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, firm, or corporation and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement or rules of any group, association, organization, or corporation; Bidder has not directly or Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00400 – BID FORM (continued) 00400-Bid Form 00400 - 3 indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham bid; Bidder has not solicited or induced any person, firm, or a corporation to refrain from bidding; and Bidder has not sought by collusion to obtain for himself any advantage over any other Bidder or over Owner. L. Bidder will perform the Work in compliance with all applicable trench safety standards set forth in Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Part 1926 - Subpart P - Excavations. ARTICLE 4 - BID PRICE Bidders are required to provide pricing for all line items, including deductive alternate items. Failure to provide deductive alternate pricing can result in bid rejection. The City intends to award this contract to the lowest qualified responsive responsible bidder based on the total base bid as long as the base bid amount falls within the amount of funds certified for the project plus 25%. In the event no bid falls within the amount of funds certified for the project plus 25%, the City will utilize the deductive alternates (if included) in order to further evaluate bids until a bid received falls within the amount certified, plus 25%. There are no deductive alternatives included in this bid. In no case shall the amount bid for the item of “mobilization” exceed 5% of the total Base Bid. This amount shall NOT include bonds & insurance or trench & excavation safety (if applicable) Should the amount entered into the proposal or bid for this item exceed 5%, the bid shall be rejected. Bidder shall complete the work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the price(s) submitted by the Bidder. ARTICLE 5 - CONTRACT ITEMS 5.01 Bidder agrees that the Work will be substantially completed and completed and ready for final payment within the number of calendar days indicated in the Agreement. 5.02 Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work within the times specified in the Agreement. ARTICLE 6 - BID CONTENT 6.01 The following documents are attached to and made a condition of this Bid: A. Required 5% Bid security in the form of a cashier’s check from a bank located in the State of Arkansas or a Bid Bond in the amount of Dollars ($ ). B. A tabulation of Subcontractors and other persons and organizations required to be identified in this Bid. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00400 – BID FORM (continued) 00400-Bid Form 00400 - 4 ARTICLE 7 - COMMUNICATIONS 7.01 Communications concerning this Bid shall be addressed to the Bidder as follows: Email: Phone No. Fax No. ARTICLE 8 - TERMINOLOGY 8.01 The terms used in this Bid which are defined in the GENERAL CONDITIONS or Instructions to Bidders will have the meanings assigned to them. Arkansas State Contractor License No. . If Bidder is: An Individual Name (type or printed): By: (SEAL) (Individual’s Signature) Doing business as: Business address: Phone No. Fax No. Email address: A Partnership Partnership Name: (SEAL) By: (Signature of general partner - attach evidence of authority to sign) Name (type or printed): Business address: Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00400 – BID FORM (continued) 00400-Bid Form 00400 - 5 Phone No. Fax No. Email address: A Corporation or LLC Corporation Name: (SEAL) State of Incorporation: Type (General Business, Professional, Service, Limited Liability): By: (Signature of general partner - attach evidence of authority to sign) Name (type or printed): Title: (CORPORATE SEAL) Attest: (Signature of Corporate Secretary) Phone No. Fax No. Email address: Tax ID Number (TIN): UEI # Cage Code: END OF DOCUMENT 00400 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00410 – BID BOND 00410 Bid Bond 00410 - 1 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that we as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of __________________ as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Fayetteville, Arkansas 113 West Mountain Street Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the sum of _____________________________________ _________________________________ Dollars ($_______________), for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, Principal and said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Principal has submitted a Bid for: LAKE SEQUOYAH DRIVE BRIDGE REHAB NOW, THEREFORE, if the Owner shall accept the Bid of Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Owner in accordance with the terms of such Bid, and give such Bond or Bonds as may be specified in the Bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of Principal to enter such Contract and give such Bond or Bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Owner the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said Bid and such larger amount for which the Owner may in good faith contract Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00410 –BID BOND (continued) 00410 Bid Bond 00410 - 2 with another party to perform the Work covered by said Bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this _______ day of ____________ 20___. PRINCIPAL (CORPORATE SEAL) By SURETY By ATTORNEY-IN-FACT (CORPORATE SEAL) (This Bond shall be accompanied with Attorney-in-Fact’s authority from Surety) END OF DOCUMENT 00410 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00430 – LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS 00430 List of Subcontractors 00430 - 1 In compliance with the Instructions to Bidders and other Contract Documents, the undersigned submits the following names of Subcontractors to be used in performing the Work for: LAKE SEQUOYAH DRIVE BRIDGE REHAB Bidder certifies that all Subcontractors listed are eligible to perform the Work. Subcontractor's Work Subcontractor’s Name Expected Percentage and Address or Value Clearing/Demolition SWPPP/Erosion Control Asphalt Concrete Landscaping Material Testing Other (designate) NOTE: This form must be submitted in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. Bidder’s Signature END OF DOCUMENT 00430 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00500 – AGREEMENT 00500 Agreement 00500 - 1 BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR Contract Name/Title: LAKE SEQUOYAH DRIVE BRIDGE REHAB Contract No.: 26-31, Construction THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the ______ day of _______________ in the year 2026 by and between The City of Fayetteville, Arkansas and ________________________ (hereinafter called Contractor). ARTICLE 1 - WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The work under this Contract includes, but is not limited to: The construction consist of, but is not limited to, full and partial depth deck repair, removal and replacement of existing joint seal and joint armor at designated locations, spall repair, and cantilever repair. Any use of a third-party dumpster or roll off container shall be procured from the City of Fayetteville Recycling and Trash Collection Division. Use of a Non-City dumpster or roll off container is not allowed. Open burning and blasting is not allowed on City projects. Contractor is responsible for obtaining all applicable permits; however, fees for the City issued permits shall be waived. The Contract includes work in City of Fayetteville Right-of-way and in General Utility Easements. ARTICLE 2 - ENGINEER 2.01 The Contract Documents have been prepared by the City of Fayetteville Engineering Division. City of Fayetteville Engineering Division assumes all duties and responsibilities, and has the rights and authority assigned to City of Fayetteville Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00500 – AGREEMENT (continued) 00500 Agreement 00500 - 2 Engineering Division in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT TIME 3.01 TIME OF THE ESSENCE: A. All time limits for milestones, if any, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for final payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. 3.02 DATES FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT: A. The Work shall be Substantially Completed within 180 calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the GENERAL CONDITIONS, and final completion and ready for final payment in accordance with the GENERAL CONDITIONS within 210 calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. 3.03 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that The City of Fayetteville will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the time specified above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with the GENERAL CONDITIONS. The parties also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving the actual loss suffered by The City of Fayetteville if the Work is not Substantially Completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, The City of Fayetteville and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) Contractor shall pay The City of Fayetteville Seven Hundred Fifty Dollars ($750.00) for each calendar day that expires after the time specified above in Paragraph 3.02 for Substantial Completion until the Work is Substantially Complete. After Substantial Completion, if Contractor shall neglect, refuse, or fail to complete the remaining Work within the time specified in Paragraph 3.02 for completion Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00500 – AGREEMENT (continued) 00500 Agreement 00500 - 3 and readiness for final payment or any proper extension thereof granted by The City of Fayetteville, Contractor shall pay The City of Fayetteville Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) for each calendar day that expires after the time specified for completion and readiness for final payment. ARTICLE 4 - CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 The CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE agrees to pay, and the CONTRACTOR agrees to accept, as full and final compensation for all work done under this agreement, the amount based on the unit prices bid in the Proposal which is hereto attached, for the actual amount accomplished under each pay item, said payments to be made in lawful money of the United States at the time and in the manner set forth in the Specifications. 4.02 As provided in the General Conditions, estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and determinations of actual quantities and classifications are to be made by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. Unit prices have been computed as provided in the General Conditions. 4.03 Changes, modifications, or amendments in scope, price or fees to this contract shall not be allowed without a prior formal contract amendment approved by the Mayor and the City Council in advance of the change in scope, cost or fees. 1. There shall be no changes without prior written approval of the Engineer of Record and/or the City’s designated Professional Engineer. ARTICLE 5 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 SUBMITTAL AND PROCESSING OF PAYMENTS: A. Contractor shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with the GENERAL CONDITIONS. Applications for Payment will be processed by Engineer as provided in the GENERAL CONDITIONS. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00500 – AGREEMENT (continued) 00500 Agreement 00500 - 4 5.02 PROGRESS PAYMENTS, RETAINAGE: A. The City of Fayetteville shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of Contractor's Applications for Payment as recommended by Engineer, on or about the 15th day of each month during construction. All such payments will be measured by the schedule of values established in the GENERAL CONDITIONS (and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed) or, in the event there is no schedule of values, as provided in the General Requirements. 1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as Engineer shall determine, or The City of Fayetteville may withhold, in accordance with the GENERAL CONDITIONS. a. 95% of Work Completed (with the balance being retainage). If Work has been 50% completed as determined by Engineer, and if the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactory to The City of Fayetteville and Engineer, The City of Fayetteville on recommendation of Engineer, may determine that as long as the character and progress of the Work subsequently remain satisfactory to them, there will be no additional retainage on account of Work subsequently completed, in which case the remaining progress payments prior to Substantial Completion will be an amount equal to 100% of the Work Completed less the aggregate of payments previously made; and b. 100% of Equipment and Materials not incorporated in the Work but delivered, suitably stored, and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to The City of Fayetteville as provided in the GENERAL CONDITIONS. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00500 – AGREEMENT (continued) 00500 Agreement 00500 - 5 5.03 FINAL PAYMENT: A. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with the GENERAL CONDITIONS, The City of Fayetteville shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by Engineer and as provided in the GENERAL CONDITIONS. ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 6.01 In order to induce The City of Fayetteville to enter into this Agreement, Contractor makes the following representations: A. Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents including the Addenda and other related data identified in the Bid Documents. B. Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance, and furnishing of the Work. C. Contractor is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state, and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance, and furnishing of the Work. D. Contractor has carefully studied all: (1) Reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site; and (2) Reports and drawings of a Hazardous Environmental Condition, if any, at the Site. Contractor acknowledges that The City of Fayetteville and Engineer do not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of information and data shown or indicated Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00500 – AGREEMENT (continued) 00500 Agreement 00500 - 6 in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site. E. Contractor has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility of having done so) all such additional supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data concerning conditions (surface, subsurface, and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the Site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance, and furnishing of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. F. Contractor does not consider that any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performing and furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. G. Contractor is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by The City of Fayetteville and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. H. Contractor has correlated the information known to Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. I. Contractor has given The Purchasing Division written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by The Purchasing Division is acceptable to Contractor. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00500 – AGREEMENT (continued) 00500 Agreement 00500 - 7 J. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. ARTICLE 7 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 7.01 CONTENTS: A. The Contract Documents which comprise the entire Agreement between The City of Fayetteville and Contractor concerning the Work consist of the following and may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in the GENERAL CONDITIONS: 1. This Agreement. 2. Exhibits to this Agreement (enumerated as follows): a. Notice to Proceed. b. Contractor's Bid. c. Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. 3. Performance, Payment, and other Bonds. 4. General Conditions. 5. Supplementary Conditions. 6. Specifications consisting of divisions and sections as listed in table of contents of Project Manual. 7. Drawings consisting of a cover sheet and sheets as listed in the table of contents thereof, with each sheet bearing the following general title: LAKE SEQUOYAH DRIVE BRIDGE REHAB 8. Addenda numbers ____ inclusive. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00500 – AGREEMENT (continued) 00500 Agreement 00500 - 8 9. The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto: All Written Amendments and other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to the GENERAL CONDITIONS. ARTICLE 8 - MISCELLANEOUS 8.01 TERMS: A. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in the GENERAL CONDITIONS shall have the meanings stated in the GENERAL CONDITIONS. 8.02 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT: A. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by Law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 8.03 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS: A. The City of Fayetteville and Contractor each binds himself, his partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00500 – AGREEMENT (continued) 00500 Agreement 00500 - 9 8.04 SEVERABILITY: A. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any Law or Regulation shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon The City of Fayetteville and Contractor, who agree that the Contract Documents shall be reformed to replace such stricken provision or part thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to expressing the intention of the stricken provision. 8.05 FREEDOM OF INFORMATION ACT: A. City contracts and documents prepared while performing city contractual work are subject to the Arkansas Freedom of Information Act. If a Freedom of Information Act request is presented to the City of Fayetteville, the contractor will do everything possible to provide the documents in a prompt and timely manner as prescribed in the Arkansas Freedom of Information Act (A.C.A. §25-19-101 et. seq.). Only legally authorized photocopying costs pursuant to the FOIA may be assessed for this compliance. 8.06 LIENS: A. No liens against this construction project are allowed. Arkansas law (A.C.A. §§18-44-501 through 508) prohibits the filing of any mechanics' of materialmen's liens in relation to this public construction project. Arkansas law requires and the contractor promises to provide and file with the Circuit Clerk of Washington County a bond in a sum equal to the amount of this contract. Any subcontractor or materials supplier may bring an action for non-payment or labor or material on the bond. The contractor promises to notify every subcontractor and materials supplier for this project of this paragraph and obtain their written acknowledgement of such notice prior to commencement of the work of the subcontractor or materials supplier. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The City of Fayetteville and Contractor have signed this Agreement in quadruplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to Contractor. Three counterparts Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00500 – AGREEMENT (continued) 00500 Agreement 00500 - 10 each has been retained by The City of Fayetteville. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed, initialed, or identified by The City of Fayetteville and Contractor. This Agreement will be effective on ____________________________, 20__, which is the Effective Date of the Agreement. CONTRACTOR: CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE By: ____________________ By: Lioneld Jordan (Type or legibly print) (Signature) (Signature) Title: Title: Mayor Contractor shall attach evidence of authority to sign. If Contractor is a corporation, corporate entity or LLC, Contractor shall attach Corporate Resolution authorizing Contractor’s signature and execution of Agreement. Further if Contractor is a corporation, corporate entity or LLC, Contractor shall also attach a copy of the Contractor’s Articles of Incorporation and a copy form the Arkansas State Secretary of Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00500 – AGREEMENT (continued) 00500 Agreement 00500 - 11 State to document that the corporation, corporate entity or LLC is in current “Good Standing” with the State of Arkansas and such entity is permitted to perform work in the State of Arkansas. (SEAL) (SEAL) Attest Attest Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00500 – AGREEMENT (continued) 00500 Agreement 00500 - 12 Address for giving notices Address for giving notices 113 W. Mountain St. Fayetteville, AR 72701 License No. ____________ Agent for Service of process (Type or legibly print) Contractor shall attach evidence of authority of Agent for Service process to sign. If Contractor is a corporation, corporate entity or LLC, Contractor shall attach Corporate Resolution authorizing Agent for Service process authority to sign. (If Contractor is a corporation, corporate entity or LLC, attach evidence of authority to sign.) END OF DOCUMENT 00500 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00550 – NOTICE TO PROCEED 00550 Notice to Proceed 00550-1 TO: Contract Name/Title: LAKE SEQUOYAH DRIVE BRIDGE REHAB Contract No: 26-31, Construction Owner: City of Fayetteville, Arkansas You are notified that the Contract Time(s) under the above Contract will commence to run on . By that date, you are to start performing your obligations under the Contract Documents. In accordance with the Agreement between Owner and Contractor, the date(s) of Substantial Completion and final completion ready for final payment are and respectively. Before you may start any work at the Site, the General Conditions provide that you and Owner must each deliver to the other, (with copies to Engineer and other identified additional insureds) certificates of insurance, which each is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with the Contract Documents. Also before you may start any work at the Site, you must submit the following: 1. Preliminary construction progress schedule. 2. Preliminary schedule of Submittals. 3. Satisfactory evidence of insurance in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions. 4. Temporary erosion control requireiments as specified. 5. Maintenance of Traffic as specified. You are required to return an acknowledgement copy of this Notice to Proceed to the Owner. Dated . OWNER City of Fayetteville By: Alan Pugh Signature: ___________________________ Title: Engineering Design Manager Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00550 – NOTICE TO PROCEED: (continued) 00550 Notice to Proceed 00550-2 Date: ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE TO PROCEED CONTRACTOR By: ___________________________________ Signature: ______________________________ Title______________________________ Date ____________________, 20_______ END OF DOCUMENT 00550 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00610 – PERFORMANCE BOND: 00610-Performance Bond 00610 - 1 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor, and as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Fayetteville, Arkansas 113 West Mountain Street Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the amount of $________, for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Contractor has by written Agreement dated __________, 20__, entered into a contract with Owner for LAKE SEQUOYAH DRIVE BRIDGE REHAB which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform said Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or extension of time made by the Owner. Whenever Contractor shall be, and declared by Owner to be in default under the Contract, the Owner having performed Owner's obligations, thereunder, the Surety may promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly: Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00610 – PERFORMANCE BOND (continued) 00610-Performance Bond 00610 - 2 A. Complete the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions, or B. Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions, and upon determination by Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, or, if the Owner elects, upon determination by the Owner and the Surety jointly of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and Owner, and make available as Work progresses (even though there should be a default or a succession of defaults under the contract or contracts of completion arranged under this paragraph) sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the balance of the Contract Price; but not exceeding, including other costs and damages for which the Surety may be liable hereunder, the amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof. The term "balance of the Contract Price," as used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount payable by Owner to Contractor under the Contract and any amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid by Owner to Contractor. Any suit under this Bond must be instituted before the expiration of two years from the date on which final payment under the Contract falls due. No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other than the Owner named herein or the heirs, executors, administrators, or successors of the Owner. Signed and sealed this _______ day of ____________ 2026. CONTRACTOR (CORPORATE SEAL) By: Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00610 – PERFORMANCE BOND (continued) 00610-Performance Bond 00610 - 3 SURETY COUNTERSIGNED: Resident Agent State of Arkansas By By ATTORNEY-IN-FACT (CORPORATE SEAL) (This Bond shall be accompanied with Attorney-in-Fact's authority from Surety) Approved as to Form: Attorney for END OF DOCUMENT 00610 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00611 – LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND 00611 Labor & Matl Payment Bond.docx 00611 - 1 This Bond is issued simultaneously with Performance Bond in favor of Owner conditioned on the full and faithful performance of the Contract. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that . as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor, and as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Fayetteville, Arkansas 113 West Mountain Street Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, for the use and benefit of claimants as hereinbelow defined, in the amount of $____________, for the payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Contractor has by written Agreement dated __________, 20___, entered into a contract with Owner for LAKE SEQUOYAH DRIVE BRIDGE REHAB which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if Contractor shall promptly make payment to all claimants as hereinafter defined, for all labor and material used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect, subject, however, to the following conditions: Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00611 – LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND (continued) 00611 Labor & Matl Payment Bond.docx 00611 - 2 A. A claimant is defined as one having a direct contract with the Contractor or with a Subcontractor of the Contractor for labor, material, or both, used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract, labor and material being construed to include that part of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service, or rental of equipment directly applicable to the Contract. B. The above named Contractor and Surety hereby jointly and severally agree with the Owner that every claimant as herein defined, who has not been paid in full before the expiration of a period of 90 days after the date on which the last of such claimant's work or labor was done or performed, or materials were furnished by such claimant, may sue on this Bond for the use of such claimant, prosecute the suit to final judgment for such sum or sums as may be justly due claimant, and have execution thereon. The Owner shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any such suit. C. No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any claimant: 1. Unless claimant other than one having a direct contract with Principal, shall have given written notice to any two of the following: the Contractor, the Owner, or the Surety within 90 days after such claimant did or performed the last of the work or labor, or furnished the last of the materials for which said claim is made, stating with substantial accuracy the amount claimed and the name of the party to whom the materials were furnished, or for whom the work or labor was done or performed. Such notice shall be served by mailing the same by registered mail or certified mail, postage prepaid, in an envelope addressed to Contractor, Owner or Surety, at any place where an office is regularly maintained for the transaction of business, or served in any manner in which legal process may be served in the state in which the aforesaid Project is located, save that such service need not be made by a public officer. 2. After the expiration of one year following the date on which Contractor ceased Work on the Contract, it being understood, however, that if any limitation embodied in this Bond is prohibited by any Law controlling the construction hereof, such limitation shall be deemed to be amended so as to be equal to the minimum period of limitation permitted by such Law. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00611 – LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND (continued) 00611 Labor & Matl Payment Bond.docx 00611 - 3 3. Other than in a state court of competent jurisdiction in and for the county or other political subdivision of the state in which the Project, or any part thereof, is situated, or in the United States District Court for the district in which the Project, or any part thereof, is situated, and not elsewhere. D. The amount of this Bond shall be reduced by and to the extent of any payment or payments made in good faith hereunder, inclusive of the payment by Surety of mechanics' liens which may be filed of record against said improvement, whether or not claim for the amount of such lien be presented under and against this Bond. Signed and sealed this _______ day of ____________ 2026. CONTRACTOR (CORPORATE SEAL) By : SURETY COUNTERSIGNED: Resident Agent State of Arkansas By By Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00611 – LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND (continued) 00611 Labor & Matl Payment Bond.docx 00611 - 4 ATTORNEY-IN-FACT (CORPORATE SEAL) (This Bond shall be accompanied with Attorney-in-Fact's authority from Surety) Approved as to Form: Attorney for END OF DOCUMENT 00611 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS 00700 General Conditions 00700 - 1 TOC ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY .......................................................1 1.01 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: ............................................................................................ 1 1.02 DEFINITIONS: .................................................................................................................. 1 1.03 TERMINOLOGY: .............................................................................................................. 5 ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS ..........................................................................5 2.01 DELIVERY OF BONDS: ................................................................................................... 5 2.02 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS: .............................................................................................. 5 2.03 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIMES; NOTICE TO PROCEED: ..................... 5 2.04 STARTING THE PROJECT: ............................................................................................. 6 2.05 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION: ....................................................................... 6 2.06 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE: .......................................................................... 6 2.07 FINALIZING SCHEDULES: ............................................................................................. 6 ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE ...............6 3.01 INTENT: ............................................................................................................................. 6 3.02 AMENDING AND SUPPLEMENTING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: .......................... 8 3.03 OWNERSHIP AND REUSE OF DOCUMENTS: ............................................................. 8 ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS ...................................................................................8 4.01 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS:........................................................................................... 8 4.02 UNFORESEEN SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS: ............................................................. 8 4.03 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS - UNDERGROUND FACILITIES: ...................................... 9 4.04 REFERENCE POINTS: ................................................................................................... 10 4.05 ASBESTOS, PCBS, PETROLEUM, HAZARDOUS WASTE, OR RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL: ..................................................................................................................... 10 ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE .........................................................................11 5.01 PERFORMANCE AND OTHER BONDS: ..................................................................... 11 5.02 INSURANCE: .................................................................................................................. 12 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) 00700 General Conditions 00700 - 2 TOC ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES...................................................17 6.01 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE: ............................................................... 17 6.02 LABOR, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS: ................................................................ 18 6.03 ADJUSTING PROGRESS SCHEDULE: ........................................................................ 18 6.04 SUBSTITUTES OR “OR-EQUAL” ITEMS: ................................................................... 18 6.05 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS: ....................... 20 6.06 PATENT FEES AND ROYALTIES: ............................................................................... 21 6.07 PERMITS: ........................................................................................................................ 21 6.08 LAWS AND REGULATIONS: ....................................................................................... 22 6.09 TAXES: ............................................................................................................................ 22 6.10 USE OF PREMISES: ........................................................................................................ 22 6.11 RECORD DOCUMENTS: ............................................................................................... 23 6.12 SAFETY AND PROTECTION: ....................................................................................... 23 6.13 EMERGENCIES: ............................................................................................................. 24 6.14 SUBMITTALS: ................................................................................................................ 24 6.15 CONTINUING THE WORK: .......................................................................................... 25 6.16 INDEMNIFICATION: ..................................................................................................... 25 ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK .............................................................................................26 7.01 RELATED WORK AT SITE: .......................................................................................... 26 7.02 COORDINATION: ........................................................................................................... 27 ARTICLE 8 - OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................................27 8.01 COMMUNICATIONS: .................................................................................................... 27 8.02 CHANGE OF ENGINEER : ............................................................................................. 27 8.03 REQUIRED DATA: ......................................................................................................... 27 8.04 LANDS AND EASEMENTS: .......................................................................................... 27 8.05 INSURANCE: .................................................................................................................. 27 8.06 CHANGE ORDERS: ........................................................................................................ 27 8.07 INSPECTIONS AND TESTS: ......................................................................................... 28 8.08 STOPPING THE WORK: ................................................................................................ 28 8.09 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES: .................................................. 28 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) 00700 General Conditions 00700 - 3 TOC ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER’S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION .............................28 9.01 OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE: .................................................................................... 28 9.02 VISITS TO SITE: ............................................................................................................. 28 9.03 PROJECT REPRESENTATION: ..................................................................................... 28 9.04 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS: .......................................................... 29 9.05 AUTHORIZED VARIATIONS IN WORK: .................................................................... 29 9.06 REJECTING DEFECTIVE WORK: ................................................................................ 29 9.07 SUBMITTALS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS: ............................................ 29 9.08 DETERMINATIONS FOR UNIT PRICES: .................................................................... 29 9.09 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES: .......................................................................................... 30 9.10 LIMITATIONS ON ENGINEER’S RESPONSIBILITIES: ............................................ 30 ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK .........................................................................31 10.01 GENERAL: ....................................................................................................................... 31 ARTICLE 11 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE ............................................................32 11.01 GENERAL: ....................................................................................................................... 32 11.02 COST OF THE WORK: ................................................................................................... 33 11.03 CONTRACTOR’S FEE: ................................................................................................... 35 11.04 CASH ALLOWANCES: .................................................................................................. 36 11.05 UNIT PRICE WORK: ...................................................................................................... 36 11.06 RIGHT OF AUDIT: .......................................................................................................... 36 ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES ............................................................37 12.01 GENERAL: ....................................................................................................................... 37 ARTICLE 13 - WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE; TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ............................................................................................................38 13.01 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE: ............................................................................... 38 13.02 ACCESS TO THE WORK: .............................................................................................. 38 13.03 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: ......................................................................................... 38 13.04 DEFECTIVE WORK: ...................................................................................................... 39 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) 00700 General Conditions 00700 - 4 TOC 13.05 UNCOVERING WORK: .................................................................................................. 39 13.06 OWNER MAY STOP THE WORK: ................................................................................ 40 13.07 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK:........................................... 40 13.08 TWO-YEAR WARRANTY AND CORRECTION PERIOD: ........................................ 40 13.09 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK: ..................................................................... 41 13.10 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK: ......................................................... 41 ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ........................42 14.01 SCHEDULE OF VALUES: .............................................................................................. 42 14.02 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT: ............................................................. 42 14.03 CONTRACTOR’S WARRANTY OF TITLE: ................................................................ 42 14.04 REVIEW OF APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT: ...................................... 42 14.05 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: ................................................................................... 44 14.06 PARTIAL UTILIZATION: .............................................................................................. 45 14.07 FINAL INSPECTION: ..................................................................................................... 46 14.08 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT: ..................................................................... 46 14.09 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE:..................................................................... 46 14.10 CONTRACTOR’S CONTINUING OBLIGATION: ....................................................... 47 14.11 WAIVER OF CLAIMS: The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: . 47 14.12 INTEREST: NOT APPLICABLE. .................................................................................. 47 ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION ...................................47 15.01 OWNER MAY SUSPEND WORK: ................................................................................ 47 15.02 OWNER MAY TERMINATE: ........................................................................................ 48 15.03 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE: ............................................. 49 ARTICLE 16 - RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES ....................................................................49 16.01 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES .............................................................. 49 ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS ......................................................................................50 17.01 GIVING NOTICE: ........................................................................................................... 50 17.02 COMPUTATION OF TIME: ........................................................................................... 50 17.03 CLAIMS, CUMULATIVE REMEDIES: ......................................................................... 50 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) 00700 General Conditions 00700 - 5 TOC 17.04 FREEDOM OF INFORMATION ACT:..................................................................... 51 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS: 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 1 This document is based upon Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee “Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract,” with modifications. ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: 1. The Contract Documents establish the rights and obligations of the parties and shall consist of the documents listed in DOCUMENT 00500, AGREEMENT. B. Reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions and approved Submittals by Contractor are not Contract Documents. C. Only printed or hard copies of items listed in subparagraph 1.01A are Contract Documents. Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, and the like that may be furnished by Owner to Contractor are not Contract Documents. 1.02 DEFINITIONS: A. Wherever used in these General Conditions or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the following terms have the meanings indicated below, which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof: 1. “Addenda” - written or graphic changes or interpretations of the Contract Documents issued by Owner prior to the opening of Bids. 2. “Agreement” - the written agreement between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. 3. “Application for Payment” - the form acceptable to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress and final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. “Asbestos” - any material that contains more than 1% asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 5. “Bid” - the formal offer of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed Bid Form together with the required Bid security and all information submitted with the Bid that pertains to performance of the Work. 6. “Bidder” - any person, firm, or corporation submitting a Bid for the Work or their duly authorized representatives. 7. “Change Order” - a written document signed by Owner and Engineer authorizing an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued on or after execution of the Agreement. 8. “Contract Drawings” - drawings and other data designated as Contract Drawings prepared by Engineer for this Contract which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and are referred to in the Contract Documents. 9. “Contract Price” - the total monies payable to Contractor under the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 2 10. “Contract Times” - the number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Substantial Completion; and (ii) complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by Engineer’s written recommendations of final payment. 11. “Contractor” - the person, firm or corporation with whom Owner has entered into the Agreement. 12. “Date of Contract”, “Effective Date of the Agreement” - the date of the City Council Approval also indicated in the Agreement. 13. “Engineer” or “Engineer-Architect” - Architect, engineer, or other licensed professional who is either employed or has contracted with Owner to serve in a design capacity and whose consultants, members, partners, employees, or agents have prepared and sealed the Drawings and Specifications. 14. “Engineer’s Consultant” - an individual or entity having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer’s independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project. 15. “Equipment” - a product with operational or nonoperational parts, whether motorized or manually operated, that requires service connections, such as wiring or piping. 16. “Field Order” - a written order issued by Engineer which orders minor changes in the Work in accordance with Paragraph 9.05 but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 17. “General Requirements” - Sections of DIVISION 1 of the Specifications. The General Requirements pertain to all sections of the Specifications. 18. “Hazardous Waste” - the term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 19. “Law” - law of the place of the Project which shall govern the performance hereunder. 20. “Laws and Regulations,” “Laws or Regulations” - laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and/or orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 21. “Lien” - charges, security interests, or encumbrances on Project funds, real property, or personal property. 22. “Materials” - products substantially shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished, refined, or otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form a part of the Work. 23. “Notice of Award” - the written notice by Owner to the apparent successful Bidder stating that upon compliance by the apparent successful Bidder with the conditions precedent enumerated therein, within the time specified, Owner will sign and deliver the Agreement. 24. “Notice to Proceed” - the written notice by Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform Contractor’s obligation under the Contract Documents. 25. “Owner” - the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, a constitutionally chartered municipal corporation , with which the Contractor has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be provided. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 3 26. “Partial Utilization” - placing a portion of the Work in service for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) before reaching Substantial Completion of all the Work. 27. “PCBs” - Polychlorinated biphenyls. 28. “Petroleum” - petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60o Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Wastes and crude oils. 29. “Program Manager” – NOT USED. 30. “Project” - the total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 31. “Project Manual” - The bound documentary information prepared for bidding and constructing the Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual, which may be bound in one or more volumes, is contained in the table(s) of contents. 32. “Radioactive Material” - source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 33. “Resident Project Representative” - the authorized representative of Engineer who is assigned to the construction Site or any part thereof. 34. “Reference Drawings” - drawings not specifically prepared for, nor a part of, this Contract, but which contain information pertinent to the Work. 35. “Samples” - physical examples of Equipment, Materials, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 36. “Shop Drawings” - all drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 37. “Site” - lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of Contractor. 38. “Specifications” - those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of the Work, and covering the Equipment, Materials, workmanship, and certain administrative details applicable thereto. 39. “Subcontractor” - an individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. 40. “Submittals” - all Shop Drawings, product data, and Samples which are prepared by Contractor, a Subcontractor, manufacturer, or Supplier, and submitted by Contractor to Engineer as a basis for approval of the use of Equipment and Materials proposed for incorporation in the Work or needed to describe proper installation, operation and maintenance, or technical properties. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 4 41. “Substantial Completion” - the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer as evidenced by his definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be used for the purposes for which it was intended. 42. “Supplementary Conditions” – part of the Contract Documents which amends and/or supplements these General Conditions. 43. “Supplier” - a manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man, or vendor. 44. “Underground Facilities” - all pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other control systems, or water. 45. “Unit Price Work” - Work to be paid on the basis of Unit Prices. 46. “Work” - the entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work is the result of performing services, the furnishing of Bonds and insurance, furnishing labor, and furnishing and incorporating Materials and Equipment into the construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. 47. “Work Change Directive” - a written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the effective Date of the Agreement and signed by Owner and recommended by Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed as provided in Article 4 or to emergencies under Paragraph 6.13. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in Paragraph 10.01B. 48. “Written Amendment” - a written amendment to the Contract Documents, signed by Owner and Contractor on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement, and normally dealing with the nonengineering or nontechnical rather than strictly Work-related aspects of the Contract Documents. 49. “Year 2000 Compliance” or “Year 2000 Compliant” – means that equipment, devices, items, systems, software, hardware, and firmware included in the Work or used to produce the Work shall properly, appropriately, and consistently function and accurately process date and time data (including without limitation: calculating, comparing, and sequencing) on and after December 31, 1999, including leap year calculations. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 5 1.03 TERMINOLOGY: A. Whenever used in these General Conditions or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the following terminology shall have the intent and meaning specified below: 1. The words “as indicated” refer to the Drawings and “as specified” refer to the remaining Contract Documents. 2. The terms “responsible” or “responsibility” mean that the party to which the term applies shall assume all responsibilities thereto. 3. The term “approve”, when used in response to Submittals, requests, applications, inquiries, reports and claims by Contractor, will be held to limitations of Engineer’s responsibilities and duties or specified in these General Conditions. In no case will “approval” by Engineer be interpreted as a release of Contractor from responsibilities to fulfill requirements of Contract Documents. 4. When applied to Equipment and Materials, the words “furnish”, “install”, and “provide” shall mean the following: a. The word “provide” shall mean to furnish, pay for, deliver, assemble, install, adjust, clean and otherwise make Materials and Equipment fit for their intended use. b. The word “furnish” shall mean to secure, pay for, deliver to Site, unload and uncrate Equipment and Materials. c. The word “install” shall mean to assemble, place in position, incorporate in the Work, adjust, clean, and make fit for use. d. The phrase “furnish and install” shall be equivalent to the word “provide.” 5. The word “day” shall constitute a calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 DELIVERY OF BONDS: A. When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such Bonds as Contractor may be required to furnish in accordance with Paragraph 5.01. 2.02 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS: A. Owner will furnish to Contractor copies of the Contract Documents as stated in the General Requirements. 2.03 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIMES; NOTICE TO PROCEED: A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time mutually agreed upon by the Contractor and the Owner within 120 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement upon completion of required executed documents. In no event will the Contract Times commence to run later than the 120th day after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 6 2.04 STARTING THE PROJECT: A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run, but no Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run. 2.05 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION: A. Before starting construction and undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any Work affected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any conflict, error, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. B. Within twenty days after the Effective Date of the Agreement, not before Contractor starts the Work at the Site, Contractor shall submit items as noted in Document 00550 – Notice to Proceed (and as specified) to Engineer for review. C. Further, before any Work at the Site is started, Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with a copy to Engineer, certificates and other evidence of insurance requested by Owner which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Paragraph 5.02 (and Owner shall deliver to Contractor certificates and other evidence of insurance requested by Contractor which Owner is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Paragraph 5.02). 2.06 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE: A. Within 20 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement, but before Contractor starts the Work at the Site, a conference attended by Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 2.05B, to discuss procedures for handling Submittals, processing Applications for Payment, and to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work. 2.07 FINALIZING SCHEDULES: A. A schedule shall be finalized in accordance with Specification SECTION 01321. The finalized construction progress schedule will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times, but such acceptance will neither impose on Engineer responsibility for the progress or scheduling of the Work nor relieve Contractor from full responsibility therefor. The finalized schedule of Submittal submissions will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides a workable arrangement for processing the submissions. ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 3.01 INTENT: A. The Contract Documents comprise the entire agreement between Owner and Contractor concerning the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary; what Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 7 is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. The Contract Documents will be construed in accordance with the Law of the place of the Project. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, Materials, or Equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents as being required to produce the intended result will be supplied whether or not specifically called for, at no additional cost to the Owner. 1. When words which have a well-known technical or trade meaning are used to describe Work, Materials, or Equipment, such words shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. 2. Reference to standard specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual, or code (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents) shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, or Engineer, or any of their consultants, agents, or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to Engineer, or any of Engineer’s consultants, agents or employees, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by Engineer as provided in Paragraph 9.04. C. If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor finds a conflict, error, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall so report to Engineer in writing at once and before proceeding with the Work affected thereby shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer, however, Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any conflict, error, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. D. Applicable codes and standards referenced in these Contract Documents establish minimum requirements for Equipment, Materials, and Work and are superseded by more stringent requirements of Contract Documents when and where they occur. E. The Specifications are separated into Divisions and Sections for convenience in defining the Work. Contract Drawings are separated according to engineering disciplines and other classifications. This sectionalizing and the arrangement of Contract Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 8 3.02 AMENDING AND SUPPLEMENTING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: 1. A formal Written Amendment. 2. A Change Order (pursuant to Paragraph 10.01D). B. As indicated in Paragraphs 11.01B and 12.01A, Contract Price and Contract Times may only be changed by a Change Order or Written Amendment. C. In addition, the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, in the following way: 1. A Field Order (pursuant to Paragraph 9.05). 2. Engineer’s written interpretation or clarification (pursuant to Paragraph 9.04). 3.03 OWNERSHIP AND REUSE OF DOCUMENTS: A. All Contract Documents and copies thereof furnished by Engineer shall be the property of the Owner. B. Neither Contractor nor any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Owner shall have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer; and they shall not reuse any of the documents on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of Owner and Engineer and specific written verification or adaptation by Engineer. ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.01 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS: A. Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. B. If Contractor believes that any delay in Owner’s furnishing these lands, rights-of-way, or easements entitles Contractor to an extension of the Contract Times, Contractor may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 12. C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. D. Contractor shall confine his operations to the construction limits indicated. 4.02 UNFORESEEN SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS: A. Contractor shall promptly notify Engineer in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions encountered at the Site which differ materially from those Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 9 specified or indicated, or which could be reasonably interpreted from examination of the Site and available subsurface information at the time of bidding. B. Engineer will promptly investigate those conditions and advise Owner if further surveys or subsurface tests are necessary. Promptly thereafter, Engineer will obtain the necessary additional surveys and tests and furnish copies of results to Contractor and Owner. C. If Engineer and Owner find that the subsurface or latent physical conditions encountered at the Site differ materially from those specified or indicated, or which could have been reasonably interpreted from examination of the Site and available subsurface information at the time of bidding, then a Change Order will be issued by the Owner incorporating the necessary revisions. 4.03 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS - UNDERGROUND FACILITIES: A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided: 1. Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and, 2. Contractor shall have full responsibility for reviewing and checking all such information and data, for locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, for coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, for the safety and protection thereof as provided in Paragraph 6.12 and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work, the cost of all of which will be considered as having been included in the Contract Price. B. Not Shown or Indicated: If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and which Contractor could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of, Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before performing any Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as permitted by Paragraph 6.13), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice thereof to that owner and Engineer. Engineer will promptly review the Underground Facility to determine the extent to which the Contract Documents should be modified to reflect and document the consequences of the existence of the Underground Facility, and the Contract Documents will be amended or supplemented to the extent necessary. During such time, Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility as provided in Paragraph 6.12. Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and which Contractor could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or length thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 10 4.04 REFERENCE POINTS: A. Engineer will provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in Engineer’s judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), shall protect and preserve the established reference points, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by professionally qualified personnel. Contractor shall be responsible for any mistakes or loss of time that may result from their loss or disturbance. B. Contractor shall make such surveys as are required for establishing pay limits and determining quantities for progress pay estimates. He shall furnish Engineer with one copy each of all field notes of such surveys. 4.05 ASBESTOS, PCBS, PETROLEUM, HAZARDOUS WASTE, OR RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL: A. Owner shall be responsible for any Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the Site. Owner shall not be responsible for any such materials brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractor, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible. B. Contractor shall immediately: (i) stop all Work in connection with such hazardous condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.13), and (ii) notify Owner and Engineer (and thereafter confirm such notice in writing). Owner shall promptly consult with Engineer concerning the necessity for Owner to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such hazardous condition or take corrective action, if any. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such hazardous condition or in any such affected area until after Owner has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to Contractor special written notice: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work, or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed by Contractor to be resumed, either party may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. C. If after receipt of such special written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then Owner may order such portion of the Work that is in connection with such hazardous condition or in such affected area to be deleted from the Work. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a claim Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 11 therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. Owner may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner’s own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. D. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer’s Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, other consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to such hazardous condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this subparagraph 4.05E shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any person or entity from and against the consequences of that person’s or entity’s own negligence. E. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02 and 4.03 are not intended to apply to Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 PERFORMANCE AND OTHER BONDS: A. Contractor shall furnish separate performance and payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price inclusive of any anticipated contingency as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until two years after the date when final payment is approved by Owner, except as otherwise provided by Law or Regulation or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Contract Documents. All Bonds shall be in the forms prescribed by Law or Regulation or by the Contract Documents and be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of “Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies” as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds shall be signed by an Arkansas Agent. B. The Bonds shall be automatically increased in amount and extended in time without formal and separate amendments to cover full and faithful performance of the Contract in the event of Change Orders, regardless of the amount of time or money involved. It is Contractor’s responsibility to notify his surety of any changes affecting the general scope of the Work or change in the Contract Price or Contract Times. C. Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of the authority to act. D. Date of Bonds shall be the same as the Effective Date of the Agreement. E. If at any time during the continuance of the Contract, the surety on any Bond becomes unacceptable to Owner for financial reasons, Owner has the right to require additional and sufficient sureties which Contractor shall furnish to the satisfaction of Owner within ten days after notice to do so. 1. If the surety on any Bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 12 Paragraph 5.01A, Contractor shall within five days thereafter substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. F. Performance and Payment bonds shall be delivered to the City after they have been filed and file marked at the Washington County Circuit Clerk’s office. 5.02 INSURANCE: A. Contractor’s Liability Insurance: 1. Contractor and all of his subcontractors shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being furnished and performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor’s furnishing and performance of the Work and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: a. Claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; b. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor’s employees; c. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness, or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor’s employees; d. Claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained: (i) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or (ii) by any other person for any other reason; e. Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use therefrom; f. Claims arising out of operation of Laws or Regulations for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or for damage to property; and g. Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, or use of any motor vehicle. 2. The insurance required by this paragraph shall include the specific coverages, and be written for not less than the limits of liability specified or required by Law, whichever is greater. a. Umbrella General Liability $5,000,000 b. Workers’ compensation Statutory (State and Federal Limits) Employer’s Liability $500,000 each accident c. Commercial General Liability (1) General Aggregate $2,000,000 (2) Products-Completed Operations Aggregate $2,000,000 (3) Personal & Advertising Injury Limit $1,000,000 (4) Each Occurrence Limit $1,000,000 (5) Fire Damage Limit $ 100,000 (6) Medical Expense Limit $ 5,000 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 13 d. Business Automobile Liability (1) Any one loss or accident $1,000,000 B. The policies of insurance so required by paragraph 5.02A to be purchased and maintained shall: 1. with respect to insurance required by Paragraphs 5.02A.1.c through 5.02A.1.g inclusive, include as additional insureds by endorsement (subject to customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) Owner, Engineer, and Engineer’s Consultants, and include coverage for the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds, and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby; 2. include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability specified in Paragraph 5.02A.2 or required by Laws and Regulations, whichever is greater; 3. with respect to insurance required by paragraphs 5.02A1.c through 5.02A1.g inclusive, include premises/operations, products, completed operations, independent contractors, and personal injury insurance,; 4. include in the Commercial General Liability policy, contractual liability insurance covering Contractor’s indemnity obligations under Paragraphs 6.06, 6.10, and 6.16, and written for not less than the limits of liability and coverages specified above; 5. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be cancelled, materially changed, or renewal refused until at least 30 days’ prior written notice by certified mail has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued; 6. provide Broad Form Property Damage coverage and contain no exclusion (commonly referred to as XC&U exclusion) relative to blasting, earthquake, flood, explosion, collapse of buildings, or damage to underground property; 7. remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.07; 8. with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, remain in effect for at least two years after final payment and Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other specified additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued, evidence satisfactory to Owner and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter; 9. include Independent Contractors Protective Liability coverage; and 10. with respect to the Commercial General Liability policy, the maximum deductible allowed shall be $5, 000. 11. Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies required by Paragraph 5.02A and any other liability insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 14 Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer’s Consultants, and all other individuals or entities endorsed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) under such policies for losses and damages so caused. As required by Paragraph 6.05D, each subcontract between Contractor and a Subcontractor shall contain similar waiver provisions by the Subcontractor in favor of Owner, Contractor, Engineer, Engineer’s Consultants, and all other parties endorsed as insureds or additional insureds. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any of the insured parties may have to proceeds of insurance held by Owner as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. with respect to the Commercial General Liability policy, the maximum deductible allowed shall be $5,000. C. Owner’s Protective Liability Insurance: 1. Contractor shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining Owner’s Protective Liability insurance with Owner, and Engineer as named insureds. 2. This insurance shall have the same limits of liability as the Commercial General Liability insurance and shall protect Owner and Engineer against any and all claims and liabilities for injury to or death of persons, or damage to property caused in whole or in part by, or alleged to have been caused in whole or in part by, negligent acts or omissions of Contractor or Subcontractors or any agent, servant, worker, or employee of Contractor or Subcontractors arising from the operations under the Contract Documents. 3. This insurance may be provided by endorsement to Contractor’s Commercial General Liability insurance policy. D. Property Insurance: 1. Contractor shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full insurable value thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as follows) or as required by Laws or Regulations. This insurance shall: a. be on the completed value form and include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, and Engineer’s Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agent, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an additional insured; b. be written on a Builder’s Risk “all-risk” or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, false work, and Equipment and Materials, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage, terrorism, and such other perils (as flood, earthquake, explosions, collapse, underground hazard) or causes of loss as may be specifically required in the Contract Documents; c. include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals); Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 15 d. cover Equipment and Materials stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by Engineer prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such Equipment and Materials have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by Engineer; e. allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner; f. include testing and startup; g. be maintained in effect until final payment (or the Owner assumes beneficial occupancy and agrees to provide insurance coverage for the facilities so occupied) is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner, Contractor, and Engineer with 30 days’ written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued; and h. have a deductible amount of $ 10,000. 2. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property insurance as required by Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, and Engineer’s Consultants in the Work, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as insured or additional insured parties. 3. All policies of insurance required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with Paragraph 5.02D will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be cancelled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days’ prior notice by certified mail has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with Paragraph 5.02F below. 4. Copies of the policies shall be furnished for property insurance. Certificates will not be acceptable. E. Transit Insurance: 1. Transit insurance shall be furnished by Contractor to protect Contractor and Owner from all risks of physical loss or damage to Equipment and Materials, not otherwise covered under other policies, during transit from point of origin to the Site of installation or erection. 2. This insurance shall be written on an “All Risk” basis with additional coverages applicable to the circumstances that may occur in the particular Work included in this Contact. 3. This insurance shall be in an amount not less than 100% of the manufactured or fabricated value of items exposed to risk in transit at any one time. 4. This insurance shall contain a waiver of rights of subrogation the insurer may have or acquire against Engineer. F. Waiver of Rights: 1. Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Paragraph 5.02D will protect Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer’s Consultants, and other individuals or entities endorsed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 16 damage, the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insureds or additional insureds thereunder; and if the insurers require separate waiver forms to be signed by Engineer or Engineer’s Consultants, Owner will obtain the same, and if such waiver forms are required of any Subcontractor, Contractor shall obtain the same. 2. Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies required by Paragraph 5.02D and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer’s Consultants, and all other individuals or entities endorsed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) under such policies for losses and damages so caused. As required by Paragraph 6.05D, each subcontract between Contractor and a Subcontractor shall contain similar waiver provisions by the Subcontractor in favor of Owner, Contractor, Engineer, Engineer’s Consultants, and all other parties endorsed as insureds or additional insureds. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any of the insured parties may have to proceeds of insurance held by Owner as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. G. Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds: 1. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by Paragraph 5.02D will be adjusted with Owner and made payable to Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of Paragraph 5.02G.2. Owner shall deposit in a separate account any money so received and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied to account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. 2. Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within 15 days after the occurrence of loss to Owner’s exercise of this power. If such objection is made, Owner as fiduciary shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, Owner as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers and, if required in writing by any party in interest, Owner as fiduciary shall give bond for the proper performance of such duties upon the occurrence of an insured loss. H. Acceptance of Insurance: 1. If Owner has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the insurance required to be purchased and maintained by Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 5.02 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, Owner shall so notify Contractor in writing thereof Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 17 within 10 days of the date of delivery of such certificates and other evidence of insurance to Owner required by Paragraph 2.05C. 2. Owner and Contractor shall each provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the other may reasonably request If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the insurance required of such party by the Contract Documents, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent insurance to protect such other party’s interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order shall be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly. I. Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer: 1. If Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph 14.06, no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing property insurance pursuant to Paragraph 5.02D have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be cancelled or lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.01 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE: A. Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work, but Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or selection of a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction which is indicated in and required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the finished Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. B. Contractor shall keep on the Work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor’s representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. C. When manufacturer’s field services in connection with the erection, installation, start-up, or testing of Equipment furnished under this Contract, or instruction of Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 18 Owner’s personnel thereon are specified, Contractor shall keep on the Work, during its progress or as specified, competent manufacturer’s field representatives and any necessary assistants. 6.02 LABOR, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS: A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. Except in connection with the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours, and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of Work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Engineer’s written consent. B. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all Equipment and Materials, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. C. All Equipment and Materials shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractor shall furnish to Engineer satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the kind and quality of Equipment and Materials. All Equipment and Materials shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable Supplier except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents; but no provision of any such instructions will be effective to assign to Engineer, or any of Engineer’s consultants, agents, or employees, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Paragraph 9.10C and 9.10D. D. All Equipment and Materials incorporated in the Work shall be designed to meet the applicable safety standards of federal, state, and local Laws and Regulations. E. Domestic Product Procurement: As further specified elsewhere in these or referenced documents. 6.03 ADJUSTING PROGRESS SCHEDULE: A. Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.07) adjustments in the progress schedule to reflect the impact thereon of new developments; these will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. 6.04 SUBSTITUTES OR “OR-EQUAL” ITEMS: A. Whenever an item of Equipment or Material is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 19 is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or “or-equal” item or no substitute is permitted, other items of Equipment or Material of other Suppliers may be submitted by Contractor to Engineer for review under the circumstances described below. 1. “Or-Equal” Items: If in Engineer’s sole discretion an item of Equipment or Material proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer as an “or-equal” item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in Engineer’s sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For purposes of this Paragraph 6.04A.1, a proposed item of Equipment or Material will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: a. In the exercise of reasonable judgment Engineer determines that: (i) it is at least equal in quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; (ii) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole, and; b. Contractor certifies that: (i) there is no increase in cost to Owner; and (ii) it will conform substantially, even with deviations, to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. c. “Or-Equal” will not be considered until after Award of Contract. 2. Substitute Items: a. If in Engineer’s sole discretion an item of Equipment or Material proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an “or-equal” item under Paragraph 6.04A.1, it will be considered a proposed substitute item. b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to determine that the item of Equipment or Material proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of Equipment or Materials will not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. c. The procedure for review by Engineer will be as set forth in Paragraph 6.04A.2.d, as may be supplemented in the General Requirements and as Engineer may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. d. Contractor shall first make written application to Engineer for review of a proposed substitute item of Equipment or Material that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application shall certify that the proposed substitute item will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, be similar in substance to that specified, and be suited to the same use as that specified. The application will state the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute will prejudice Contractor’s achievement of Substantial Completion on time; whether or not use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item; and whether or not incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 20 with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified will be identified in the application, and available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services will be indicated. The application will also contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change, all of which will be considered by Engineer in evaluating the proposed substitute item. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute item. e. Substitute items will not be considered until after Award of Contract. B. If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or use a substitute means, method, sequence, technique, or procedure of construction acceptable to Engineer, if Contractor submits sufficient information to allow Engineer to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that indicated or required by the Contract Documents. The procedure for review by Engineer will be similar to that provided in Paragraph 6.04A.2 as applied by Engineer and as may be supplemented in the General Requirements. C. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposed substitute or “or-equal” item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability, and no substitute or “or-equal” will be ordered, installed, or used until Engineer’s review is complete, which will be evidenced by either (i) a Change Order for a substitute, or (ii) an approved Submittal for an “or-equal.” Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor’s expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. D. Engineer will record time required by Engineer and, Engineer’s Consultants, in evaluating substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 6.04A.2 and 6.04B and in making changes in the Contract Documents or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for work on the Project occasioned thereby. Whether or not Engineer approves a substitute item so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the charges of, Engineer, and Engineer’s Consultants for evaluating each such proposed substitute. 6.05 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS: A. Contractor shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other person or organization (including those acceptable to Owner and Engineer as indicated in Paragraph 6.05B), whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. B. If the Contract Documents require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or organizations (including those who are to furnish the principal items of Equipment and Materials) to be submitted to Owner within the required time after Bid opening prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement for acceptance by Owner and Engineer and if Contractor has submitted a list thereof, Owner’s or Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 21 Engineer’s ’acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other person or organization so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation, in which case Contractor shall submit an acceptable substitute, the Contract Price will be increased by the difference in the cost occasioned by such substitution, and an appropriate Change Order will be issued or Written Amendment signed. No acceptance by Owner or Engineer of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other person or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right of Owner or Engineer to reject defective Work. C. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor’s own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between Owner, or Engineer and any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other person or organization, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other person or organization except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. D. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor which specifically binds the Subcontractor to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer and contains waiver provisions as required by Paragraph 5.02F. Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any insurance moneys received by Contractor on account of losses under policies issued pursuant to Paragraph 5.02D. 6.06 PATENT FEES AND ROYALTIES: A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents. B. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer and anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them from and against all claims, damages, losses, and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and court and arbitration costs) arising out of any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. 6.07 PERMITS: A. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 22 necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. Fees for permits issued by the City will be waived and the Permits issued by the City necessary for the work are required. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the Work, and Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. 6.08 LAWS AND REGULATIONS: A. Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor’s compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If Contractor observes that the Specifications or Drawings are at variance with any Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice thereof, and any necessary changes will be authorized by one of the methods indicated in Paragraph 3.02. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to such Laws or Regulations, and without such notice to Engineer, Contractor shall bear all costs arising therefrom; however, it shall not be Contractor’s primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with such Laws and Regulations. 6.09 TAXES: A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid or withheld by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 6.10 USE OF PREMISES: A. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of Equipment and Materials, and the operations of workers to the Project Site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, rights-of-way, permits, and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other equipment and materials. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any land or areas contiguous thereto, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made against Owner or Engineer by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly attempt to settle with such other party by agreement or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or at Law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold Owner and Engineer harmless from and against all claims, damages, losses, and expenses (including, but not limited to, fees of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals, and court and arbitration costs) arising directly, indirectly or consequentially out of any action, legal or equitable, brought by any such other party against Owner or Engineer to the extent based on a claim arising out of Contractor’s performance of the Work. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 23 B. During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish, and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials, and shall leave the Site clean and ready for occupancy by Owner. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. C. Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.11 RECORD DOCUMENTS: A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Test Records, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications (issued pursuant to Paragraph 9.04) in good order and annotated to show all changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Submittals shall be available to Engineer for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents and Submittals shall be delivered to Engineer for Owner. B. Receipt and acceptance of record documents will be a prerequisite for final payment on the Contract. C. Contractor shall provide weekly updates to City staff throughout the duration of the project following the Notice to Proceed. Each update shall include all reports, photographs, schedules, and any other documentation as may be requested or specified by the City. The Contractor shall submit such updates in the format and manner as directed by the City and within the deadlines established by City staff. 6.12 SAFETY AND PROTECTION: A. Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. All employees on the Work and other persons and organizations who may be affected thereby; 2. All the Work and Materials and Equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. Other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 24 replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 6.12A.2 or 6.12A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of Owner or Engineer or anyone employed by either of them or anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of Contractor). Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for the safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 14.09A that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). C. Contractor shall designate a responsible representative at the Site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be Contractor’s superintendent unless otherwise designated in writing by Contractor to Owner and Engineer. 6.13 EMERGENCIES: A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, without special instruction or authorization from Engineer or Owner, is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken in response to an emergency, a Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of the changes or variations. 6.14 SUBMITTALS: A. After checking and verifying all field measurements and after complying with applicable procedures specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review and acceptance by Engineer, in accordance with the accepted schedule of submissions, copies of Submittals which will bear the required information that Contractor has satisfied Contractor’s responsibilities under the Contract Documents with respect to the review of the submission. All submissions will be identified as Engineer may require. The data shown on Submittals will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to enable Engineer to review the information as required. B. Before submission of each Submittal, Contractor shall have determined and verified all quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data with respect thereto and reviewed or coordinated each Submittal with other Submittals and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. C. At the time of each submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of each variation that the Submittal may have from the requirements of the Contract Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 25 Documents, and in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Submittal submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. D. Engineer will review Submittals with reasonable promptness, but Engineer’s review and acceptance will be only for conformance with the design concept of the Project and for compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents and shall not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is indicated in or required by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Submittals and resubmit as required for review and acceptance. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous Submittals. E. Engineer’s review and acceptance of Submittals shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall in writing call Engineer’s attention to each and every variation at the time of submission. Engineer will show approval of each such variation by a specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Submittal. Acceptance by Engineer shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for errors or omissions in the Submittals. F. Where a Submittal is required by the Specifications, any related Work performed prior to Engineer’s review and acceptance of the pertinent submission will be the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. 6.15 CONTINUING THE WORK: A. Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Engineer or Owner. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by Paragraph 15.03 or as Contractor and Owner may otherwise agree in writing. 6.16 INDEMNIFICATION: A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer’s Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, direct, indirect, or consequential (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals, and court and arbitration costs) arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, damage, loss, or expense: 1. Is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and 2. Is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any person, or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 26 caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder or arises by or is imposed by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such party. B. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their consultants, agents, or employees by any employee of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any person, or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Paragraph 6.16A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Subcontractor or other person or organization under workers’ or workmen’s compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. C. The obligations of Contractor under Paragraph 6.16A shall not extend to the liability of Engineer, Engineer’s Consultants, agents, or employees arising out of: 1. The preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs, or specifications. 2. The giving of or the failure to give communications by Engineer, their agents, or employees provided such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of injury or damage. D. If necessary for enforcement of any indemnification and hold harmless requirement herein, or if applicable law requires the Contractor to obtain specified limits of insurance to insure any indemnity obligation; then Contractor shall obtain such applicable coverage with minimum limits not less than any specified in Paragraph 5.02B herein, the cost to be recovered and included in the Contract Price, and any indemnity attributable to the negligence of any indemnified party shall be limited to such insurance. ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK 7.01 RELATED WORK AT SITE: A. Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the Site by Owner’s own forces, have other work performed by utility owners, or let other direct contracts therefor which shall contain General Conditions similar to these. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and, if Contractor believes that such performance will involve additional expense to Contractor or requires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. B. Contractor shall afford each utility owner and other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract (or Owner, if Owner is performing the additional work with Owner’s employees) proper and safe access to the Site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such work, and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs; Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 27 C. If any part of Contractor’s Work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any such other contractor or utility owner or Owner, Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to Engineer in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Contractor’s failure so to report will constitute an acceptance of the other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor’s Work except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies in the other work. 7.02 COORDINATION: A. If Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the person or organization who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified in the General Requirements, and the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized, and the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. ARTICLE 8 - OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.01 COMMUNICATIONS: A. Owner shall issue all communications to Contractor through Engineer. 8.02 CHANGE OF ENGINEER : A. In case of termination of the employment of Engineer, Owner shall appoint, subject to the requirements of Section 00001 CERTIFICATIONS and Arkansas State Law an engineer against whom Contractor makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Engineer. Any dispute in connection with such appointment shall be addressed as discussed in Article 16. 8.03 REQUIRED DATA: A. Owner shall furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to Contractor promptly after they are due as provided in Paragraphs 14.04A and 14.09A. 8.04 LANDS AND EASEMENTS: A. Owner’s duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.04. 8.05 INSURANCE: A. Owner’s responsibilities in respect of purchasing and maintaining insurance are set forth in Paragraph 5.02. 8.06 CHANGE ORDERS: A. Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in Paragraph 10.01. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 28 8.07 INSPECTIONS AND TESTS: A. Owner’s responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 13.03B. 8.08 STOPPING THE WORK: A. In connection with Owner’s right to stop Work or suspend Work, see Paragraphs 13.06 and 15.02. Paragraph 15.02A deals with Owner’s right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. 8.09 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES: A. Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER’S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.01 OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE: A. Engineer will be Owner’s representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner’s representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. B. Owner and Contractor are reminded of the requirements of Arkansas State Law §22- 9-101. Observation by registered professionals required. 9.02 VISITS TO SITE: A. Engineer will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction to observe the progress and quality of the executed Work and to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-Site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Engineer’s efforts will be directed toward providing for Owner a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on-Site observations as an experienced and qualified design professional, Engineer will keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work. 9.03 PROJECT REPRESENTATION: A. Engineer may furnish Resident Project Representative and assistants to assist Owner and Engineer in observing the performance of the Work. 1. Communications pertaining to Submittals, written interpretations, and Change Orders shall be directed to Engineer at his home office. 2. Communications pertaining to day-to-day operations at the Site shall be directed to Resident Project Representative. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 29 3. Resident Project Representative and his assistants will conduct observations of the Work in progress to assist Engineer in determining that the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. 4. Resident Project Representative will not have authority to permit any deviation from the Contract Documents, except with concurrence of Owner and Engineer. 9.04 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS: A. Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of drawings or otherwise) as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with or reasonably inferable from the overall intent of the Contract Documents. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11 or Article 12. 9.05 AUTHORIZED VARIATIONS IN WORK: A. Engineer may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are consistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on Owner, and also on Contractor who shall perform the Work involved promptly. 9.06 REJECTING DEFECTIVE WORK: A. Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Engineer believes to be defective, and will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in Paragraph 13.05B, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. B. Resident Project Representative will have authority, subject to final decision of Engineer, to disapprove or reject any defective workmanship, Equipment, or Material. 9.07 SUBMITTALS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS: A. In connection with Engineer’s responsibility for Submittals, see Paragraph 6.14. B. In connection with Engineer’s responsibilities as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12. C. In connection with Engineer’s responsibilities in respect of Applications for Payment, see Article 14. 9.08 DETERMINATIONS FOR UNIT PRICES: A. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor. Engineer will review with Contractor the Engineer’s preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon to the Owner. Engineer will provide approval by recommendation of an Application for Payment to the Owner or return Application to Engineer for further review. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 30 B. Engineer’s written decisions thereon will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor, unless, within ten days after the date of any such decision, either Owner or Contractor delivers to the other party to the Agreement and to Engineer written notice of intention to appeal such a decision. 9.09 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES: A. Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes, and other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the Work and claims under Articles 11 and 12 in respect of changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will be referred initially to Engineer in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this Paragraph, which Engineer will render in writing within a reasonable time. Written notice of each such claim, dispute, and other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Engineer and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data shall be delivered to Engineer and the other party within 60 days after such occurrence unless Engineer allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim. Owner may request written review by Engineer of claims, disputes, and other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. When functioning as interpreter and judge under Paragraphs 9.08 and 9.09A, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or Contractor and Engineer will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Engineer with respect to any such claim, dispute, or other matter (except any which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided in Paragraph 14.11) will be a condition precedent to any exercise by Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute, or other matter. 9.10 LIMITATIONS ON ENGINEER’S RESPONSIBILITIES: A. Neither Engineer’s authority to act under this Article 9 or elsewhere in the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any other person or organization performing any of the Work, or to any surety for any of them. B. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms “as directed”, “as required”, “as allowed”, “as approved”, or terms of like effect or import are used, or the adjectives “reasonable”, “suitable”, “acceptable”, “proper”, or “satisfactory” or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe a requirement, direction, review, or judgment of Engineer as to the Work, it is intended that such requirement, direction, review or judgment will be solely to evaluate the Work for compliance with the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 31 duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Paragraphs 9.10C or 9.10D. C. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. D. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work. E. The presence or absence of Engineer, or any of their representatives will not act to relieve Contractor of any responsibility or of any guarantee of his performance. Neither will observation by Engineer, or any of their representatives in any way be understood to relieve Contractor of any responsibility for proper supervision of the Work at all times. F. Review by Engineer of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by Paragraph 14.08A will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents. G. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this Paragraph 9.10 shall also apply to Engineer’s Consultants, Resident Project Representative, and assistants. ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK 10.01 GENERAL: A. Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work; these will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which shall be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). 1. There shall be no changes without prior written approval of the Engineer of Record and/or the City’s designated Professional Engineer. B. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an increase or decrease in the Contract Price or an extension or a shortening of the Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in Article 11 or 12. C. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, and supplemented as provided in Paragraphs 3.02A and 3.02C, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 6.13 and except in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.05B. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 32 D. Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders (or Written Amendments) covering: 1. Changes in the Work which are ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 10.01A, are required because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.09 or correcting defective Work under Paragraph 13.10, or are agreed to by the parties; 2. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties; and 3. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to Paragraph 9.09A, provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in Paragraph 6.15. E. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor’s responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. ARTICLE 11 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE 11.01 GENERAL: A. The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities, and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at his expense without change in the Contract Price. B. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an increase or decrease in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Engineer promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within 60 days after such occurrence (unless Engineer allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant’s written statement that the amount claimed covers all known amounts (direct, indirect, and consequential) to which the claimant is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Price shall be determined by Engineer in accordance with Paragraph 9.09A if Owner and Contractor cannot otherwise agree on the amount involved. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this Paragraph 11.01B. C. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an increase or decrease in the Contract Price shall be determined in one of the following ways: 1. Where the Work involved is covered by Unit Prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of Unit Prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 11.05A through 11.05C, inclusive). Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 33 2. By mutual acceptance of a lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 11.03A.2.a. 3. On the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraphs 11.02A and 11.02B) plus a Contractor’s Fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraphs 11.03A and 11.03B). 11.02 COST OF THE WORK: A. The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by Owner, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 11.02B. 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Contractor. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, workers’ or workmen’s compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation, and holiday pay applicable thereto. Such employees shall include superintendents and foremen at the Site. The expenses of performing Work after regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of all Equipment and Materials furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers’ field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to Contractor unless Owner deposits funds with Contractor with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to Owner. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds, and all returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to Owner, and Contractor shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 3. Payments made by Contractor to the Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by Owner, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to Contractor and shall deliver such bids to Owner who will then determine, with the advice of Engineer, which bids will be accepted. If a subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work Plus a Fee, the Subcontractor’s Cost of the Work shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor’s Cost of the Work. All subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable. 4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 5. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor’s employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 34 b. Costs, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost less market value of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor. c. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the parts thereof whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner with the advice of Engineer, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, installation, dismantling, and removal thereof - all in accordance with terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. d. Sales, consumer, use, or similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. f. Losses and damages not compensated by insurance or otherwise, to the Work or otherwise sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance and furnishing of the Work provided they have resulted from causes other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable; shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of Owner. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor’s fee. If, however, any such loss or damage requires reconstruction and Contractor is placed in charge thereof, Contractor shall be paid for services a fee proportionate to that stated in Paragraph 11.03A.2. g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the Site, expressage, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. i. Cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of changes in the Work and premiums for property insurance coverage within the limits of the deductible amounts established by Owner in accordance with Paragraph 5.02D.4. B. The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor’s officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor whether at the Site or in Contractor’s principal or a branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 11.02A.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 11.02A.4, all of Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 35 which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor’s fee. 2. Expenses of Contractor’s principal and branch offices other than Contractor’s office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor’s capital expenses, including interest on Contractor’s capital employed for the Work, and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all insurance whether or not Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the same (except for the cost of premiums covered by subparagraph 11.02A.5.i above). 5. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 6. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in Paragraph 11.02A. 11.03 CONTRACTOR’S FEE: A. The Contractor’s Fee allowed to Contractor for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 1. A mutually acceptable fixed fee; or if none can be agreed upon, 2. A fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. For costs incurred under Paragraphs 11.02A.1 and 11.02A.2, the Contractor’s Fee shall be 10%(negotiable with Owner); b. For costs incurred under Paragraph 11.02A.3, the Contractor’s Fee shall be 5%; and if a subcontract is on the basis of Cost of the Work Plus a Fee, the maximum allowable to Contractor on account of overhead and profit of all Subcontractors shall be 10%(negotiable with Owner); c. Where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of the Cost of the Work Plus a Fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs 11.03A and 11.02A.1 through A.3 is that the Subcontractor who actually performs or furnishes the Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of ten percent (10%) of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under Paragraphs 11.02A.1 and 11.02A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and Contractor will each be paid a fee of five percent (5%) of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor. d. No fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraph 11.02A.4, 11.02A.5 and 11.02B; e. The amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for any such change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease plus a deduction in Contractor’s Fee by an amount equal to 10% of the net decrease; and f. When both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in Contractor’s Fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 11.03A.2.a through 11.03A.2.d, inclusive. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 36 B. Whenever the cost of any Work is to be determined pursuant to Paragraph 11.02A or 11.02B, Contractor will submit in form acceptable to Engineer an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. 11.04 CASH ALLOWANCES: A. Not applicable. 11.05 UNIT PRICE WORK: A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established Unit Prices for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Engineer in accordance with Paragraph 9.08. B. Each Unit Price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor’s overhead and profit for each separately identified item. C. Where the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor exceeds the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement by twenty-five percent or more and there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work and if Contractor believes that Contractor has incurred additional expense as a result thereof, Contractor may make a claim for an increase in the Contract Price in accordance with Article 11 if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase. 11.06 RIGHT OF AUDIT: A. Owner shall have the right to inspect and audit all of Contractor’s books, records, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, payment records, vouchers, and memoranda relating to the Work, and Contractor shall preserve all such records and supporting documentation for a period of three years after date of Final Payment. Contractor hereby grants to Owner the authority to enter Contractor’s premises for the purpose of inspection of such records and supporting documentation or, at Contractor’s option, Contractor may make such records and supporting documentation available to Owner at a location satisfactory to Owner. B. All of the records and supporting documentation shall be open to inspection and subject to audit and reproduction by Owner or its authorized representative for any and all purposes, including but not limited to (i) compliance with the Contract Documents; (ii) proper pricing of Change Orders; and (iii) claims submitted by or against Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier in connection with any performance under the Contract Documents. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 37 ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.01 GENERAL: A. The Contract Times may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Contractor, in undertaking to complete the Work within the Contract Times, shall take into consideration and make allowances for all of the ordinary delays and hindrances incident to such Work, whether growing out of delays in securing equipment or materials or workmen or otherwise. B. Adjustments to the Contract Times will be made for delays in completion of the Work from causes beyond Contractor’s control, including the following: 1. Federal embargoes, priority orders, or other restrictions imposed by the United States Government. 2. Unusual delay in fabrication or shipment of Equipment or Materials required in the Work, whether ordered by Contractor or furnished by Owner or others under separate contract. 3. Strikes and other labor disputes. 4. Delays caused by court proceedings. 5. Change Orders. 6. Neglect, delay, or default of any other contractor employed by Owner. 7. Unusual construction delays resulting from weather conditions abnormal to the geographical area and to the season of the year such as above normal continuous days of precipitation, above normal amount of precipitation within a 24 hour period, or above normal days of extreme cold or hot temperature conditions affecting installation / application due to manufacturers or specifications limitations. These conditions will not be cause for extensions of time if abnormal weather conditions do not affect the stage of construction. All claims for extension of time due to abnormal weather conditions must be substantiated with evidence from a weather bureau or other authoritative source. Weather conditions normal to the geographical area and to the season of the year shall be taken into consideration in the Bid. Normal conditions shall be defined as the average number of days, amounts, or both over a 5-year period averaged per season. 8. Conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents reported to Engineer as provided in these General Conditions. 9. Any failure or delay by Contractor in supplying equipment, materials, work, or services that are Year 2000 compliant or failure or delay by Contractor’s Subcontractors or Suppliers in providing equipment, materials, work, or services as a result of Subcontractors’ or Suppliers’ lack of Year 2000 compliance in their own operations, systems, or processes used to provide or deliver equipment, material, work, or services shall not be considered to be caused by events beyond Contractor’s control. Such Year 2000 compliance problems shall not constitute a basis for delay in completion of the Work, adjustment to the Contract Times, or an excuse for Contract nonperformance. C. Owner shall award extensions of the Contract Times on account of such causes of delay, provided that adequate evidence is presented to enable Engineer to determine with exactness the extent and duration of delay for each item involved. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 38 D. No extension to the Contract Times will be granted for delays involving only portions of the Work, or which do not directly affect the time required for completion of the entire Work. E. Any claim for an extension to the Contract Times shall be delivered in writing to Owner and Engineer within ten days of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim. All claims for adjustment to the Contract Times will be determined by Engineer if Owner and Contractor cannot otherwise agree. Any change to the Contract Times resulting from any such claim will be incorporated in a Change Order or a Written Amendment. F. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. The provisions of this Article 12 shall not exclude recovery for damages (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals, and court and arbitration costs) for delay by either party. ARTICLE 13 - WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE; TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.01 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE: A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner and Engineer that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Prompt notice of all defects shall be given to Contractor. All defective Work, whether or not in place, may be rejected, corrected or accepted as provided in this Article 13. B. No provision in the Contract Documents nor any specified guarantee time limit shall be held to limit Contractor’s liability for defects to less than the legal limit of liability in accordance with the Law. C. All Equipment and Materials furnished by Contractor for the Work shall carry a written guarantee from the manufacturer or Supplier of such items when called for in the Specifications. Written guarantees shall be submitted to Engineer with other Submittals. Engineer will transmit such guarantees to Owner for review. 13.02 ACCESS TO THE WORK: A. Engineer and Engineer’s representatives, other representatives of Owner, testing agencies, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting, and testing. Contractor shall provide proper and safe conditions for such access. 13.03 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: A. Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel. B. Owner shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 1. for inspections, tests, or approvals covered by Paragraphs 13.03C and 13.03D below; Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 39 2. that costs incurred in connections with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to Paragraph 13.05B shall be paid as provided in said Paragraph 13.05B; and 3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) to specifically be inspected, tested, or approved, Contractor shall assume full responsibility therefor, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection, testing, or approval. D. Contractor shall also be responsible for and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspection or testing required in connection with Owner’s or Engineer’s acceptance of a Supplier of Materials or Equipment proposed to be incorporated in the Work, or of Materials or Equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor’s purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. E. All inspections, tests, or approvals other than those required by Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction shall be performed by organizations acceptable to Owner and Contractor (or by Engineer if so specified). F. If any Work (including the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered without written concurrence of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for observation. Such uncovering shall be at Contractor’s expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor’s intention to cover the same and Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. G. Neither observations by Engineer nor inspections, tests, or approvals by others shall relieve Contractor from Contractor’s obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 13.04 DEFECTIVE WORK: A. The term “defective” is used in these documents to describe Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, not in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, or not meeting the requirements of any inspection, test, approval, or acceptance required by Law or the Contract Documents. B. Any defective Work may be disapproved or rejected by Engineer at any time before final acceptance even though it may have been overlooked and included in a previous Application for Payment. C. Prompt notice will be given by Engineer to Contractor of defects as they become evident. 13.05 UNCOVERING WORK: A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, it shall, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer’s observation and replaced at Contractor’s expense. B. If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer’s request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 40 Contractor shall bear all direct, indirect, and consequential costs of such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing and of satisfactory reconstruction, (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals); and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. 13.06 OWNER MAY STOP THE WORK: A. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any other party. 13.07 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK: A. If required by Engineer, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer, remove it from the Site and replace it with nondefective Work. Contractor shall bear all direct, indirect, and consequential costs of such correction or removal (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals) made necessary thereby. 13.08 TWO-YEAR WARRANTY AND CORRECTION PERIOD: A. Before final acceptance of the project, the contractor shall provide a maintenance bond in accordance with section 158.03 of the City of Fayetteville Unified Development Code. The bond shall be in the amount of 25% of the total contract price for a period of two years from the date of Substantial Completion. If within two years after the Date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner’s written instructions, either correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the Site and replace it with nondefective Work. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all direct, indirect, and consequential costs of such removal and replacement (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals) will be paid by Contractor. In special circumstances where a particular item of Equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 41 period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. 13.09 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK: A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner and, prior to Engineer’s recommendation of final payment, also Engineer prefers to accept it, Owner may do so. Contractor shall bear all direct, indirect, and consequential costs attributable to Owner’s evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness and to include but not be limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals). If any such acceptance occurs prior to Engineer’s recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to Owner. 13.10 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK: A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice of Engineer to proceed to correct and to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer in accordance with Paragraph 13.07, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven days’ written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph, Owner shall proceed expeditiously. B. To the extent necessary to complete corrective and remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor’s services related thereto, take possession of Contractor’s tools, appliances, construction equipment, and machinery at the Site and incorporate in the Work all Equipment and Materials stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. C. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner’s representatives, agents, and employees such access to the Site as may be necessary to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph. D. All direct, indirect, and consequential costs of Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor in an amount approved as to reasonableness by Engineer,, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. Such direct, indirect, and consequential costs will include but not be limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals, all court and arbitration costs, and all costs of repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor’s defective Work. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 42 E. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of any delay in performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner’s rights and remedies hereunder. ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.01 SCHEDULE OF VALUES: A. The schedule of values established will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to Engineer. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.02 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT: A. Not later than the 15th day of each month, or on the next business day thereafter, (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. B. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of Contractor stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor’s legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. C. If payment is requested on the basis of Equipment and Materials not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the Equipment and Materials free and clear of all liens, charges, security interests, and encumbrances (which are hereinafter in these General Conditions referred to as “Liens”) and evidence that the Equipment and Materials are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect Owner’s interest therein, all of which will be satisfactory to Owner. D. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in Paragraph 14.04G. 14.03 CONTRACTOR’S WARRANTY OF TITLE: A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, Materials, and Equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to Owner no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. 14.04 REVIEW OF APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT: A. Engineer will, within seven days after receipt of each Application For Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner (subject to the provisions of the last sentence of Paragraph 14.04D), or return the Application to Contractor indicating in writing Engineer’s reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. After the required internal reviews and processing by the Owner, the Owner will diligently proceed to make Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 43 payment to the Contractor, in accordance with the approved payment request, within 30 days. All efforts will be made to make payments within the 30 day period, but the Owner cannot guarantee the 30 days maximum time. B. Engineer’s recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Engineer to Owner, based on Engineer’s on-Site observations of the Work in progress as experienced and qualified design professionals and on Engineer’s review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules that the Work has progressed to the point indicated; that, to the best of Engineer’s knowledge, information, and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraph 9.08, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and that Contractor is entitled to payment of the amount recommended. However, by recommending any such payment, Engineer will not thereby be deemed to have represented that exhaustive or continuous on-Site inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to Engineer in the Contract Documents, or that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by Owner or Owner to withhold payment to Contractor. C. Engineer’s recommendation of final payment will constitute an additional representation by Engineer to Owner that the conditions precedent to Contractor’s being entitled to final payment as set forth in Paragraph 14.09 have been fulfilled. D. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in Engineer’s opinion, it would be incorrect to make such representations to Owner. Engineer may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Engineer’s opinion to protect Owner from loss because: 1. The Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement. 2. Written claims have been made against Owner or Liens have been filed in connection with the Work. 3. The Contract Price has been reduced by Written Amendment or Change Order 4. Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.10, 5. Of Engineer’s ’actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraph 15.02B. 6. Of Contractor’s unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 7. Contractor’s failure to make payment to Subcontractors, or for labor, Materials, or Equipment, or 8. Engineer shall not certify payments requesting more than eighty (80) percent of the Contract amount until such time as all operation, maintenance, repair, Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 44 and replacement manuals, and product data has been furnished by the Contractor to the Owner. E. Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer because claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor’s performance of furnishing of the Work, or Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, or there are other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended, but Owner must give Contractor immediate written notice (with a copy to Engineer) stating the reasons for such action. F. When all grounds for withholding payment are removed, payment will be made in the amounts withheld because of them. G. Progress payments will be in the amount of 95% of the amount of the Work completed and 100% of Equipment and Materials suitably stored and documented as indicated on the Application for Payment less the sum of all previous payments. The owner may forego withholding retainage of the progress payments if the construction contract is fifty-percent (50%) complete and the contractor has provided the work in a satisfactory manner. 14.05 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: A. When Contractor considers the entire Work ready for its intended use, Contractor shall notify Owner and Engineer in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by Contractor as incomplete) and request that Engineer issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. B. Within a reasonable time thereafter, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete, Engineer will notify Contractor in writing giving his reasons therefor. If Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will prepare and deliver to Owner a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which will fix the Date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. C. Owner shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to Engineer as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, Engineer concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, Engineer will within fourteen days after submission of the tentative certificate to Owner notify Contractor in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of Owner’s objections, Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will within said fourteen days execute and deliver to Owner and Contractor a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as Engineer believes justified after consideration of any objections from Owner. D. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer will deliver to Owner and Contractor a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between Owner and Contractor with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and warranties. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 45 E. Unless Owner and Contractor agree otherwise in writing and so inform Engineer prior to Engineer’s issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer’s aforesaid recommendation will be binding on Owner and Contractor until final payment. F. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Work after the Date of Substantial Completion, but Owner shall allow Contractor reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. 14.06 PARTIAL UTILIZATION: A. Use by Owner of any finished part of the Work, which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which Owner, Engineer, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and useable part of the Work that can be used by Owner without significant interference with Contractor’s performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work subject to the following: 1. Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to use any such part of the Work which Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Contractor agrees, Contractor will certify to Owner and Engineer that said part of the Work is substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of Paragraph 14.05 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 2. Owner may at any time request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to take over operation of any such part of the Work although it is not substantially complete. A copy of such request will be sent to Engineer and within a reasonable time thereafter, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion and will prepare a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected thereon before final payment. If Contractor does not object in writing to Owner and Engineer that such part of the Work is not ready for separate operation by Owner, Engineer will finalize the list of items to be completed or corrected and will deliver such list to Owner and Contractor together with a written recommendation as to the division of responsibilities pending final payment between Owner and Contractor with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, utilities, insurance, warranties, and guarantees for that part of the Work, which will become binding upon Owner and Contractor at the time when Owner takes over such operation (unless they shall have otherwise agreed in writing and so informed Engineer). During such Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 46 operation and prior to Substantial Completion of such part of the Work, Owner shall allow Contractor reasonable access to complete or correct items on said list and to complete other related Work. 3. No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work will be accomplished prior to compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 5.02I in respect of property insurance. 14.07 FINAL INSPECTION: A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer will make a final inspection with Owner, Engineer, and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to remedy such deficiencies. 14.08 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT: A. After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Engineer and delivered all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents, and other documents - all as required by the Contract Documents, and after Engineer has indicated that the Work is acceptable (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.11), Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. B. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied by all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, together with complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu thereof and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full; an affidavit of Contractor that the releases and receipts include all labor, services, Material, and Equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and that all payrolls, Equipment and Material bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner or Owner’s property might in any way be responsible, have been paid or otherwise satisfied; and consent of the surety, if any, to final payment. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien. 14.09 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE: A. If, on the basis of Engineer’s observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Engineer’s review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation -- all as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Engineer will, within fourteen days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing Engineer’s recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon, Engineer will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.11). Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Thirty days after presentation to Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 47 Owner of the Application and accompanying documentation, in appropriate form and substance, and with Engineer’s recommendation and notice of acceptability, the amount recommended by Engineer will become due and will be paid by Owner to Contractor. B. If, through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor’s final Application for Payment and recommendation of Engineer, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. The written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Engineer with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. C. The Final Pay Estimate will include all sums remaining to be paid. 14.10 CONTRACTOR’S CONTINUING OBLIGATION: A. Contractor’s obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. Neither recommendation of any progress or final payment by Engineer, nor the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion, nor any payment by Owner to Contractor under the Contract Documents, nor any use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, nor any act of acceptance by Owner nor any failure to do so, nor any review and approval of a Submittal, nor the issuance of a notice of acceptability by Engineer pursuant to Paragraph 14.09, nor any correction of defective Work by Owner will constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor’s obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (except as provided in Paragraph 14.11). 14.11 WAIVER OF CLAIMS: The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: A. A waiver of all claims by Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective work appearing after final inspection pursuant to Paragraph 14.07, or from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein; however, it will not constitute a waiver by Owner of any rights in respect of Contractor’s continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and B. A waiver of all claims by Contractor against Owner other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. 14.12 INTEREST: NOT APPLICABLE. ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.01 OWNER MAY SUSPEND WORK: A. Owner may, at any time and without cause, suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 days by notice in writing to Contractor, and Engineer which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 48 Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. 15.02 OWNER MAY TERMINATE: A. Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: 1. If Contractor commences a voluntary case under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11, United States Code), as now or hereafter in effect, or if Contractor takes any equivalent or similar action by filing a petition or otherwise under any other federal or state Law in effect at such time relating to the bankruptcy or insolvency; 2. If a petition is filed against Contractor under any chapter of the bankruptcy Code as now or hereafter in effect at the time of filing, or if a petition is filed seeking any such equivalent or similar relief against Contractor under any other federal or state Law in effect at the time relating to bankruptcy or insolvency; 3. If Contractor makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; 4. If a trustee, receiver, custodian, or agent of Contractor is appointed under applicable Law or under contract, whose appointment or authority to take charge of property of Contractor is for the purpose of enforcing a Lien against such property or for the purpose of general administration of such property for the benefit of Contractor’s creditors; 5. If Contractor admits in writing an inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; 6. If Contractor persistently fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable Equipment or Materials or failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under Paragraph 2.07 as revised from time to time); 7. If Contractor disregards Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 8. If Contractor disregards the authority of Engineer; or 9. If Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; B. Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if there be one) ten days’ written notice and to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the Site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor’s tools, appliances, construction equipment, and machinery at the Site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all Equipment and Materials stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as Owner may deem expedient. In such case, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the direct, indirect, and consequential costs of completing the Work (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals, and court and arbitration costs), such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such costs exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such costs incurred by Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 49 Owner will be approved as to reasonableness by Engineer and incorporated in a Change Order, but when exercising any rights or remedies under this Paragraph, Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. C. Where Contractor’s services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due to Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability. D. Upon ten days’ written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, elect to abandon the Work and terminate the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for all Work executed and any expense sustained plus reasonable termination expenses, which will include, but not be limited to, direct, indirect, and consequential costs (including, but not limited to, fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals, and court and arbitration costs). 15.03 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE: A. If, through no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than 90 days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or Owner fails for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon ten days’ written notice to Owner and Engineer, terminate the Agreement and recover from Owner payment for all Work executed and any expense sustained plus reasonable termination expenses. In addition and in lieu of terminating the Agreement, if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment or Owner has failed to make any payment as aforesaid, Contractor may upon ten days’ written notice to Owner and Engineer stop the Work until payment of all amounts then due. The provisions of this Paragraph shall not relieve Contractor of the obligations under Paragraph 6.15 to carry on the Work in accordance with the progress schedule and without delay during disputes and disagreements with Owner. ARTICLE 16 - RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 16.01 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES A. Contractor’s claims against Owner will be reviewed by Engineer, who shall take one or more of the following actions within ten (10) days after receipt of a claim: 1. Request additional supporting data from the claimant; 2. Submit a schedule to Contractor indicating reasonable time within which Engineer expects to take action; 3. Reject the Claim in whole or in part, stating reasons for rejection; 4. Recommend approval of the claim; or 5. Suggest a compromise. B. Owner’s claims against Contractor will be reviewed by Contractor who shall take one or more of the following actions within ten (10) days after receipt of the Claim: 1. Request additional supporting data from Engineer; 2. Submit a schedule to the Engineer indicating a reasonable time within which Contractor expects to take action; 3. Deny the claim in whole or in part, stating reasons for denial; 4. Recommend approval of the claim; or Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 50 5. Suggest a compromise. C. If a claim has been resolved, the Owner will prepare or obtain appropriate documentation. D. If a claim has been denied or if no action has been taken in the manner provided in Paragraphs 16.01A or 16.01B, then the claimant, within ten (10) days thereafter, may notify the Owner, the other party, and Contractor’s surety that Engineer and Contractor have been unable to resolve the claim. In that event, the Owner, pursuant to Paragraph 16.01E shall review the claim and make a decision on the claim. E. If a claim is presented to the Owner, then the Owner shall review the claim and make a decision within fourteen (14) days. F. Disputes that cannot be settled through negotiation or the procedures in Paragraphs 16.01A through 16.01E above, shall be settled as mutually agreed or in a court of competent jurisdiction within the State of Arkansas. G. Arbitration shall not be used in the settlement of disputes. ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS 17.01 GIVING NOTICE: A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.02 COMPUTATION OF TIME: A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the Law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. B. A calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight shall constitute a day. 17.03 CLAIMS, CUMULATIVE REMEDIES: A. Should Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission, or act of the other party or of any of the other party’s employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this Paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. B. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto, and, in particular but without limitation, the warranties, guarantees and obligations imposed upon Contractor by Paragraphs 6.16A, 13.01, 13.08, 13.10, 14.03, and 15.02A and all of the rights and remedies available to Owner and Engineer thereunder, are in addition to, and are not Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS (continued) 00700-General Conditions 00700 - 51 to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. All representations, warranties, and guarantees made in the Contract Documents will survive final payment and termination or completion of the Agreement. 17.04 FREEDOM OF INFORMATION ACT: A. City contracts and documents prepared while performing City contractual work are subject to the Arkansas Freedom of Information Act. If a Freedom of Information Act request is presented to the City of Fayetteville, the contactor shall do everything possible to provide the documents in a prompt and timely manner as prescribed in the Arkansas Freedom of Information Act (A.C.A. §25-19-101 et. seq.) Only legally authorized photocopying costs pursuant to the FOIA may be assessed for this compliance. END OF DOCUMENT 00700 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DOCUMENT 00800 – SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 Supplementary Conditions 00800- 1 ARTICLE 1 - LABOR RELATED REGULATIONS 1.01 SUPERSESSION. A. These Supplemental Conditions supersede any conflicting provisions of the Contract Documents. 1.02 TRENCH AND EXCAVATION SAFETY A. Compliance with the provisions of 29 CFR Subpart P, OSHA Standard for Excavation and Trenches Safety System is required during prosecution of the project. B. A copy of Subpart P is included in this section. 1.03 SUBMIT WITH PROGRESS PAYMENT A. The following items shall be submitted along with applications for progress payment: 1. Current progress schedule. 2. Summary of requests for extensions to the Contract Times during payment period. 3. Construction photographs according to Section 01325. 4. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Inspection and Maintenance Report Forms completed during payment period. 1.04 CONTRACT TIMES A. No extension to the Contract Times will be allowed for delays on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without prior approval to work on the day. B. Time will be assessed for each day on which, in the judgement of the Engineer, conditions allow the Contractor to effectively utilize 60% of normal forces and equipment to prosecute the work required at that time, for at least 60% of the Contractor's normal work hours, regardless of whether the Contractor actually works. END OF DOCUMENT 00800 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 366 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–07 Edition) §1926.606 If it is necessary to stand at the out- board or inboard edge of the deckload where less than 24 inches of bulwark, rail, coaming, or other protection ex- ists, all employees shall be provided with a suitable means of protection against falling from the deckload. (d) First-aid and lifesaving equipment. (1) Provisions for rendering first aid and medical assistance shall be in ac- cordance with subpart D of this part. (2) The employer shall ensure that there is in the vicinity of each barge in use at least one U.S. Coast Guard-ap- proved 30-inch lifering with not less than 90 feet of line attached, and at least one portable or permanent ladder which will reach the top of the apron to the surface of the water. If the above equipment is not available at the pier, the employer shall furnish it during the time that he is working the barge. (3) Employees walking or working on the unguarded decks of barges shall be protected with U.S. Coast Guard-ap- proved work vests or buoyant vests. (e) Commercial diving operations. Com- mercial diving operations shall be sub- ject to subpart T of part 1910, §§1910.401–1910.441, of this chapter. [39 FR 22801, June 24, 1974, as amended at 42 FR 37674, July 22, 1977] §1926.606 Definitions applicable to this subpart. (a) Apron—The area along the water- front edge of the pier or wharf. (b) Bulwark—The side of a ship above the upper deck. (c) Coaming—The raised frame, as around a hatchway in the deck, to keep out water. (d) Jacob’s ladder—A marine ladder of rope or chain with wooden or metal rungs. (e) Rail, for the purpose of §1926.605, means a light structure serving as a guard at the outer edge of a ship’s deck. Subpart P—Excavations AUTHORITY: Sec. 107, Contract Worker Hours and Safety Standards Act (Construc- tion Safety Act) (40 U.S.C. 333); Secs. 4, 6, 8, Occupational Safety and Hea1th Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. 653, 655, 657); Secretary of Labor’s Order No. 12–71 (36 FR 8754), 8–76 (41 FR 25059), or 9–83 (48 FR 35736), as applicable, and 29 CFR part 1911. SOURCE: 54 FR 45959, Oct. 31, 1989, unless otherwise noted. §1926.650 Scope, application, and defi- nitions applicable to this subpart. (a) Scope and application. This sub- part applies to all open excavations made in the earth’s surface. Exca- vations are defined to include trenches. (b) Definitions applicable to this sub- part. Accepted engineering practices means those requirements which are compat- ible with standards of practice required by a registered professional engineer. Aluminum Hydraulic Shoring means a pre-engineered shoring system com- prised of aluminum hydraulic cylinders (crossbraces) used in conjunction with vertical rails (uprights) or horizontal rails (walers). Such system is designed, specifically to support the sidewalls of an excavation and prevent cave-ins. Bell-bottom pier hole means a type of shaft or footing excavation, the bottom of which is made larger than the cross section above to form a belled shape. Benching (Benching system) means a method of protecting employees from cave-ins by excavating the sides of an excavation to form one or a series of horizontal levels or steps, usually with vertical or near-vertical surfaces be- tween levels. Cave-in means the separation of a mass of soil or rock material from the side of an excavation, or the loss of soil from under a trench shield or support system, and its sudden movement into the excavation, either by falling or sliding, in sufficient quantity so that it could entrap, bury, or otherwise injure and immobilize a person. Competent person means one who is capable of identifying existing and pre- dictable hazards in the surroundings, or working conditions which are unsan- itary, hazardous, or dangerous to em- ployees, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them. Cross braces mean the horizontal members of a shoring system installed perpendicular to the sides of the exca- vation, the ends of which bear against either uprights or wales. VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00376 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 367 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor §1926.650 Excavation means any man-made cut, cavity, trench, or depression in an earth surface, formed by earth re- moval. Faces or sides means the vertical or inclined earth surfaces formed as a re- sult of excavation work. Failure means the breakage, displace- ment, or permanent deformation of a structural member or connection so as to reduce its structural integrity and its supportive capabilities. Hazardous atmosphere means an at- mosphere which by reason of being ex- plosive, flammable, poisonous, corro- sive, oxidizing, irritating, oxygen defi- cient, toxic, or otherwise harmful, may cause death, illness, or injury. Kickout means the accidental release or failure of a cross brace. Protective system means a method of protecting employees from cave-ins, from material that could fall or roll from an excavation face or into an ex- cavation, or from the collapse of adja- cent structures. Protective systems in- clude support systems, sloping and benching systems, shield systems, and other systems that provide the nec- essary protection. Ramp means an inclined walking or working surface that is used to gain ac- cess to one point from another, and is constructed from earth or from struc- tural materials such as steel or wood. Registered Professional Engineer means a person who is registered as a profes- sional engineer in the state where the work is to be performed. However, a professional engineer, registered in any state is deemed to be a ‘‘registered pro- fessional engineer’’ within the meaning of this standard when approving de- signs for ‘‘manufactured protective systems’’ or ‘‘tabulated data’’ to be used in interstate commerce. Sheeting means the members of a shoring system that retain the earth in position and in turn are supported by other members of the shoring system. Shield (Shield system) means a struc- ture that is able to withstand the forces imposed on it by a cave-in and thereby protect employees within the structure. Shields can be permanent structures or can be designed to be portable and moved along as work pro- gresses. Additionally, shields can be ei- ther premanufactured or job-built in accordance with §1926.652 (c)(3) or (c)(4). Shields used in trenches are usu- ally referred to as ‘‘trench boxes’’ or ‘‘trench shields.’’ Shoring (Shoring system) means a structure such as a metal hydraulic, mechanical or timber shoring system that supports the sides of an exca- vation and which is designed to prevent cave-ins. Sides. See ‘‘Faces.’’ Sloping (Sloping system) means a method of protecting employees from cave-ins by excavating to form sides of an excavation that are inclined away from the excavation so as to prevent cave-ins. The angle of incline required to prevent a cave-in varies with dif- ferences in such factors as the soil type, environmental conditions of ex- posure, and application of surcharge loads. Stable rock means natural solid min- eral material that can be excavated with vertical sides and will remain in- tact while exposed. Unstable rock is considered to be stable when the rock material on the side or sides of the ex- cavation is secured against caving-in or movement by rock bolts or by an- other protective system that has been designed by a registered professional engineer. Structural ramp means a ramp built of steel or wood, usually used for vehicle access. Ramps made of soil or rock are not considered structural ramps. Support system means a structure such as underpinning, bracing, or shor- ing, which provides support to an adja- cent structure, underground installa- tion, or the sides of an excavation. Tabulated data means tables and charts approved by a registered profes- sional engineer and used to design and construct a protective system. Trench (Trench excavation) means a narrow excavation (in relation to its length) made below the surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the width of a trench (measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet (4.6 m). If forms or other structures are installed or con- structed in an excavation so as to re- duce the dimension measured from the forms or structure to the side of the ex- cavation to 15 feet (4.6 m) or less VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00377 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 368 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–07 Edition) §1926.651 (measured at the bottom of the exca- vation), the excavation is also consid- ered to be a trench. Trench box. See ‘‘Shield.’’ Trench shield. See ‘‘Shield.’’ Uprights means the vertical members of a trench shoring system placed in contact with the earth and usually po- sitioned so that individual members do not contact each other. Uprights placed so that individual members are closely spaced, in contact with or interconnected to each other, are often called ‘‘sheeting.’’ Wales means horizontal members of a shoring system placed parallel to the excavation face whose sides bear against the vertical members of the shoring system or earth. §1926.651 Specific excavation require- ments. (a) Surface encumbrances. All surface encumbrances that are located so as to create a hazard to employees shall be removed or supported, as necessary, to safeguard employees. (b) Underground installations. (1) The estimated location of utility installa- tions, such as sewer, telephone, fuel, electric, water lines, or any other un- derground installations that reason- ably may be expected to be encoun- tered during excavation work, shall be determined prior to opening an exca- vation. (2) Utility companies or owners shall be contacted within established or cus- tomary local response times, advised of the proposed work, and asked to estab- lish the location of the utility under- ground installations prior to the start of actual excavation. When utility companies or owners cannot respond to a request to locate underground utility installations within 24 hours (unless a longer period is required by state or local law), or cannot establish the exact location of these installations, the employer may proceed, provided the employer does so with caution, and provided detection equipment or other acceptable means to locate utility in- stallations are used. (3) When excavation operations ap- proach the estimated location of under- ground installations, the exact loca- tion of the installations shall be deter- mined by safe and acceptable means. (4) While the excavation is open, un- derground installations shall be pro- tected, supported or removed as nec- essary to safeguard employees. (c) Access and egress—(1) Structural ramps. (i) Structural ramps that are used solely by employees as a means of access or egress from excavations shall be designed by a competent person. Structural ramps used for access or egress of equipment shall be designed by a competent person qualified in structural design, and shall be con- structed in accordance with the design. (ii) Ramps and runways constructed of two or more structural members shall have the structural members con- nected together to prevent displace- ment. (iii) Structural members used for ramps and runways shall be of uniform thickness. (iv) Cleats or other appropriate means used to connect runway struc- tural members shall be attached to the bottom of the runway or shall be at- tached in a manner to prevent tripping. (v) Structural ramps used in lieu of steps shall be provided with cleats or other surface treatments on the top surface to prevent slipping. (2) Means of egress from trench exca- vations. A stairway, ladder, ramp or other safe means of egress shall be lo- cated in trench excavations that are 4 feet (1.22 m) or more in depth so as to require no more than 25 feet (7.62 m) of lateral travel for employees. (d) Exposure to vehicular traffic. Em- ployees exposed to public vehicular traffic shall be provided with, and shall wear, warning vests or other suitable garments marked with or made of reflectorized or high-visibility mate- rial. (e) Exposure to falling loads. No em- ployee shall be permitted underneath loads handled by lifting or digging equipment. Employees shall be re- quired to stand away from any vehicle being loaded or unloaded to avoid being struck by any spillage or falling mate- rials. Operators may remain in the cabs of vehicles being loaded or un- loaded when the vehicles are equipped, in accordance with §1926.601(b)(6), to provide adequate protection for the op- erator during loading and unloading operations. VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00378 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 369 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor §1926.651 (f) Warning system for mobile equip- ment. When mobile equipment is oper- ated adjacent to an excavation, or when such equipment is required to ap- proach the edge of an excavation, and the operator does not have a clear and direct view of the edge of the exca- vation, a warning system shall be uti- lized such as barricades, hand or me- chanical signals, or stop logs. If pos- sible, the grade should be away from the excavation. (g) Hazardous atmospheres—(1) Testing and controls. In addition to the require- ments set forth in subparts D and E of this part (29 CFR 1926.50–1926.107) to prevent exposure to harmful levels of atmospheric contaminants and to as- sure acceptable atmospheric condi- tions, the following requirements shall apply: (i) Where oxygen deficiency (atmospheres containing less than 19.5 percent oxygen) or a hazardous atmos- phere exists or could reasonably be ex- pected to exist, such as in excavations in landfill areas or excavations in areas where hazardous substances are stored nearby, the atmospheres in the exca- vation shall be tested before employees enter excavations greater than 4 feet (1.22 m) in depth. (ii) Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent employee exposure to atmospheres containing less than 19.5 percent oxygen and other hazardous atmospheres. These precautions in- clude providing proper respiratory pro- tection or ventilation in accordance with subparts D and E of this part re- spectively. (iii) Adequate precaution shall be taken such as providing ventilation, to prevent employee exposure to an at- mosphere containing a concentration of a flammable gas in excess of 20 per- cent of the lower flammable limit of the gas. (iv) When controls are used that are intended to reduce the level of atmos- pheric contaminants to acceptable lev- els, testing shall be conducted as often as necessary to ensure that the atmos- phere remains safe. (2) Emergency rescue equipment. (i) Emergency rescue equipment, such as breathing apparatus, a safety harness and line, or a basket stretcher, shall be readily available where hazardous at- mospheric conditions exist or may rea- sonably be expected to develop during work in an excavation. This equipment shall be attended when in use. (ii) Employees entering bell-bottom pier holes, or other similar deep and confined footing excavations, shall wear a harness with a life-line securely attached to it. The lifeline shall be sep- arate from any line used to handle ma- terials, and shall be individually at- tended at all times while the employee wearing the lifeline is in the exca- vation. (h) Protection from hazards associated with water accumulation. (1) Employees shall not work in excavations in which there is accumulated water, or in exca- vations in which water is accumu- lating, unless adequate precautions have been taken to protect employees against the hazards posed by water ac- cumulation. The precautions necessary to protect employees adequately vary with each situation, but could include special support or shield systems to protect from cave-ins, water removal to control the level of accumulating water, or use of a safety harness and lifeline. (2) If water is controlled or prevented from accumulating by the use of water removal equipment, the water removal equipment and operations shall be monitored by a competent person to ensure proper operation. (3) If excavation work interrupts the natural drainage of surface water (such as streams), diversion ditches, dikes, or other suitable means shall be used to prevent surface water from entering the excavation and to provide adequate drainage of the area adjacent to the ex- cavation. Excavations subject to runoff from heavy rains will require an in- spection by a competent person and compliance with paragraphs (h)(1) and (h)(2) of this section. (i) Stability of adjacent structures. (1) Where the stability of adjoining build- ings, walls, or other structures is en- dangered by excavation operations, support systems such as shoring, brac- ing, or underpinning shall be provided to ensure the stability of such struc- tures for the protection of employees. (2) Excavation below the level of the base or footing of any foundation or re- taining wall that could be reasonably VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00379 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 370 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–07 Edition) §1926.652 expected to pose a hazard to employees shall not be permitted except when: (i) A support system, such as under- pinning, is provided to ensure the safe- ty of employees and the stability of the structure; or (ii) The excavation is in stable rock; or (iii) A registered professional engi- neer has approved the determination that the structure is sufficently re- moved from the excavation so as to be unaffected by the excavation activity; or (iv) A registered professional engi- neer has approved the determination that such excavation work will not pose a hazard to employees. (3) Sidewalks, pavements, and appur- tenant structure shall not be under- mined unless a support system or an- other method of protection is provided to protect employees from the possible collapse of such structures. (j) Protection of employees from loose rock or soil. (1) Adequate protection shall be provided to protect employees from loose rock or soil that could pose a hazard by falling or rolling from an excavation face. Such protection shall consist of scaling to remove loose ma- terial; installation of protective barri- cades at intervals as necessary on the face to stop and contain falling mate- rial; or other means that provide equiv- alent protection. (2) Employees shall be protected from excavated or other materials or equip- ment that could pose a hazard by fall- ing or rolling into excavations. Protec- tion shall be provided by placing and keeping such materials or equipment at least 2 feet (.61 m) from the edge of excavations, or by the use of retaining devices that are sufficient to prevent materials or equipment from falling or rolling into excavations, or by a com- bination of both if necessary. (k) Inspections. (1) Daily inspections of excavations, the adjacent areas, and protective systems shall be made by a competent person for evidence of a sit- uation that could result in possible cave-ins, indications of failure of pro- tective systems, hazardous atmospheres, or other hazardous condi- tions. An inspection shall be conducted by the competent person prior to the start of work and as needed throughout the shift. Inspections shall also be made after every rainstorm or other hazard increasing occurrence. These in- spections are only required when em- ployee exposure can be reasonably an- ticipated. (2) Where the competent person finds evidence of a situation that could re- sult in a possible cave-in, indications of failure of protective systems, haz- ardous atmospheres, or other haz- ardous conditions, exposed employees shall be removed from the hazardous area until the necessary precautions have been taken to ensure their safety. (l) Walkways shall be provided where employees or equipment are required or permitted to cross over excavations. Guardrails which comply with §1926.502(b) shall be provided where walkways are 6 feet (1.8 m) or more above lower levels. [54 FR 45959, Oct. 31, 1989, as amended by 59 FR 40730, Aug. 9, 1994] §1926.652 Requirements for protective systems. (a) Protection of employees in exca- vations. (1) Each employee in an exca- vation shall be protected from cave-ins by an adequate protective system de- signed in accordance with paragraph (b) or (c) of this section except when: (i) Excavations are made entirely in stable rock; or (ii) Excavations are less than 5 feet (1.52m) in depth and examination of the ground by a competent person provides no indication of a potential cave-in. (2) Protective systems shall have the capacity to resist without failure all loads that are intended or could rea- sonably be expected to be applied or transmitted to the system. (b) Design of sloping and benching sys- tems. The slopes and configurations of sloping and benching systems shall be selected and constructed by the em- ployer or his designee and shall be in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (b)(1); or, in the alternative, paragraph (b)(2); or, in the alternative, paragraph (b)(3), or, in the alternative, paragraph (b)(4), as follows: (1) Option (1)—Allowable configurations and slopes. (i) Excavations shall be sloped at an angle not steeper than one and one-half horizontal to one vertical VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00380 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 371 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor §1926.652 (34 degrees measured from the hori- zontal), unless the employer uses one of the other options listed below. (ii) Slopes specified in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, shall be exca- vated to form configurations that are in accordance with the slopes shown for Type C soil in Appendix B to this subpart. (2) Option (2)—Determination of slopes and configurations using Appendices A and B. Maximum allowable slopes, and allowable configurations for sloping and benching systems, shall be deter- mined in accordance with the condi- tions and requirements set forth in ap- pendices A and B to this subpart. (3) Option (3)—Designs using other tab- ulated data. (i) Designs of sloping or benching systems shall be selected from and be in accordance with tab- ulated data, such as tables and charts. (ii) The tabulated data shall be in written form and shall include all of the following: (A) Identification of the parameters that affect the selection of a sloping or benching system drawn from such data; (B) Identification of the limits of use of the data, to include the magnitude and configuration of slopes determined to be safe; (C) Explanatory information as may be necessary to aid the user in making a correct selection of a protective sys- tem from the data. (iii) At least one copy of the tab- ulated data which identifies the reg- istered professional engineer who ap- proved the data, shall be maintained at the jobsite during construction of the protective system. After that time the data may be stored off the jobsite, but a copy of the data shall be made avail- able to the Secretary upon request. (4) Option (4)—Design by a registered professional engineer. (i) Sloping and benching systems not utilizing Option (1) or Option (2) or Option (3) under paragraph (b) of this section shall be approved by a registered professional engineer. (ii) Designs shall be in written form and shall include at least the following: (A) The magnitude of the slopes that were determined to be safe for the par- ticular project; (B) The configurations that were de- termined to be safe for the particular project; and (C) The identity of the registered pro- fessional engineer approving the de- sign. (iii) At least one copy of the design shall be maintained at the jobsite while the slope is being constructed. After that time the design need not be at the jobsite, but a copy shall be made available to the Secretary upon re- quest. (c) Design of support systems, shield systems, and other protective systems. De- signs of support systems shield sys- tems, and other protective systems shall be selected and constructed by the employer or his designee and shall be in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (c)(1); or, in the alter- native, paragraph (c)(2); or, in the al- ternative, paragraph (c)(3); or, in the alternative, paragraph (c)(4) as follows: (1) Option (1)—Designs using appen- dices A, C and D. Designs for timber shoring in trenches shall be determined in accordance with the conditions and requirements set forth in appendices A and C to this subpart. Designs for alu- minum hydraulic shoring shall be in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section, but if manufacturer’s tab- ulated data cannot be utilized, designs shall be in accordance with appendix D. (2) Option (2)—Designs Using Manufac- turer’s Tabulated Data. (i) Design of sup- port systems, shield systems, or other protective systems that are drawn from manufacturer’s tabulated data shall be in accordance with all speci- fications, recommendations, and limi- tations issued or made by the manufac- turer. (ii) Deviation from the specifications, recommendations, and limitations issued or made by the manufacturer shall only be allowed after the manu- facturer issues specific written ap- proval. (iii) Manufacturer’s specifications, recommendations, and limitations, and manufacturer’s approval to deviate from the specifications, recommenda- tions, and limitations shall be in writ- ten form at the jobsite during con- struction of the protective system. After that time this data may be stored off the jobsite, but a copy shall VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00381 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 372 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–07 Edition) §1926.652 be made available to the Secretary upon request. (3) Option (3)—Designs using other tab- ulated data. (i) Designs of support sys- tems, shield systems, or other protec- tive systems shall be selected from and be in accordance with tabulated data, such as tables and charts. (ii) The tabulated data shall be in written form and include all of the fol- lowing: (A) Identification of the parameters that affect the selection of a protective system drawn from such data; (B) Identification of the limits of use of the data; (C) Explanatory information as may be necessary to aid the user in making a correct selection of a protective sys- tem from the data. (iii) At least one copy of the tab- ulated data, which identifies the reg- istered professional engineer who ap- proved the data, shall be maintained at the jobsite during construction of the protective system. After that time the data may be stored off the jobsite, but a copy of the data shall be made avail- able to the Secretary upon request. (4) Option (4)—Design by a registered professional engineer. (i) Support sys- tems, shield systems, and other protec- tive systems not utilizing Option 1, Op- tion 2 or Option 3, above, shall be ap- proved by a registered professional en- gineer. (ii) Designs shall be in written form and shall include the following: (A) A plan indicating the sizes, types, and configurations of the materials to be used in the protective system; and (B) The identity of the registered professional engineer approving the de- sign. (iii) At least one copy of the design shall be maintained at the jobsite dur- ing construction of the protective sys- tem. After that time, the design may be stored off the jobsite, but a copy of the design shall be made available to the Secretary upon request. (d) Materials and equipment. (1) Mate- rials and equipment used for protective systems shall be free from damage or defects that might impair their proper function. (2) Manufactured materials and equipment used for protective systems shall be used and maintained in a man- ner that is consistent with the rec- ommendations of the manufacturer, and in a manner that will prevent em- ployee exposure to hazards. (3) When material or equipment that is used for protective systems is dam- aged, a competent person shall exam- ine the material or equipment and evaluate its suitability for continued use. If the competent person cannot as- sure the material or equipment is able to support the intended loads or is oth- erwise suitable for safe use, then such material or equipment shall be re- moved from service, and shall be evalu- ated and approved by a registered pro- fessional engineer before being re- turned to service. (e) Installation and removal of sup- port—(1) General. (i) Members of sup- port systems shall be securely con- nected together to prevent sliding, fall- ing, kickouts, or other predictable fail- ure. (ii) Support systems shall be in- stalled and removed in a manner that protects employees from cave-ins, structural collapses, or from being struck by members of the support sys- tem. (iii) Individual members of support systems shall not be subjected to loads exceeding those which those members were designed to withstand. (iv) Before temporary removal of in- dividual members begins, additional precautions shall be taken to ensure the safety of employees, such as in- stalling other structural members to carry the loads imposed on the support system. (v) Removal shall begin at, and progress from, the bottom of the exca- vation. Members shall be released slow- ly so as to note any indication of pos- sible failure of the remaining members of the structure or possible cave-in of the sides of the excavation. (vi) Backfilling shall progress to- gether with the removal of support sys- tems from excavations. (2) Additional requirements for support systems for trench excavations. (i) Exca- vation of material to a level no greater than 2 feet (.61 m) below the bottom of the members of a support system shall be permitted, but only if the system is designed to resist the forces calculated for the full depth of the trench, and VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00382 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 373 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. A there are no indications while the trench is open of a possible loss of soil from behind or below the bottom of the support system. (ii) Installation of a support system shall be closely coordinated with the excavation of trenches. (f) Sloping and benching systems. Em- ployees shall not be permitted to work on the faces of sloped or benched exca- vations at levels above other employ- ees except when employees at the lower levels are adequately protected from the hazard of falling, rolling, or sliding material or equipment. (g) Shield systems—(1) General. (i) Shield systems shall not be subjected to loads exceeding those which the sys- tem was designed to withstand. (ii) Shields shall be installed in a manner to restrict lateral or other haz- ardous movement of the shield in the event of the application of sudden lat- eral loads. (iii) Employees shall be protected from the hazard of cave-ins when enter- ing or exiting the areas protected by shields. (iv) Employees shall not be allowed in shields when shields are being in- stalled, removed, or moved vertically. (2) Additional requirement for shield systems used in trench excavations. Exca- vations of earth material to a level not greater than 2 feet (.61 m) below the bottom of a shield shall be permitted, but only if the shield is designed to re- sist the forces calculated for the full depth of the trench, and there are no indications while the trench is open of a possible loss of soil from behind or below the bottom of the shield. APPENDIX A TO SUBPART P OF PART 1926—SOIL CLASSIFICATION (a) Scope and application—(1) Scope. This appendix describes a method of classifying soil and rock deposits based on site and envi- ronmental conditions, and on the structure and composition of the earth deposits. The appendix contains definitions, sets forth re- quirements, and describes acceptable visual and manual tests for use in classifying soils. (2) Application. This appendix applies when a sloping or benching system is designed in accordance with the requirements set forth in §1926.652(b)(2) as a method of protection for employees from cave-ins. This appendix also applies when timber shoring for exca- vations is designed as a method of protection from cave-ins in accordance with appendix C to subpart P of part 1926, and when alu- minum hydraulic shoring is designed in ac- cordance with appendix D. This Appendix also applies if other protective systems are designed and selected for use from data pre- pared in accordance with the requirements set forth in §1926.652(c), and the use of the data is predicated on the use of the soil clas- sification system set forth in this appendix. (b) Definitions. The definitions and exam- ples given below are based on, in whole or in part, the following: American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standards D653–85 and D2488; The Unified Soils Classification System, The U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) Textural Classification Scheme; and The National Bureau of Standards Report BSS–121. Cemented soil means a soil in which the par- ticles are held together by a chemical agent, such as calcium carbonate, such that a hand- size sample cannot be crushed into powder or individual soil particles by finger pressure. Cohesive soil means clay (fine grained soil), or soil with a high clay content, which has cohesive strength. Cohesive soil does not crumble, can be excavated with vertical sideslopes, and is plastic when moist. Cohe- sive soil is hard to break up when dry, and exhibits significant cohesion when sub- merged. Cohesive soils include clayey silt, sandy clay, silty clay, clay and organic clay. Dry soil means soil that does not exhibit visible signs of moisture content. Fissured means a soil material that has a tendency to break along definite planes of fracture with little resistance, or a material that exhibits open cracks, such as tension cracks, in an exposed surface. Granular soil means gravel, sand, or silt, (coarse grained soil) with little or no clay content. Granular soil has no cohesive strength. Some moist granular soils exhibit apparent cohesion. Granular soil cannot be molded when moist and crumbles easily when dry. Layered system means two or more dis- tinctly different soil or rock types arranged in layers. Micaceous seams or weakened planes in rock or shale are considered lay- ered. Moist soil means a condition in which a soil looks and feels damp. Moist cohesive soil can easily be shaped into a ball and rolled into small diameter threads before crumbling. Moist granular soil that contains some cohe- sive material will exhibit signs of cohesion between particles. Plastic means a property of a soil which al- lows the soil to be deformed or molded with- out cracking, or appreciable volume change. Saturated soil means a soil in which the voids are filled with water. Saturation does not require flow. Saturation, or near satura- tion, is necessary for the proper use of in- struments such as a pocket penetrometer or sheer vane. VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00383 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 374 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–07 Edition) Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. A Soil classification system means, for the pur- pose of this subpart, a method of catego- rizing soil and rock deposits in a hierarchy of Stable Rock, Type A, Type B, and Type C, in decreasing order of stability. The cat- egories are determined based on an analysis of the properties and performance character- istics of the deposits and the environmental conditions of exposure. Stable rock means natural solid mineral matter that can be excavated with vertical sides and remain intact while exposed. Submerged soil means soil which is under- water or is free seeping. Type A means cohesive soils with an unconfined compressive strength of 1.5 ton per square foot (tsf) (144 kPa) or greater. Ex- amples of cohesive soils are: clay, silty clay, sandy clay, clay loam and, in some cases, silty clay loam and sandy clay loam. Ce- mented soils such as caliche and hardpan are also considered Type A. However, no soil is Type A if: (i) The soil is fissured; or (ii) The soil is subject to vibration from heavy traffic, pile driving, or similar effects; or (iii) The soil has been previously disturbed; or (iv) The soil is part of a sloped, layered system where the layers dip into the exca- vation on a slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4H:1V) or greater; or (v) The material is subject to other factors that would require it to be classified as a less stable material. Type B means: (i) Cohesive soil with an unconfined com- pressive strength greater than 0.5 tsf (48 kPa) but less than 1.5 tsf (144 kPa); or (ii) Granular cohesionless soils including: angular gravel (similar to crushed rock), silt, silt loam, sandy loam and, in some cases, silty clay loam and sandy clay loam. (iii) Previously disturbed soils except those which would otherwise be classed as Type C soil. (iv) Soil that meets the unconfined com- pressive strength or cementation require- ments for Type A, but is fissured or subject to vibration; or (v) Dry rock that is not stable; or (vi) Material that is part of a sloped, lay- ered system where the layers dip into the ex- cavation on a slope less steep than four hori- zontal to one vertical (4H:1V), but only if the material would otherwise be classified as Type B. Type C means: (i) Cohesive soil with an unconfined com- pressive strength of 0.5 tsf (48 kPa) or less; or (ii) Granular soils including gravel, sand, and loamy sand; or (iii) Submerged soil or soil from which water is freely seeping; or (iv) Submerged rock that is not stable, or (v) Material in a sloped, layered system where the layers dip into the excavation or a slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4H:1V) or steeper. Unconfined compressive strength means the load per unit area at which a soil will fail in compression. It can be determined by labora- tory testing, or estimated in the field using a pocket penetrometer, by thumb penetra- tion tests, and other methods. Wet soil means soil that contains signifi- cantly more moisture than moist soil, but in such a range of values that cohesive material will slump or begin to flow when vibrated. Granular material that would exhibit cohe- sive properties when moist will lose those co- hesive properties when wet. (c) Requirements—(1) Classification of soil and rock deposits. Each soil and rock deposit shall be classified by a competent person as Stable Rock, Type A, Type B, or Type C in accordance with the definitions set forth in paragraph (b) of this appendix. (2) Basis of classification. The classification of the deposits shall be made based on the re- sults of at least one visual and at least one manual analysis. Such analyses shall be con- ducted by a competent person using tests de- scribed in paragraph (d) below, or in other recognized methods of soil classification and testing such as those adopted by the Amer- ica Society for Testing Materials, or the U.S. Department of Agriculture textural classi- fication system. (3) Visual and manual analyses. The visual and manual analyses, such as those noted as being acceptable in paragraph (d) of this ap- pendix, shall be designed and conducted to provide sufficient quantitative and quali- tative information as may be necessary to identify properly the properties, factors, and conditions affecting the classification of the deposits. (4) Layered systems. In a layered system, the system shall be classified in accordance with its weakest layer. However, each layer may be classified individually where a more stable layer lies under a less stable layer. (5) Reclassification. If, after classifying a de- posit, the properties, factors, or conditions affecting its classification change in any way, the changes shall be evaluated by a competent person. The deposit shall be re- classified as necessary to reflect the changed circumstances. (d) Acceptable visual and manual tests—(1) Visual tests. Visual analysis is conducted to determine qualitative information regarding the excavation site in general, the soil adja- cent to the excavation, the soil forming the sides of the open excavation, and the soil taken as samples from excavated material. (i) Observe samples of soil that are exca- vated and soil in the sides of the excavation. Estimate the range of particle sizes and the relative amounts of the particle sizes. Soil that is primarily composed of fine-grained VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00384 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 375 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. B material is cohesive material. Soil composed primarily of coarse-grained sand or gravel is granular material. (ii) Observe soil as it is excavated. Soil that remains in clumps when excavated is cohesive. Soil that breaks up easily and does not stay in clumps is granular. (iii) Observe the side of the opened exca- vation and the surface area adjacent to the excavation. Crack-like openings such as ten- sion cracks could indicate fissured material. If chunks of soil spall off a vertical side, the soil could be fissured. Small spalls are evi- dence of moving ground and are indications of potentially hazardous situations. (iv) Observe the area adjacent to the exca- vation and the excavation itself for evidence of existing utility and other underground structures, and to identify previously dis- turbed soil. (v) Observe the opened side of the exca- vation to identify layered systems. Examine layered systems to identify if the layers slope toward the excavation. Estimate the degree of slope of the layers. (vi) Observe the area adjacent to the exca- vation and the sides of the opened exca- vation for evidence of surface water, water seeping from the sides of the excavation, or the location of the level of the water table. (vii) Observe the area adjacent to the exca- vation and the area within the excavation for sources of vibration that may affect the stability of the excavation face. (2) Manual tests. Manual analysis of soil samples is conducted to determine quan- titative as well as qualitative properties of soil and to provide more information in order to classify soil properly. (i) Plasticity. Mold a moist or wet sample of soil into a ball and attempt to roll it into threads as thin as 1⁄8-inch in diameter. Cohe- sive material can be successfully rolled into threads without crumbling. For example, if at least a two inch (50 mm) length of 1⁄8-inch thread can be held on one end without tear- ing, the soil is cohesive. (ii) Dry strength. If the soil is dry and crumbles on its own or with moderate pres- sure into individual grains or fine powder, it is granular (any combination of gravel, sand, or silt). If the soil is dry and falls into clumps which break up into smaller clumps, but the smaller clumps can only be broken up with difficulty, it may be clay in any combination with gravel, sand or silt. If the dry soil breaks into clumps which do not break up into small clumps and which can only be broken with difficulty, and there is no visual indication the soil is fissured, the soil may be considered unfissured. (iii) Thumb penetration. The thumb penetra- tion test can be used to estimate the unconfined compressive strength of cohesive soils. (This test is based on the thumb pene- tration test described in American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard designation D2488—‘‘Standard Recommended Practice for Description of Soils (Visual— Manual Procedure).’’) Type A soils with an unconfined compressive strength of 1.5 tsf can be readily indented by the thumb; how- ever, they can be penetrated by the thumb only with very great effort. Type C soils with an unconfined compressive strength of 0.5 tsf can be easily penetrated several inches by the thumb, and can be molded by light finger pressure. This test should be conducted on an undisturbed soil sample, such as a large clump of spoil, as soon as practicable after excavation to keep to a miminum the effects of exposure to drying influences. If the exca- vation is later exposed to wetting influences (rain, flooding), the classification of the soil must be changed accordingly. (iv) Other strength tests. Estimates of unconfined compressive strength of soils can also be obtained by use of a pocket pene- trometer or by using a hand-operated shearvane. (v) Drying test. The basic purpose of the drying test is to differentiate between cohe- sive material with fissures, unfissured cohe- sive material, and granular material. The procedure for the drying test involves drying a sample of soil that is approximately one inch thick (2.54 cm) and six inches (15.24 cm) in diameter until it is thoroughly dry: (A) If the sample develops cracks as it dries, significant fissures are indicated. (B) Samples that dry without cracking are to be broken by hand. If considerable force is necessary to break a sample, the soil has sig- nificant cohesive material content. The soil can be classified as a unfissured cohesive ma- terial and the unconfined compressive strength should be determined. (C) If a sample breaks easily by hand, it is either a fissured cohesive material or a granular material. To distinguish between the two, pulverize the dried clumps of the sample by hand or by stepping on them. If the clumps do not pulverize easily, the mate- rial is cohesive with fissures. If they pul- verize easily into very small fragments, the material is granular. APPENDIX B TO SUBPART P OF PART 1926—SLOPING AND BENCHING (a) Scope and application. This appendix contains specifications for sloping and benching when used as methods of protecting employees working in excavations from cave-ins. The requirements of this appendix apply when the design of sloping and bench- ing protective systems is to be performed in accordance with the requirements set forth in §1926.652(b)(2). (b) Definitions. Actual slope means the slope to which an excavation face is excavated. Distress means that the soil is in a condi- tion where a cave-in is imminent or is likely VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00385 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 376 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–07 Edition) Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. B to occur. Distress is evidenced by such phe- nomena as the development of fissures in the face of or adjacent to an open excavation; the subsidence of the edge of an excavation; the slumping of material from the face or the bulging or heaving of material from the bottom of an excavation; the spalling of ma- terial from the face of an excavation; and ravelling, i.e., small amounts of material such as pebbles or little clumps of material suddenly separating from the face of an exca- vation and trickling or rolling down into the excavation. Maximum allowable slope means the steep- est incline of an excavation face that is ac- ceptable for the most favorable site condi- tions as protection against cave-ins, and is expressed as the ratio of horizontal distance to vertical rise (H:V). Short term exposure means a period of time less than or equal to 24 hours that an exca- vation is open. (c) Requirements—(1) Soil classification. Soil and rock deposits shall be classified in ac- cordance with appendix A to subpart P of part 1926. (2) Maximum allowable slope. The maximum allowable slope for a soil or rock deposit shall be determined from Table B–1 of this appendix. (3) Actual slope. (i) The actual slope shall not be steeper than the maximum allowable slope. (ii) The actual slope shall be less steep than the maximum allowable slope, when there are signs of distress. If that situation occurs, the slope shall be cut back to an ac- tual slope which is at least 1⁄2 horizontal to one vertical (1⁄2H:1V) less steep than the maximum allowable slope. (iii) When surcharge loads from stored ma- terial or equipment, operating equipment, or traffic are present, a competent person shall determine the degree to which the actual slope must be reduced below the maximum allowable slope, and shall assure that such reduction is achieved. Surcharge loads from adjacent structures shall be evaluated in ac- cordance with §1926.651(i). (4) Configurations. Configurations of slop- ing and benching systems shall be in accord- ance with Figure B–1. VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00386 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 EC 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 1 6 < / G P H > Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 377 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. B Figure B–1 Slope Configurations (All slopes stated below are in the horizontal to vertical ratio) B–1.1 Excavations made in Type A soil. 1. All simple slope excavation 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 3⁄4:1. SIMPLE SLOPE—GENERAL Exception: Simple slope excavations which are open 24 hours or less (short term) and which are 12 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1⁄2:1. SIMPLE SLOPE—SHORT TERM 2. All benched excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 3⁄4 to 1 and maximum bench dimensions as follows: VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00387 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 EC 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 1 7 < / G P H > E C 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 1 8 < / G P H > E C 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 1 9 < / G P H > Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 378 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–07 Edition) Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. B SIMPLE BENCH MULTIPLE BENCH 3. All excavations 8 feet or less in depth which have unsupported vertically sided lower por- tions shall have a maximum vertical side of 31⁄2 feet. UNSUPPORTED VERTICALLY SIDED LOWER PORTION—MAXIMUM 8 FEET IN DEPTH All excavations more than 8 feet but not more than 12 feet in depth which unsupported vertically sided lower portions shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1:1 and a maximum vertical side of 31⁄2 feet. VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00388 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 EC 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 2 0 < / G P H > E C 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 2 1 < / G P H > E C 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 2 2 < / G P H > Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 379 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. B UNSUPPORTED VERTICALLY SIDED LOWER PORTION—MAXIMUM 12 FEET IN DEPTH All excavations 20 feet or less in depth which have vertically sided lower portions that are supported or shielded shall have a maximum allowable slope of 3⁄4:1. The support or shield sys- tem must extend at least 18 inches above the top of the vertical side. SUPPORTED OR SHIELDED VERTICALLY SIDED LOWER PORTION 4. All other simple slope, compound slope, and vertically sided lower portion excavations shall be in accordance with the other options permitted under §1926.652(b). B–1.2 Excavations Made in Type B Soil 1. All simple slope excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1:1. SIMPLE SLOPE 2. All benched excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1:1 and maximum bench dimensions as follows: VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00389 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8026 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 EC 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 2 3 < / G P H > E C 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 2 4 < / G P H > Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 380 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–07 Edition) Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. B SINGLE BENCH MULTIPLE BENCH 3. All excavations 20 feet or less in depth which have vertically sided lower portions shall be shielded or supported to a height at least 18 inches above the top of the vertical side. All such excavations shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1:1. VERTICALLY SIDED LOWER PORTION 4. All other sloped excavations shall be in accordance with the other options permitted in §1926.652(b). B–1.3 Excavations Made in Type C Soil 1. All simple slope excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 11⁄2:1. VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00390 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8026 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 EC 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 2 5 < / G P H > E C 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 2 6 < / G P H > E C 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 2 7 < / G P H > Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 381 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. B SIMPLE SLOPE 2. All excavations 20 feet or less in depth which have vertically sided lower portions shall be shielded or supported to a height at least 18 inches above the top of the vertical side. All such excavations shall have a maximum allowable slope of 11⁄2:1. VERTICAL SIDED LOWER PORTION 3. All other sloped excavations shall be in accordance with the other options permitted in §1926.652(b). B–1.4 Excavations Made in Layered Soils 1. All excavations 20 feet or less in depth made in layered soils shall have a maximum al- lowable slope for each layer as set forth below. VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00391 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8026 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 EC 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 2 8 < / G P H > E C 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 2 9 < / G P H > Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 382 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–07 Edition) Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. B VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00392 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 EC 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 3 0 < / G P H > Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 383 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. C 2. All other sloped excavations shall be in accordance with the other options permitted in §1926.652(b). APPENDIX C TO SUBPART P OF PART 1926—TIMBER SHORING FOR TRENCHES (a) Scope. This appendix contains informa- tion that can be used timber shoring is pro- vided as a method of protection from cave- ins in trenches that do not exceed 20 feet (6.1 m) in depth. This appendix must be used when design of timber shoring protective systems is to be performed in accordance with §1926.652(c)(1). Other timber shoring configurations; other systems of support such as hydraulic and pneumatic systems; and other protective systems such as slop- ing, benching, shielding, and freezing sys- tems must be designed in accordance with the requirements set forth in §1926.652(b) and §1926.652(c). (b) Soil Classification. In order to use the data presented in this appendix, the soil type or types in which the excavation is made must first be determined using the soil clas- sification method set forth in appendix A of subpart P of this part. (c) Presentation of Information. Information is presented in several forms as follows: (1) Information is presented in tabular form in Tables C–1.1, C–1.2, and C–1.3, and Ta- bles C–2.1, C–2.2 and C–2.3 following para- graph (g) of the appendix. Each table pre- sents the minimum sizes of timber members to use in a shoring system, and each table contains data only for the particular soil type in which the excavation or portion of VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00393 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 EC 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 3 1 < / G P H > Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 384 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–07 Edition) Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. C the excavation is made. The data are ar- ranged to allow the user the flexibility to se- lect from among several acceptable configu- rations of members based on varying the horizontal spacing of the crossbraces. Stable rock is exempt from shoring requirements and therefore, no data are presented for this condition. (2) Information concerning the basis of the tabular data and the limitations of the data is presented in paragraph (d) of this appen- dix, and on the tables themselves. (3) Information explaining the use of the tabular data is presented in paragraph (e) of this appendix. (4) Information illustrating the use of the tabular data is presented in paragraph (f) of this appendix. (5) Miscellaneous notations regarding Ta- bles C–1.1 through C–1.3 and Tables C–2.1 through C–2.3 are presented in paragraph (g) of this Appendix. (d) Basis and limitations of the data—(1) Di- mensions of timber members. (i) The sizes of the timber members listed in Tables C–1.1 through C–1.3 are taken from the National Bureau of Standards (NBS) report, ‘‘Rec- ommended Technical Provisions for Con- struction Practice in Shoring and Sloping of Trenches and Excavations.’’ In addition, where NBS did not recommend specific sizes of members, member sizes are based on an analysis of the sizes required for use by ex- isting codes and on empirical practice. (ii) The required dimensions of the mem- bers listed in Tables C–1.1 through C–1.3 refer to actual dimensions and not nominal di- mensions of the timber. Employers wanting to use nominal size shoring are directed to Tables C–2.1 through C–2.3, or have this choice under §1926.652(c)(3), and are referred to The Corps of Engineers, The Bureau of Reclamation or data from other acceptable sources. (2) Limitation of application. (i) It is not in- tended that the timber shoring specification apply to every situation that may be experi- enced in the field. These data were developed to apply to the situations that are most commonly experienced in current trenching practice. Shoring systems for use in situa- tions that are not covered by the data in this appendix must be designed as specified in §1926.652(c). (ii) When any of the following conditions are present, the members specified in the ta- bles are not considered adequate. Either an alternate timber shoring system must be de- signed or another type of protective system designed in accordance with §1926.652. (A) When loads imposed by structures or by stored material adjacent to the trench weigh in excess of the load imposed by a two- foot soil surcharge. The term ‘‘adjacent’’ as used here means the area within a horizontal distance from the edge of the trench equal to the depth of the trench. (B) When vertical loads imposed on cross braces exceed a 240-pound gravity load dis- tributed on a one-foot section of the center of the crossbrace. (C) When surcharge loads are present from equipment weighing in excess of 20,000 pounds. (D) When only the lower portion of a trench is shored and the remaining portion of the trench is sloped or benched unless: The sloped portion is sloped at an angle less steep than three horizontal to one vertical; or the members are selected from the tables for use at a depth which is determined from the top of the overall trench, and not from the toe of the sloped portion. (e) Use of Tables. The members of the shor- ing system that are to be selected using this information are the cross braces, the uprights, and the wales, where wales are re- quired. Minimum sizes of members are speci- fied for use in different types of soil. There are six tables of information, two for each soil type. The soil type must first be deter- mined in accordance with the soil classifica- tion system described in appendix A to sub- part P of part 1926. Using the appropriate table, the selection of the size and spacing of the members is then made. The selection is based on the depth and width of the trench where the members are to be installed and, in most instances, the selection is also based on the horizontal spacing of the crossbraces. Instances where a choice of horizontal spac- ing of crossbracing is available, the hori- zontal spacing of the crossbraces must be chosen by the user before the size of any member can be determined. When the soil type, the width and depth of the trench, and the horizontal spacing of the crossbraces are known, the size and vertical spacing of the crossbraces, the size and vertical spacing of the wales, and the size and horizontal spac- ing of the uprights can be read from the ap- propriate table. (f) Examples to Illustrate the Use of Tables C– 1.1 through C–1.3. (1) Example 1. A trench dug in Type A soil is 13 feet deep and five feet wide. From Table C–1.1, for acceptable arrange- ments of timber can be used. Arrangement #B1 Space 4×4 crossbraces at six feet hori- zontally and four feet vertically. Wales are not required. Space 3×8 uprights at six feet horizontally. This arrangement is commonly called ‘‘skip shoring.’’ Arrangement #B2 Space 4×6 crossbraces at eight feet hori- zontally and four feet vertically. Space 8×8 wales at four feet vertically. VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00394 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 385 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. C Space 2×6 uprights at four feet hori- zontally. Arrangement #B3 Space 6×6 crossbraces at 10 feet hori- zontally and four feet vertically. Space 8×10 wales at four feet vertically. Space 2×6 uprights at five feet hori- zontally. Arrangement #B4 Space 6×6 crossbraces at 12 feet hori- zontally and four feet vertically. Space 10×10 wales at four feet vertically. Spaces 3×8 uprights at six feet hori- zontally. (2) Example 2. A trench dug in Type B soil in 13 feet deep and five feet wide. From Table C–1.2 three acceptable arrangements of members are listed. Arrangement #B1 Space 6×6 crossbraces at six feet hori- zontally and five feet vertically. Space 8×8 wales at five feet vertically. Space 2×6 uprights at two feet hori- zontally. Arrangement #B2 Space 6×8 crossbraces at eight feet hori- zontally and five feet vertically. Space 10×10 wales at five feet vertically. Space 2×6 uprights at two feet hori- zontally. Arrangement #B3 Space 8×8 crossbraces at 10 feet hori- zontally and five feet vertically. Space 10×12 wales at five feet vertically. Space 2×6 uprights at two feet vertically. (3) Example 3. A trench dug in Type C soil is 13 feet deep and five feet wide. From Table C–1.3 two acceptable arrange- ments of members can be used. Arrangement #B1 Space 8×8 crossbraces at six feet hori- zontally and five feet vertically. Space 10×12 wales at five feet vertically. Position 2×6 uprights as closely together as possible. If water must be retained use special tongue and groove uprights to form tight sheeting. Arrangement #B2 Space 8×10 crossbraces at eight feet hori- zontally and five feet vertically. Space 12×12 wales at five feet vertically. Position 2×6 uprights in a close sheeting configuration unless water pressure must be resisted. Tight sheeting must be used where water must be retained. (4) Example 4. A trench dug in Type C soil is 20 feet deep and 11 feet wide. The size and spacing of members for the section of trench that is over 15 feet in depth is determined using Table C–1.3. Only one arrangement of mem- bers is provided. Space 8×10 crossbraces at six feet hori- zontally and five feet vertically. Space 12×12 wales at five feet vertically. Use 3×6 tight sheeting. Use of Tables C–2.1 through C–2.3 would fol- low the same procedures. (g) Notes for all Tables. 1. Member sizes at spacings other than in- dicated are to be determined as specified in §1926.652(c), ‘‘Design of Protective Systems.’’ 2. When conditions are saturated or sub- merged use Tight Sheeting. Tight Sheeting refers to the use of specially-edged timber planks (e.g., tongue and groove) at least three inches thick, steel sheet piling, or similar construction that when driven or placed in position provide a tight wall to re- sist the lateral pressure of water and to pre- vent the loss of backfill material. Close Sheeting refers to the placement of planks side-by-side allowing as little space as pos- sible between them. 3. All spacing indicated is measured center to center. 4. Wales to be installed with greater di- mension horizontal. 5. If the vertical distance from the center of the lowest crossbrace to the bottom of the trench exceeds two and one-half feet, uprights shall be firmly embedded or a mudsill shall be used. Where uprights are embedded, the vertical distance from the center of the lowest crossbrace to the bot- tom of the trench shall not exceed 36 inches. When mudsills are used, the vertical dis- tance shall not exceed 42 inches. Mudsills are wales that are installed at the toe of the trench side. 6. Trench jacks may be used in lieu of or in combination with timber crossbraces. 7. Placement cf crossbraces. When the vertical spacing of crossbraces is four feet, place the top crossbrace no more than two feet below the top of the trench. When the vertical spacing of crossbraces is five feet, place the top crossbrace no more than 2.5 feet below the top of the trench. VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00395 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 386 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–07 Edition) Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. C VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00396 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 EC 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 3 2 < / G P H > Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 387 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. C VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00397 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 EC 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 3 3 < / G P H > Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 388 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–07 Edition) Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. C VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00398 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 EC 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 3 4 < / G P H > Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 389 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. C VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00399 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 EC 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 3 5 < / G P H > Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 390 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–07 Edition) Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. C VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00400 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 EC 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 3 6 < / G P H > Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 391 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. D APPENDIX D TO SUBPART P OF PART 1926—ALUMINUM HYDRAULIC SHOR- ING FOR TRENCHES (a) Scope. This appendix contains informa- tion that can be used when aluminum hy- draulic shoring is provided as a method of protection against cave-ins in trenches that do not exceed 20 feet (6.1m) in depth. This ap- pendix must be used when design of the alu- minum hydraulic protective system cannot be performed in accordance with §1926.652(c)(2). (b) Soil Classification. In order to use data presented in this appendix, the soi1 type or types in which the excavation is made must VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00401 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 EC 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 3 7 < / G P H > Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 392 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–07 Edition) Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. D first be determined using the soil classifica- tion method set forth in appendix A of sub- part P of part 1926. (c) Presentation of Information. Information is presented in several forms as follows: (1) Information is presented in tabular form in Tables D–1.1, D–1.2, D–1.3 and E–1.4. Each table presents the maximum vertical and horizontal spacings that may be used with various aluminum member sizes and various hydraulic cylinder sizes. Each table contains data only for the particular soil type in which the excavation or portion of the excavation is made. Tables D–1.1 and D– 1.2 are for vertical shores in Types A and B soil. Tables D–1.3 and D1.4 are for horizontal waler systems in Types B and C soil. (2) Information concerning the basis of the tabular data and the limitations of the data is presented in paragraph (d) of this appen- dix. (3) Information explaining the use of the tabular data is presented in paragraph (e) of this appendix. (4) Information illustrating the use of the tabular data is presented in paragraph (f) of this appendix. (5) Miscellaneous notations (footnotes) re- garding Table D–1.1 through D–1.4 are pre- sented in paragraph (g) of this appendix. (6) Figures, illustrating typical installa- tions of hydraulic shoring, are included just prior to the Tables. The illustrations page is entitled ‘‘Aluminum Hydraulic Shoring; Typical Installations.’’ (d) Basis and limitations of the data. (1) Vertical shore rails and horizontal wales are those that meet the Section Modulus re- quirements in the D–1 Tables. Aluminum material is 6061–T6 or material of equivalent strength and properties. (2) Hydraulic cylinders specifications. (i) 2- inch cylinders shall be a minimum 2-inch in- side diameter with a minimum safe working capacity of no less than 18,000 pounds axial compressive load at maximum extension. Maximum extension is to include full range of cylinder extensions as recommended by product manufaturer. (ii) 3-inch cylinders shall be a minimum 3- inch inside diameter with a safe working ca- pacity of not less than 30,000 pounds axial compressive load at extensions as rec- ommended by product manufacturer. (3) Limitation of application. (i) It is not intended that the aluminum hydraulic specification apply to every situa- tion that may be experienced in the field. These data were developed to apply to the situations that are most commonly experi- enced in current trenching practice. Shoring systems for use in situations that are not covered by the data in this appendix must be otherwise designed as specified in §1926.652(c). (ii) When any of the following conditions are present, the members specified in the Ta- bles are not considered adequate. In this case, an alternative aluminum hydraulic shoring system or other type of protective system must be designed in accordance with §1926.652. (A) When vertical loads imposed on cross braces exceed a 100 Pound gravity load dis- tributed on a one foot section of the center of the hydraulic cylinder. (B) When surcharge loads are present from equipment weighing in excess of 20,000 pounds. (C) When only the lower portion or a trench is shored and the remaining portion of the trench is sloped or benched unless: The sloped portion is sloped at an angle less steep than three horizontal to one vertical; or the members are selected from the tables for use at a depth which is determined from the top of the overall trench, and not from the toe of the sloped portion. (e) Use of Tables D–1.1, D–1.2, D–1.3 and D– 1.4. The members of the shoring system that are to be selected using this information are the hydraulic cylinders, and either the vertical shores or the horizontal wales. When a waler system is used the vertical timber sheeting to be used is also selected from these tables. The Tables D–1.1 and D–1.2 for vertical shores are used in Type A and B soils that do not require sheeting. Type B soils that may require sheeting, and Type C soils that always require sheeting are found in the horizontal wale Tables D–1.3 and D–1.4. The soil type must first be determined in ac- cordance with the soil classification system described in appendix A to subpart P of part 1926. Using the appropriate table, the selec- tion of the size and spacing of the members is made. The selection is based on the depth and width of the trench where the members are to be installed. In these tables the vertical spacing is held constant at four feet on center. The tables show the maximum horizontal spacing of cylinders allowed for each size of wale in the waler system tables, and in the vertical shore tables, the hydrau- lic cylinder horizontal spacing is the same as the vertical shore spacing. (f) Example to Illustrate the Use of the Tables: (1) Example 1: A trench dug in Type A soil is 6 feet deep and 3 feet wide. From Table D–1.1: Find vertical shores and 2 inch diameter cylinders spaced 8 feet on center (o.c.) horizontally and 4 feet on center (o.c.) vertically. (See Figures 1 & 3 for typical installations.) (2) Example 2: A trench is dug in Type B soil that does not require sheeting, 13 feet deep and 5 feet wide. From Table D–1.2: Find vertical shores and 2 inch diameter cylinders spaced 6.5 feet o.c. horizontally and 4 feet o.c. vertically. (See Figures 1 & 3 for typical installations.) (3) A trench is dug in Type B soil that does not require sheeting, but does experience some minor raveling of the trench face. The VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00402 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 393 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. D trench is 16 feet deep and 9 feet wide. From Table D–1.2: Find vertical shores and 2 inch diameter cylinder (with special oversleeves as designated by footnote #B2) spaced 5.5 feet o.c. horizontally and 4 feet o.c. vertically, plywood (per footnote (g)(7) to the D–1 Table) should be used behind the shores. (See Fig- ures 2 & 3 for typical installations.) (4) Example 4: A trench is dug in pre- viously disturbed Type B soil, with charac- teristics of a Type C soil, and will require sheeting. The trench is 18 feet deep and 12 feet wide. 8 foot horizontal spacing between cylinders is desired for working space. From Table D–1.3: Find horizontal wale with a sec- tion modulus of 14.0 spaced at 4 feet o.c. vertically and 3 inch diameter cylinder spaced at 9 feet maximum o.c. horizontally. 3×12 timber sheeting is required at close spacing vertically. (See Figure 4 for typical installation.) (5) Example 5: A trench is dug in Type C soil, 9 feet deep and 4 feet wide. Horizontal cylinder spacing in excess of 6 feet is desired for working space. From Table D–1.4: Find horizontal wale with a section modulus of 7.0 and 2 inch diameter cylinders spaced at 6.5 feet o.c. horizontally. Or, find horizontal wale with a 14.0 section modulus and 3 inch diameter cylinder spaced at 10 feet o.c. hori- zontally. Both wales are spaced 4 feet o.c. vertically. 3×12 timber sheeting is required at close spacing vertically. (See Figure 4 for typical installation.) (g) Footnotes, and general notes, for Tables D–1.1, D–1.2, D–1.3, and D–1.4. (1) For applications other than those listed in the tables, refer to §1926.652(c)(2) for use of manufacturer’s tabulated data. For trench depths in excess of 20 feet, refer to §1926.652(c)(2) and §1926.652(c)(3). (2) 2 inch diameter cylinders, at this width, shall have structural steel tube (3.5×3.5×0.1875) oversleeves, or structural oversleeves of manufacturer’s specification, extending the full, collapsed length. (3) Hydraulic cylinders capacities. (i) 2 inch cylinders shall be a minimum 2-inch in- side diameter with a safe working capacity of not less than 18,000 pounds axial compres- sive load at maximum extension. Maximum extension is to include full range of cylinder extensions as recommended by product man- ufacturer. (ii) 3-inch cylinders shall be a minimum 3- inch inside diameter with a safe work capac- ity of not less than 30,000 pounds axial com- pressive load at maximum extension. Max- imum extension is to include full range of cylinder extensions as recommended by product manufacturer. (4) All spacing indicated is measured cen- ter to center. (5) Vertical shoring rails shall have a min- imum section modulus of 0.40 inch. (6) When vertical shores are used, there must be a minimum of three shores spaced equally, horizontally, in a group. (7) Plywood shall be 1.125 in. thick softwood or 0.75 inch. thick, 14 ply, arctic white birch (Finland form). Please note that plywood is not intended as a structural member, but only for prevention of local rav- eling (sloughing of the trench face) between shores. (8) See appendix C for timber specifica- tions. (9) Wales are calculated for simple span conditions. (10) See appendix D, item (d), for basis and limitations of the data. VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00403 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 394 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–07 Edition) Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. D VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00404 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 EC 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 3 8 < / G P H > Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 395 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. D VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00405 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 EC 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 3 9 < / G P H > Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 396 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–07 Edition) Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. D VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00406 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 EC 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 4 0 < / G P H > Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 397 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. D VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00407 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 EC 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 4 1 < / G P H > Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 398 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–07 Edition) Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. D VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00408 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 EC 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 4 2 < / G P H > Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 399 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. E APPENDIX E TO SUBPART P OF PART 1926—ALTERNATIVES TO TIMBER SHORING VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00409 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 EC 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 4 3 < / G P H > Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 400 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–07 Edition) Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. F APPENDIX F TO SUBPART P OF PART 1926—SELECTION OF PROTECTIVE SYSTEMS The following figures are a graphic sum- mary of the requirements contained in sub- part P for excavations 20 feet or less in depth. Protective systems for use in exca- vations more than 20 feet in depth must be designed by a registered professional engi- neer in accordance with §1926.652 (b) and (c). VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00410 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 EC 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 4 4 < / G P H > Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 401 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. F VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00411 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 EC 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 4 5 < / G P H > Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 402 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–07 Edition) Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. F VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00412 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 EC 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 4 6 < / G P H > Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 403 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. F VerDate Aug<31>2005 14:00 Jul 31, 2007 Jkt 211115 PO 00000 Frm 00413 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\211115.XXX 211115 EC 3 0 O C 9 1 . 0 4 7 < / G P H > Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01110 – SUMMARY OF WORK 01110 Summary of Work.docx 01110 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section summarizes the Work covered in detail in the complete Contract Documents. B. Owner: The City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, 113 West Mountain Street, Fayetteville, AR 72701 is contracting for Work described in the Contract Documents. 1. Contract Identification: LAKE SEQUOYAH DRIVE BRIDGE REHAB 2. Location: Fayetteville, Arkansas. C. Engineer: The Contract Documents were prepared by City of Fayetteville Engineering Division 1.02 PROJECT DESCRIPTION: THE WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO full and partial depth deck repair, removal and replacement of existing joint seal and joint armor at designated locations, spall repair, and cantilever repair.. 1.03 WORK BY OTHERS: A. Work Under Other Contracts: None. B. Work by Owner: None. C. Other Activities: None 1.04 CONTRACTOR’S USE OF PREMISES: A. Exclusive Use: During the construction period, Contractor shall have full use of the premises for execution of the Work. Use of premises is limited only by Owner’s right to perform duties and functions as stated in the GENERAL CONDITIONS and in this Section. 1.05 OWNER’S USE OF PREMISES: A. Partial Owner Occupancy: The Owner reserves the right to occupy completed areas of the contract, prior to Substantial Completion provided that such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01110 – SUMMARY OF WORK (continued) 01110 Summary of Work.docx 01110 - 2 1.06 WORK SEQUENCE: A. General: Construction sequence shall be determined by Contractor subject to Owner’s need for continuous operation of existing facilities, and subject to the requirements as indicated or specified. B. Continuous Service of Existing Facilities: Exercise caution and schedule operations to ensure that functioning of present facilities will not be disrupted. Shutdown of Owner’s operating facilities to perform the Work shall be held to a minimum length of time and shall be coordinated with Owner who shall have control over the timing and schedules of such shutdowns. 1.07 PREORDERED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS: None. 1.08 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: A. Unit Price Contracts: All Work indicated on the Contract Drawings and specified in the Contract Documents shall be included in the “Unit Price Schedule” in the Agreement. A Unit Price is an amount proposed by Contractor and stated in the Agreement as a price per unit of measurement for materials or services. B. Specific Items: Measurement and payment of specific items shall be as specified in each applicable Section of the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS. 1.09 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS: A. Furnished Copies: After execution of Agreement, Contractor will be furnished at no cost, a maximum of three (3) sets of Contract Documents consisting of full-size Contract Drawings including revised Drawings and the Project Manual, in addition to those used in execution of the Agreement. B. Additional Copies: Additional copies of above documents will be supplied by Engineer upon request of Contractor and approval of Owner. 1.10 LIST OF DRAWINGS (AND SCHEDULES): A. Contract Drawings: 1. Each sheet of the Contract Drawings bears the following general title: LAKE SEQUOYAH DRIVE BRIDGE REHAB 2. Individual sheet numbers and titles are as stated on SHEET INDEX. B. Reference Drawings: 1. Reference Drawings included with the set of Contract Drawings are as stated on SHEET INDEX. 1.11 SCHEDULE OF OWNER-SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS: None. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01110 – SUMMARY OF WORK (continued) 01110 Summary of Work.docx 01110 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS – NOT APPLICABLE. PART 3 - EXECUTION – NOT APPLICABLE. END OF SECTION 01110 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01250 – CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01250 Contract Modification Procedures 01250 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Minor changes in the Work. 2. Proposal request. 3. Work Change Directive. B. Related Sections: 1. DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS. 2. Supplementary Conditions. 1.02 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Engineer will advise Contractor of minor changes in Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Price or Contract Times as authorized by the DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS, Subparagraph 9.05 by issuing Field Orders. 1.03 PROPOSAL REQUEST A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: 1. ENGINEER may issue a Proposal Request, including detailed descriptions of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Price or the Contract Time. a. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. b. Proposal Requests issued by ENGINEER are for information only. Do not consider them instructions either to stop Work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. CONTRACTOR shall submit cost proposal, including any request for an extension in Contract Times, within 14 days of receipt of Proposal Request. 3. In order to facilitate checking of CONTRACTOR's proposals for extras or credits, all proposals, except those so minor that their propriety can be seen by inspection, shall be accompanied by a complete itemization of cost including labor, materials, and Subcontracts. Labor and materials shall be itemized in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. Where major cost items are Subcontracts, they shall be itemized also. Document each proposal for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to support computations, including the following: a. Include list of quantities of Products, labor, and equipment required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. c. Indicate amounts for insurance and bonds. d. Indicate amounts for Contractor's overhead and profit. e. Include justification for any change in Contract Time. f. Include credit for deletions from Contract, similarity documented. g. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01250 – CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES (continued) 01250-Contract Modification Procedures 01250 - 2 effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. (1) Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 4. On Owner’s approval of a proposal request, Engineer will issue Change Orders for signatures by Owner and Contractor as provided in the DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS. a. Upon execution of a Change Order, Contractor shall promptly revise Construction Progress Schedule and Schedule of Values accordingly. 1.04 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. Engineer may issue a Work Change Directive, signed by Owner and Engineer, including detailed descriptions of changes, and identifying method for determining any change in Contract Price or Contract Time, instructing Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. Contractor shall promptly execute the change. 2. Work Change Directives shall be issued on Owner's standard form. B. Contractor shall maintain detailed records for changes in the Work performed on a time and material basis. 1. Submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. C. Engineer will issue Change Order CONDITIONS. D. Upon execution of a Change Order, Contractor shall promptly revise Construction Progress Schedule and Schedule of Values for signatures by Owner and Contractor as provided in DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL accordingly. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - PART 3 – EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION 01250 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01270 – UNIT PRICES 01270 Unit Prices.docx 01270 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Submission procedures. 2. Changes of Contract Sum. 3. Description of Unit Prices. B. Related Sections: 1. DOCUMENT 00400– BID FORM. 2. DOCUMENT 00500 –AGREEMENT. 3. DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS. 1.02 SUBMISSION PROCEDURES A. Submit electronically, Unit Prices for Work or materials listed in this Section. 1. Such Unit Prices shall apply for additions and deletions. 1.03 CHANGES TO CONTRACT SUM A. Unit Prices shall constitute full compensation or credit, as the case may be, for the complete provision, fabrication, and installation of each item listed in this Section based solely on Work in place, including all necessary labor, product, tools, equipment, transportation, services and incidentals, appurtenances, and connections required to complete the Work in place, and including insurance, overhead, profit and supervision. B. The Unit Prices are listed electronically and will apply to the net change on any given change to the scope of Work. C. Unit Prices accepted by the Owner and Contractor shall be identified in the Owner- Contractor Agreement. D. Contractor shall take measurements and compute quantities for which Unit Price items are applicable. 1. Engineer will verify measurements and quantities. a. Contractor shall assist Engineer by providing necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as the Engineer requires. 2. Final payment for Work governed by Unit Prices will be made on the basis of the actual measurements and quantities accepted by the Engineer multiplied by the Unit Price for Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work. 3. Payment will not be made for any of the following: a. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner unacceptable to Engineer. b. Products which Engineer determines as unacceptable before or after installation. c. Product not completely unloaded from the transporting vehicle. d. Products installed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. e. Products not installed after completion of Work. f. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected Products. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01270 – UNIT PRICES (continued) 01270 Unit Prices.docx 01270 - 2 1.04 DESCRIPTION OF UNIT PRICES Measurement and Payment of specific items shall be as specified in each applicable section of the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS. PART 2 - PART 2 – PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - PART 3 – EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION 01270 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01290 – PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290-Payment Procedures 01290 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Schedule of values. 2. Applications for payment. B. Related Sections: 1. DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDTIONS. 1.02 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Format: Document 01290.01 supported by Document 01290.02 or other approved format. 1. Owner will provide Contractor an electronic copy of Documents 01290.01 and 01290.02. B. Payment Period: As specified under DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITONS Article 14. C. Preparation of Applications: 1. Present required information in typewritten form. 2. Execute application by signature of authorized officer of Contractor's firm. 3. Indicate dollar value in each column of each line item for portion of Work completed through the last day of the application period, and for products properly stored in accordance with the Contract Documents through the last day of the previous application period. 4. Round off dollar values to nearest dollar. 5. Complete every entry on form. 6. Indicate each authorized Change Order as separate items on continuation sheet. a. List by appropriate Change Order Number. b. Indicate dollar value breakdown of each Change Order by each applicable Project Manual Section. D. Submittal Procedure: 1. Comply with DOCUMENT 00700 - GENERAL CONDITIONS Article 14. 2. Submit 5 copies of each Application for Payment. 3. Submit an updated Construction Progress Schedule with each Application for Payment. 4. Submit waivers of mechanics liens from Contractor, Subcontractors, sub- subcontractors, and Material and Equipment Suppliers for amounts certified by Engineer for construction period covered by previous application for payment. a. Submit on form acceptable to Owner. 5. Substantiating data: a. When Owner or Engineer requires substantiating information to support Contractor's application for payment, submit data justifying dollar amounts which are in question. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01290 – PAYMENT PROCEDURES (continued) 01290-Payment Procedures 01290 - 2 b. Provide 1 copy of data with cover letter for each copy of Application for Payment. (1) Indicate application number and date. (2) List each item in question by continuation sheet identification. 6. Submit application for final payment in accordance with DOCUMENT 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Article 14. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION 01290 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 #DIV/0! Contract Time Used -$ #DIV/0! Work Complete (% of Contract $'s) Cal. Days 365 -$ C/O Days -$ Total Days 365 -$ -$ Submitted By: -$ Retainage Previous Periods The contractor certifies that (1) title to all Work, materials, and equipment incorporated in the work, or otherwise listed in or covered by this and all previous Pay Estimates will pass to the Owner at time of payment free and and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and encumbrances (except Retainage This Period -$ such as are covered by Bond acceptable to Owner indemnifying Owner Less Total Retainage (5%)-$ against any such lien, claim, security interest or encumbrance), and (2) all Work covered by this Pay Estimate is in accordance with the Contract Documents and is not defective. Previous Payments Contractor: Less Total Previous Payments -$ Signature and Date Approved By: City of Fayetteville (Engineering Division) Due and Payable This Period:-$ Signature and Date Construction Period: Date of Estimate: NTP Issued: Revised Substantial Completion: Materials on Hand: Total Work to Date: Approved Change Orders: Original Contract Amount: Amount Due: Current Contract Amount: Less Materials Used: Subtotal: PAY ESTIMATE #__ City of Fayetteville PROJECT NAME HERE SUMMARY Page 1 of 5 11/9/2022 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS UNIT PLAN EXTEND. PREV. QTY. THIS QTY. EARNED % EARNED ITEM #PRICE QTY PRICE QTY EST TO DATE TO DATE OF PLAN THIS EST SCHEDULE 1 1 -$ - - - $ - #DIV/0!-$ 2 -$ - - - $ - #DIV/0!-$ 3 -$ - - - $ - #DIV/0!-$ 4 -$ - - - $ - #DIV/0!-$ 5 -$ - - - $ - #DIV/0!-$ 6 -$ - - - $ - #DIV/0!-$ 7 -$ - - - $ - #DIV/0!-$ 8 -$ - - - $ - #DIV/0!-$ 9 -$ - - - $ - #DIV/0!-$ 10 -$ - - - $ - #DIV/0!-$ 11 -$ - - - $ - #DIV/0!-$ 12 -$ - - - $ - #DIV/0!-$ 13 -$ - - - $ - #DIV/0!-$ 14 -$ - - - $ - #DIV/0!-$ 15 -$ - - $ - #DIV/0!-$ 16 -$ - - - $ - #DIV/0!-$ 17 -$ - - - $ - #DIV/0!-$ 18 -$ - - - $ - #DIV/0!-$ 19 -$ - - - $ - #DIV/0!-$ 20 -$ - - - $ - #DIV/0!-$ 21 -$ - - - $ - #DIV/0!-$ 22 -$ - - - $ - #DIV/0!-$ 23 -$ - - - $ - #DIV/0!-$ 24 -$ - - - $ - #DIV/0!-$ Subtotal Schedule 1 -$ -$ #DIV/0!-$ Total (Schedules 1)-$ -$ #DIV/0! PAY ESTIMATE #__ City of Fayetteville PROJECT NAME HERE ESTIMATE Page 2 of 5 11/9/2022 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 UNIT QUANTITY EXTENDED PREV. QNTY. QNTY. QNTY. INSTALLED MATERIALS PRCT. UNIT PRICE STORED PRICE INSTALLED INSTALLED TO DATE TO DATE ON HAND REMAIN ITEM (Vendor) $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! Sub Total $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 TAX $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Total $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 (Subcontractor) PAY ESTIMATE #__ City of Fayetteville PROJECT NAME HERE 0 ITEM DESCRIPTION STORED MATERIALS Page 3 of 5 11/9/2022 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 PAY ESTIMATE #__ City of Fayetteville PROJECT NAME HERE 0 (Subcontractor) 1 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 2 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 3 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 4 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 5 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 6 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 7 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 8 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 9 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 10 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 11 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 12 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 13 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 14 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 15 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! Sub Total $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 TAX $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Total $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 STORED MATERIALS Page 4 of 5 11/9/2022 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 PAY ESTIMATE #__ City of Fayetteville PROJECT NAME HERE 0 (Subcontractor) 1 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 2 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 3 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 4 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 5 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 6 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 7 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 8 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 9 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 10 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 11 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 12 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 13 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 14 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! 15 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0! Sub Total $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 TAX $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Total $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Sub Total $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 TAX $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Total $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 STORED MATERIALS Page 5 of 5 11/9/2022 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 01290.12-Substantial Completion 01290.12 - 1 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Contract Number: 26-31 Contract Title: LAKE SEQUOYAH DRIVE BRIDGE REHAB CONTRACTOR: DATE OF ISSUANCE: PROJECT OR DESIGNATED PORTION SHALL INCLUDE: The Work performed under this Contract has been reviewed and found, to the Engineer’s best knowledge, information and belief, to be substantially complete. Substantial Completion is the state in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. The date of Substantial Completion of Project or portion thereof designated above is hereby established as which is also the date of commencement of applicable warranties required by the Contract Documents, except as stated below: A list of items to be completed or corrected is attached hereto. The failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER BY DATE The Contractor will complete or correct the Work on the list of items attached hereto within days from the above date of Substantial Completion. CONTRACTOR BY DATE The Owner accepts the Work or designated portion thereof as substantially complete and will assume full possession thereof at (time) on (date). OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE BY DATE Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 01290.14-Contractor Affidavit for Final Payment 01290.14 - 1 CONTRACTOR AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT Contract Number: 26-31 Contract Title: LAKE SEQUOYAH DRIVE BRIDGE REHAB STATE OF ) )SS COUNTY OF ) The Undersigned, of lawful (Name) age, being first duly sworn, states under oath as follows: 1. I am the of who is the general (Title) (Contractor) contractor for the City on Contract No. 26-31 and Contract Name/Title: LAKE SEQUOYAH DRIVE BRIDGE REHAB 2. All payrolls, material bills, use of equipment and other indebtedness connected with the Work for this Contract have been paid and all claims of whatever nature have been satisfied, as required by the Contract. 3. Contractor certifies that each Subcontractor has received full payment for its respective work in connection with the Contract. 4. This affidavit is made in behalf of the Contractor for the purpose of securing from the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, the certification of completion of the Contract and receiving payment therefore. CONTRACTOR By (Signature) Title On this day of , , before me appeared , to me personally known to be the of the , and who executed the foregoing instrument and acknowledged that (s)he executed the same on behalf of the as its free act and deed. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal on the day and year first above written. My commission expires: Notary Public Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 01290.15-Subcontr Affidavit for Final Payment 01290.15 - 1 SUBCONTRACTOR AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT Contract Number: 26-31 Contract Title: LAKE SEQUOYAH DRIVE BRIDGE REHAB STATE OF ) )SS COUNTY OF ) The Undersigned, of lawful age, being first duly sworn, (Name) states under oath as follows: 1. I am the of hereinafter “Subcontractor” (Title) (contractor) to , general contractor on 26-31 / LAKE SEQUOYAH DRIVE BRIDGE REHAB (Name of Contractor) (Contract Number and Title) 2. All payrolls, material bills, use of equipment and other indebtedness connected with the work for this project have been paid and all claims of whatever nature have been satisfied. 3. A total of $ has been received as full compensation for: performed in connection with the contract. (area / scope of work) 4. This affidavit is made in behalf of the Contractor for the purpose of securing from Fayetteville, Arkansas, the certification of completion of the project and receiving payment therefore. SUBCONTRACTOR By (Signature) Title On this day of , , before me appeared , to me personally known to be the of the , and who executed the foregoing instrument and acknowledged that (s)he executed the same on behalf of the as its free act and deed. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal on the day and year first above written. My commission expires: Notary Public Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 01290.15-Subcontr Affidavit for Final Payment 01290.15 - 2 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01320 – PROJECT MEETINGS, SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS 01320 Project Mtgs Sched & Reports 01320 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Summary: This Section includes the following administrative and procedural requirements: A. Project Meetings: 1. Preconstruction conference. 2. Progress meetings. B. Schedules and Reports: 1. Comply with GENERAL CONDITIONS C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. For Schedules: SECTION 01321. 1.02 PROJECT MEETINGS: A. Preconstruction Conference: 1. Engineer will conduct a meeting within 60 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement, to review items stated in the following agenda and to establish a working understanding between the parties as to their relationships during performance of the Work. 2. Preconstruction conference shall be attended by: a. Contractor and his superintendent. b. Engineer and Resident Project Representative if any. c. Representative(s) of Owner. d. At Engineer’s option, representatives of principal Subcontractors and Suppliers. 3. Meeting Agenda: a. Construction schedules. b. Critical Work sequencing. c. Designation of responsible personnel. d. Project coordination. e. Procedures and Processing of: (1) Field decisions. (2) Substitutions. (3) Submittals. (4) Change Orders. (5) Applications for Payment. (6) Proposal Requests. (7) Contract Closeout. (8) Requests for Interpretation. (9) Field Orders. (10) Work Change Directives. f. Procedures for testing. g. Procedures for maintaining record documents. h. Use of Premises: (1) Office, work, and storage areas. (2) Owner’s requirements. i. Construction facilities, controls, and construction aids. j. Temporary utilities. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01320 – PROJECT MEETINGS, SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS (continued) 01320 Project Mtgs Sched & Reports 01320 - 2 k. Safety and first-aid. l. Security. m. Requirements for start-up of equipment. n. Inspection and acceptance of equipment put into service during construction period. o. Distribution of Contract Documents 4. Location of Meeting: At or near the Project Site. 5. Reporting: a. Within 7 working days after the meeting, Engineer will prepare and distribute minutes of the meeting to Owner and Contractor. b. Contractor shall provide copies to Subcontractors and major Suppliers. B. Progress Meetings: 1. Engineer shall schedule and conduct monthly meetings, or at other intervals as requested by Owner. Representatives of the Engineer, Resident Project Representative, and Contractor shall be present at each meeting. With Engineer’s concurrence, Contractor may request attendance by representatives of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entities concerned with current program or involved with planning, coordination, or performance of future activities. All participants in the meeting shall be familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. a. Contractor and each Subcontractor represented shall be prepared to discuss the current construction progress report and any anticipated future changes to the schedule. 2. Location of Meetings: At or near Project Site. 3. Reporting: a. Within 7 working days after each meeting, Engineer shall prepare and distribute minutes of the meeting to Owner and Contractor. b. Contractor shall distribute copies to principle Subcontractors and Suppliers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS – Not Applicable. PART 3 - EXECUTION – Not Applicable. END OF SECTION 01320 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01321 – SCHEDULE 01321 Schedule 01321 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes procedural requirements for preparation, submittal, and updating of Contractor's construction progress schedules. B. Related Work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not limited to: General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 2. Section 01290 – Payment Procedures. 3. Section 01320 – Project Meetings, Schedules, and Reports. 1.02 FORMAT A. Prepare Schedules as a Gantt chart with separate bar for each major portion of Work or operation, identifying first work day of each week. B. Sequence of Listings: The chronological order of the start of each item of Work. C. Scale and Spacing: To provide space for notations and revisions. D. Sheet Size: Minimum multiples of 8-1/2 x 11 inches. 1.03 CONTENT A. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, with dates for beginning and completion of each element of construction. The schedule shall clearly indicate the sequence of construction for the various items that involve either existing and/or potentially relocated utilities. This schedule shall have the least negative impact on the adjacent property owners and provide an orderly sequence that will produce the least disruptive action for utilities and their customers. B. Identify work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities. C. Provide sub-schedules to define critical portions of the entire Schedule. D. Show accumulated percentage of completion of each item, and total percentage of Work completed, as of the cut-off date for each monthly pay estimate. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a finalized construction progress schedule within fifteen (15) days after date of Notice of Award or at least seven (7) days prior to the pre-construction conference, whichever occurs first. After review, resubmit required revised data within ten (10) days. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01321 – SCHEDULE (continued) 01321 Schedule 01321 - 2 B. Submit monthly revisions with each pay estimate in the number of opaque reproductions that Engineer requires, plus two copies, which will be retained by Engineer. 1.05 REVISIONS TO SCHEDULES A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submittal, and projected completion date of each activity. B. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in scope, and other identifiable changes. C. Provide narrative report to define problem areas, anticipated delays, and impact on Schedule. Report corrective action taken, or proposed, and its effect. 1.06 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute copies of reviewed Schedules to project site file, Subcontractors, suppliers, and other concerned parties. B. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections indicated in Schedules. PART 2 - PRODUCTS: NOT APPLICABLE PART 3 - EXECUTION: NOT APPLICABLE END OF SECTION 01321 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01325 – CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 01325-Constr Photos 01325 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for construction photographs. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit photographs, tapes, films and electronic media as specified in SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTALS and in PART 3 – this Section. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Photographs may be taken by Contractor personnel provided the photographs are of sufficient quality, clarity, and content to adequately indicate the status and detail of the Work. If the quality and detail of the photographs taken by Contractor personnel is not adequate to clearly show the condition of the Work, the Contractor shall retain the services of a qualified and established commercial photographer experienced in construction photography. Engineer will make the final determination of the adequacy of the photographs. B. Audiovisual tapes or digital recordings may be taken by Contractor personnel provided they are of sufficient quality, clarity, and content to adequately and clearly indicate the status and detail of the Work as well as conditions before and after the construction activities. If the quality and detail of the recordings is not adequate to clearly show the condition and detail of the Work as well as conditions before and after the construction activities, Contractor shall retain the services of an established professional electrographer experienced in the production of color audio/video tape documentation of the construction industry. Engineer will make the final determination of the adequacy of the tapes and recordings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PHOTOGRAPHIC REQUIREMENTS: Specified in PART 3, this Section. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PROGRESS SITE PHOTOGRAPHS: A. Contractor shall be responsible for photographs of the Site to show the existing and general progress of the Work. Engineer will advise as to which views are of interest. Photographs shall be taken of the following areas and at the following times. 1. Existing Site conditions before Site work is started. Number of views shall be adequate to cover the Site. 2. Progress of the Work from clearing throughout construction. There shall be four (4) different views taken no more than five days before the date of the periodic Payment Application. 3. Finished Project after completion of Work. Number of views shall be adequate to show the finished Work. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01325 – CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS (continued) 01325-Constr Photos 01325 - 2 4. If Project is not completed during the Contract Times or authorized extensions, photographs shall continue to be taken at no increase in Contract Price. B. Construction photographs may be either photographic prints or digital images. C. Photographic Prints: 1. All prints shall be color, smooth glossy finish, 5” x 7” in size taken with full frame 35 mm camera, and inserted into archival quality polypropylene photographic binder pages punched for insertion into a standard 3-ring binder. Provide binders identified by Contract name and Contract number. D. Digital Images: 1. Submit a complete set of digital image electronic files with each submittal of photographic prints. a. Provide images in JPEG format, with minimum sensor size of 3.0 megapixels. b. Submit images that have same aspect ratio as the sensor, uncropped. E. Print Negatives: 1. Negatives for 5” x 7” prints shall be protected by roll in negative sleeves. Negative sleeves shall be identified with Contract name and Contract number, date of exposure, roll number, or other general identifying information, and name of Contractor. F. Identification: 1. Identify each photographic print on the reverse side with a label which contains the Contract name and Contract number, date of exposure, and description of view. Prints shall also bear the photographer’s name or trademark. 2. Identify electronic media with date digital photographs were taken. Provide a separate reference document which contains the Contract name and Contract number, date of exposure, and description of each referenced view. G. Provide three prints of each view. H. Deliver prints and electronic media files to Engineer. I. Deliver photographic negatives to Engineer. 3.02 AUDIO / VIDEO TAPE RECORDINGS: A. Audio / video recordings shall be made of the entire Site showing the condition of the Site or terrain previous to any alterations by Contractor and before disturbing of the Site is started. Existing utilities shall be marked and construction staking shall be in place before taping begins. A second audio / video recording shall be produced after completion of all construction operations, showing the same view or views as close as possible, to illustrate “before” and “after” conditions. This is the responsibility of Contractor. Three days’ notice shall be given to Engineer and Owner prior to this Work to allow them to accompany electrographer. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01325 – CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS (continued) 01325-Constr Photos 01325 - 3 B. All required equipment, accessories, materials, and labor for the timely production of this documentation shall be arranged/furnished through Contractor. The audio / video system shall be capable of producing bright, sharp, clear visual images which render accurate colors free from imperfections and distortions that might obscure recorded information during playback. The simultaneous audio record shall be made directly onto the original tapes, and shall record narration of the electrographer clearly and audibly, with adequate volume, free from unnecessary interruptions and distortions that might eliminate recorded information during playback. C. Zone of Influence: Unless otherwise indicated by Engineer or Owner, the area which might be affected by the construction operations and, therefore, shall be documented in these tape recordings, shall be whichever of the following includes the greatest area. 1. All areas within the temporary construction right-of-ways and grading limits, as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 2. The permanent easement for the completed improvements, as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 3. All areas within 35 feet of the proposed improvements with an additional 20 feet of supplemental coverage in residential areas. 4. All areas within the Project Site. D. Audio / Video Tape Production Procedures: 1. It is required that the audio / video tape recordings be produced while actually walking the construction route or site - NOT through the use of wheeled vehicles. 2. All video tape recordings shall display digital information continuously; this information shall include the current time and date, showing the month, day, and year. This information shall be audibly acknowledged by the electrographer at appropriate times during recording sequences. 3. Each recording tape shall begin with a visual of the professional electrographer’s name or business trademark, followed by the current date and time on digital display, plus audible (and visual, if possible) indication of Contract name and numbers, municipality, name of Contractor, and other pertinent information. Thereafter, each recording sequence shall begin with the current time and date, followed by the location of the electrographer, direction of view, and description of the scene being recorded. Continuous updates of this information, plus other pertinent comments, shall be given throughout the recording sequence. Such audio and video records shall include, but not be limited to, conditions of existing pavement, curbs, sidewalks, driveways, culverts, headwalls, retaining walls, ditches, roadways, mailboxes, fences, trees, shrubs and landscaping, major structural conditions of residences and commercial buildings, fences, signs, headwalls, general terrain, and similar items. Particular and detailed attention shall be given to any defects noted, such as cracks, disturbed areas, damaged areas, or as may be required by Engineer. 4. Representatives of Engineer and Contractor shall accompany the electrographer during recording sessions, to assist with location of the alignment and areas of construction activity, and identification of items and conditions to be recorded. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01325 – CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS (continued) 01325-Constr Photos 01325 - 4 5. All recordings shall be completed during periods of adequate lighting and visibility. Sufficient lighting must be available to provide proper illumination of shadowed areas, and proper exposure adjustments shall be made where required. No taping shall be completed during precipitation, mist, fog, or when more than 10% of the ground surface has snow cover. 6. Houses and buildings shall be identified visually by house number, when visible, in such a manner that structures of the proposed system, i.e., manholes on a sewer system and hydrants on a water system, may be located by reference. 7. Original audio / video tape recordings shall be furnished to Owner and a copy furnished to Engineer before the start of any construction. One copy shall be retained by Contractor. 8. Any portion of the videotape recording not conforming to the Specifications will be rejected. 9. Any taped coverage not acceptable to Owner shall be refilmed at no additional cost to Owner within five (5) days after notification of taping inadequacy. E. Ownership and Authenticity of Original Tapes: 1. All original audio / video tape recordings shall become the property of Owner, plus one duplicate of each shall be provided to Engineer. Each tape shall be provided in a protective sleeve or case, identified as to Contract name and number, production date of original recording, name of Contractor, and electrographer’s name or trademark. A legible copy of the log shall be included. 3.03 ADDITIONAL PHOTOGRAPHS: A. From time to time Engineer may issue requests for additional photographs, in addition to periodic photographs specified. Additional photographs will be paid for by Change Order, and are not included in the Contract Price or an Allowance. 1. Engineer will give the photographer 3 days’ notice, where feasible. 2. In emergency situations, the photographer shall take additional photographs within 24 hours of Engineer’s request. 3. Circumstances that could require additional photographs include, but are not limited to: a. Substantial Completion of a major phase or component of Work. b. Owner’s or Engineer’s request for special publicity photographs. c. Special events planned at Project Site. d. Immediate follow-up when on-site events result in construction damage or losses. e. Photographs to be taken at fabrication locations away from Project Site. f. Extra record photographs at time of final acceptance. END OF SECTION 01325 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01420 – DEFINITIONS AND STANDARDS 01420 Definitions & Standards 01420 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Definitions: 1. Basic contract definitions used in the Contract Documents are defined in the GENERAL CONDITIONS. Definitions and explanations are not necessarily either complete or exclusive, but are general for the Work. 2. General Requirements are the provisions or requirements of DIVISION 1 Sections, and which apply to the entire Work of the Contract. B. Related Information Specified Elsewhere: Specification standards and associations applicable to the Work are specified in each Section. 1.02 SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND CONTENT EXPLANATIONS: A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into two (2) major divisions of CONTRACT DOCUMENTS and TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS. B. Specification Content: 1. These Specifications apply certain conventions in the use of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations or circumstances. These conventions are explained as follows: a. Imperative and Streamlined Language: These Specifications are written in imperative and abbreviated form. This imperative language of the technical Sections is directed at the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. Incomplete sentences shall be completed by inserting “shall,” “the Contractor shall,” and “shall be,” and similar mandatory phrases by inference in the same manner as they are applied to notes on the Drawings. The words “shall be” shall be supplied by inference where a colon (:) is used within sentences or phrases. Except as worded to the contrary, fulfill (perform) all indicated requirements whether stated imperatively or otherwise. b. Specifying Methods: The techniques or methods of specifying requirements varies throughout text, and may include “prescriptive,” “compliance with standards,” “performance,” “proprietary,” or a combination of these. The method used for specifying one unit of Work has no bearing on requirements for another unit of Work. c. Overlapping and Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with two or more industry standards or sets of requirements is specified, and overlapping of those different standards or requirements establishes different or conflicting minimums or levels of quality, notify Engineer for a decision as specified in GENERAL CONDITIONS. d. Abbreviations: Throughout the Contract Documents are abbreviations implying words and meanings which shall be appropriately interpreted. Specific abbreviations have been established, principally for lengthy technical terminology and in conjunction with coordination of Specification requirements with notations on Drawings and in schedules. These are normally defined at first instance of Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01420 – DEFINITIONS AND STANDARDS (continued) 01420 Definitions & Standards 01420 - 2 use. Organizational and association names and titles of general standards are also abbreviated. C. Assignment of Specialists: In certain instances, Specification text requires that specific Work be assigned to specialists in the operations to be performed. These specialists shall be engaged for performance of those units of Work, and assignments are requirements over which Contractor has no choice or option. These assignments shall not be confused with, and are not intended to interfere with, enforcement of building codes and similar regulations governing the Work, local trade and union jurisdictions, and similar conventions. Nevertheless, final responsibility for fulfillment of Contract requirements remains with Contractor. D. Trades: Except as otherwise specified or indicated, the use of titles such as “carpentry” in Specification text, implies neither that the Work must be performed by an accredited or unionized tradesperson of corresponding generic name (such as “carpenter”), nor that specified requirements apply exclusively to work by tradespersons of that corresponding generic name. 1.03 DRAWING SYMBOLS: A. Except as otherwise indicated, graphic symbols used on Drawings are those symbols recognized in the construction industry for purposes indicated. Refer instances of uncertainty to Engineer for clarification. 1.04 INDUSTRY STANDARDS: A. Applicability of Standards: Except where the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference and are stated in each Section. 1. Referenced standards, referenced directly in Contract Documents or by governing regulations, have precedence over nonreferenced standards which are recognized in industry for applicability to the Work. 2. Where compliance with an industry standard is required, standard in effect shall be as stated in GENERAL CONDITIONS. 3. Where an applicable code or standard has been revised and reissued after the date of the Contract Documents and before performance of Work affected, the Engineer will decide whether to issue a Change Order to proceed with the updated standard. 4. In every instance the quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum to be provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly, within specified tolerances, with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed that minimum within reasonable limits. In complying with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum values, as noted, or appropriate for the context of the requirements. Refer instances of uncertainty to the Engineer for a decision before proceeding. 5. Each entity engaged in construction on the Project is required to be familiar with industry standards applicable to that entity’s construction Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01420 – DEFINITIONS AND STANDARDS (continued) 01420 Definitions & Standards 01420 - 3 activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. a. Where copies of standards are needed for performance of a required construction activity, Contractor shall obtain copies directly from the publication source. B. Abbreviations and Names: Trade association names and titles of general standards are frequently abbreviated. Where such acronyms or abbreviations are used in the Specifications or other Contract Documents, they mean the recognized name of the trade association, standards generating organization, authority having jurisdiction, or other entity applicable to the context of the text provision. PART 2 - PRODUCTS – Not Applicable. PART 3 - EXECUTION – Not Applicable. END OF SECTION 01420 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01530 – TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND CONTROLS 01530 Barriers & Temp Controls 01530 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes General Requirements for: 1. Safety and protection of Work. 2. Safety and protection of existing property. 3. Barriers. 4. Security. 5. Environmental controls. 6. Access roads and parking areas. 7. Traffic control and use of roadways. 8. Railroad service. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Temporary Utilities and Facilities: SECTION 01560. PART 2 - PRODUCTS – Not Applicable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY: A. General: 1. Provide for the safety and protection of the Work as set forth in GENERAL CONDITIONS. Provide protection at all times against rain, wind, storms, frost, freezing, condensation, or heat so as to maintain all Work and Equipment and Materials free from injury or damage. At the end of each day, all new Work likely to be damaged shall be appropriately protected. 2. Notify Engineer immediately at any time operations are stopped due to conditions which make it impossible to continue operations safely or to obtain proper results. 3. Construct and maintain all necessary temporary drainage and do all pumping necessary to keep excavations, floors, pits, trenches, manholes, and ducts free of water. B. Property Other than Owner’s: 1. Provide for the safety and protection of property as set forth in the GENERAL CONDITIONS. Report immediately to the owners thereof and promptly repair damage to existing facilities resulting from construction operations. 2. Names and telephone numbers of representatives of agencies and utilities having jurisdiction over streets and utilities in the Work area can be obtained from Engineer for the agencies listed below. Concerned agencies or utilities shall be contacted a minimum of 24 hours prior to performing Work, closing streets and other traffic areas, or excavating near underground utilities or pole lines. a. Water. b. Gas. c. Sanitary sewers. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01530 – TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND CONTROLS (continued) 01530 Barriers & Temp Controls 01530 - 2 d. Storm drains. e. Pipeline companies. f. Telephone. g. Electric. h. Municipal streets. i. State highways. j. City engineer. k. Fire. l. Police. 3. Operation of valves or other appurtenances on existing utilities, when required, shall be by or under the direct supervision of the owning utility. 4. Where fences are to be breached on private property, the owners thereof shall be contacted and arrangements made to ensure proper protection of any livestock or other property thus exposed. 5. The applicable requirements specified for protection of the Work shall also apply to the protection of existing property of others. 6. Before acceptance of the Work by Owner, restore all property affected by Contractor’s operations to the original or better condition. 3.02 BARRIERS: A. General: 1. Furnish, install, and maintain suitable barriers as required to prevent public entry, protect the public, and to protect the Work, existing facilities, trees, and plants from construction operations. Remove when no longer needed or at completion of Work. 2. Materials may be new or used, suitable for the intended purpose, but shall not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards or regulatory agencies. 3. Barriers shall be of a neat and reasonable uniform appearance, structurally adequate for the required purposes. 4. Maintain barriers in good repair and clean condition for adequate visibility. Relocate barriers as required by progress of Work. 5. Repair damage caused by installation and restore area to original or better condition. Clean the area. B. Tree and Plant Protection: 1. Preserve and protect existing trees and plants at the Site which are designated to remain and those adjacent to the Site. 2. Provide temporary barriers around each, or around each group of trees and plants. Unless indicated or specified otherwise, construct to a height of 6 feet around trees, and to a height to adequately protect plants. 3. Consult with Engineer and remove agreed-on roots and branches which will interfere with construction. Employ qualified tree surgeon to remove and to treat cuts. 4. Protect root zones of trees and plants as follows: a. Do not allow vehicular traffic or parking. b. Do not store materials or products. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01530 – TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND CONTROLS (continued) 01530 Barriers & Temp Controls 01530 - 3 c. Prevent dumping of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids. d. Prevent puddling or continuous running water. 5. Carefully supervise excavating, grading and filling, and subsequent construction operations to prevent damage. 6. Remove and replace, or suitably repair, trees and plants which are damaged or destroyed due to construction operations, and which were designated to remain. 3.03 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS: A. Noise Control: OSHA requirements shall be adhered to for this contract. B. Dust Control: 1. Provide positive methods and apply dust control materials to minimize raising dust from construction operations; and to prevent airborne dust from dispersing into the atmosphere. 2. Clean interior spaces prior to the start of finish painting and continue cleaning on an as-needed basis until painting is finished. 3. Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet or newly-coated surfaces. C. Water and Erosion Control: 1. Provide methods to control surface water to prevent damage to the Project, the Site, or adjoining properties. 2. Plan and execute construction and earthwork by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills, and from borrow and waste disposal areas, to prevent erosion and sedimentation. a. Hold the areas of bare soil exposed at one time to a minimum. b. Provide temporary control measures such as berms, dikes, and drains. 3. Control fill, grading, and ditching to direct surface drainage away from excavations, pits, tunnels, and other construction areas; and to direct drainage to proper runoff. 4. Provide, operate, and maintain hydraulic equipment of adequate capacity to control surface and groundwater. 5. Dispose of drainage water in a manner to prevent flooding, erosion, or other damage to any portion of the Site or to adjoining areas. 6. Provide temporary drainage where the roofing or similar waterproof deck construction is completed prior to the connection and operation of the permanent drainage piping system. 7. Comply with all other requirements indicated or specified. D. Debris Control and Clean-Up: 1. Keep the premises free at all times from accumulations of debris, waste materials, and rubbish caused by construction operations and employees. Responsibilities shall include: a. Adequate trash receptacles about the Site, emptied promptly when filled. b. Periodic cleanup to avoid hazards or interference with operations at the Site and to maintain the Site in a reasonably neat condition. c. The keeping of construction materials such as forms and scaffolding neatly stacked. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01530 – TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND CONTROLS (continued) 01530 Barriers & Temp Controls 01530 - 4 d. Immediate cleanup to protect the Work by removing splattered concrete, asphalt, oil, paint, corrosive liquids, and cleaning solutions from walls, floors, and metal surfaces before surfaces are marred. 2. Prohibit overloading of trucks to prevent spillages on access and haul routes. Provide periodic inspection of traffic areas to enforce requirements. 3. Final cleanup is specified in SECTION 01780 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT. E. Pollution Control: 1. Provide methods, means, and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil, water, or atmosphere by the discharge of hazardous or toxic substances from construction operations. 2. Provide equipment and personnel, perform emergency measures required to contain any spillages, and remove contaminated soils or liquids. Excavate and dispose of any contaminated earth off-Site in approved locations, and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil. 3. Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering public waters, sanitary, or storm sewers. 4. Adhere to the Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures Plan (SPCCP) requirements as stated in 40 CFR Part 112. 3.04 ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS: A. New Temporary On-Site Roads and Parking Areas: 1. Locate roads, drives, walks, and parking facilities to provide access to construction offices, mobilization, Work, storage areas, and other areas required for execution of the Contract. a. Consult with Engineer regarding any desired deviation therefrom. b. Size of parking facilities shall be adequate to provide for needs of Contractor’s personnel, Resident Project Representatives, and visits to Site by Engineer and Owner. 2. Provide access for emergency vehicles. Maintain driveways a minimum of 15 feet wide between and around combustible materials in storage and mobilization areas. 3. Maintain traffic areas free of excavated materials, construction equipment, snow, ice, and debris. 4. Construct temporary bridges and culverts to span low areas and allow unimpeded drainage. 5. Keep fire hydrants and water control valves free from obstruction and accessible for use. 6. Construction: a. Clear areas required. b. Fill, compact, and grade areas as necessary to provide suitable support for vehicular traffic under anticipated loadings. Materials and construction shall be as indicated or specified. c. Provide for surface drainage of facilities and surrounding areas. d. Maintain roads, walks, and parking areas in a sound, clean condition. Repair or replace portions damaged during progress of Work. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01530 – TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND CONTROLS (continued) 01530 Barriers & Temp Controls 01530 - 5 7. Removal: a. Completely remove temporary materials and construction when construction needs can be met by use of permanent installation, unless construction is to be integrated into permanent construction. Remove and dispose of compacted materials to depths required by various conditions to be met in completed Work. b. Restore areas to original, better, or specified condition at completion of Work. 3.05 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND USE OF ROADWAYS: A. Traffic Control: 1. The Contractor shall plan and execute the work so that interference with the flow of traffic and the passage of pedestrians will be the minimum possible. 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for making provisions for the safe and free passage of persons and vehicles by, over, or around the work until the project is completed. Such provisions shall be satisfactory with the Owner and State, County and local authority having jurisdiction in the area of work. 3. Provide, operate, and maintain equipment, services, and personnel, with traffic control and protective devices, as required to expedite vehicular traffic flow on haul routes, at Site entrances, on-Site access roads, and parking areas. This includes traffic signals and signs, flagmen, flares, lights, barricades, and other devices or personnel as necessary to adequately protect the public. 4. Remove temporary equipment and facilities when no longer required. Restore grounds to original, better, or specified condition when no longer required. 5. When required by the State, County or local authority that traffic be maintained over any construction work in a public or private highway, street, road, or other vehicle traffic path, and such traffic cannot be maintained on the alignment of the original roadbed or pavement, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, provide and/or construct and maintain a detour around the work. Such detours shall be satisfactory to the Owner and to State, County, or local authority. The Contractor shall provide and maintain all barricades, signs, torches, lights and markers around the work as may be required by the various agencies having jurisdiction in the work area. The Contractor shall also provide qualified flagmen to direct traffic while working upon a highway, street or road over which traffic must pass. 6. Excavated areas within the traffic lanes of highways, streets or roads and pedestrian walkways shall be backfilled as soon as possible and the area opened to traffic. 7. Bridge over open trenches where necessary to maintain traffic. 8. Consult with governing authorities to establish public thoroughfares which will be used as haul routes and Site access. All operations shall meet the approval of owners or agencies having jurisdiction. 9. The Contractor shall obtain permission from the applicable State, County or local authority(ies) before closing or obstructing any public highway, street or road. This shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, coordination with Fire Departments, 911 services, and other emergency services. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01530 – TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND CONTROLS (continued) 01530 Barriers & Temp Controls 01530 - 6 10. The Contractor shall make the same provisions as described above for the passage of vehicular and pedestrian traffic between private property and public highways, streets and roads or other provisions that are satisfactory to the Owner and the property owners involved. B. Maintenance of Roadways: 1. Repair roads, walkways, and other traffic areas damaged by operations. Keep traffic areas as free as possible of excavated materials and maintain in a manner to eliminate dust, mud, and hazardous conditions. 2. All operations and repairs shall meet the approval of owners or agencies having jurisdiction. 3.06 RAILROAD SERVICE: A. Maintenance: 1. Schedule operations and exercise care to avoid any interruption to continuous service over the railroads within or adjacent to the Work area. 2. Before transporting Equipment and Materials across railroad tracks or performing Work within any railroad right-of-way, obtain permission or any necessary permits from the railroads. 3. The Work shall be subject to all supervision, inspection, and other conditions required by the affected railroads. END OF SECTION 01530 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01560 – TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FACILITIES 01560 Temp Utilities & Facilities 01560 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes requirements of a temporary nature not normally incorporated into final Work. It includes the following: 1. Utility services. 2. Construction and support facilities. 3. Construction aids. 4. Safety and health. 5. Fire protection. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Temporary Barriers and Controls: SECTION 01530. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American National Standards Association (ANSI): 1. A10 Series – Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition. B. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA): 1. Electrical Design Library – Temporary Electrical Facilities. C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 10 – Portable Fire Extinguishers. 2. 70 – National Electrical Code. 3. 241 – Safeguarding Construction, Alterations, and Demolition Operations. D. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). E. Underwriters Laboratories (UL). 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Temporary Utilities: Submit reports of tests, inspections, meter readings, and similar procedures performed on temporary utilities. B. Implementation and Termination Schedule: Submit a schedule indicating implementation and termination of each temporary utility within 15 days of the date established for commencement of the Work. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction, including but not limited to: 1. Building Code requirements. 2. Health and safety regulations. 3. Utility company regulations. 4. Police, Fire Department, and rescue squad rules. 5. Environmental protection regulations. B. Standards: 1. Comply with NFPA 10 and 241, and ANSI A10 Series standards “Temporary Electrical Facilities.” Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01560 – TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FACILITIES (continued) 01560 Temp Utilities & Facilities 01560 - 2 2. Comply with NEMA, NECA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance with NFPA 70. C. Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Temporary Utilities: Prepare a schedule indicating dates for implementation and termination of each temporary utility. At the earliest feasible time, when acceptable to Owner, change over from use of temporary service to use of the permanent service. B. Conditions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Take necessary fire prevention measures. Do not overload facilities, or permit them to interfere with progress. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous, unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on the Site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: A. Provide new materials and equipment. If acceptable to Engineer, undamaged previously used materials and equipment in serviceable condition may be used. Provide materials and equipment suitable for the use intended, of capacity for required usage, and meeting applicable codes and standards. Comply with requirements of the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS. B. Water: Provide potable water approved by local health authorities. C. Water Hoses: Provide 3/4-inch (19-mm), heavy-duty, abrasion-resistant, flexible rubber hoses 100 feet (30 m) long, with pressure rating greater than the maximum pressure of the water distribution system. Provide adjustable shutoff nozzles at hose discharge. D. Electrical Outlets: Provide properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110- to 120V plugs into higher voltage outlets. Provide receptacle outlets equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset button, and pilot light for connection of power tools and equipment. E. Electrical Power Cords: Provide grounded extension cords. Use hard-service cords where exposed to abrasion and traffic. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electric cords if single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress. Do not exceed safe length-voltage ratio. F. Lamps and Light Fixtures: Provide general service incandescent lamps of wattage required for adequate illumination. Provide guard cages or tempered-glass enclosures where exposed to breakage. Provide exterior fixtures where exposed to moisture. G. Heating Units: Provide temporary heating units that have been tested and labeled by UL, FM, or another recognized trade association related to the type of fuel being consumed. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01560 – TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FACILITIES (continued) 01560 Temp Utilities & Facilities 01560 - 3 H. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand-carried, portable, UL-rated, Class A fire extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. In other locations, provide hand-carried, portable, UL-rated, Class ABC, dry-chemical extinguishers or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for the exposures. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent, and size required by location and class of fire exposure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 TEMPORARY UTILITIES: A. General: 1. Engage the appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to existing service. Where utility company provides only part of the service, provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with utility company recommendations. 2. Provide adequate utility capacity at each stage of construction. Prior to availability of temporary utilities at the site, provide trucked-in services as required for start-up of construction operations. 3. Obtain and pay for temporary easements required to bring temporary utilities to the Project Site, where the Owner’s permanent easement cannot be used for that purpose. 4. Furnish, install, and maintain temporary utilities required for adequate construction, safety, and security. Modify, relocate, and extend systems as Work progresses. Repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. Grade the areas of Site affected by temporary installations to required elevations and grades, and clean the area. Remove on completion of Work or until service or facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 5. The types of temporary construction utilities and facilities required include, but not by way of limitation, water distribution, drainage, dewatering equipment, enclosure of Work, heat, ventilation, electrical power distribution, lighting, hoisting facilities, stairs, ladders, and roads. 6. Inspect and test each service before placing temporary utilities in use. Arrange for required inspections and tests by governing authorities, and obtain required certifications and permits for use. 7. Materials used for temporary service shall not be used in the permanent system unless so specified or acceptable to Engineer. 3.02 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING: A. New Service: 1. Arrange with utility company and provide service required for power and lighting. 2. Connect temporary service in a manner directed by utility company officials. Provide separate meter for metering of power used by all entities authorized to be at or perform Work at the Project Site. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01560 – TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FACILITIES (continued) 01560 Temp Utilities & Facilities 01560 - 4 3. The electric service shall be of sufficient capacity and characteristics for the various construction tools, machinery, lights, heating and air conditioning, pumps, and other tools required by Contractor and his Subcontractors. 4. Provide weatherproof, grounded, power distribution system sufficient to accommodate construction operations requiring power, use of power tools, electrical heating, and lighting. Provide overload protection. Locate multiple outlets spaced so that entire area of construction can be reached by power tools on a single extension cord of 100-foot maximum length. Supply power for electric welding, if any, from either temporary power distribution system or by engine-driven, power-generator sets at Contractor’s option. 5. Provide all necessary temporary wiring, panelboards, switches, outlets, and other devices so that power and lighting is available throughout the construction area. Include meters, transformers, overload protection disconnects, automatic ground fault interrupters, and main distribution switch gear. Include overcurrent protection on all conductors of the temporary system. 6. Provide adequate artificial lighting for all areas of Work when natural light is not adequate for Work. a. Sufficient light shall be provided for general construction areas and floor areas, with additional sufficient lighting for specific tasks and to meet safety requirements. B. Use of Existing System: 1. Owner’s existing system shall not be used for temporary electricity. C. Use of Permanent System: 1. Prior to use of permanent system (facilities being constructed by Contractor) for construction purposes, obtain written permission of Owner. 2. Maintain permanent system as specified for temporary facilities. D. Costs of Installation and Operation: 1. Pay fees and charges for permits and applications. 2. Pay costs of installation, maintenance, removal of temporary services, and restoration of any permanent facilities used. 3. Pay costs of electrical power used. 4. Obtain and pay costs for temporary easements required across properties other than that of Owner. 3.03 TEMPORARY WATER: A. New Service: 1. Arrange with utility service company to provide water for construction purposes. 2. Connect service to water main in a manner directed by utility company officials. Provide with meter and shut off valve near connection to the water main. 3. Size water service to provide adequate volume for all anticipated construction uses, and to maintain minimum required pressure. 4. Install piping with outlets located so that water is available throughout the construction area. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01560 – TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FACILITIES (continued) 01560 Temp Utilities & Facilities 01560 - 5 5. Prevent freezing of water distribution system. Maintain hose connections and outlet valves in leakproof condition. 6. Sterilize temporary water piping prior to use. B. Use of Existing System: 1. Owner’s existing system may be used for temporary water. 2. Make connections to existing facilities to provide water for construction purposes. a. Water Source: Make connections to Owner’s service located at point indicated or where instructed by Owner. 3. Modify, supplement, and extend system as necessary to meet temporary water requirements and prevent overloading of existing system. 4. Regulate system to prevent interference with Owner’s usage. C. Use of Permanent System: 1. Prior to use of permanent system for construction purposes, obtain written permission of Owner. 2. Prior to Use of System for Drinking Water: a. Disinfect piping. b. Obtain inspection and approval of governing authority. D. Costs of Installation and Operation: 1. Pay all costs for installation, maintenance, and removal. 2. Pay all costs for water used. 3.04 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES: A. Contractor-Furnished Facilities: 1. Furnish, install, and maintain temporary sanitary facilities for use through construction period. Remove on completion of Work. 2. Provide for all construction workers under this Contract and representatives at the Site. 3. Toilet facilities shall be of the chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion type, properly vented, and fully enclosed with a glass- fiber-reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material. 4. Water and sewer connected facilities may be installed to extent permitted by governing regulations. a. Provide lavatories, mirrors, urinals (where applicable), and water closets in water and sewer connected units. Provide only potable water at lavatories. Provide individual compartments for water closets where the unit is intended for occupancy by more than one person. Provide suitable enclosure with nonabsorbent sanitary finish materials and adequate heat, ventilation and lighting. b. Provide separate toilet facilities for male and female construction personnel as required. 5. Wash Facilities: Install potable water-supplied wash facilities at locations convenient to construction personnel involved in the handling of compounds and materials where wash-up is necessary to maintain a safe, healthy and sanitary condition. Where recommended or required by governing authorities and regulations or recognized standards provide emergency safety showers, emergency eye-wash fountains, showers, and similar facilities. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01560 – TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FACILITIES (continued) 01560 Temp Utilities & Facilities 01560 - 6 Dispose of drainage properly. Supply soap and other cleaning compounds appropriate for each condition. 6. Drinking Water Fixtures: Provide containerized tap-dispenser type drinking water units. Provide drinking water fountains if piped potable water is reasonably accessible from permanent or temporary lines. 7. Supply and maintain toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups and similar disposable materials as appropriate for each facility. Provide appropriate covered waste containers for used material. B. Use of Existing Facilities: 1. Not applicable. 3.05 SEWERS AND DRAINAGE: A. General: Where sewers or drainage facilities are not available for discharge of effluent, provide containers to remove and dispose of effluent off the Site in a lawful manner. If existing sewers are available for temporary drainage near the Site prior to completion of permanent sewers, provide temporary connections to remove effluent that can be lawfully discharged into the sewers. If existing sewers cannot be used for discharge, provide drainage ditches, dry wells, waste stabilization ponds, and similar discharge facilities to remove effluent that can be lawfully discharged in that manner. B. Connect temporary sewers to the municipal sewer systems in the manner directed by the sewer department officials. C. Maintain temporary sewers and drainage facilities in a clean, sanitary condition. Following heavy usage, restore to normal conditions promptly. Provide and maintain temporary earthen embankments and similar barriers in and around construction excavations and subgrade construction, sufficient to prevent flooding by runoff of storm water from heavy rain storms. 3.06 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION AIDS: A. General: 1. Provide construction aids and equipment required by personnel and to facilitate the execution of the Work; scaffolds, staging, ladders, stairs, ramps, runways, platforms, railings, hoists, cranes, chutes, and other such facilities and equipment. 2. Materials may be new or used, must be suitable for the intended purpose, and meet the requirements of applicable codes, regulations, and standards. 3. When permanent stair framing is in place, provide temporary treads, platforms, and railings for use by construction personnel. 3.07 TEMPORARY SAFETY AND HEALTH: A. General: Contractor shall be responsible for development of safety and health programs for personnel at Project Site as specified in the GENERAL CONDITIONS. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01560 – TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FACILITIES (continued) 01560 Temp Utilities & Facilities 01560 - 7 3.08 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION: A. General: 1. Contractor shall be responsible for development of a fire prevention and protection program for all Work under this Contract. 2. The program shall comply with the applicable provisions for safety and protection as set forth in the GENERAL CONDITIONS and with applicable parts of the NFPA 10 and 241. 3. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended purpose, but not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near such usable stairwell. 4. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations. 5. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for fighting fires. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire exposure areas. 6. Provide supervision of welding operations and similar sources of fire ignition. 7. Post warning and instructions at each extinguisher location, and instruct construction personnel on proper use of extinguishers and other available facilities at Project Site. Post local fire department telephone number on or near each telephone instrument at Project Site. B. Permanent Fire Protection: 1. Complete each fire protection facility at earliest reasonable date, place into operation, and make ready for emergency use. 2. Instruct personnel at Site on availability and proper use. 3.09 INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL: A. Relocation: Relocate construction aids as required by progress of construction, storage limitations, or Work requirements and to accommodate requirements of Owner and other contractors at the Site. B. Removal: Remove temporary materials, equipment, and services when construction needs can be met and allowed by use of permanent construction, or at completion of the Project. C. Repair: Clean and repair damage caused by installation or by use of temporary facilities. 1. Remove foundations and underground installations for construction aids. 2. Grade the areas of the Site affected by temporary installations to required elevations and clean the area. END OF SECTION 01560 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01580 – PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 01580-Project Ident & Signs 01580 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes basic requirements for temporary Project identification and informational signs required during construction. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Submittals: Section 105, Standard Specifications for Street and Drainage Construction 2. Traffic Control signs specified elsewhere. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Design sign and structure to withstand wind and environmental conditions of locality. Provide with finish adequate to withstand weathering, fading, chipping, and peeling for duration of construction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in Section 105, Standard Specifications for Street and Drainage Construction B. Includes, but not limited to, the following: 1. Shop Drawings and product data as applicable. 2. Show content, layout, lettering, colors, structure, and foundation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 IDENTIFICATION SIGNS: A. Project Identification: 1. Construct structure and framing of wood or metal, structurally adequate to resist design requirements of locality. 2. Construct sign surface of minimum 3/4 inch thickness exterior grade plywood with medium density overlay. Panels shall be of size to minimize joints. Overall size shall be 4’ x 8’. 3. Rough hardware shall be galvanized or aluminum. 4. Coating: Paint-colors selected by Owner. 5. Information Content: a. Project title, logo, and name of Owner as shown on Contract Documents. b. Names and titles of authorities. c. Name, title and address of Engineer. d. Name of prime Contractor and major Subcontractors. e. Any additional information requested by Owner. B. Contractor Identification: If not part of Project identification sign, provide and install Contractor’s standard sign. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01580 – PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS (continued) 01580-Project Ident & Signs 01580 - 2 2.02 INFORMATIONAL SIGNS: A. Construction: 1. This includes signs for traffic, construction workers, and general public in regards to directions, warnings, hazards, locations of areas, facilities, equipment, and others of a similar nature. 2. Provide signs of design, size, color, and lettering as required by regulatory agencies. Signs shall be painted metal, wood, plastic, or fiberglass and of materials suitable for the conditions in which they are placed, such as weathering and fading. 3. Construct structure and framing of wood or metal, structurally adequate to resist design requirements of area of Project. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Project and Contractor Identification Sign: 1. Install in appropriate location so as not to obstruct traffic, pedestrians, or construction operations. 2. Erect on framing or foundation, and rigidly brace. 3. Maintain sign in good repair, in a clean and neat condition. 4. Remove upon completion of Project. B. Informational Signs: 1. Install at appropriate locations and in sufficient quantities to assure visibility. Relocate as required by progress of Work. 2. Maintain signs in good repair, in a neat, clean, readable condition. 3. Remove all signs, framing, supports, and foundations upon completion of Project. END OF SECTION 01580 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET AND DRAINAGE CONSTRUCTION Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-2 DIVISION 100. GENERAL PROVISIONS .............................................. 5 Section 101. Definitions and Terms ....................................................................... 5 Section 102. ARDOT Standard Specificatons by Reference (Current Edition) .... 15 Section 103. Insurance and Bonding ................................................................... 15 Section 104. Scope of Work ................................................................................ 16 Section 105. Control of Work ............................................................................... 17 Section 106. Control of Material .......................................................................... 27 Section 107. Quality Control Requirements ......................................................... 30 Section 108. Legal Relations and Responsibility to the Public ............................ 34 Section 109. Prosecution and Progress............................................................... 41 Section 110. Measurement and Payment ............................................................ 48 Section 111. Roadway Construction Control ....................................................... 51 Section 112. Trench and Excavation Safety Systems ......................................... 52 DIVISION 200. EARTHWORK ............................................................. 54 Section 201. Clearing, Grubbing, and Demolition ................................................ 54 Section 202. Excavation and Embankment ......................................................... 55 Section 203. Subgrade Preparation ..................................................................... 61 Section 204. Select Grading and Topsoil............................................................. 62 Section 205. Undercut and Stone Backfill ............................................................ 64 DIVISION 300. STORM DRAINAGE ................................................... 66 Section 301. Storm Drainage Pipe ...................................................................... 66 Section 302. Drop Inlets and Junction Boxes ...................................................... 69 Section 303. Concrete Box Culverts .................................................................... 71 Section 304. Vacant............................................................................................. 72 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-3 Section 305. Open Channels ............................................................................... 72 Section 306. Filter Blanket and Riprap ................................................................ 75 Section 307. Flowable Select Material ................................................................. 76 DIVISION 400. BASE AND PAVING ................................................... 79 Section 401. Aggregate Base Course ................................................................. 79 Section 402. Prime and Tack Coats .................................................................... 80 Section 403. Asphalt Concrete Hot Mix ............................................................... 82 Section 404. Asphalt Concrete Hot Mix Base Course.......................................... 88 Section 405. Asphalt Concrete Patching for Maintenance of Traffic .................... 89 Section 406. Asphalt Concrete Hot Mix Patching of Existing Roadway ............... 91 DIVISION 500. MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION ........................ 92 Section 501. Concrete Curb and Gutter ............................................................... 92 Section 502. Concrete Sidewalks ........................................................................ 93 Section 503. Driveway Construction or Reconstruction ....................................... 95 Section 504. Headwalls and Retaining Walls ...................................................... 96 Section 505. Seeding and Sodding ..................................................................... 98 Section 506. Mailboxes ...................................................................................... 103 Section 507. Pavement Markings ...................................................................... 104 Section 508. Street Signs .................................................................................. 107 Section 509. Erosion Control ............................................................................. 108 Section 510. Traffic Control and Maintenance ................................................... 111 Section 511. Mobilization ................................................................................... 114 Section 512. Fences .......................................................................................... 115 Section 513. Handicap Ramps .......................................................................... 120 Section 514. Project Signs ................................................................................. 121 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-4 Section 515. Handrail ........................................................................................ 122 Section 516. Cold Milling Asphalt Pavement ..................................................... 123 Section 517. Tree Protection Fencing ............................................................... 124 DIVISION 600. MATERIALS ............................................................. 125 Section 601. Cast-in-Place Concrete ................................................................. 125 Section 602. Reinforcing Steel .......................................................................... 139 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-5 DIVISION 100. GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 101. Definitions and Terms 101.01 Abbreviations and Definitions. Whenever the following abbreviations are used in these specifications or on the plans, they are to be construed the same as the respective expressions represented: (a) Industry Abbreviations. ACI American Concrete Institute AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ADPCE Arkansas Department of Pollution Control and Ecology AGC Associated General Contractors of America AIA American Institute of Architects AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute ANSI American National Standards Institute ARA American Railway Association ARDOT Arkansas Department of Transportation AREA American Railway Engineering Association ARTBA American Road and Transportation Builders Association ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials ATSSA American Traffic Safety Service Association AWPA American Wood Preservers Association AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association CoE U.S. Army Corps of Engineers CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute FHWA Federal Highway Administration FSS Federal Specifications and Standards, General ITE Institute of Traffic Engineers MIL Military Specifications MUTCD Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration SAE Society of Automotive Engineers SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council UL Underwriter’s Laboratory USC United States Code Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-6 (b) Contract Abbreviations for Construction Work AC Asphalt Cement ACHM Asphalt Concrete Hot Mix ACTD Actuated ADJ Adjusted AGG Aggregate(s) ALUM Aluminum APPL Application APPR Approach ASPH Asphalt ASSY Assembly AST Asphalt Surface Treatment AUTO Automatic BIND Binder BIT Bituminous BLDG Building(s) BLDG Building(s) BLKT Blanket BNG(S) Bearing(s) BR Bridge(s) BST Bituminous Surface Treatment C & G Curb and Gutter CA Corrugated Aluminum cc cubic centimeter(s) CD Compacted Depth CEM Cement CL Class CLVT(S) Culvert(s) CM Corrugated Metal CMBN Combination CNTL Control, Controller COMP Compaction, CONC Concrete Controller CONST Construction CONT Continuous, CORR Corrugated Continuously CR Crushed CRS Course(s) CS Corrugated Steel CTD Coated CU,cu Cubic DBL Double DI Drop Inlet(s) DWY(S) Driveway(s) EMUL Emulsified EWK Earthwork EXC Excavation EXP Expansion F & I Furnish and Install FDN Foundation FES Flared End Section(s) FNC Fence(s) FURN Furnish, Furnishing GA Gage, Gauge GALV Galvanized GR Grade, Graded GRVL Gravel ha hectare(s) HI High Intensity HM Hot Mix HMA Hot Mix Asphalt HMAS Hot Mix Asphalt Stabilized INST Install, Installing, Installation j joule(s) kg kilogram(s) kL kilometer(s) km/h kilometers per hour KPa kilopascal(s) L liter(s) LAB Laboratory m meter(s) mm millimeter(s) MA Mineral Aggregate MAINT Maintenance MATL Material(s) MES Mitered End Section(s) MET Metal MG 1000 Gallons MIN Mineral MOB Mobilization Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-7 MOD Modified MPa MegaPascal(s) MRK Marking(s) msta metric station mton 1000 kilograms NO Number(s) NON MET Non-Metallic NON REINF Non-Reinforced NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System OCT Octagonal OFF Office Pa Pascal(s) PC Portland Cement PIL Piles, Piling PM Plant Mixed ppm parts per million PRCST Precast PRFMD Preformed PROC Process, Processing PVC Polyvinylchloride PVMT Pavements(s) PVNG Paving QPL Qualified Products List QUAD Quadruple QUINT Quintuple R & D Removal and Disposal RC Reinforced Concrete RDWY Roadway(s) RECOMP Recompact(ed), RECON Reconstruct(ed) Recompaction REFL Reflectorized REHAB Rehabilitate, Rehabilitation RELOC Relocate, Relocation REMV Removal, Removing, RELP Replace, Replacing Removed RESTOR Restoration RESTEEL Reinforcing Steel RMC Rigid Metallic Conduit RNMC Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit SCAR Scarify, Scarifying SGNL(S) Signal(s) SHLD(S) Shoulder(s) SPEC Special sq Square Sta Station (100 feet) STAB Stabilized, Stabilization STKPL Stockpile, Stockpiling STL Steel STN Stone STR(S) Structure(s) STRL Structural SURF Surface, Surfacing SWPPP Storm Water Pollution SYS System, Systems Prevention Plan TEMP Temporary TERM Terminal THERMPL Thermoplastic TMBR Timber TRAF Traffic TRPL Triple TRMT Treatment TRTD Treated TY Type UNCL Unclassified UNTRTD Untreated UT Uniform Thickness VAR Variable VEH Vehicle(s) m micrometer ( 1 x 10-6 m ) Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-8 (c) Definitions. Whenever in these specifications or in other contract documents the following terms, or pronouns in place of them, are used, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows: Addenda. Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the bidding documents or the Contract Documents. Advertisement. The public announcement, as required by law, inviting bids for work to be performed or materials to be furnished. ARDOT Standard Specifications. The Standard Specifications for HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION, Arkansas Department of Transportation, Edition of 2014 or latest version, unless version date indicated otherwise. Agreement. The written agreement between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. The terms Agreement and Contract are used interchangeably. Award. The acceptance by the City of a proposal. Bid. The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. The terms Bid and Proposal are used interchangeably. Bid Bond. The security furnished with a bid to guarantee that the bidder will enter into the Contract if the bid is accepted. Bidder. An individual, partnership, corporation or joint venture submitting a bid for the advertised work. (The terms “Bidder” and “Contractor” are frequently used synonymously.) Bid Proposal Form. The approved form on which the Owner requires bids to be prepared and submitted for the work. Business Day. Any calendar day except Saturdays, Sundays, and City recognized holidays. If a holiday falls on Saturday or Sunday, the observed day shall be the Friday preceding the Saturday or the Monday following the Sunday. Calendar Day. Any day shown on the calendar, beginning and ending at midnight. If a day is not identified by any other modifier, it shall be considered a calendar day. Change Order. A written order issued by the Owner to the Contractor, covering changes in the plans or quantities or both, within the scope of the Contract and establishing the basis of payment and time adjustments for the work affected by the changes. City. The City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, including authorized representatives. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-9 City Engineer. An Engineer employed by the City responsible for construction administration and inspection of projects for which the City is the Owner. Construction Field Change. A written order issued by the Owner covering minor changes in the work, but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Time. Construction Observer. The Engineer’s or City’s designated personnel appointed to observe the Work. Multiple construction observers may be designated. Contract. The written agreement between the City and the Contractor setting forth the obligations of the parties thereunder, including, but not limited to, the performance of the work, the furnishing of labor and materials, and the basis of payment. (The Contract includes the contract form; the contract schedule of prices; the payment and performance bonds; specifications, supplemental specification, and special provisions; general and detailed plans; and any change orders and agreements that are required to complete the construction of the work in an acceptable manner, including authorized extensions thereof, all of which constitute one instrument.) Contract Documents. The Contract Documents includes the executed Agreement; Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents); Advertisement for Bids; Information for Bidders, Contractor’s Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any Post-Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement; List of proposed Subcontractors; the Bonds; the Specifications; Special Provisions, Supplementary Conditions, Certificates of Insurance; the Plans (Drawings) as the same are more specifically identified in the Agreement; together with all written modifications, Change Orders and Engineer’s written interpretations and clarifications issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Approved Shop drawings and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. Only printed or hard copies of the items list ed in this paragraph are Contract Documents. Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics and the like that may be furnished by Owner to Contractor are not Contract Documents. Contract Item (Pay Item). A specifically described unit of work for which a price is provided in the Contract. Contract Time. The number of working days allowed for completion of the Contract. If a fixed date of completion is shown in the proposal, the Contract shall be completed by that calendar date. Contractor. The individual, partnership, corporation, or any combination thereof, or joint venture contraction with the City for the prescribed work. (The terms “Contractor” and “Bidder” are frequently used synonymously.) Culvert. Any structure not classified as a bridge that provides an opening under the roadway. Defective. An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-10 meet the requirements of any inspection, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to final payment. Effective Date of Agreement. The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. Engineer. The Engineer of record, acting directly or through duly authorized representatives, whose engineering seal appears on the plans and specifications. Equipment. All machinery and equipment, together with the necessary supplies for upkeep and maintenance, and tools and apparatus necessary for the proper construction and acceptable completion of the work. Extra Work. An item of work not provided for in the Contract as awarded but found essential to the satisfactory completion of the Contract within its intended scope. Extra Work Order. A change order concerning the performance of work or furnishing of materials involving extra work. (Such extra work may be performed at agreed prices or on a force account basis as provided elsewhere in these specifications.) Holidays. The City observes the following legal holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran’s Day, Thanksgiving Day and the following day, Christmas Eve, December 24; and Christmas Day, December 25. If a holiday falls on Saturday or Sunday, the observed day shall be the Friday preceding the Saturday or the Monday following the Sunday. Incidental item. Work shown on the plans but for which there is no bid item included. This work shall not be paid for separately; rather the cost of the work is considered to be included in the contract amount bid for the project. Laboratory. The Quality Control Testing Laboratory of the City or any other testing laboratory that may be designated by the City. Materials. Any substances specified for use in the construction of the project and its appurtenances. Milestone. A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work for which liquidated damages may or may not apply. Notice of Award. The written notice by Owner to the apparent successful Bidder stating that upon timely compliance by the apparent successful Bidder with the conditions listed therein, Owner will sign and deliver the Agreement. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-11 Notice to Contractors. The advertisement for proposals for all work or materials on which bids are required indicating with reasonable accuracy the quantity and location of the work to be done, or the character and quantity of the materials to be furnished; and the time and place of the opening of proposals. Notice to Proceed. A written notice given by Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligation under the Contract Documents. Notice to Proceed is also referred to as Work Order. Observer. See Construction Observer. Owner. The City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, and/or the duly authorized agent of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, with whom Contractor has entered in the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed. Pavement Structure. The combination of subbase, base course, and surface course placed on a subgrade to support the traffic load and distribute it to the roadbed. Payment Bond. The approved form of security, executed by the Contractor and his/her Surety or Sureties, guaranteeing the payment of all legal debts of the Contractor pertaining to the construction of the project. Performance Bond. The approved form of security, executed by the Contractor and his/her Surety or Sureties, guaranteeing complete performance of the Contract and all su pplemental agreements thereto. Plans. The approved plans, profiles, typical cross-sections, working drawing, and supplemental drawings, or exact reproductions thereof, which show the location, character, dimensions, and details of the work to be done. (The Title Sheet of the plans is provided for general information only and is not to be taken as an all-inclusive description of the work. Other work and/or locations may be included in the Project as described by the plans, specifications, supplemental specifications, and special provisions.) The term Drawings and Plans are used interchangeably. Profile Grade. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the trace of a vertical plane intersecting the top surface of the proposed wearing surface, usually along the longitudinal centerline of the roadbed. (Profile grade means either the elevation or gradient of such trace according to the context.) Project. The specific section of the highway together with all appurtenances and construction to be performed thereon under the Contract. Proposal. The offer of a bidder, on the prescribed form, to perform the work and to furnish the labor and materials at the unit prices quoted. Proposal Form. The approved form on which the City requires bids to be prepared and submitted for the work. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-12 Proposal Guaranty. The security furnished with a bid to guarantee that the bidder will enter into the Contract if the bid is accepted. Prospective Bidder. An individual, partnership, corporation, or joint venture who has requested and been issued a proposal form from the City. Qualified Products List. A list of products that are approved for use in Highway Contracts with the Arkansas Department of Transportation. The QPL is maintained by ARDOT. Registered Professional Engineer. An Engineer registered in the State of Arkansas by the Arkansas State Board of Registration for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors. All details, drawings, calculations, and reports submitted by the registrant as required by these specifications shall be certified, signed, and stamped with the seal or facsimile thereof as authorized by the Board. Registered Professional Land Surveyor. A Land Surveyor registered in the State of Arkansas by the Arkansas State Board of Registration for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors. All details, drawings, calculations, and reports submitted by the registrant as required by these specifications shall be certified, signed, and stamped with the seal or facsimile thereof as authorized by the Board. Registered Scale Mechanic. A person registered with the Arkansas Bureau of Standards, Division of Weights and Measures, as being qualified by training and experience to make adjustments and repairs to commercial scales and performs such work as a skilled trade. Right-of-Way. A general term denoting land, property, or interest therein, acquired for or devoted to highway purposes. Road. A general term denoting a public way for purposes of vehicular travel, including the entire area within the right-of-way. Roadbed. The graded portion of a highway within top and side slopes, prepared as a foundation for the pavement structure and shoulders. Roadside. A general term denoting the area adjoining the outer edge of the roadway. (Extensive areas between the roadways of a divided highway may also be considered roadside.) Roadway. The portion of a highway within limits of construction, or as defined in other sections. Shop Drawings. All drawings, diagrams, illustration, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by Contractor, Subcontractor, manufacturer, fabricator, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shoulder. The portion of the roadway contiguous with the traveled way for accommodation of stopped vehicles for emergency use, and for lateral support of base and surface courses. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-13 Sidewalk. That portion of the roadway constructed primarily for the use of pedestrians. Sieve. U.S.A. Standard Series, as defined in AASHTO M 92. Percent passing or retained is by weight. Special Provisions. Additions and revisions to the standard and supplemental specifications covering conditions peculiar to an individual project. Specifications. A general term applied to all directions, provisions, and requirements pertaining to performance of the work. Standard Specifications. This printed book of Standard Specifications for Street and Drainage Construction. Unless otherwise noted, the Edition in effect on the date of advertisement. Station. A station when used as a definition or term of measurement will be 100 linear feet measured horizontally. Street. A general term denoting a public way for purposes of vehicular travel, including the entire area within the right-of-way. Structures. Bridges, culverts, catch basins, drop inlets, retaining walls, cribbing, manholes, endwalls, buildings, sewers, service pipes, underdrains, foundation drains, and other features that may be encountered in the work and not otherwise classed herein. Subcontractor. An individual, firm, or corporation to whom the Contractor sublets part of the work. Subgrade. The top surface of a roadbed upon which the pavement structure and shoulders are constructed. Substantial Completion. A condition upon which the work has progressed to the point that it can be utilized for the purposes intended; as evidenced by a Certificate issued by the Engineer under the authority of the City. If no such certificate is issued, Substantial Completion shall be when the work is complete and ready for final payment. Substantial Completion Date. The time at which the Work has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of the Owner, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can to utilized for the purposes for which it was intended without further disruption to the public or occupants of the facility. Substructure. All of that part of the structure below the bearings of simple and continuous spans, skewbacks of arches and tops of footings of rigid frames, together with the backwalls, wingwalls, and wing protection railings. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-14 Superintendent. The Contractor’s authorized representative in responsible charge of the work, present at the work site at all times during the progress to supervise and direct construction, to receive and fulfill instructions from the Owner’s representative, and to accept orders for changed and extra work. Superstructure. The entire structure except the substructure. Supplemental Agreement. A written negotiated agreement constituting a modification of the originally executed Contract and covering the performance of work beyond its general scope. (The items of work contained therein will be included in an approved Change Order.) Supplemental Specifications. Revisions to the Standard Specifications that are adopted subsequent to issuance of the printed book of Standard Specifications. Surety. The company, other than the Contractor, executing a bond furnished by the Contractor. Titles (Or Headings). The titles or headings of the sections and subsections herein are intended for convenience of reference and shall not be considered as having any bearing on their interpretation. Ton. 2000 pounds. Traveled Way. The portion of the roadway for the movement of vehicles, exclusive of shoulders and auxiliary lanes. Unit Price Work. Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work. The furnishing of all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary or convenient to the successful completion of the project and the carrying out of the duties and obligations imposed by the Contract. Working Day. A calendar day during which normal construction operations could proceed; normally excludes Saturdays, Sundays, and City recognized holidays. Working Drawings. Stress sheets, shop drawings, erection plans, falsework plans, framework plans, cofferdam plans, or any other supplementary plans or similar data that the Contractor is required to submit to the Engineer for informational and record purposes or for approval. Work Order. Written notice from the Engineer directing the Contractor to begin prosecution of the work. 101.02 Specification Language. To avoid cumbersome and confusing repetition of expressions in these specifications, it is provided that whenever anything is, or is to be, done, if, as, when, or where “contemplated, required, determined, directed, specified, authorized, ordered, given, designated, indicated, considered necessary, deemed necessary, permitted, reserved, suspended, established, approval, approved, disapproved, acceptable, unacceptable, suitable, Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-15 accepted, satisfactory, unsatisfactory, sufficient, insufficient, rejected, or condemned,” it shall be understood as if the expression were followed by the words “by the Engineer/City Engineer” or “to the Engineer/City Engineer”. Section 102. ARDOT Standard Specifications by Reference (Current Edition) 102.01 ARDOT Standard Specifications. The standard specifications of the Arkansas Department of Transportation (ARDOT) are bound in a book titled Standard Specifications for Highway Construction. These specifications are referred to herein as “Standard Specifications” or “ARDOT Specifications”. The latest edition, as well as all Supplemental Specifications, shall apply. A copy of these Standard Specifications can be obtained from the Arkansas Department of Transportation, Little Rock, Arkansas, at their customary charge. 102.02 Purpose. The Standard Specifications, including Supplemental Specifications, shall be used for description, quality control and acceptance testing, material specifications, construction methods, method of measurement, and basis of payment unless otherwise stated in these City of Fayetteville Standard Specifications for Street and Drainage Construction. 102.03 Modifications. Reference in the ARDOT Standard Specifications to the “Department” are herein changed to the “Owner”. Section 103. Insurance and Bonding 103.01 Requirements of Bonds and Insurance. (a) Bonds. At the time of execution of the Contract, the successful Bidder shall furnish performance and payment bonds, each in the amount at least equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractors obligations under the contract documents. Prior to final acceptance of the project, the Contractor shall provide a maintenance bond in accordance with Section 158.03, Maintenance, of the Unified Development Code of the City of Fayetteville. The bond shall be in the amount of 25% of the total contract price for a period of two years from the date of Substantial Completion. (b) Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall procure and maintain its own General Public Liability Insurance in accordance with Subsection 105.02. 103.02 Method of Measurement. Insurance and Bonding will be measured as a complete unit. 103.03 Basis of Payment. Insurance and Bonds completed and accepted as provided abov e will be paid for at the contract lump sum price bid for Insurance and Bonding, which price shall be full compensation for furnishing all necessary insurance and bonds required by the contract documents. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-16 Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Insurance and Bonding LS Section 104. Scope of Work 104.01 Intent of Contract. The intent of the Contract is to provide for the construction and completion in every detail of the work described. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation, and supplies required to complete the work according to the plans, specifications, and terms of the Contract. 104.02 Alteration of Plans or Character of Work. (a) General. The City shall have the right to increase or decrease the extent of the work or to change the location, gradient, or the dimensions of any part of the work, provided that the length of the improvement is not increased or decreased in excess of 25% of the contract length, or that the quantities of work to be done or the materials to be furnished are not increased or decreased in money value in excess of 25% of the total Contract. Such changes shall not be considered as a waiver of any conditions of the Contract nor invalidate any of the provisions thereof. The Contractor shall perform the work as increased or decreased within the qualifying limits named and no allowance will be made for anticipated profits on increases or decreases so incurred. If changes in the work require an adjustment in unit prices already established, or if additional work for which unit prices have not already been established by the contract is necessary, the contract price shall be adjusted according to the General Conditions of the Contract and this Section. If additional work is performed before an adjustment is made in the contract, the additional work will be paid for at unit prices already established for similar work, if such additional work is deemed necessary by the Engineer/City Engineer. If the Contractor performs additional work without authorization from the City and without an agreed Contract adjustment for such work, no payment for such additional work will be made. (b) Significant Changes in the Character of Work. The City reserves the right to make, in writing, at any time during the work, such changes in quantities and such alterations in the work as are necessary to satisfactorily complete the project. Such changes in quantities and alterations shall not invalidate the Contract nor release the Surety, and the Contractor agrees to perform the work as altered. If the alterations or changes in quantities significantly change the character of the work under the Contract, whether or not changed by any such different quantities or alterations, an adjustment, excluding loss of anticipated profits, will be agreed upon prior to the performance of the work. If a basis cannot be agreed upon, then an adjustment will be made either for or against the Contractor in such amount as the Engineer/City Engineer may determine to be fair and equitable. If the alterations or changes in quantities do not significantly change the character of the work to be performed under the Contract, the altered work will be paid for as provided elsewhere in the Contract. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-17 The term "significant change" shall be construed to apply only to the following circumstances: 1) When the character of the work as altered differs materially in kind or nature from that involved or included in the original proposed construction, or 2) When a major item of work is increased in excess of 125 percent or decreased below 75 percent of the original contract quantity. Any adjustment due to an increase in quantity shall apply only to that portion in excess of 125 percent of original contract item quantity, or in case of a decrease below 75 percent, to the actual amount of work performed. A major item of work is defined as any bid item for which the original contract value is more than 10 percent of the total original contract value. 104.03 If and Where Directed Items. The plans and the proposal may specify one or more items to be incorporated into the project "if and where directed" by the Engineer/City Engineer. The Engineer/City Engineer shall have discretion in determining whether and to what extent such items will be incorporated into the project. The Engineer/City Engineer may order incorporation of such items at any location within the project and at any time during the work. These items may or may not be located on the plans. The estimated quantities set out in the proposal for such items are presented solely for the purpose of obtaining a representative bid price. The actual quantities employed may be only a fraction of, or many times the estimated quantities. The Contractor shall make no claim for additional compensation because of any increase, decrease, or elimination of such items. Section 105. Control of Work 105.01 Authority and Direction. (a) Direction and Control by the Contractor. (1) General. The detailed manner and method of performing the work shall be under the direction and control of, and by, the Contractor, but all work performed shall at all times be subject to the observation of the Engineer/City Engineer or his authorized representative to ascertain its conformance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the Engineer for the proper observation and examination of the work and all parts thereof. The Engineer and Owner are not responsible for the Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or safety precautions and programs incident thereto. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper fitting of all work and for the coordination of the operations of all trades, Subcontractors, or materialmen engaged upon this Contract. He shall be prepared to guarantee to each of his Subcontractors the locations and measurements which they may require for the fitting of their work to all surrounding work. Observers may be appointed by the Engineer or Owner. Observers shall have no authority to permit any deviation from the Plans and Specifications except on written order from the Engineer/City Engineer and the Contractor will be liable for any deviation except on such written order. Observers Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-18 shall have authority, subject to the final decision of the Engineer/City Engineer, to condemn and reject any defective work and to suspend the work when it is not being performed properly. The observer shall in no case act as superintendent or foreman or perform other duties for the Contractor, nor interfere with the management of the work by the latter. Any advice which the observer may give the Contractor shall in no way be construed as binding to the Engineer/City Engineer or Owner in any way or releasing the Contractor from fulfilling all of the terms of the Contract. Any defective work may be rejected by the Engineer/City Engineer at any time before final acceptance of the work, even though the same may have been previously overlooked and estimated for payment and payment therefore made by the Owner. (2) Accident Prevention. The Contractor shall exercise proper precaution at all times for the protection of persons and property and shall be responsible for all damages to persons or property, either on or off the site, which occur as a result of his prosecution of the work. The safety provisions of applicable laws and building and construction codes, including applicable parts of the Arkansas Department of Labor Safety Code, shall be observed. The Contractor shall take or cause to be taken such safety and health measures, additional to those herein required, as he may deem necessary or desirable. Machinery, equipment, and all hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the safety provisions of the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" published by the Associated General Contractors of America, Inc., to the extent that such provisions are not in conflict with applicable local laws. The Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of all cases of death, occupational disease, and injury requiring medical attention or causing loss of time from work, arising out of and in the course of employment on work under the Contract. The Contractor shall promptly furnish the Owner with reports concerning these matters. The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, and the Engineer, from any claims for damages resulting from personal injury and/or death suffered or alleged to have been suffered by any person as a result of any work conducted under this Contract. (b) Authority of the Engineer. As the direct representative of the Owner, the Engineer has immediate charge of the engineering details of each construction project; is responsible for the general administration of the Project; and has the authority to reject unacceptable material or work and to suspend any work that is being improperly performed. The Owner, with input from the Engineer, will decide all questions that may arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished and work performed and as to the rate of progress of the work; all questions that may arise as to the interpretation of the plans and specifications; and all questions as to the acceptable fulfillment of the Contract by the Contractor. The Engineer, with concurrence by Owner, will have the authority to suspend the work wholly or in part due to the failure of the Contractor to correct conditions unsafe for the workers or the Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-19 general public; for failure to carry out provisions of the Contract; for failure to carry out orders; for such periods as deemed necessary due to unsuitable weather; for conditions considered unsuitable for the prosecution of the Work; or for any other condition or reason deemed to be in the public interest. Any unresolved disputes arising under the Contract shall be submitted by the Contractor in writing to the Engineer. Disputes claiming additional compensation shall contain the information set forth in Subsection 109.10 “Claims for Adjustment and Disputes.” The Engineer shall render a written decision within 60 calendar days of receipt of the Contractor’s letter and information. Should a dispute not be resolved by the written decision of the Engineer, subsequent appeal by the Contractor shall be submitted in writing within 60 calendar days of the decision of the Engineer, and shall be addressed directly to the Owner. 105.02 Plans and Submittals. (a) Plans. Plans will show lines, grades, details of all structures, typical cross sections, and a summary of items appearing on the proposal. Work may be provided for on the Plans that is not located within the limits of the project as shown on the plan sheets. Work of this nature may include but is not limited to removal of existing items, obliteration, grading, base and surfacing, transitions, etc., and is considered a part of the project. The Plans will be supplemented by such working drawings or sketches issued by the Engineer as are necessary to adequately control the Work. (b) Submittals. Shop drawings, mix designs, vendor data, testing reports, certifications, calculations and working drawings for structures shall be furnished by the Contractor as required herewith. They shall consist of such data and detailed plans as may be required to adequately control the work and are not included on the plans furnished by the Owner. They shall include stress sheets, shop drawings, erection plans, falsework plans, cofferdam plans, or any other supplementary plans or similar data required of the Contractor. Where calculations, plans or design are a requirement of any submittal, such shall be prepared and sealed by a Professional Engineer competent in the applicable field of practice and Licensed in the State of Arkansas. All submittals shall be submitted to the Engineer for informational and record purposes or for approval as specified for the item of work involved. Contractor shall, in writing, call Engineer’s attention to any deviation that the Submittal may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor should anticipate a review period of 15 - 30 calendar days from receipt by the Engineer of submittals. The review of submittals by the Engineer will be limited to checking for general agreement with the plans and specifications, and shall in no way relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors and omissions contained therein, nor shall such review or approval operate to waive or modify any provisions contained in the Specifications or Drawings. It is mutually agreed that the Contractor shall be responsible for agreement of dimensions and details as well as conformity of its submittal with the Contract plans and specifications. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-20 (1) Where a Shop Drawing or sample is required by the Specifications, no related work shall commence until the submittal has been reviewed and approved by Engineer. Any Shop Drawings submitted without the Contractor's stamp of approval will not be considered and will be returned to him for proper resubmission. If any Drawings show variations from the requirements of the Contract because of standard shop practice or other reason, the Contractor shall make specific mention of such variation in his letter of transmittal in order that, if acceptable, suitable action may be taken for proper adjustment of Contract price and/or time; otherwise, the Contractor will not be relieved of the responsibility for executing the work in accordance with the Contract even though the Drawings have been reviewed. The review of Shop Drawings by the Engineer shall be considered an accommodation to the Contractor to assist him in the execution of the Contract. The Engineer's review of such Drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to perform the work in strict accordance with the Plans and Specifications, and approved changes. If the Shop Drawing is in accordance with the Contract or involves only a minor adjustment in the interest of the Owner not involving a change in Contract price or time, the Engineer shall so stamp the Drawing and shall contain in substance the following: "Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve Contractor from compliance with requirements of the drawings and specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The Contractor is responsible for: confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordinating his work with that of all other trades; and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner." (2) The Contractor shall submit all material, product, or equipment samples, descriptions, certificates, affidavits, etc., as called for in the Contract Documents or required by the Engineer, promptly after award of the Contract and acceptance of the Contractor's bond. No such material or equipment shall be manufactured or delivered to the site, except at the Contractor's own risk, until the required samples or certificates have been approved in writing by the Engineer. Any delay in the work caused by late or improper submission of samples or certificates for approval shall not be considered just cause for an extension of the Contract time. Submit four (4) copies of data for Engineer's review. Each sample submitted by the Contractor shall carry a label giving the name of the Contractor, the project for which it is intended, and the name of the producer. The accompanying certificate or letter from the Contractor shall state that the sample complies with Contract requirements, shall give the name and brand of the product, its place of origin, the name and address of the producer, and all specifications or other detailed information which will assist the Engineer in passing upon the acceptability of the sample promptly. It shall also include the statement that all materials or equipment furnished for use in the project will comply with the samples and/or certified statements. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-21 Approval of any materials shall be general only and shall not constitute a waiver of the Owner's right to demand full compliance with Contract requirements. After actual deliveries, the Engineer will have such check tests made as he deems necessary in each instance and may reject materials and equipment and accessories for cause, even though such materials and articles have been given general approval. If materials, equipment or accessories which fail to meet check tests have been incorporated in the work, the Engineer will have the right to cause their removal and replacement by proper materials or to demand and secure such reparation by the Contractor as is equitable, at the Contractor's expense. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract, the costs of sampling and testing will be divided as follows: 1) The Contractor shall furnish without extra cost, including packing and delivery charges, all samples required for testing purposes, except those samples taken on the project by the Engineer; 2) The Contractor shall assume all costs of re-testing materials which fail to meet Contract requirements; 3) The Contractor shall assume all costs of testing materials offered in substitution for those found deficient. The contract price will include the cost of furnishing all required working drawings, record drawings and other submittals. 105.03 Conformity with Plans and Specifications. All work performed and all materials furnished shall be in reasonably close conformity with the lines, grades, cross sections, dimensions, and material requirements, including tolerances, shown on the plans or indicated in the specifications. Unless otherwise specified, in the event the materials or the finished product in which the materials are used is not within reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications but reasonably acceptable work has been produced, the Engineer/City Engineer shall determine if the work shall be accepted and remain in place. If the work is accepted, the Engineer/City Engineer will document the basis of acceptance by Contract modification that will provide for an appropriate adjustment in the contract cost for such work or materials. In the event the materials or the finished product in which the materials are used or the work performed is found not to be in reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications and have resulted in an inferior or unsatisfactory product, the work or materials shall be removed and replaced or otherwise corrected at no cost to the City. 105.04 Coordination of Plans, Specifications, and Special Conditions. These Specifications including General Provisions and Technical Specifications, the Plans, Supplementary Conditions, Special Provisions and all other supplementary documents are essential parts of the Contract, and a requirement occurring in one is as binding as though occurring in all. They are intended to be complementary and to describe and provide for a complete work. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-22 The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper fitting of all work and for the coordination of the operations of all trades, Subcontractors, or materialmen engaged upon this Contract. He shall be prepared to guarantee to each of his Subcontractors the locations and measurements which they may require for the fitting of their work to all surrounding work. In addition, the Specifications include references to the Arkansas Department of Transportation’s Standard Specifications for Highway Construction Edition of 1996, 2003, and 2014 (ARDOT Standard Specifications). The portions of the ARDOT Standard Specifications, which are referenced in these specifications, are hereby incorporated by reference. All work shall conform to applicable sections of the City of Fayetteville Code of Ordinances and to the City of Fayetteville Minimum Street Standards. In case of discrepancy, the most stringent requirements will apply. The City of Fayetteville Code of Ordinances and Minimum Street Standards are hereby incorporated by reference. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any apparent error or omission on the plans or in the Contract Documents. The party discovering such error or omission shall notify the other party when the discovery is made. The Engineer will then make such corrections and interpretations as may be deemed necessary for fulfilling the intent of the plans and specifications. 105.05 Cooperation by Contractor. The Contractor will be supplied with a minimum of two sets of approved plans and Contracts, one set of which shall be kept available on the project at all times. The Contractor shall give the work the attention necessary to facilitate the progress thereof and shall cooperate fully with the Engineer/City Engineer, inspectors, and other Contractors. The Contractor shall have on the project at all times an agent who is a competent superintendent capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans and specifications and thoroughly experienced in the type of work being performed. The Superintendent shall be satisfactory to the Owner and the Engineer, on the project at all times during working hours with full authority to supervise and direct the work and who shall be the Contractor's agent responsible for the faithful discharge of the Contractor's obligations under the Contract. During working hours, the Contractor’s superintendent shall be equipped with a mobile phone or other communication device suitable to the Engineer for contact by the Engineer or Owner. The superintendent shall receive instructions from the Engineer/City Engineer and shall have full authority to execute orders or directions of the Engineer/City Engineer without delay and to promptly supply such materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals as may be required. Such superintendent shall be furnished regardless of the amount of work sublet. The Owner shall have the authority to require the Contractor to remove from the work any incompetent or insubordinate superintendent. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-23 105.06 Coordination and Cooperation Between Contractors. The Owner reserves the right at any time to contract for and perform other or additional work on or near the work covered by the Contract. When separate contracts are let adjacent to or within the limits of any one project, the work of each Contractor shall be conducted so as not to interfere with or hinder the progress or completion of the work being performed by other Contractors. Contractors working on the same project shall cooperate with each other. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor considered in the bid the status of the existing Contract or Contracts at the time of bidding and will arrange to coordinate and schedule the work jointly with the other affected Contractors in order to complete the work within the time allowed in the Contract. If, through acts of neglect or through failure to comply with any applicable Government regulations by the Contractor, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor shall suffer loss or damage on the work, the Contractor shall settle with such other Contractor or Subcontractor by agreement or arbitration, if such other Contractor or Subcontractor will so settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against the Owner on account of any damage alleged to have been so sustained, the Owner will notify this Contractor, who shall defend at his own expense any suit based upon such claim, and, if any judgment or claims against the Owner shall be allowed, the Contractor shall pay or satisfy such judgment or claim and pay all costs and expenses in connection therewith. Contractors involved shall assume all liability, financial or otherwise, in connection with their own Contracts and shall protect and save harmless the City of Fayetteville from any and all damages or claims that may arise because of inconvenience, delay, or loss experienced because of the presence and operations of other Contractors working within the limits of the same project. Contractors shall arrange their work and shall place and dispose of the materials being used so as not to interfere with the operations of the other Contractors within the limits of the same project, and shall join their work with that of the others in an acceptable manner, and shall perform it in proper sequence with that of the others. 105.07 Cooperation with Utilities. The Plans indicate various utility items, some of which are to be relocated or adjusted by the utility owner, and others that are to be relocated or adjusted by the Contractor. The City will notify all known utility companies, all known pipeline owners, or other known parties affected, and endeavor to have all necessary adjustments of the public or private utility fixtures, pipe lines, and other appurtenances within or adjacent to the limits of construction made before construction begins. Water lines, gas lines, wire lines, service connections, water and gas meter boxes, water and gas valve boxes, light standards, cableways, signals, and all other utility appurtenances within the limits of the proposed construction that are to be relocated or adjusted are to be moved by the owners of such facilities except as otherwise provided for in the Contract or as noted on the plans. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-24 The Contractor shall consider in the bid all of the permanent and temporary utility facilities and appurtenances in their present, relocated, or proposed positions. No additional monetary compensation will be allowed for any delays, inconveniences, or damages sustained due to any interference from the utilities or appurtenances or from the operations of relocating them. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to have all utility lines located before construction begins. Any costs incurred due to damaged utility lines shall be borne by the Contractor with no exceptions. All work in this contract shall be in accordance with the Arkansas Underground Facilities Damage Prevention Act. The Contractor shall abide by the most current edition of this Act. 105.08 Inspection and Observation of Work. All materials and each part or detail of the Work shall be subject to inspection by the Owner. All materials and each part or detail of the Work shall be subject to observation by the Engineer. The Engineer and Owner and their designated representatives shall be provided acceptable access to all parts of the Work and shall be furnished with such information and assistance by the Contractor as is necessary to for the Engineer’s observation and/or the Owner’s observation and inspection. Neither observations by Engineer/City Engineer nor inspection, tests or approvals by others shall relieve Contractor from his obligation to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer sufficiently in advance of backfilling or concealing any facilities to permit proper observation. If the facilities are concealed without approval or consent of the Engineer, the Contractor shall uncover for observation and recover such facilities all at his own expense, when so requested by the Engineer. Observation of materials and appurtenances to be incorporated in the Improvements embraced in this Contract may be made at the place of production, manufacture or shipment, whenever the quantity justifies it, and such observation and acceptance, unless otherwise stated in the Technical Specifications, shall be final, except as regards (1) latent defects, (2) departures from specific requirements of the Contract, (3) damage or loss in transit, or (4) fraud or such gross mistakes as amount to fraud. Subject to the requirements contained in the preceding sentence, the observation of materials as a whole or in part will be made at the project site. All condemned or rejected work shall be promptly taken out and replaced by satisfactory work. Should the Contractor fail or refuse to comply with the instructions in this respect, the Owner may, upon certification by the Engineer, withhold payment, proceed to terminate the Contract, or perform work as provided herein. When requested by the Engineer/City Engineer at any time before acceptance of the Work, the Contractor shall remove or uncover such portions of the finished work as may be directed. After examination, the Contractor shall restore said portions of the work to the standard required by the specifications. Should the work thus exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering or removing and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be paid for as extra work. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-25 Should the work so exposed or examined prove unacceptable, the uncovering or removing and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed shall be at the Contractor’s expense. Any work performed or materials used without inspection by the Engineer/City Engineer may be ordered exposed, and/or removed and replaced, at no cost to the Owner unless the Engineer/City Engineer or inspector failed to inspect after having been given reasonable notice that the work was to be performed. When any unit of government, political subdivision, railroad corporati on, or other agency is to pay a portion of the cost of the Work covered by the Contract, its respective representatives shall have the right to inspect the Work. Such inspection shall in no sense make any unit of government, political subdivision, railroad corporation, or other agency a party to the Contract, and shall in no way interfere with the rights of either party thereunder. 105.09 Removal of Unacceptable or Unauthorized Work. All work that does not comply with the requirements of the Contract will be considered unacceptable. Unacceptable work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of unacceptable materials, damage through carelessness, negligence, or any other cause, found to exist before the final acceptance of the Work, or during the warranty period specified in Subsection 109.18 “Warranty and Guarantee”, shall be removed and replaced in an acceptable manner at no cost to the Owner. Work performed contrary to any instructions of the Engineer/City Engineer; work performed beyond the lines shown on the plans or as established, except as herein specified; or any extra work performed without authority will be considered as unauthorized and will not be paid for under the provisions of the Contract. Work so performed may be ordered removed or repl aced at no cost to the Owner. Should the Contractor fail to comply with any order of the Engineer/City Engineer, the Engineer/City Engineer will have the authority to cause unauthorized work to be removed and unacceptable work to be corrected or removed and replaced and to deduct the costs from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor. 105.10 Authorized Changes. All changes to the Plans performed in the field shall be reviewed, approved and authorized by the Owner prior to proceeding with the work. Any changes to the Plans without authorization may result in removal of such item at the Contractor’s expense and/or nonpayment for the work, at the discretion of the Owner. Verbal authorized changes to the Plans in the field will not be considered for additional quantities or compensation, unless they are followed by written documentation within 24 hours. Any authorized changes to the Plans which are approved by the Owner for additional compensation shall be in written form indicating all items of work involved and the cost for each item, and will be submitted to the Owner prior to proceeding with the work involved. 105.11 Substitution of Materials and Equipment. If the Contractor desires to use a material, method or type of equipment other than those specified in the Contract, authority from the Engineer/City Engineer to do so must be requested. The request shall be in writing and shall Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-26 include a full description of the materials, methods and equipment proposed to be used and an explanation of the reasons for desiring to make the change. Prior to proposing any substitute material, method or type of equipment, the Contractor shall satisfy itself that the material, method or type of equipment proposed is, in fact, equal to that specified, that such material or type of equipment will fit into the space allocated, that such material or type of equipment affords comparable ease of operations, maintenance and service, that the appearance, longevity and that by reason of cost savings, reduced construction time, or similar demonstrable benefit, the substitution material, method or type of equipment will be in Owner’s interest. The burden of proof of equality of a proposed substitution for a specified material, method or type of equipment shall be upon the Contractor. Contractor shall support its request in writing with sufficient test data and other means to permit the Owner to make a fair and equitable decision on the merits of the proposal. Contractor shall submit drawings, samples, data and certificates for proposed substitute materials. Any material or type of equipment by a manufacturer other than those specified or brand name or model number or of generic species other than those specified will be considered a substitution. The Owner will be the sole judge of whether or not the substitution is equal in quality, utility and economy to that specified. Approval of a substitution shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for compliance with all requirements of the Contract. Contractor shall bear the expense for any changes in the parts of the Work caused by any substitutions. Substitutions will not be permitted in those instances where the product is intended to accommodate artistic design, specific function or economy of maintenance. No change will be made in basis of payment for the construction items involved nor in contract time as a result of an authorized change in methods or equipment under these provisions. 105.12 Construction Layout. The Engineer/City Engineer will establish a limited number of control points and associated benchmarks for the contractor’s use in establishing lines, grades, profiles, structures, and other associated items of work. In general, the control points will be located approximately 500 feet apart along the project. All other construction staking will be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide a sufficient workforce skilled in construction layout to establish all lines, slopes, profiles, and structure locations necessary to construct the project according to the plans. When Section 111, “Roadway Construction Control” is included in the proposal then the Contractor shall comply with the requirements and provisions of such. 105.13 Maintenance During Construction. The Contractor shall maintain the work during construction and until the project is accepted. This maintenance shall constitute continuous and effective work prosecuted day by day, with adequate equipment and forces, to the end that the roadway or structures are kept in satisfactory condition at all times. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-27 The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of existing drainage ditches and channels within the right-of-way limits, including construction easements if any, from the date all work is begun on the project to the date of its final acceptance. This is not a requirement that the Contractor improve existing drainage ditches and channels, except as shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. The Contractor shall maintain waterways in such condition that damage to the work or to abutting property will not result from the Contractor’s operations. Obstruction of natural flow in waterways by stockpiling or storing materials, or by placement of equipment or supplies without provision for adequate bypassing of such natural flow, will not be permitted. Collections of sediment or debris that prohibits or inhibits normal function of drainage facilities shall be removed promptly. All costs of maintenance work during construction and before the project is accepted will not be paid for separately, but full compensation therefore will be considered included in the contract unit prices bid for the various items in the Contract. If the Contractor, at any time, fails to comply with the provisions of this subsection, the City will immediately notify the Contractor of such noncompliance. If the Contractor fails to remedy unsatisfactory maintenance within 24 hours after receipt of such notice, the City may immediately proceed to maintain the project and the entire cost of this maintenance will be deducted from moneys due or to become due the Contractor on the Contract. All roadway cuts shall be temporarily or permanently repaired in accordance with Section 405, “Asphalt Concrete Patching for Maintenance of Traffic” within 24 hours of the completion of trench backfill for the work, or segment of work, which required the excavation and/or cut. Section 106. Control of Material 106.01 Quality Requirements. The materials used in the work shall meet all quality requirements of the Contract. Quality control, to ensure that materials and workmanship, prior to and after, being incorporated into the work meets the requirements of the Contract, is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Testing required for Contractor’s quality control, certificates of compliance, mix designs and manufacturing of materials, and as needed for Contractor’s operations shall be provided by the Contractor and the costs therefore will not be paid separately but full compensation will be considered included in the contract unit prices bid for associated items. All Quality Assurance testing, to ensure that the materials and workmanship as a final product meets the requirements of the Contract, will be accomplished and paid for by the Owner. The costs for any retesting required in areas failing to meet the specified requirements shall be paid for by the Contractor. The materials furnished and used shall be new, except as may be provided elsewhere in these specifications, on the plans or in the Special Conditions. The materials shall be manufactured, handled, and used in a workmanlike manner to ensure completed work in accordance with the plans and specifications. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-28 106.02 Sources of Supply. To expedite the inspection and testing of materials, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer/City Engineer of proposed sources of materials before delivery. The Contractor shall furnish without charge such samples as may be required. Inspection and tests may be performed by the Engineer or Owner’s designated testing firm , but it is understood that such inspections and tests, if made at any point other than the point of incorporation in the work, in no way shall be considered as a guarantee of acceptance of such materials nor of continued acceptance of material presumed to be similar to that upon which inspections and tests have been made. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for ordering materials of the quality and quantity required and for the delivered costs of such materials. Materials needed in the work s hall be furnished by the Contractor unless otherwise stated in the Contract. 106.03 Samples, Tests, and Cited Specifications. All materials will be inspected and tested by the supplier or Contractor as required by these specifications before incorporation in the Work. Work in which untested materials are used without the approval or written permission of the Engineer/City Engineer shall be treated as provided in Subsection 105.09 “Removal of Unacceptable or Unauthorized Work.” Whenever a reference is made in the specifications to a Federal Specification, or to a specification or test designation of the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, the American Society for Testing and Materials, American Water Works Association, or any other recognized national organization, it shall mean the year of adoption or latest revision of the specification or test designation in effect on the day the advertisement for bids is dated. When a specific reference is made to a dated specification or test designation, the revision in effect on that date shall apply. When requested, the Contractor shall furnish a complete certified statement of the origin, composition, and/or manufacture of materials that are to be used in the Work. 106.04 Certification of Compliance. The Engineer/City Engineer may permit use of certain materials or assemblies prior to sampling and testing if accompanied by a Certificates of Compliance stating that such materials or assemblies fully comply with the requirements of the Contract. The certificate shall be signed by the manufacturer. Each lot of such materials or assemblies delivered to the Project must be accompanied by a Certificate of Compliance and clearly identified. Materials or assemblies used on the basis of Certificates of Compliance may be sampled and tested and if found not in conformity with Contract requirement will be subject to rejection whether in place or not. The form and distribution of Certificates of Compliance shall be as approved by the Engineer/City Engineer. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-29 106.05 Plant Inspection. The Engineer/City Engineer may undertake the observation of materials at the source. In the event plant observation is undertaken the following conditions shall be met: 1) The Engineer/City Engineer shall have the cooperation and assistance of the Contractor and of the producers of materials for the Work. 2) The Engineer/City Engineer shall have full entry at all times to such parts of the plant as may concern the manufacture or production of the materials being furnished. Adequate safety measures shall be provided and maintained. It is understood that the Engineer/City Engineer reserves the right to retest all materials prior to incorporation into the Work which have been tested and accepted at the source of supply after the sample have been delivered and to reject all materials which, when retested, do not meet the requirements of these specifications or contract documents. 106.06 Storage of Materials. Materials shall be so stored as to assure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the work and in accordance with requirements of the Specifications; or if not covered in the Specifications, in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Stored materials, even though approved before storage, may again be inspected before their use in the work. Stored materials shall be located so as to facilitate their prompt inspection. Portions of the right-of-way not required for public travel may be used for storage purposes and for the placing of the Contractor's plant and equipment, if approved by the Engineer, but any additional space required therefore must be provided by the Contractor, and at no cost to the Owner. Private property shall not be used for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or lessee, and if requested by the Engineer, copies of such written permission shall be furnished. All storage sites shall be restored to their original condition by Contractor at his expense. Construction materials may not be stored in the roadway for more than five (5) days after unloading. 106.07 Handling Materials. All materials shall be handled in such manner as to preserve their quality and fitness for the work. Aggregates shall be transported from the storage site to the Work in tightly covered vehicles so constructed as to prevent loss or segregation of materials after loading and measuring so that there may be no inconsistencies in the quantities of materials intended for incorporation in the Work as loaded and the quantities as actually received at the place of operations. 106.08 Unacceptable Material. All materials not conforming to the requirements of the specifications at the time they are used shall be considered as unacceptable and all such materials will be rejected and shall be removed immediately from the site of the work unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer/City Engineer. No rejected material, the defects of which have been corrected, shall be used until approval has been given. 106.09 Owner-Furnished Material. The Contractor shall furnish all materials required to complete the Work, except those specified to be furnished by the Owner. Material furnished by Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-30 the Owner will be delivered or made available to the Contractor at the points specified in the Special Provisions. The cost of handling and placing all materials after they are delivered to the Contractor will not be paid for separately, but full compensation therefore will be considered included in the contract unit price(s) bid for the item(s) with which they are used. The Contractor will be held responsible for all material delivered by the Owner through this arrangement. Deductions will be made from any moneys due the Contractor to make good any shortages and deficiencies, from any cause whatsoever; for any damage that may occur after such delivery; and for any demurrage charges. 106.10 Salvaged Materials. All salvaged materials in reusable condition, including pavement millings, water and drainage pipe, valves, fittings and other items, remain the property of the City of Fayetteville. Contractor shall deliver items to location directed by Engineer/City Engineer or designated in specifications. Items not considered of value shall be disposed of by the Contractor at his expense. 106.11 Automatically Controlled Equipment. Whenever a breakdown or malfunction of the automatic controls occurs on scales, scale printers, batch plants, or mixing plants, the equipment may be operated manually or by other methods for a period not to exceed two working days, provided that such alternate methods of operation produce results otherwise meeting the Specifications. Section 107. Quality Control Requirements 107.01 Description. This section shall set forth the requirements for Quality Control, including material testing and submittal requirements. 107.02 Submittal Requirements. Submittals shall comply with subsection 105.02, “Plans and Submittals” and the following: All submittals required by the contract shall be submitted and approved before associated work is begun. Sufficient copies shall be submitted for the Engineer to retain two copies, the City to receive two copies and the Contractor to receive a minimum of one approved copy. The following submittals are required: 1) Project Schedule 2) Concrete Mix Design(s) 3) Asphalt Mix Design(s) 4) Concrete Pipe Certifications 5) Precast Box Culvert Shop Drawings and Hydraulic Design 6) Listings of Project Personnel and Contact Phone Numbers 7) Traffic Control Plan 8) Striping Material 9) Reinforcing Steel Fabrication Drawings Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-31 10) Signal Equipment 11) Other Submittals as requested by the Engineer/City Engineer The Engineer/City Engineer will review all submittals promptly and notify the contractor of their approval or denial. The contractor shall have approved submittals before beginning any associated work. Any work accomplished before approved submittals are received is subject to rejection and removal from the job at the contractor’s expense. 107.03 Material Submittals. As a minimum, the following material submittals will be required: 1) Samples of on-site soils, if these soils are to be used as fill in the roadway. The Engineer/City Engineer will determine the number of samples to be taken. 2) Samples of soils to be used as borrow material. 3) Samples of material to be used as aggregate base under the roadway. One sample will be required initially. Additional samples will be taken during placement of aggregate base if deemed necessary by the Engineer/City Engineer. 4) Samples of material to be used as topsoil. Alternatively, the Engineer/City Engineer will inspect the site from which the topsoil is to be taken to determine its acceptability. All material samples shall be taken in the presence of a representative from the Quality Assurance (QA)/Quality Control (QC) Laboratory. Other submittals may be required as determined by the Engineer/City Engineer. 107.04 Testing, Observation and Inspection Requirements (a) Field Observations and Inspections. The Construction Observer will be on-site during all work which is to be paid for under the contract. The contractor shall provide one person as its on-site representative to receive instructions from the Engineer/City Engineer. This person shall be qualified and experienced in job superintendence. The Contractor’s representative shall be on-site during all work that is to be paid for under the contract. If the Contractor’s representative is not on-site, the Engineer/City Engineer may order all work be stopped until such time as the contractor’s superintendent returns to the job site. The Contractor shall provide at least 24 hours of advance notice for any concrete placement. Unless otherwise specified, the City will provide, at its expense, an independent quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) laboratory to accomplish quality assurance testing. All testing will be scheduled with the QA/QC lab and the Contractor by the City or Engineer. The Contractor shall provide or make available samples of all material as required by these specifications as well as any other materials deemed necessary by the Engineer/City Engineer. (b) Testing Requirements. The Contractor shall inform the Construction Observer at least 24 hours in advance of any required testing. The following is the minimum sampling and testing frequency required: Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-32 1) Cross Drain Backfill: minimum of one density test per layer of material placed per pipe or box culvert location. 2) Storm drain/utility pipe backfill: minimum of one density test per 500 lineal feet of pipe or portion thereof when the pipe is located in the street or under the curb and gutter. 3) Embankment: minimum of one density test per layer per 500 lineal feet of roadway or portion thereof. 4) Subgrade: minimum of one density test per 500 feet of roadway with a minimum of three density tests per project, and one sieve analysis and plasticity index test per project per material type for subgrade soil classification. 5) Imported Embankment and Subgrade Materials. (1) One moisture/density relationship test (AASHTO T-99 with Note 7, or AASHTO T-180 with Note 8) shall be taken at the beginning of the project, and one additional moisture/density relationship test shall be taken for every 5000 cubic yards of imported material. ASTM testing methods for moisture/density relationships may not be used for embankment and subgrade materials. (2) For every 20 density tests performed in accordance with the testing frequency for subgrade and embankments, a one-point moisture/density test shall be taken per AASHTO T 272. 6) Aggregate base course: minimum of one density test and one depth measurement (depth sounding) per 500 lineal feet of roadway, with a minimum of three density tests and three depth measurements per project; minimum of one gradation test per project. 7) Asphalt Concrete Hot Mix. Testing shall be as specified in Section 403. Core holes shall be filled with non-shrink grout mix by the Contractor. All holes shall be protected from traffic until the grout has cured. 8) Concrete for Drainage Structures and Sewer Manholes. A minimum of one set of three concrete cylinders per day’s concrete placement will be required for drop inlets, junction boxes, and manholes. Other placements will be sampled at the rate of 1 set of cylinders per 30 cubic yards of concrete placed. Slump and air entrainment tests will be conducted at the time of cylinder preparation. One cylinder will be broken at seven days and the other two will be broken at 28 days. 9) Concrete for Curb and Gutter. A minimum of one set of three concrete cylinders per 500 lineal feet of curb and gutter or portion thereof. One cylinder will be broken at seven days and the other two will be broken at 28 days. 10) Concrete Pavement. A minimum of one set of three concrete cylinders per 500 lineal feet of pavement or portion thereof, with a minimum of one set per project. The set shall be broken in seven and 28 days as described above. Also, one core and depth measurement per 500 lineal feet of complete pavement with a minimum of one per project. Core holes shall be filled with non shrink grout mix. All holes shall be protected from traffic until the grout has cured. (c) Provisions for Acceptance of Nonspecification Materials. This section provides for corrective actions to be taken when test results indicate nonspecification materials or workmanship have been incorporated into the project. Any penalties, which are assessed, will be deducted from the contract price. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-33 1) Density for Embankment, Subgrade, Pipe Backfill, and Crushed Stone Base Course: Recompact until the minimum density is obtained. 2) Depth of Crushed Stone Base Course: The depth of the crushed stone base shall be within plus or minus one-half inch ( ½”) of the required depth. If the deficient depth is greater than one-half inch (½”), additional material shall be added to reach the required depth. This material shall be incorporated into the existing material by the use of rippers or other equipment extending a minimum of 3 inches into the existing material. 3) Depth and Density of ACHM Binder and Surface: Depth and density requirements shall be as specified in Section 403 “Asphalt Concrete Hot Mix” of these specifications. 4) Surface Tolerance of ACHM Surface: Surface tolerance of ACHM Surface shall be as specified in Section 403 “Asphalt Concrete Hot Mix” of these specifications. 5) Concrete Strength: The average 28-day compressive strength of the two cylinders of a set shall be at least the required strength of the concrete specified. If the average strength is lower, the following penalties will be assessed: % of Minimum Strength % Reduction in Contract Price 92-100 10 85-92 25 Below 85% Remove and Replace 6) Concrete Pavement Depth: The concrete pavement depths shall be within plus or minus three-eighths inch ( 3/8”) of the required depth plus any additional depth required as a result of a deficient subbase depth. The average of all depth measurements shall not be less than the required depth, and any depth in excess of plus three-eighths inch ( 3/8”) will not be used in computing the average depth. If the average depth is less than the required depth, the following penalties shall be assessed: Deficient Depth % Reduction in Contract Price Req. depth to 1/8 inch 1 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch 3 1/4 inch to 3/8 inch 7 3/8 inch to 1/2 inch 15 1/2 inch to 5/8 inch 25 5/8 inch to 3/4 inch 40 More than 3/4 inch Remove and Replace 7) Concrete Pavement Surface: The finished pavement surface shall have a maximum deviation of ¼” when tested with a 10’ straight edge parallel to the flow of traffic. Pavement cross slope shall vary by no more than 1/8” in 10’ when tested with a straightedge. Grinding shall be performed, if necessary, to remove any deviations in excess of ¼”. The grinding equipment shall be power driven and specifically designed to smooth and texture portland cement concrete by means of diamond blades. Areas that have been ground shall be re- grooved by grooving in accordance with subsection 601.16 for Class 7 surface finish, to provide a uniform texture equal in roughness to the surrounding pavement. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-34 In addition to these requirements, if any individual test falls below the minimum requirements, the area represented by this test shall be assessed the appropriate penalty under the applicable section above. 107.05 Testing and Material Specification. These Specifications reference AASHTO Standards for testing and material. Unless specifically stated otherwise, the corresponding ASTM Standard will be allowed in lieu of the AASHTO Standard. Section 108. Legal Relations and Responsibility to the Public 108.01 General. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of all Federal and State laws, all local laws, ordinances, and regulations, and all orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having any jurisdiction or authority which in any manner affect those engaged or employed on the work, or which in any way affect the conduct of the work. Further, the Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all such laws, ordinances, regulations, quarantines, orders, and decrees; and shall protect and indemnify the City and its representatives against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, order, or decree, whether by the Contractor or the Contractor’s employees. All work pertaining to Electrical, Plumbing, and/or Building Crafts shall be performed in strict accordance with governing Federal, State, City, and Local Codes and Ordinances, with particular attention to the current editions of the Arkansas State Plumbing Code and the National Electrical Code as adopted by the National Fire Protection Association. The Contractor shall comply with applicable Federal, State, and local laws governing safety, health, and sanitation. The Contractor shall provide safeguards, safety devices, and protective equipment and take any other action necessary to protect the life and health of employees on the project and the safety of the public and to protect property in connection with the performance of the work covered by the Contract. Unless specified elsewhere in these specifications, the work involved or the delay or cost incident to compliance with these regulations will not be paid for separately, but full compensation therefore will be considered included in the contract unit prices bid for the various items of the Contract. 108.02 Hazardous Substance. If the release of a suspect hazardous substance has occurred, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer/City Engineer. This will not relieve the Contractor or responsible parties of the obligation to notify other appropriate agencies and will not relieve responsible parties of any liability. Commonly used materials which could be potentially hazardous substances if they are spilled or enter waterbodies are: asphalt materials, concrete, cement, paint, solvents, petroleum products, fertilizers, concrete curing compound, lime, linseed oil, asphalt additives, and concrete additives. This list is not all inclusive. Notification should be made if, at any time, there is an indication of a spill. Indicators could be: Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-35 1) Leaking or empty containers, surface staining, chemical odors, vegetation damage, etc. 2) Oil, grease or petrochemical substances, which produce residue, coat the banks and/or bottoms of a waterbody, or produce a visible, colored film on the surface. 3) Distinctly visible solids, scum, or foam of a persistent nature, or slime, bottom deposits, or sludge banks in a waterbody. 108.03 Permits, Licenses, and Taxes. Unless specified otherwise in these Specifications, the Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges, fees and taxes, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. These costs will not be paid for directly, but will be considered included in the contract unit prices bid for the various items of the Contract. The Owner will obtain any railroad and Arkansas Department of Transportation permits when required. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits, design fees and related costs resulting from a request by the Contractor to substitute materials or designs for those shown on the drawings or specified in these specifications. 108.04 Patented Devices, Materials, and Process. Contractors employing any design, device, material, or process covered by letters of patent or copyright shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner. Contractors and their Sureties shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, any affected third party, or political subdivision from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any such patented design, device, material, or process, or any trademark or copyright, and shall indemnify the City of Fayetteville for any costs, legal expenses, and damages that it may incur by reason of any infringement, at any time during the prosecution of or after the completion of the work. 108.05 Restoration of Surfaces Opened by Permit. The right to construct or reconstruct any utility service in the highway or street, or to grant permits for such work, at any time, is hereby expressly reserved by the City of Fayetteville or the proper authorities of the political entity in whose jurisdiction the work is done and the Contractor shall not be entitled to any damages either for the digging up of the street or for any delay occasioned thereby. Any individual, firm, or corporation wishing to make an opening in the roadway must secure a permit from the proper authority. The Contractor shall allow parties bearing such permits, and only those parties, to make openings in the roadway. When ordered by the Owner, the Contractor shall make in an acceptable manner all necessary surface repairs due to such openings and such necessary work will be paid for as extra work, or as provided in these specifications, and will be subject to the same conditions as original work performed. 108.06 Sanitary Provisions. The Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat, sanitary condition such accommodations for the use of the employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of the State and local Boards of Health, or of other bodies or tribunals having jurisdiction. Drinking water shall be provided from an approved source, so piped or Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-36 transported as to keep it safe and fresh and served from single service containers or satisfactory types of sanitary drinking stands or fountains. All such facilities and services shall be furnished in strict accordance with existing and governing health regulations. 108.07 Public Safety and Convenience. The Contractor’s work shall at all times be conducted so as to assure the least possible obstruction to traffic. The safety and convenience of the general public and the residents along the street and the protection of persons and property shall be provided for by the Contractor as specified by these Specifications and as directed by the Owner. All roadway cuts shall be temporarily or permanently repaired in accordance with Section 405, “Asphalt Concrete Patching For Maintenance of Traffic” within 24 hours of the completion of trench backfill for the work, or segment of work, which required the excavation and/or cut. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing a fence to control livestock and pets in areas where existing fencing is altered under the Contract. The City may elect to include temporary fencing as a pay item under subsection 512, “Fences” of these Specifications. If temporary fencing is not included as a pay item within the proposal, then temporary fencing that is suitable for the required use shall be supplied, shall be a subsidiary item, and no separate payment shall be made for this temporary fencing. Additionally, if temporary fencing is not included as a pay item within the proposal then permanent fence if included within the plans and/or the proposal may be constructed initially, or in lieu of temporary fencing. The Contractor shall not create a public nuisance while performing the various operations of the work. Excessive noise between the hours of 10 P.M. and 6 A.M., dust from haul roads, County roads, or State roads, and mud tracked onto City, County or State roads or streets by equipment may be considered by the City to be a public nuisance. The Contractor will be responsible for maintaining U.S. mailboxes within the project limits in such a manner that the public may receive continuous mail service according to U.S. Postal Service regulations. Unless otherwise provided, upon completion of the project, mailboxes will be replaced as near as practicable to their original location. 108.08 Railway Provisions. All work on railroad property shall be accomplished in strict compliance with the plans, these specifications, and such Special Provisions as are appropriate to the Contract. If the work near the railway requires a permit, the Contractor shall be responsible for acquiring this permit and adhering to the permit requirements. All work to be performed by the Contractor in construction on the railroad right-of-way shall be performed at such times and in such manner as not to unnecessarily interfere with the movement of trains or traffic upon the track of the Railway Company. The Contractor shall use all care and precaution to avoid accidents, damage, or unnecessary delay or interference with the Railway Company’s trains or other property. Plans for all sheeting or cofferdams for foundation work adjacent to operated track, and plans of falsework, staging, protective sheeting, or other temporary construction near the operated track Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-37 shall be approved by the Railway Company. The Contractor shall construct the work according to the approved plans. 108.09 Work Within Regulated Floodways. All work within regulated floodways shall be accomplished within the requirements of all permits issued by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), Corps of Engineers (COE), The State of Arkansas, the City, or other applicable agencies, and with Section 110 of the ARDOT Standards “Protection of Water Quality and Wetlands.” (a) Responsibility for FEMA Permit. Within regulatory floodways all permanent and temporary fills/structures must be in accordance with FEMA and local governmental requirements. The Owner obtains all required permits and/or variances for essential work in the regulated floodway before the Contract is awarded. The Owner will apply for Contractor requested variances which it determines are necessary. The Contractor should be aware that requested temporary fills/structures may not be approved or may require mitigation. (b) Corps of Engineers Section 404 Permit Requirements. Placement of temporary fills/structures within a regulatory floodway may also require alteration of the existing COE 404 Permit. (c) Compensation and Extension of Contract Time. The Contractor will not be granted additional compensation or contract time due to requested floodway variances that are considered by the Engineer/City Engineer to be for the convenience of the Contractor. If, however, due to no fault of the Contractor, a floodway variance is deemed by the Engineer/City Engineer to be necessary, additional contract time and/or compensation may be considered according to the provisions of Subsection 109.10 “Claims for Adjustment and Disputes.” All permits issued to the Contractor by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, or other applicable agencies, for the convenience of the Contractor in accomplishing the Work, shall be complied with in full and the Project will not be accepted until the permittor has accepted the work covered by permit. The Contractor will be responsible for obtaining a release from the permittor before acceptance. 108.10 Use of Explosives. When the use of explosives is necessary for the prosecution of the work, the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care not to endanger life or property, including new work. The Contractor shall comply with all laws and ordinances regarding the use of explosives; further, the Contractor shall be responsible for all damage resulting from the use of explosives. All explosives shall be stored in a secure manner in compliance with all laws and ordinances, and all such storage places shall be clearly marked. Where no local laws or ordinances apply, storage shall be provided satisfactory to the City and in accordance with the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and the Safety and Health Regulations for Construction promulgated thereunder, but not closer than 1,000’ from the road or from any building or camping area or place of human occupancy. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-38 The Contractor shall notify the Fire Marshal of any explosive storage sites. The Contractor shall notify each public utility company having structures in proximity to the site of the work of any intention to use explosives. Such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable the companies to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. 108.11 Protection and Restoration of Property and Landscape. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property and shall protect carefully from disturbance or damage all land monuments and property marks until the Engineer/City Engineer has witnessed or otherwise referenced their location, and shall not move them until directed. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character: 1) during the prosecution of the work, resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the manner or method of executing the work, or; 2) at any time, due to defective work or materials, and said responsibility will not be released until the project has been completed and accepted. Property shall include but not be limited to street and roadway signs, right-of-way monuments, roadway lighting, traffic signal equipment, and any conduits and wiring. Should it become evident that any item, such as listed above, is in conflict with the proposed work, the Contractor will notify the Engineer/City Engineer so that proper steps can be taken to adjust, remove, or otherwise eliminate the conflict. Trees located outside of the easements or as indicated on the plans shall be retained and protected. Any roots 2” or larger in diameter are to be clean cut with a hand saw where they conflict with excavation work. When or where any direct or indirect damage or injury is done to public or private property by or as a result of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work, or in consequence of the non-execution thereof, the Contractor shall restore, or bear the expense of restoring, such property to a condition similar or equal to that existing before such damage or injury was done, by repairing, rebuilding, or otherwise restoring as may be directed, or shall make good such damage or injury in an acceptable manner. Failure to do so within a period of time deemed reasonable by the Owner shall constitute noncompliance, and the City may cause the entire cost of the restoration to be deducted from moneys due or to become due the Contractor on the Contract. 108.12 Load Restrictions. The Contractor shall comply with all legal load restrictions in the hauling of materials on public roads being maintained for the traveling public. A special permit will not relieve the Contractor of liability for damage that may result from construction equipment operations. The operation of equipment of such weight or so loaded as to cause damage to structures or the roadway or to any other type of construction will not be permitted. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-39 When hauling materials over the base or surface courses under construction, the Contractor shall limit the hauling as necessary to prevent damage. No loads will be permitted on bases, pavements, or structures before the expiration of the specified curing period controlling such operations. The Contractor shall be responsible for repair of all damage resulting from construction operations. No separate payment will be made for such repairs. 108.13 Opening Section of Roadway to Traffic. Whenever any roadway, or portion thereof, is in an acceptable condition for travel, it shall be opened to traffic, as may be directed, and such opening shall not be held to be in any way an acceptance of the roadway, or any part of it, or as a waiver of any of the provisions of these specifications and the Contract. Necessary repairs or renewals made on any section of the roadway opened to travel under instructions from the Engineer/City Engineer, due to defective material or work, or to natural causes, other than normal wear and tear, pending completion and acceptance of the roadway, shall be performed at no cost to the Owner. If the Contractor is dilatory in completing shoulders, drainage structures, or other features of the work, the Engineer may give notification in writing and establish therein a reasonable period of time in which the work should be completed. If the Contractor is dilatory or fails to make a reasonable effort toward completion in this period of time, the Engineer/City Engineer may take action as provided in subsection 105.01 “Authority of the Engineer.” On such sections that are so ordered to be opened, the Contractor shall conduct the remaining construction operations so as to cause the least obstruction to traffic and shall not receive any added compensation due to the added cost of the work by reason of opening such section to traffic. 108.14 Contractor’s Responsibility for Work. Until final acceptance of the project by the City, the Contractor shall have the charge and care thereof and shall take every precaution against injury, theft, or damage to any part thereof by the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the non-execution of the work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injuries, thefts, or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes before final acceptance, and shall bear the expense thereof except damage to the work due to unforeseeable causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, including but not restricted to acts of God, of the public enemy, or of governmental authorities. In case of suspension of work from any cause whatever, the Contractor shall be responsible for the project and shall take such precautions as may be necessary to prevent damage to the project, provide for normal drainage and maintenance of the traveled way, and shall erect any necessary temporary structures, signs, or other facilities. During such period of suspension of work, the Contractor shall properly and continuously maintain in an acceptable growing condition all living material in newly established plantings, seedings, and soddings furnished under the Contract, and shall take adequate precautions to protect new tree growth and other important vegetative growth against injury. The protection of the work shall be accomplished at no cost to the City. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-40 In case of errors or negligence on the part of the Contractor, any expenses incurred by the City for engineering, observation, inspection, testing, design, or evaluation relative to correction of the work will be assessed against the Contractor. 108.15 Contractor’s Responsibility for Utility Facilities and Services. At points where the Contractor’s operations are adjacent to railroad or utility facilities, damage to which may result in loss or inconvenience, work shall not begin until all arrangements necessary for the protection thereof have been made. The Contractor shall cooperate with the owners of any utility facilities in their removal and rearrangement operations so that these operations may progress in a reasonable manner, that duplication of rearrangement work may be reduced to a minimum, and that services rendered by those parties will not be unnecessarily interrupted. In the event of interruption of utility services, as a result of accidental breakage or as a result of being exposed or unsupported, the Contractor shall promptly notify the proper authority and shall cooperate with the said authority in the restoration of service. If utility service is interrupted, repair work shall be continuous until the service is restored. No work shall be undertaken around fire hydrants until provisions for continued service have been approved by the Owner. 108.16 Furnishing Right-of-Way. The City will be responsible for the securing of all necessary rights of way in advance of construction within the limits indicated on the plans. Acquisition of right-of-way by the City does not include areas required by the Contractor for material sources (borrow, gravel, topsoil, sod, etc.), plant sites, equipment storage, stockpiles, disposal of waste or excess material, or any other areas required for the proper prosecution of the work. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining, at no cost to the City, areas outside the right- of-way required for such purposes and shall, at the City’s request, furnish copies of agreements with the property owners. The Contractor may, with the approval of the City, use areas within the right-of-way that are outside the construction limits for these purposes. Erosion control, prevention of water pollution, and restoration of all such areas, both inside and outside the right- of-way, shall be performed by the Contractor according to the specifications and at no cost to the City. 108.17 Personal Liability of Public Officials. In carrying out any of the provisions of these specifications, or in exercising any power or authority granted to them by or within the scope of the Contract, there shall be no liability upon the City or its authorized representatives, either personally or as officials of the City, it being understood that in all such matters they act solely as agents or representatives of the City of Fayetteville. 108.18 No Waiver of Legal Rights. Final acceptance according to Subsection 109.15(b) “Final Acceptance” shall not preclude the City from correcting any measurement, estimate, or certificate made before or after completion of the work, nor shall the City be precluded from recovering from the Contractor or the Surety, or both, such overpayment as it may sustain, or by failure on the part of the Contractor to fulfill obligations under the Contract. A waiver on the part of the City of any breach of any part of the Contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-41 The Contractor, without prejudice to the terms of the Contract, shall be liable to the City for any or all of the following: fraud or such gross mistakes as may amount to fraud, the City’s rights under any warranty or guaranty, or any latent defects in the work. Section 109. Prosecution and Progress 109.01 Subletting of Contract. The Contractor will be permitted to sublet a portion of the Contract, except that work amounting to not less than 40% of the total Contract amount must be performed by the Contractor’s organization. If the Bidder intends to sublet any portion of the Work, the Bidder shall furnish a list of subcontractors as a material part of his sealed proposal on the form provided, listing the description of work to be performed by each subcontractor. The experience, past performance, and ability of each proposed Subcontractor will be considered in the evaluation of bids. Upon request, the bidder shall furnish experience statements, with reference to any requested Subcontractor, prior to Notice of Award. If there being no objection in writing by the Owner to the listed subcontractors prior to the award of the Contract, the subcontractors will be deemed acceptable to the Owner. If bidder does not intend to sublet any part of the work, he shall insert the word “NONE” on the form provided. The Contractor shall not sublet, sell, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of the contract or any portion thereof, of his right, title, or interest therein, without prior written consent of the Owner and of the surety. The Contractor shall not remove and/or substitute the listed subcontractors without prior written consent of the Owner. Consent to sublet, assign, or otherwise dispose of any portion of the contract shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor of his liability under the contract and bonds. The Contractor shall perform with his own organization, unless otherwise authorized by the Special Conditions, work amounting to not less than 40% of the total Contract amount. No subcontractor shall further subcontract any portion of the work without the written consent of the Contractor and acknowledgement of the Owner. The Owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the Work as a party to the contract. Nothing contained in any subcontract shall create any contractual relation between the subcontractor and the Owner. The Contractor will be held responsible for the progress of the sublet work in accordance with the contract progress required. 109.02 Prosecution and Progress. Contractor shall be responsible for planning, scheduling and reporting the progress of the work to ensure timely completion of the Contract. For Contracts under $2 million, or where specified in the Special Conditions, the following schedule requirements shall apply: Prior to or at the Preconstruction Conference, the Contractor shall submit two copies of his proposed schedule of operations for acceptance by the Engineer/City Engineer. The proposed Schedule shall be a bar chart or schematic (arrow) diagram showing the work stages and operations for all major activities required by the Contract, including the starting and completion of date of each part, and shall include dates of any p roposed road closure, and any significant or required milestone events. Unless approved by the Engineer/City Engineer, activities shown on the Schedule shall not exceed 15 working days in length. The Schedule shall be of sufficient detail to allow day-to-day monitoring of Contractor’s progress. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-42 For Contracts over $2 million, the following Critical Path Schedule requirements shall apply: Prior to or at the Preconstruction Conference, the Contractor shall submit a preliminary network analysis system defining the Contractor’s planned operations during the first sixty calendar days after the date of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor’s general approach to the remainder of the Project shall be indicated. Within 30 calendar days of the Notice To Proceed, the Contractor shall submit a complete network analysis system, consisting of logic diagrams, computer mathematical analysis, calendar, and narration, to cover the Contractor’s anticipated time schedule for the complete Project. As a minimum, the network analysi s system shall include the following features: 1) Shall be time-scaled in calendar days with activities plotted on their early start and finish dates. Unless approved by the Engineer/City Engineer, activities shown on the Schedule shall not exceed 30 working days in length. 2) Network diagram shall show the order and interdependence of activities and the proposed sequence in which the work is to be accomplished as planned by the Contractor in coordination with all subcontractors. The sequence and logic shall be clear. The critical path activities shall be prominently distinguished. 3) Network diagram shall show for each activity the preceding and following activity, activity description, the total float, and the duration of the activity. 4) Activities shown shall include, in addition to construction activities, such tasks as submittal review and delivery times for long-lead time items, franchise utility work, subcontractor work, and owner-furnished equipment delivery. The Contractor shall submit monthly updated Schedules with their pay estimate requests. The Contractor shall indicate on such updated Schedule actual construction progress, extra work added to Contract, and any proposed changes to the operation sequence. If the progress of the Work is significantly behind schedule, the updated Schedule shall also reflect any revised operation sequence, changes in equipment, labor forces, or working shifts, or other pertinent factors by which insufficient progress will be made up to allow the Contract completion within the time set forth in the Contract, including time extensions granted to date. All submitted schedules and updated schedules shall be reviewed and accepted by the Engineer/City Engineer. If after review, the Engineer/City Engineer determines that the schedule is not acceptable per the requirements listed above, the Contractor shall make adjustments and resubmit the schedule within 30 calendar days. Failure of the Contractor to submit an acceptable Schedule or monthly updated Schedule as required will be grounds for Owner to withhold an additional ten percent on the monthly progress payments, in addition to the normal retention, until Contractor is in compliance. Additional money withheld will be paid, upon compliance, in the next scheduled monthly estimate. Acceptance of Contractor’s schedules by Engineer/City Engineer shall not be construed as relieving Contractor of the obligation to complete the Work within the Contract Time; or as granting, rejecting, or in any other way acting on Contractor’s requests for adjustments to the date for completing Contract Work, or claims for additional compensation. Such requests shall be processed in strict compliance with other relevant provisions of the Contract. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-43 No measurement or direct payment will be made for Contractor costs relating to preparation and submission of schedules, updates and revisions thereto, the cost being considered as included in the prices paid for Contract items. Contractor shall carry on the work and maintain the progress schedule during all disputes or claims with Engineer/City Engineer. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or claims, except as Contractor and the Owner may otherwise agree in writing. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Owner or Contractor. Extension of time for performance may be granted, as allowed in subsection 109.08, for delays caused solely by action or inaction by the Owner to the extent that equitable time adjustment for the activity affected exceeds the total float of the project, or where an impact on the contract completion date can be shown. 109.03 Limitations of Operations. The Contractor shall conduct the work at all times in such a manner and in such sequence as will assure the least interference with traffic and utility services. Due regard shall be given to the location of detours, bypasses, and to the provisions for handling traffic and utility services. No work shall be opened up to the prejudice or detriment of work already started. The Engineer/City Engineer may require the Contractor to finish a section on which work is in progress before work is started on any additional sections if the opening of such section is essential to public convenience. For roadway overlay projects and drainage projects, each individual street or section of drainage must be completed, including all site restoration, within 45 days of the start of work operations within that street or section, unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer/City Engineer. Except in connection with the safety or protection of persons or the work or property at the site, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all work that requires inspection shall be performed during City of Fayetteville regular working hours, and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday as designated in Subsection 101(c) “Definitions” without Engineer/City Engineer’s written consent. Contractor to submit a written request to the Engineer/City Engineer for non-regular working hours 48 hours in advance of the start of such work. 109.04 Character of Workers, Methods, and Equipment. The Contractor shall at all times provide sufficient materials, equipment, and labor to guarantee the completion of the Project according to the Plans and Specifications within the contract time. The Contractor shall advance the Work so that the available time is appropriately utilized in order to complete the Work within the contract time. All workers shall have sufficient skill and experience to perform properly the work assigned to them. Workers engaged in special work or skilled work shall have sufficient experience in such work and in the operation of the equipment required to perform all work properly and satisfactorily. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-44 Any person employed by the Contractor or by any subcontractor who, in the opinion of the Engineer, does not perform work in a proper and skillful manner, or is intemperate, belligerent or disorderly shall, at the written request of the Engineer, be removed forthwith by the Contractor or subcontractor employing such person, and shall not be employed again in any portion of the work without the approval of the Engineer. Should the Contractor fail to remove such person or persons as required above, or fail to furnish suitable and sufficient personnel for the proper prosecution of the Work, the Owner may suspend the work by written notice and withhold moneys due until such orders are complied with. All equipment that is proposed to be used on the Work shall be of sufficient size and in such mechanical condition as to meet requirements of the work and to produce a satisfactory quality of work. Equipment used on any portion of the project shall be such that no injury to the roadway, adjacent property, or other facilities will result from its use. When the methods and equipment to be used by the Contractor in accomplishing the construction are not prescribed in the Contract, the Contractor is free to use any methods or equipment that are demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Engineer as being capable of accomplishing the Contract work in conformity with the requirements of the Contract. When the Contract specifies that the construction be performed by using certain methods and/or equipment, such methods and/or equipment shall be used unless others are authorized by the Engineer in accordance with Subsection 105.11 “Substitution of Materials and Equipment.” 109.05 Determination of Contract Time. (a) General. The time allowed for the completion of the Work included in the Contract will be stated in the Proposal and Contract, and will be known as the "Contract Time". The contract time will be specified as a fixed completion date or as calendar days. The Contractor shall take into consideration all normal conditions considered unfavorable to the normal progress of the Work and place a sufficient work force and equipment on the project to ensure completion of the Work within the contract time. The Engineer/City Engineer will determine the date upon which the Contract is substantially complete and time assessment will cease. In the event cleanup is necessary or items found at the final inspection are to be corrected, the Contractor shall complete this work in a timely manner or the Engineer/City Engineer will resume time charges. (b) Fixed Completion Date. When the contract time is specified as a fixed date, it will be the date on which all work on the project shall be substantially complete. (c) Calendar Day. Calendar day contract time includes delays for normal weather-related events, such as rain, snow, and freezing temperatures that may affect the progress of the construction in the following amounts on a per-month basis as hereinafter set out. Only weather- related delays in excess of these amounts will be considered for time extensions, if requested by Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-45 the Contractor. Days Included in Contract Times for Normal Weather-Related Events, on a monthly basis, are: Month Days January 11 February 9 March 8 April 8 May 8 June 8 July 7 August 7 September 7 October 7 November 7 December 8 No changes in contract times will be allowed for any reason without a request in writing from the contractor. This request shall include reasons for the request with supporting documentation as proof of extraordinary delays beyond the contractor’s control. Normal rainfall amounts and soil conditions will not be considered as reasons for extensions of time, nor will workload of the Contractor. The request must be submitted for to the Engineer/City Engineer within 5 days of the end of the month to be considered. No compensation will be made for monetary damages due to weather delay(s). (d) Working Day. Only when the contract time is specified in working days, the provisions of Section 109.08(d) shall apply. Time will be assessed for each day on which, in the judgment of the Engineer/City Engineer and subject to the limitations below, conditions allow the Contractor to effectively utilize 60% of normal forces and equipment to prosecute the work required at that time, for at least 60% of the Contractor’s normal working hours, regardless of whether the Contractor actually works. The Engineer/City Engineer will not assess a working day when conditions exist beyond the control and without the fault of the Contractor that prevent the utilization of forces and equipment as defined above. Also, for the purpose of assessment of working days, inaccessibility to a portion of the work due to utility conflict or utility work, either of which prevents utilization of forces and equipment as defined above, will be considered as an adverse working condition for the time exceeding that specified in the Contract for the utility adjustment. The ability of vendors, suppliers, and subcontractors to provide materials and/or services is considered within the Contractor’s control for the purpose of assessment of working days. Time from December 21 through January 15, inclusive, will not be assessed against the contract time. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-46 Saturdays and City recognized holidays, other than those designated above, which may be declared by the City for certain special or unusual circumstances, will be optional to the Contractor as working days, and time will not be assessed unless work is performed that requires inspection. If work is performed, contract time assessment will be based upon the same conditions as a normal working day. Contract time will not be assessed during a full suspension of the work as ordered by the Engineer/City Engineer. During a partial suspension of the work as ordered by the Engineer/City Engineer, the contract time will be assessed in direct proportion to the ratio of the money value of the items not suspended to the total contract amount. Each pay estimate will state the each working day charged during the preceding period and the total number of working days charged to date. If the Contractor disagrees with the working days charged by the Engineer/City Engineer, then the Contractor shall, within 10 calendar days of signing the pay estimate, give the Engineer/City Engineer written notice of such disagreement and the reasons therefore. If the Contractor does not provide written notice within 10 calendar days of signing the pay estimate, no subsequent request for review will be considered. 109.06 Rights in and Use of Materials Found on the Work. The Contractor, with the approval of the Engineer, may use on the Project such stone, gravel, sand, or other material, determined suitable by the Engineer, as may be found in the planned excavation and will be paid both for the excavation of such materials at the corresponding contract unit price and for the pay item for which the excavated material is used. However, the Contractor shall replace with other acceptable material at no cost to the Owner all of that portion of the excavation material so removed and used that was needed for use in the embankments, backfills, approaches, or otherwise. No charge for the material so used will be made against the Contractor. The Contractor shall not excavate or remove any material from within the roadway location that is not within the grading limits, as indicated by the slope and grade lines, without written authorization from the Engineer. Planned excavation, for the purposes of this subsection, is defined as all excavation shown on the plans and/or as changed by the Engineer for any purpose other than obtaining additional material lying within the planned typical sections and slopes. Planned excavation also includes any excavation made beyond the ends of the Project for the purpose of blending the new construction into the existing roadway. Unless otherwise provided, any material from any existing structures designated salvageable that is to remain the property of the owner, may be used temporarily by the Contractor in the erection of the new structure. Such material shall not be cut or otherwise damaged. Material thus used and subsequently cut or damaged by the Contractor's action or inaction shall be replaced in kind with new material of like dimension at no cost to the Owner. 109.07 Final Clean Up. Upon completion of the Work and before acceptance and final payment will be made, the Contractor shall remove from the right-of-way, from any temporary plant sites, and from any temporary equipment and material storage sites, all construction equipment, falsework, discarded material, rubbish, debris, temporary structures, footings, and all Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-47 surplus material. The Contractor shall restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private, that has been damaged during the prosecution of the work and shall leave the waterways unobstructed and the roadway in a neat and presentable condition throughout the length of the work under contract. No burning will be permitted on City of Fayetteville property, right-of-way, or easement without an approved burn permit issued by the City of Fayetteville Fire Department and concurred with by the Engineer. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to determine prior to bidding whether or not a burn permit will be approved and issued. When perishable material is burned, it shall be under the constant care of a competent watcher. Burning shall be accomplished at such times and in such manner that the surrounding vegetation, adjacent property, or anything designated to remain on the right-of-way will not be jeopardized. Contractor shall cease all burning when meteorological conditions are unsuitable for burning operations. Materials and debris that cannot be burned shall be removed from the right-of-way and disposed of at locations off the project. Contractor shall have proposed dump sites for waste material approved by the City of Fayetteville prior to disposition of any waste onto these sites. The materials, labor, equipment, and expense of the final cleaning up of the Project will not be paid for separately, but full compensation therefore will be considered included in the contract unit prices bid for the various items in the Contract. 109.08 Failure to Complete Work on Time. Time is an essential element of the Contract and it is important that the Work be pressed vigorously to completion. The cost to the Owner of the administration of the Contract, including engineering, inspection, and supervision, will be increased as the time occupied in the Work is lengthened. The public is subject to detriment and inconvenience when full use cannot be made of the Project. The Owner shall be entitled to recover from the Contractor all ascertainable damages arising from the delay in completion. Said damages shall include, without limitation, all engineering, inspection, supervision, and legal expenses directly incurred by the Owner because of such delay. Additionally, Contractor agrees that the Owner and/or public will suffer other damage or financial loss if the Work is not completed on time or within any time extensions allowed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor and Owner agree that proof of the exact amount of any such damage or loss is difficult to determine. Accordingly, Contractor agrees to pay the sums stated in the proposal and Contract as liquidated damages and not as penalty for each calendar day or part thereof that the Wo rk remains uncompleted after the contract time has expired. Should the amount otherwise due the Contractor be less than the amount of such damages provided above, the Contractor and the Surety shall be liable to the Owner for such deficiency. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-48 Permitting the Contractor to continue and finish the Work or any part of it after the time fixed for its completion, or after the date to which the time for completion may have been extended, will in no way operate as a waiver on the part of the Owner of any of its rights under the Contract. Section 110. Measurement and Payment 110.01 Measurement of Quantities. Work acceptably completed under the Contract will be measured by the Engineer/City Engineer according to United States Standard measures. Only actual quantities will be paid for unless otherwise specified. Unless otherwise specified, the following listed methods will be used: 1) For computing volumes of excavated materials specified for measurement by the cubic yard, the average end area method will be used. 2) Structures will be measured to the neat lines as shown on the plans or as finally constructed at the direction of the Engineer/City Engineer. 3) Items that are measured by the linear foot, such as pipe culverts, guardrail, underdrains, etc., will be measured parallel to the base or foundation upon which such structures are placed. 4) In determining the area for items bid on a square yard or acre basis, except as noted below, the longitudinal measurement will be made along the actual surface of the item and not horizontally, and transverse measurements shall conform to the dimensions shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. 5) In determining the area for all seeding and mulch cover items bid on an acre basis, when the area is a strip of varying width running approximately parallel to the centerline of the roadway, the longitudinal dimension will be measured horizontally and the transverse dimension will be measured parallel to the surface of the area seeded and/or mulched. For other areas of seeding and mulch cover items, all measurements will be made parallel to the surface of the area seeded and/or mulched. The area will be computed to the nearest 0.01 acre. 6) Materials that are specified for measurement by the ton shall be hauled in approved vehicles bearing a plainly legible identification number and weighed on accurate, approved scales furnished by the Contractor and inspected by a registered scale mechanic at least once a year and before their use after each move. Scales shall be located at the loading point or other approved location. 7) The scales shall be an automatic weighing system, with digital or springless dials, and equipped with an automatic ticket printer. An automatic ticket printer is defined as a device connected to the weighing system in such manner that it automatically detects the weight determined by the system. It shall store and recall the TARE weight when the operator enters the truck identification. It shall print the following information on the ticket: a) Gross, Tare, and Net weights. b) Identification of the truck. c) Current date. d) For asphalt mixtures, the time of loading or weighing. e) A unique ticket number (may be preprinted on the tickets). Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-49 The NET weight should be computed by the weighing system; however, it may be computed manually and keyed in for printing. When the net weight of the material is determined by batch weights, the scales used shall meet all applicable requirements specified for truck scales, including automatic ticket printing, except that the GROSS and TARE weights will not be required. The ticket shall accompany each load delivered to the project. In addition to the items shown above that must be printed by the ticket printer, the following information shall also be shown on each ticket: a) Identification of the project. b) Identification of the material being delivered, including mix design numbers for asphalt mixtures. The ton shall be the short ton of 2000 pounds. Vehicles used to haul materials measured by weight shall be weighed empty for each load, or shall be weighed daily or from time to time during the day as the Engineer may direct, to establish the tare weight of each load. The scales furnished shall be capable of weighing the entire loaded vehicle at one time. Deduction will be made for the weight of moisture in aggregates in excess of 5% of the oven-dry weight of the material. 8) A station when used as a definition or term of measurement will be 100 linear feet measured horizontally. 9) The term "lump sum" when used as an item of payment will mean complete payment for the work described in the Contract. 10) When a complete structure or structural unit (in effect, "lump sum" work) is specified as the unit of measurement, the unit will be construed to include all necessary fittings and accessories. 11) When mutually agreed, the plan quantity of any item may be taken as the Final Contract Quantity. Items to be paid at plan quantity shall be agreed upon in writing before work begins. When standard manufactured items are specified such as fence, wire, plates, rolled shapes, pipe conduit, etc., and these items are identified by gage, unit weight, section dimensions, etc., such identification will be considered to be nominal weights or dimensions. Unless more stringently controlled by tolerances in cited specifications, manufacturing tolerances established by the industries involved will be accepted. Of necessity the items described and shown as components are discussed in a general manner only, describing the major pieces of equipment and/or materials. Any item and/or appurtenance not specifically mentioned shall be considered a portion of the bid item to which, in the opinion of the Engineer, its function is most directly related. Failure to list all items and/or appurtenances does not relieve the Contractor from furnishing all apparatus, devices, labor or materials of whatever nature required for a complete installation in accordance with the intent of the Drawings, approved Shop Drawings and these Specifications. The successful Contractor shall, as soon as possible after award of the Contract, submit a list itemizing the components of each lump sum bid item and their respective costs to be used as an aid in the preparation of partial payments. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-50 110.02 Scope of Payment. Payments to the Contractor will be made for the actual quantities of contract items completed and accepted according to the plans and specifications and if, upon completion of the construction, these actual quantities show either an increase or decrease from the quantities given in the proposal schedule, the contract unit prices will still prevail, except as provided in Subsection 110.03, “Payment and Compensation for Altered Quantities” below. The Contractor will receive and accept the compensation herein provided as full payment for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to the completed work; for performing all work contemplated and embraced under the Contract; for all loss or damage arising out of the nature of the work, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen difficulties or obstructions that may arise or be encountered during the prosecution of the work until its final acceptance by the City; for all risks of every description connected with the prosecution of the work; for all expenses incurred by, or in consequence of, the temporary suspension or discontinuance of the work as herein specified; for any infringement of patent, trade mark, or copyright; for all costs of permits, licenses, fees, and taxes; and for completing the work in an acceptable manner according to the plans and specifications. The payment of current or final estimate, or of retained percentage, shall in no degree prejudice or affect the obligation of the Contractor, at no cost to the City, to repair, correct, renew, or replace any defects or imperfections in the construction of the roadway and its appurtenances, or in the strength of or quality of materials used therein or thereabouts, or relieve the Contractor from the payment of all damages due to such defects; provided such defects, imperfections, or damages shall be discovered on or before the final inspection or acceptance of the entire work. No retained percentage payable under the Contract, or any part thereof, shall become due and payable, if the City so elects, until the City is satisfied that the Contractor has fully settled or paid for all materials and equipment used in or upon the work, and for all labor done in connection therewith, and the City, if it so elects, may pay any or all such accounts wholly or in part and deduct the amount or amounts so paid from the final estimate. Any overpayments made to the Contractor or Surety, from whatever cause, are due and payable to the City upon receipt by the Contractor or Surety of a request setting forth the particulars, regardless of pending claims or intention of the Contractor or Surety to file a claim. 110.03 Payment and Compensation for Altered Quantities. When alterations in plans or quantities of work not requiring a change order are ordered and performed as provided in Subsection 104.02, “Alterations of Plans or Character of Work” or 104.03, “If and Where Directed Items” and when such alterations result in an increase or a decrease of the quantity of work to be performed, the Contractor shall accept payment in full at the contract unit prices for the actual quantities of work accomplished, except as provided in Subsection 104.02, “Alterations of Plans or Character of Work” or 104.03, “If and Where Directed Items”, and no allowance will be made for anticipated profits, organization or overhead expense, or interest. Increased or decreased work involving change orders will be paid for as stipulated in such change orders. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-51 Section 111. Roadway Construction Control 111.01 Description. When this item is included in the proposal, it shall consist of furnishing and maintaining all lines, grades, and measurements necessary for the proper execution of the roadway work under the Contract, all according to the plans and specifications. 111.02 Materials. The Contractor shall furnish all stakes, templates, straightedges, surveying equipment, and other devices necessary for establishing, setting, checking, marking, and maintaining points, lines, grades, and layout of the work called for on the plans and in the specifications. 111.03 Construction Requirements. (a) City Responsibilities. The Engineer/City Engineer will establish the benchmarks and horizontal control points referenced on the plans, certified correct by the Engineer, and furnish the data to the Contractor at the beginning of work. Any additional information provided by the Engineer shall be verified by the Contractor before use and the Contractor shall accept full responsibility for any costs incurred as the result of the use of such additional information. Any checking performed by the Engineer/City Engineer will not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the final results. The City will be responsible for taking all measurements to establish both current estimate and final estimate pay quantities, including any horizontal and vertical control points necessary to complete such measurements. When making these measurements, the Engineer/City Engineer may use any points, stakes, lines, or elevations that have been set by the Contractor. (b) Contractor Requirements. Roadway Construction Control shall include use by the Contractor of the plans and the vertical and horizontal control points established by the City as described above to perform all required construction surveying and layout. The Contractor shall make all necessary calculations and set all stakes including, but not limited to: centerline stakes; offset stakes; reference point stakes; additional bench marks as n eeded; slope stakes; pavement lines; curb lines; grade stakes; roadway drainage; pipe culverts; box culverts; underdrains; clearing and grubbing limits; guardrail; fence; blue tops for subgrade, subbase, and base courses; and any other points, lines, or elevations deemed necessary for proper control of the work. On projects that include an ACHM overlay and/or Asphalt Surface Treatment, the Contractor shall mark the stationing by setting a stake at least every 200 feet along the roadway. These stakes shall be placed on the shoulder or slope so that they will not interfere with the construction operations, but will be usable for determining locations along the roadway. On projects with widening sections where a grade line is not shown on the plans, the Contractor shall profile the existing pavement at the centerline and edges of pavement. This profile data shall be furnished to the Engineer/City Engineer for use in the establishment of the finished grade line. This finished grade line will be furnished to the Contractor for use in computing and setting all grades required to construct the finished roadway section. The Contractor shall be responsible for joining the work to contiguous roadways and/or bridges in an acceptable manner. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-52 This shall include making minor adjustments to the plan grade and/or typical section as necessary to construct a smooth transition from the new work to match the existing roadway. The Contractor shall provide sufficient qualified personnel to complete the work accurately. The supervision of the Contractor's surveying and personnel shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, and any errors resulting from the operations of such personnel shall be adjusted or corrected by the Contractor at no cost to the City. The Contractor shall maintain adequate survey notes as the work progresses and make them available to the Engineer/City Engineer on request. Copies of survey notes designated by the Engineer/City Engineer shall be provided for the City’s permanent project records. The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy and uniformity of the construction stakes, lines, grades, and layouts. Any errors in the work constructed due to errors in the Contractor's Roadway Construction Control shall be adjusted or corrected by the Contractor at no cost to the City. 111.04 Method of Measurement. Roadway Construction Control will be measured as a complete unit. 111.05 Basis of Payment. Work completed and accepted and measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract lump sum price bid for Roadway Construction Control, which price shall be full compensation for furnishing and maintaining all necessary lines, grades, and measurements; and for furnishing all engineering personnel, equipment, materials, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. No adjustments in the lump sum price bid will be made for Roadway Construction Control required due to normal increases or decreases in Contract quantities. However, if the amount of Roadway Construction Control required is increased or decreased in connection with a Change Order, compensation will be adjusted accordingly. Partial payments for Roadway Construction Control will be made in proportion to the amount of work accomplished on this item. No additional payment will be made for re-staking needed to maintain the control. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Roadway Construction Control LS Section 112. Trench and Excavation Safety Systems 112.01 Description. This item covers trench and excavation safety systems required for constructing improvements that necessitate open excavations on the project. All work under this item shall be in accordance with the current edition of the “Occupational Safety and Health Administration Standard for Excavation and Trenches Safety System, 29 CFR 1926, Subpart P”, a copy of which may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-53 Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. This document is hereby incorporated into the Specifications. 112.02 Notifications Required. The Contractor, prior to beginning any excavation, shall notify the State Department of Labor (Safety Division) that work is commencing on a project with excavations greater than five feet. The contractor shall notify all Utility Companies and Owners in accordance with OSHA Administration 29 CFR 1926.651(b)(2) for the purpose of locating utilities and underground installations. 112.03 Existing Structures and Utilities. Where the trench or excavation endangers the stability of a building, wall, street, highway, utilities or other installation, the Contractor shall provide support systems such as shoring, bracing, or underpinning to ensure the stability of such structure or utility. The Contractor may elect to remove and replace or relocate such structures or utilities with the written approval of the owner of the structure or utility and the Engineer/City Engineer. 112.04 Method of Measurement. After award of the contact, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer/City Engineer a breakdown of costs for work involved in the lump sum price bid for “Trench and Excavation Safety Systems” and shall, with each periodic payment request, submit a certification by the Contractor’s “competent person” as defined in Subpart P 1926.650(b) that the Contractor has complied with the provisions of “Occupational Safety and Health Administration Standard for Excavation and Trenches Safety System”, 29 CFR 1926 Subpart P for work which payment is requested. 112.05 Basis of Payment. The work required by this item will be paid for at the lump sum price for “Trench and Excavation Safety Systems”. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Trench and Excavation Safety Systems LS Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-54 DIVISION 200. EARTHWORK Section 201. Clearing, Grubbing, and Demolition 201.01 Description. This work consists of clearing, grubbing, removing, and disposing of all vegetation, obstructions and debris within designated limits of the Right-of-Way and easement areas. Vegetation and objects designated to remain shall be preserved free from injury or damage. 201.02 Definitions. Clearing, Grubbing, and Demolition shall be defined as follows: Clearing shall consist of cutting, removing, and disposing of trees, snags, stumps, shrubs, brush, limbs, and other vegetative growth. Clearing shall also include the preservation of trees, shrubs, and vegetative growth, which are not designated for removal. Grubbing shall consist of the removal and disposal of wood or root matter below the ground surface remaining after clearing and shall include stumps, trunks, roots, or root systems greater than 2 inches in diameter to a depth of two feet below the natural ground surface. Demolition shall consist of removal and disposal of existing fences, drainage structures, abandoned pipelines or utilities, paving, curbs and gutters, which are not designated to remain. The work may also include demolishing and/or removing from the site building structures or portions thereof, which are more particularly described in the plans and Special Provisions, together with all appurtenances, including canopies, porches, and awnings. 201.03 Construction Requirements. All surface objects, trees, stumps, roots, and other protruding obstructions designated for removal shall be cleared and grubbed, including required mowing. Undisturbed and sound stumps and nonperishable solid objects located more than two feet below subgrade and slope of embankments may remain in place. When authorized, stumps and nonperishable solid objects that are located more than 1 foot below the ground line may remain if they are located outside the construction limits of excavation and embankment areas. Trees and other vegetation to be preserved shall be carefully protected from abuse, marring, or damage during construction operations. Repair of damage to bark, limbs, or roots of trees or vegetation designated to remain shall be repaired by corrective pruning or other appropriate methods. Low hanging, unsound, or unsightly branches shall be removed from trees or shrubs designated to remain. Trees extending over the roadway shall be trimmed to provide a clear height of 18 feet about the pavement elevation. All trimming shall be accomplished with skilled workers and in accordance with good tree surgery practices. Before cutting, removing, or trimming any tree within the City of Fayetteville, the owner and supervisory personnel of each business performing commercial tree work shall obtain a city issued commercial tree pruner/service certificate. Parking and servicing equipment under branches of trees designated to remain is not allowed. Existing pipes, culverts, bridges, and other drainage structures shall be removed to the natural stream bottom and those parts outside the stream shall be removed to 1 foot below natural Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-55 ground surface. Materials designated as City salvaged material shall be dismantled without damage and stored at designated locations. All other structures shall be removed from the Right- of-Way. All concrete pavement, base course, sidewalks, curbs, gutters, buildings, foundations, slabs, ballast, gravel, bituminous material, and pavement materials shall be disposed of unless specifically stated otherwise in the Plans or by the Engineer/City Engineer. Moveable buildings to be demolished may be removed from the right-of-way intact if the contractor so elects. Concrete designated for use as rip rap shall be broken into pieces not to exceed 150 pounds and stockpiled at designated locations or promptly placed where specified on the project. Ballast, gravel, bituminous material, or other surfacing or pavement materials designated for salvage shall be stockpiled at designated locations without contaminating the material with dirt or foreign materials. Old concrete pavement, sidewalks, curbs, gutters, and similar structures to be left in place shall be sawed to a straight and true vertical line or removed to an existing joint as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. In embankment areas, cavities resulting from removal of obstructions shall be backfilled and compacted with suitable material under Subsection 202.03. Disposal of material and debris shall be done under applicable Federal, State, County, and City laws, ordinances, and regulations. Perishable material if burned shall be under constant care of a watchman so the surrounding vegetation, adjacent property, and anything designated to remain is not jeopardized. Materials and debris may be disposed of by burial at locations acceptable to the City within the project limits, if at least 12 inches of cover material is provided and the area is graded, shaped, and seeded according to these specifications or otherwise restored to present a pleasing appearance. Said burial and restoration shall be at the Contractor’s expense. 201.04 Measurement and Payment. No measurement of this item will be made. Payment will be made on a lump sum basis. Pay Item Pay Unit Clearing, Grubbing, and Demolition LS Section 202. Excavation and Embankment 202.01 Description. This work consists of excavation, hauling, disposal, placement, consolidation and compaction of all materials encountered within the limits of the work that is not covered under another item. For purposes of this section, roadway shall be defined as all locations within 1 foot of the back of curbs and gutters that define the edges of public streets. Excavation will be classified as one of the following: Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-56 (a) Unclassified Excavation. Unclassified Excavation consists of the removal and disposal of all material of whatever character encountered in the work not covered under other items. This shall include removal of material in existing ditch lines along roadways to a depth of 1 foot below existing grade in the ditches. This shall also include stripping and excavation of existing material as required up to a depth of one (1) foot below existing grade in embankment areas. (b) Rock Excavation. Rock Excavation includes removal and disposal of rock material that by actual demonstration cannot be excavated with a Caterpillar Model No. 215D LC track-mounted hydraulic excavator equipped with two rippers or similarly approved equipment. Rock excavation also includes boulders one-half cubic yard or more in volume. (c) Undercut Excavation. Undercut excavation includes removal and disposal of material not suitable for use as embankment material that is below the proposed subgrade elevation and that is more than one foot (1’) below existing ground within the roadway. Embankment will be classified as one of the following: (1) Select Embankment. Select Embankment includes all material placed within the limits of the proposed roadway within 24 inches of the top of subgrade elevation. Select Embankment material may include approved on-site or approved off-site material meeting the requirements of section 202.02 (c) below. (2) Embankment. Embankment includes material other than select embankment that is placed within the limits of construction to achieve planned grades. 202.02 Materials. (a) General. Samples of material to be used as embankment material shall be submitted for approval per the requirements of these specifications. All material shall meet the requirements The City of Fayetteville Code of Ordinances. (b) Stone backfill. Stone backfill shall be as defined and specified in subsection 205, Undercut and Stone Backfill. (c) Embankment. Embankment shall consist of soil, or a mixture of soil and stone or gravel or other acceptable material, reasonably free from sod, stumps, logs, roots or other perishable or deleterious matter, and shall be capable of forming a stable embankment when compacted. Material placed within 24 inches of the proposed top of subgrade elevation shall meet the following requirements. 1) Material classified by the AASHTO Soil Classification System as A-1, A-2, or A-3, having a maximum of 35 percent of the material passing the number 200 sieve, and having a CBR equal to or greater than 8. 2) Material not meeting the above requirements for AASHTO Classification and gradation, but having a CBR equal to or greater than 8 and a Liquid Limit and Plasticity Index of less than or equal to 40 and 15, respectively. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-57 3) Material not meeting the above requirements for liquid limit and plasticity index may be used if chemically modified by the use of lime, fly ash, or cement. The type and amount of treatment shall be determined by a material testing lab approved by the City. The chemically modified soil must meet all requirements of Section 2 above. 202.03 Construction Requirements. (a) General. Excavations and embankments shall be finished to smooth and uniform surfaces. No excavation material shall be wasted without permission of the Engineer/City Engineer. Excavation and embankment operations shall be conducted without disturbing material outside the staked construction limits. Before beginning excavation, grading, and embankment operations, all necessary clearing, grubbing and top soil removal in that area shall be completed. Excess or unsuitable excavated material, including topsoil, rock and boulders, shall be disposed of at locations acceptable to the Engineer/City Engineer. All approved surplus material shall be used to uniformly widen embankments and flatten slopes within the Right-of-Way. Rocks and boulders shall be covered with a minimum of one (1) foot of embankment material. Demolition of old roadways shall include filling of all ditches and grading to restore the original contour of the ground producing a pleasing appearance by forming natural, rounded slopes. Removal and disposal of pavements and base courses shall be performed under Section 201. (b) Rock Excavation. Material classified as rock shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 6 inches and a maximum depth of 12 inches below proposed subgrade within the limits of the roadbed. The excavation shall be backfilled and compacted with material designated in the Contract or approved by the Engineer/City Engineer. Rock excavation removed in excess of 12 inches below subgrade will not be measured and paid for. Rock excavation backfill of the depth in excess of 12 inches below proposed subgrade is at the Contractor’s expense. Undrained pockets shall not be left in the rock surface. Depressions shall be drained. Bore holes shall be drilled along the slope line, maintaining the drill holes at the angle designated on the plans and ensuring that all drill holes are in the same plane. The diameter, spacing, and loading of presplit holes shall result in a neat break. The presplitting holes shall be drilled for the full depth of the ledge. The initial presplitting of a geological formation shall be accomplished utilizing a 100-foot test section. After drilling, loading, and shooting this test section, the material shall be removed to determine if the diameter, spacing, and loading of the presplit holes are adequate to give an acceptable backslope. If the results are determined to be acceptable, the presplitting may continue throughout the geological formation using those methods and procedures. If the presplitting is determined to be unsatisfactory, adjustments shall be made in the spacing, diameter and loading of the presplit holes utilizing another 100-foot test section. Presplitting holes shall be loaded with explosives as per the manufacturer’s recommendations. The cost of presplitting shall be included in the unit bid price for rock excavation. (c) Undercut Excavation. If and where directed by the Engineer/City Engineer, unsuitable material encountered at the proposed subgrade elevation shall be removed to the depth specified Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-58 or directed by the Engineer/City Engineer and backfilled and compacted with approved off-site material, in accordance with this section or in accordance with subsection 205, Stone Backfill as indicated or directed. Excavation operations shall be conducted so necessary measurements can be taken before replacing unsuitable material with approved backfill. No payment will be made for this item if: 1) The contractor does not notify the Engineer/City Engineer of potential areas requiring undercut before excavating these areas. 2) An area that was previously stable becomes unstable due to actions of the contractor. These causes include, but are not limited to, ponding of water and construction traffic. 3) The Contractor does not allow the Engineer/City Engineer sufficient time to measure the undercut excavation volume before placing backfill material. In addition, no payment will be made to remove and replace any embankment material placed on unsuitable soil that subsequently requires removal and replacement. (d) Embankment Construction. Embankment construction includes the preparation of the areas where embankments are placed, placement and compaction of approved embankment material for replacement of unsuitable material, and placement and compaction of embankment material in all cavities and depressions within the roadway area. Rocks, broken concrete, and other solid materials shall not be placed in embankment areas where piling is to be placed or driven. Benching shall be required when embankment is placed on hillsides or against existing embankment with slopes that are steeper than 6-to-1 when measured at right angles to the roadway and shall be continuously benched in loose lifts not to exceed 12 inches. Benching shall be wide enough to permit the operations of placement and compaction equipment. All horizontal cuts shall begin at the intersection of the ground line and the vertical side of the previous bench. Existing slopes shall also be stepped to prevent wedging action of the embankment against structures. Excavation from benching shall be compacted with the new embankment material and the cost for benching and recompaction shall be included in the unit bid price for excavation. When natural ground is within 4 feet of the subgrade, all sod and vegetable matter shall be removed from the surface where embankment is placed. The cleared surface shall be completely broken up by plowing, scarifying, or stepping to a minimum depth of 6 inches and shall then be compacted to the specified embankment density. Sod not requiring removal shall be thoroughly disked prior to embankment construction. Wherever a compacted road surface containing granular material lies within 3 feet of the subgrade, the old road surface shall be scarified to a minimum depth of 6 inches and compacted to the specified embankment density. If embankment can only be placed on one side of abutments, wing walls, piers, or culvert headwalls, compaction shall be accomplished without overturning of or placing excessive pressure against the structure. The fill adjacent to the end bent of a bridge shall not be placed higher than the bottom of the backwall until the superstructure is in place. When embankment is Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-59 placed on both sides of a concrete wall or box-type structure, the embankment shall be brought up equally on both sides of the structure. Embankment that is adjacent to structures or inaccessible to normal compaction equipment shall be placed in 4” loose lifts and compacted with mechanical equipment to 95% of maximum density as determined by AASHTO T99. Roadway embankment shall be placed in horizontal lifts not to exceed 8 inches (loose measurement) and compacted to the specified density before the next lift is placed. Spreading equipment shall be used to obtain uniform lift thickness prior to compaction. As the compaction progresses, leveling and manipulating shall be continuous to assure uniform density. Moisture content shall be increased or decreased as necessary to obtain the required density and stability. Construction equipment shall be routed uniformly over the entire embankment surface. When the excavated material consists predominantly of rock too large to be placed in 8-inch lifts, the material may be placed in thicknesses up to the average rock dimension not to exceed 3 feet. Each lift shall be leveled and smoothed by distribution of spalls and finer fragments of earth. Rock shall not be end dumped directly on the previously completed lift of embankment. Rock shall be dumped in the lift of embankment being constructed and pushed into place. The lifts shall not be constructed above an elevation 2 feet below the finished subgrade. A minimum of 2 feet of compacted embankment shall be placed over structures before rock is placed. (e) Moisture and Density Requirements. All lifts in embankment areas shall be compacted to not less than 95 percent of the maximum density. The moisture content of the material shall be uniformly increased or decreased to within 2% of optimum moisture content before compaction. Maximum density will be determined using AASHTO T99 (Standard Proctor). In-place field density measurements shall be determined using AASHTO T 191, T233, or T 310. Density requirements do not apply to portions of embankments constructed of materials such as rock that cannot be tested by approved testing methods. 202.04 Method of Measurement. (a) Undercut and Backfill will be measured by the cubic yard of material placed and compacted according to the specifications and as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. Measurements of the excavated area will be taken by the Engineer/City Engineer after excavation and before backfilling. The quantity of Undercut and Backfill will be measured as In Place quantities. Measurement for undercut will begin at subgrade elevation or one (1) foot below existing ground, whichever is lower. (b) Rock Excavation will be measured by the cubic yard of rock in place actually removed according to the specifications. Measurements taken after the rock is removed and before any associated backfilling will be used to calculate rock excavation quantities. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-60 (c) Unclassified Excavation will not be measured and the plan quantity will be considered the final quantity for purposes of final payment, unless changes to the original design are made. In such case, the revised quantity shall be agreed upon prior to beginning any work associated with the change. (d) Embankment and Select Embankment will not be measured and the plan quantity will be considered the final quantity for purposes of final payment, unless changes to the original design are made. In such case, the revised quantity shall be agreed upon prior to beginning any work associated with the change. 202.05 Basis of Payment. Quantities of earthwork completed, accepted and measured as provided above will be paid for at the Contract Price bid as follows: (a) Undercut Excavation shall be paid for at the Contract Price bid per cubic yard (CY) for Undercut and Backfill. Said price shall be full compensation for excavation, disposal, furnishing, hauling, placing, and compacting approved off-site material according to the plans and specifications. This price shall not include final compaction and finish grading to subgrade elevation. Final compaction and finish grading will be paid for under the item “Subgrade Preparation.” (b) Rock excavation shall be paid for at the Contract Price bid per cubic yard (CY) for Rock Excavation. Said price shall be full compensation for rock removal and disposal to the lines and depths shown on the plans and according to these specifications, and for furnishing, hauling, placing, and compacting approved material in the excavated area as required. (c) All earthwork not paid for under other items will be paid for under the separate items (1) Unclassified Excavation or (2) Embankment as follows: 1) Excavation shall be paid for at the Contract Price bid per cubic yard (CY) for Excavation. Said price shall be full compensation for excavation, hauling off, and disposal of all materials on the project that are not required for completion of the project; and any other excavation, grading or other miscellaneous earthwork items not included in other items of work. The plan quantity will be considered the final quantity for purposes of final payment, unless changes to the original design are made. 2) Embankment shall be paid for at the Contract Price bid per cubic yard (CY) for Embankment. Said price shall be full compensation for placement of materials on the jobsite, whether from on-site or off-site sources, to establish the lines and grades shown on the plans; placement of embankment as backfill for excavated areas to 1 foot below existing ground in roadway areas; and any other embankment, grading or other miscellaneous earthwork items not included in other items of work. The plan quantity will be considered the final quantity for purposes of final payment, unless changes to the original design are made. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-61 Pay Item Pay Unit Undercut and Backfill CY Rock Excavation CY Unclassified Excavation CY (Plan Quantity) Select Embankment CY (Plan Quantity) Embankment CY (Plan Quantity) Section 203. Subgrade Preparation 203.01 Description. This work consists of preparing the subgrade for placement of the base course, curb and gutter, and asphalt courses. The intent of this specification is to provide a stable subgrade consisting of approved material compacted as specified. 203.02 Materials. Materials not specified. 203.03 Construction Requirements. Material at subgrade will receive one or a combination of the following treatments as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer: (a) Unsuitable material will be excavated to a depth as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer, disposed of, and replaced with off-site material approved by the Engineer/City Engineer. This material shall be placed and compacted to conform to Subsection 202.03. (b) If the material is acceptable for use as subgrade material, the subgrade will be scarified to a depth of 8 inches and recompacted to conform to Subsection 202.03 of these Specifications. (c) In areas requiring fill to achieve subgrade elevation, the subgrade shall consist of approved on-site or off-site material meeting the requirements of Subsection 202.02 and compacted in accordance with Subsection 202.03 of these Specifications. The subgrade shall be shaped for its full width to the required grade and cross section. The finished subgrade shall not vary at any point by more than .02 foot from the prescribed elevation. Finished sections damaged by construction operations shall be corrected by the contractor at no cost to the City. 203.04 Method of Measurement. Measurement for this item will be as follows: (a) Excavation and backfill of any areas of subgrade requiring undercut will be measured as specified in Section 202.04. (b) Subgrade Preparation will be measured by the square yard. Measurement will include all subgrade area including areas up to 1’ behind proposed back of curbs or to the edge of the roadway pavement where curb is not specified. Measurement will include areas of undercut, areas that receive scarification and recompaction of existing acceptable material, and areas where fill material is required to achieve subgrade elevation. The plan quantity will be considered the final quantity for purposes of final payment, unless changes to the original design are made. In Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-62 such case, the revised quantity shall be agreed upon prior to beginning any work associated with the change. (c) Fill material required to achieve subgrade elevation will be measured as specified in Section 202.4. 203.05 Basis of Payment. Quantities of earthwork completed, accepted and measured as provided above will be paid for at the Contract Price bid as follows: (a) Undercut Excavation shall be paid for as stated in Section 202.5a. This price shall not include final compaction and finish grading to subgrade elevation. Final compaction and finish grading will be paid for under the item “Subgrade Preparation.” (b) Subgrade preparation will be paid for at the Contract Price per square yard (SY) for Subgrade Preparation. Said price shall be full compensation for scarification (if required), compaction, and finish grading of subgrade areas. Pay Item Pay Unit Subgrade Preparation SY (Plan Quantity) Section 204. Select Grading and Topsoil 204.01 Description. This work consists of excavating, placing, and compacting material between the back of the roadway curb and the limits of the work. It also includes grading and placing topsoil in this area or other disturbed areas. 204.02 Materials. (a) General. Material used for backfilling curbs and grading for sidewalk shall be free of trash, organics, and other deleterious materials. (b) Topsoil. Topsoil may be obtained from sources outside the right-of-way limits or from areas within the project limits that will be occupied by cuts and/or embankments. When topsoil is furnished from sources outside the right-of-way, the Contractor shall be responsible for locating and obtaining the material and for performing all work, including erosion control, prevention of water pollution, and restoration, according to the specifications. The cost of such work will be considered included in the contract unit price bid for Topsoil Furnished and Placed. At the request of the City, the Contractor shall furnish copies of agreements with the property owners. Topsoil shall be good quality, fertile, friable, surface soil and consist of loamy sand, sandy loam, clay loam, or sandy clay loam and shall be clean, rich, dark soil that contains adequate organic material. River sand will not be accepted as topsoil. Topsoil shall be reasonably free from subsoil, slag, weeds, grasses, roots, or stones greater than: 1) 1/4 inch for residential/commercial lawn areas, garden areas, or landscaped areas, or; 2) 1 inch for all other areas. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-63 Topsoil shall have a pH suitable for intended use areas. Topsoil shall be obtained only from naturally well-drained sites where topsoil occurs in depths greater than 4”. Topsoil shall not be obtained from bogs, marshes or steep clayey slopes. Topsoil shall not be stripped, collected, or deposited while wet. In no case shall topsoil be excavated more than 12” from the original ground level. Brush and other vegetation that will not be incorporated with the soil during handling operations shall be cut and removed. Ordinary sods and herbaceous growth, such as grass and weeds, shall not be removed but shall be thoroughly broken up and intermixed with the soil during handling operations. 204.03 Construction Requirements. (a) Curb Backfill and Grading. After curbs have set sufficiently, they shall be backfilled with approved material and graded so that no ponding will occur. Areas on which sidewalk or driveways are to be constructed shall be compacted to 90% of maximum density as measured by AASHTO T99 or ASTM D698 (Standard Proctor). Upon completion of the construction of sidewalks, driveways, and other items of construction within the construction limits, all areas to receive topsoil shall be excavated, graded, backfilled and compacted as necessary to remove all dep ressions, ridges, soft areas, waste concrete, and other items that will interfere with placement of the topsoil layer. All slopes shall be excavated to a maximum slope of 1 vertical foot in 3 horizontal feet unless otherwise noted in the plans or directed by the Engineer. (b) Topsoil Placement. After the areas to receive topsoil have been prepared to the satisfaction of the Engineer/City Engineer, topsoil placement may begin. Topsoil shall be placed on all earth areas to a minimum depth of 4 inches unless shown otherwise on the plans or directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. Topsoil shall be graded to within 1 inch of finished elevation, and lightly compacted. Before placing seed all topsoiled areas shall be lightly scarified and raked to remove rocks, sticks, roots, and other undesirable materials as outlined in Section 204.02b. 204.04 Method of Measurement. (a) Curb Backfill and Grading. Backfilling of curbs and grading of areas between the back of curb and the construction limits will not be measured and is considered subsidiary to excavation and embankment items. (b) Topsoil. Topsoil furnished and placed will be measured by the square yard based on the location. Measurement will be made to the permanent street right-of-way or permanent easement or to the toe or top of slopes as shown on the plans. Areas outside these limits disturbed by the Contractor restored in accordance with these Specifications at no cost to the City. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-64 204.05 Basis of Payment. Quantities completed, accepted, and measured as provided above will be paid for at the Contract Price bid as follows: (a) Topsoil will be paid for at the unit price bid per square yard (SY). Said price shall be full compensation for excavating, stockpiling, hauling, placing, grading, and all other labor, tools, and equipment to provide a layer of topsoil in accordance with the specifications. Pay Item Pay Unit 4” Topsoil Placement (Yard Areas) SY 4” Topsoil Placement (Other Areas) SY Section 205. Undercut and Stone Backfill 205.01 Description. This item shall consist of excavation and disposal of unsuitable materials and furnishing, hauling, placing, spreading, consolidating and compacting stone materials as specified at locations designated on the Plans or as designated by the Engineer/City Engineer. If and where directed by the Engineer/City Engineer, unsuitable material encountered at the proposed subgrade elevation shall be removed to the depth specified or directed by the Engineer/City Engineer and backfilled with Stone Backfill as further defined herein. 205.02 Materials. (a) Stone Backfill. Stone for Stone Backfill shall be hard, durable, crushed stone aggregate, as manufactured by local quarries, ranging in size from 11/2” (40mm) minimum to 6” (150mm) maximum. Stone Backfill shall not contain more than 5% by weight of shale, slate or other deleterious matter. The stone shall be uniformly graded and the amount passing the 11/2” (37.5 mm) sieve shall be not more than 10% by weight. (b) Aggregate Base Course Cap. When backfilling with Stone Backfill to subgrade elevation, or to an elevation below subgrade when directed by the Engineer/City Engineer, the top 4” to 6” (100 mm to 150 mm) shall be material complying with subsection 401, “Aggregate Base Course” for Class 7 Aggregate Base Course. 205.03 Construction Requirements. (a) Excavation. Excavation operations shall be conducted so necessary measurements can be taken before replacing unsuitable material with approved backfill. (b) Stone Backfill. The area shall be excavated and the Stone Backfill shall be placed within the limits shown on the Plans or as designated by the Engineer/City Engineer. The excavated materials shall be disposed of by the Contractor in compliance with these Specifications. The stone may be dumped into the areas undercut without regard to depth of layer. The stone shall be spread, shaped, and consolidated to the line and grade determined in the field by the Engineer to provide a firm and unyielding foundation for the subgrade and/or subbase course and/or base course. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-65 (c) Aggregate Base Course Cap. The Class 7 Aggregate Base Course Cap shall be compacted per the requirements of subsection 401, “Aggregate Base Course”. 205.04 Method of Measurement. (a) Undercut and Stone Backfill will be measured by the ton of material placed and consolidated or compacted according to the specifications and as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. Measurements of the excavated area will be taken by the Engineer/City Engineer after excavation and before backfilling. The quantity of Undercut and Backfill will be measured as In Place quantities. Measurement for undercut will begin at subgrade elevation or one (1) foot below existing ground, whichever is lower. (b) Aggregate Base Course Cap shall not be measured for separate payment but shall be measured and paid for as Stone Backfill. 205.05 Basis of Payment. (a) Undercut Excavation and Stone Backfill shall be paid for at the Contract Bid Price per ton for Undercut and Stone Backfill. Said price shall be full compensation for excavation and disposal of unsuitable material; for furnishing, hauling, placing, shaping and consolidating or compacting material according to the plans and specifications; and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Excavation and backfill authorized by the Engineer/City Engineer that is in excess of the volume occupied by the Stone Backfill will be measured and paid for under the appropriate subsections of these Specifications for the appropriate classifications of material. (b) No payment will be made for this item if: The contractor does not notify the Engineer/City Engineer of potential areas requiring undercut before excavating these areas. An area that was previously stable becomes unstable due to actions of the contractor. These causes include, but are not limited to, ponding of water and construction traffic. The Contractor does not allow the Engineer/City Engineer sufficient time to measure the undercut excavation volume before placing backfill material. In addition, no payment will be made to remove and replace any embankment material placed on unsuitable soil that subsequently requires removal and replacement. Pay Item Pay Unit Undercut and Stone Backfill Ton Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-66 DIVISION 300. STORM DRAINAGE Section 301. Storm Drainage Pipe 301.01 Description. This work consists of the construction or reconstruction of pipe culverts, including excavation and backfill of storm sewer trenches. 301.02 Materials. All materials supplied under the requirements of this section shall meet the requirements of Section 606 of ARDOT Specifications. All reinforced concrete pipe shall be Class III unless otherwise shown on the Plans or directed in the Specifications. Sizes and gauges of corrugated metal pipe shall be as shown on the plans. 301.03 Construction Requirements. (a) General. Unsuitable material excavated for storm sewer placement shall be disposed of under Subsection 202.03(a). Suitable surplus excavated material shall be used in the construction of embankments. Unsuitable excavated material below the designed bottom of pipe elevation shall be replaced and compacted using approved material. Rock, hardpan, and other unyielding material shall be excavated below the designed grade for a depth of 6 inches minimum and 8 inches maximum. This extra depth excavation shall be backfilled with approved bedding material. Trenches shall be excavated to a minimum width that allows for proper jointing of the pipe and compaction of backfill material under and around the pipe. The completed trench bottom shall be firm for its full length and width. (b) Bedding. All storm sewer pipe shall be bedded with a minimum of 4 inches of approved granular material. Bedding shall be placed to the required depth and shaped to conform to the bottom configuration of the pipe. (c) Laying Pipe. Pipe placement shall begin at the downstream end. Pipe shall be in contact with the shaped bedding throughout its full length. Bell or groove ends of concrete pipe and outside circumferential laps of flexible pipe shall be placed facing upstream. Flexible pipe shall be placed with longitudinal laps or seams at the sides. Paved or partially lined pipe shall be laid so the longitudinal centerline of the paved segment coincides with the flow line. Elliptical pipe shall be installed so the orientation of a vertical plane through the longitudinal axis of the conduit does not vary more than 5 degrees from the design orientation. Pipe that is not in true alignment or that shows settlement after placement shall be removed and re-laid at no cost to the City. (d) Joining Pipe. The method of joining pipe sections shall be such that the ends are fully entered and the inner surfaces are reasonably flush and even. Pipe protruding through structure walls shall be cut off flush with the inside face of wall and grouted. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-67 All surfaces of the joint upon or against which joint seal gaskets may bear shall be smooth, free of spalls, cracks, fractures, and imperfections that would adversely affect the performance of the joint. A primer shall be applied if recommended by the manufacturer. When preformed rubber gasket is selected by the Contractor, the gasket shall be the sole element depended upon to make the joint flexible and watertight. The gasket shall be a continuous ring that fits snugly into the annular space between the overlapping surfaces of the assembled pipe joint to form a flexible watertight seal. The gasket shall not be stretched more than 30% of its original circumference when seated on the spigot or tongue end of the pipe. When bitumen/butyl plastic gasket is selected by the Contractor, the following procedure shall be used. The protective wrapping shall be removed from one side of the gasket. The gasket shall be pressed firmly to the vertical shoulder of the pipe joint, end to end continuing around the entire circumference of the joint. The remaining protective wrapping shall be removed and the pipe forced into connection until material fills the joint space. For either type of gasket used and to ensure an even and well filled joint, the final joining of the pipe shall be accomplished by either pushing or pulling, by approved mechanical means, each joint of the pipe as it is laid. In cold weather, when directed, the joint material shall be warmed in a hot water bath, or by other approved methods, to the extent required to keep the mat erial pliable for placement without breaking or cracking. (e) Backfilling. The pipe shall be backfilled with bedding material in 4-inch compacted lifts to the springline. Pipe placed under roadways or driveways will then be backfilled with aggregate base material meeting the requirements of Section 401 placed in 4-inch lifts compacted to 95% of maximum density near optimum moisture as determined by AASHTO T180 or ASTM D1557. Flowable fill in accordance with these specifications may be used as an alternate to the aggregate base material. For the purpose of this section, roadway shall be defined as back of curb to back of curb. All other areas shall be backfilled with material free from lumps or clods placed in layers not to exceed 6” at or near optimum moisture content and compacted with mechanical equipment to 90% of the maximum density, as determined by AASHTO T 99 or ASTM D698, to the limits shown on the plans. Pipe damaged during construction operations shall be replaced at no cost to the City. When the existing material excavated for the pipe trench is declared by the Engineer/City Engineer as unsuitable for pipe backfill, this material shall be placed at other locations on the job and used to backfill behind curbs and/or placed on the fill slopes. If the Engineer/City Engineer determines that no suitable location exists on the job to utilize this material, the Engineer/City Engineer may approve the material to be wasted at an appropriate location outside the job limits. Material declared unsuitable for backfill shall be replaced with suitable material from roadway excavation and/or off-site sources. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-68 (f) Curtain walls for Flared End Sections. The foundation for curtain walls shall be prepared to the required depth. For cast-in-place curtain walls, the forming, placement of reinforcing steel, and placement, finishing, and curing of concrete shall be according to the applicable requirements of subsections 601’ “Cast-in-Place Concrete” and 602, “Reinforcing Steel”. Precast curtain walls shall be installed according to the applicable requirements for laying concrete pipe. Curtain walls shall not be measured for separate payment but shall be included with and subsidiary to Flared End Sections. (g) Temporary Repairs for Roadway Cuts. All roadway cuts shall be temporarily or permanently repaired in accordance with Section 405, “Asphalt Concrete Patching For Maintenance of Traffic” within 24 hours of the completion of trench backfill for the work, or segment of work, which required the excavation and/or cut. 301.04 Method of Measurement. Storm drainage pipe of the type and size specified will be measured by the linear foot (LF) measured parallel to the flowline of the pipe. Where inlets, junction boxes, or other structures are included in lines of pipe, that length of pipe extending to and flush with the inside of the structure wall will be included for measurement but no other portion of the structure length or width will be so included. Whenever possible, the lengths shown on the plans may be adjusted by the Engineer/City Engineer to accommodate the pipe lengths available from the supplier that most nearly match the plan lengths. Flared end sections for pipe culverts will be measured by the unit and will include the curtain wall, complete in place. 301.05 Basis of Payment. Work completed, accepted, and measured as provided above will be paid for at the Contract Price bid as follows: (a) Pipe will be paid for at the unit price per linear foot (LF) for each type and size of pipe and type of backfill specified; which price shall be full compensation for furnishing, hauling, and installing the pipe; for material including joint filler for concrete pipe and connection bands for metal pipe; for excavation and backfilling, including Class 7 base as required, and for all other labor, tools, and equipment necessary to complete the work. (b) Flared End Sections (FES) will be paid for at the unit price per each (EA) for the type and size of the flared end section specified; which price shall be full compensation for furnishing, hauling, and installing the flared end sections; for material including joint filler for concrete pipe and connection bands for metal flared end sections; for curtain walls complete in place; for excavation and backfilling, including compacted backfill, and for all other labor, tools, and equipment necessary to complete the work. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit __” (Pipe Type and Material) Under Pavement LF __” (Pipe Type and Material) LF __” (FES Type and Material) EA Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-69 Section 302. Drop Inlets and Junction Boxes 302.01 Description. This item shall consist of the construction of drop inlets, junction boxes, and drop inlet extensions with rings and covers or grates and frames. 302.02 Materials. (a) All concrete for this section shall conform to the requirements for Class 1 Concrete as provided in Section 601. (b) Reinforcing steel shall conform to the requirements of Section 602. (c) Steel for welded steel grates and frames shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 36. (d) Iron castings for rings and covers, grates and frames, and other appurtenances shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 48, Class 30A. Bearing surfaces between rings and covers or grates and frames shall be cast or machined with such precision that uniform bearing shall be provided throughout the perimeter area of contact. Castings shall be of the weight shown on the plans. Minimum weight of ring and lid shall be 275 pounds. The lid shall include the standard City of Fayetteville logo according to the Standard Details. (e) Precast concrete units of the type, size, and designation shown on the plans may not be used unless written permission is given by the City. Precast units shall be subject to the requirements of AASHTO M 199. Units so manufactured must be certified by a professional engineer registered in the State of Arkansas that they have been designed and manufactured according to AASHTO M199 and that they meet the requirements for HS20 loading. Joint materials shall conform to Subsection 301.02. (f) Curing Materials. Curing materials shall meet the requirements of Subsection 601.15. 302.03 Construction Requirements. Drop inlets, junction boxes, and drop inlet extensions shall be constructed with either reinforced or non-reinforced concrete, as shown on the plans. Concrete shall not be placed until the Engineer/City Engineer has inspected the forms and the placement of reinforcing steel and rings or frames. Round monolithic drop inlets may have the floors cast monolithically with the walls. All other concrete floors shall be placed at least 24 hours before beginning construction of the walls. A longer period of time may be required if weather conditions make it necessary. When completed, the concrete shall be cured as specified in Subsection 601.15. Walls shall be constructed to form a tight joint with the floor and around the inlet and outlet pipes. Pipes shall be cut flush with the inside surfaces of the wall. Utility lines that are carried through the walls shall be protected in an approved manner to avoid damage. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-70 Faces of drop inlets and drop inlet extensions shall be placed as a part of the curb in order to preserve the proper alignment. Precast concrete drop inlets or junction boxes may be used only by special permission of the City. Inlet and extension tops and throats will be cast-in-place with no exceptions. Precast reinforced concrete drop inlet or junction box sections shall be carefully set with joints conforming to the requirements of Subsection 301.03(d). Metal rings or frames shall be set accurately to the finished elevations so that no subsequent adjustments will be necessary. They shall be set in a full mortar bed with firm bearing on the walls or securely fastened to the forms so that no movement will occur when concrete is placed around them. Welded steel grates and frames shall be welded with ¼” fillet welds, and painted in accordance with the plans. 302.04 Backfilling. Backfill around inlets and junction boxes shall be with approved material as defined in the following paragraphs. Backfilling of inlets and junction boxes shall not begin until results of concrete cylinder tests demonstrate that concrete has reached 75% of specified strength. Backfill material shall be placed in layers not to exceed 4” in depth and shall be compacted to 95% of maximum density as measured by AASHTO T 99 for soil materials or by AASHTO T 180 for aggregate base materials. All structures or parts of structures that fall within the limits of the roadway (defined as centerline to 1’ behind the backs of curbs) shall be backfilled with aggregate base material unless otherwise allowed in writing by the Engineer/City Engineer. Structures in other areas shall be backfilled with approved material provided from on-site or off- site areas. Structures shall be cleaned of any accumulation of silt, debris, or foreign matter of any kind, and shall be reasonably free of such accumulations at the time of final inspection. 302.05 Method of Measurement. Drop inlets, junction boxes, and drop inlet extensions will be measured by the unit. One drop inlet extension unit is measured at a 4’ length. Each unit shall consist of the concrete frame, the ring and grate, and any pipe required to form the vertical portion of the drain including a standard elbow or tee. 302.06 Basis of Payment. Work completed and accepted and measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract unit price bid each for Drop Inlets, Drop Inlet Extensions, or Junction Boxes, of the size and type specified, which price shall be full compensation for constructing drop inlets, drop inlet extensions, or junction boxes; for furnishing, installing, and painting (if required), of rings and covers or grates and frames; for excavation and backfill; and for all materials, labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-71 Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit (Size) Drop Inlets (Type) EA (Size) Junction Boxes (Type) EA (Size) Drop Inlet Extension EA Section 303. Concrete Box Culverts 303.01 Description. This work consists of constructing reinforced concrete box culverts, in accordance with the details shown on the plans, and to the lines, grades, and dimensions shown on the plans. This work also includes associated wingwalls and aprons at the ends of the box culvert. 303.02 Materials. Concrete for reinforced concrete box culverts shall be Class 1 in accordance with Section 601 unless specified otherwise. Reinforcing steel shall be in accordance with Section 602. Precast concrete box culverts shall be subject to the requirements of AASHTO M 259-98 and AASHTO M 273-00. Units so manufactured must be designed and certified by a professional engineer registered in the State of Arkansas that the precast culvert(s) have been designed and manufactured according to AASHTO M 259-988 and/or AASHTO M 273-00 for the site-specific conditions and the requirements for minimum HS20 live load. 303.03 Construction Requirements. Concrete box culverts shall be constructed on firm, unyielding material. Unsuitable material found at the planned elevation of the box bottom shall be removed and replaced with material acceptable to the Engineer/City Engineer to provide an adequate foundation for construction of the box culvert. No concrete shall be placed before approval of the subgrade by the Engineer/City Engineer. Reinforcing steel and concrete for box culverts shall be provided and placed in accordance with Sections 601 and 602 and as detailed on the plans. All concrete shall be placed in the dry unless otherwise directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. Precast box culverts shall be placed in accordance with Section 301.03. Backfill material placed within the roadway limits (defined as centerline of roadway to 1’ behind the back of curb) or under driveways and parking lots shall be ARDOT Class 7 aggregate base material or gravelly clay material, generally known as “hillside”. Aggregate base shall be placed in layers not to exceed 4” loose depth and shall be compacted to 95% of maximum density as determined by AASHTO T 180 or ASTM D1557. “Hillside” material shall be placed in layers not to exceed 8” loose depth and shall be compacted to 95% of maximum density as determined by AASHTO T 99 or ASTM D698. Backfill material placed in other areas shall be “hillside” material or other material that may be approved by the Engineer/City Engineer. Backfill in these areas shall be placed in layers not to exceed 8” loose depth and shall be compacted to 90% of maximum density as determined by AASHTO T 99 or ASTM D698. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-72 No backfill shall be placed against box culvert walls or on box culvert tops until the concrete has cured for 14 days and until test cylinders show that the minimum specified strength has been obtained. Backfill shall be placed and compacted on both sides of the box culvert simultaneously. 303.04 Method of Measurement. Measurement will be by one of the following methods as detailed below. The method to be used will be stated in the bid form. (a) Lump Sum Method. No measurement will be made for this item. Payment will be on a lump sum basis. (b) Unit Price Method. Concrete box culverts will be measured by the linear foot (LF) of box culvert constructed. Measurement will be taken at the centerline of the box culvert. Wingwalls, headwalls, and other appurtenances will not be measured under this item but will be considered as a separate lump sum item. 303.05 Basis of Payment. (a) Lump Sum Method. Payment using this method will be on a lump sum basis. The lump sum price shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to completely construct each box culvert. Payment shall also include construction of all wingwalls, headwalls, and other appurtenances, as shown on the plans, excavation, backfill, and over excavation as necessary to provide a stable subgrade for box culvert construction. (b) Unit Price Method. Payment using this method will be made at the per linear foot price (LF) for box culvert completed, accepted and measured as provided above. The per lineal foot price shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to completely construct each box culvert. Payment shall also include excavation, backfill, and over excavation as necessary to provide a stable subgrade for box culvert construction. This per linear foot price shall not include construction of headwalls, wingwalls, and other appurtenances. They will be paid on a lump sum basis for each box culvert. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit (Size) Cast-in-Place Concrete Box Culvert LS or LF (Size) Precast Concrete Box Culvert LS or LF Wingwalls & Appurtenances LS Section 304. Vacant Section 305. Open Channels 305.01 Description. This work consists of construction of open channels, including earthen and concrete channels. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-73 305.02 Channel Excavation. Channels shall be excavated to the lines and grades shown on the plans. All constructed grades and slopes shall be within 0.1 feet of the plan grade. Ponding or standing water in the constructed channel will not be allowed. 305.03 Earthen Channel Finishes. Earthen channels shall receive a 4” minimum layer of topsoil meeting the requirements of Section 204. Topsoil shall be firmly compacted, then the surface scarified in preparation for seed or sod. All rocks and clods larger than 1 inch in diameter shall be removed before seeding or sodding operations begin. Seeding or sodding as specified on the plans shall be accomplished according to the requirements of Section 505. Erosion control fabric, if specified, shall be placed according to manufacturer’s specifications. Fabric shall be of the type specified unless an alternate type is approved in writing by the City. The Contractor shall submit a sample of the alternate fabric type along with specifications before such approval is granted. 305.04 Concrete Ditch Paving. (a) Materials. Concrete for ditch paving shall be Class 1 concrete in accordance with section 601. (b) Construction Requirements. 1) Subgrade. The subgrade shall be excavated or filled to the required grade. Soft and yielding material shall be removed and replaced with suitable material and the entire subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted. 2) Forms. Forms shall be constructed of metal or wood, free from warp, and of sufficient strength to resist springing during the process of depositing concrete. They shall be securely staked, braced, set, and held firmly to the required line and grade. Forms shall be cleaned and oiled before concrete is placed against them. 3) Placing and Finishing. The concrete shall be deposited in the forms upon a wetted subgrade to such depth that when it is compacted and finished, the flow line shall be at the required elevation and the sides at required widths, slopes, and thicknesses. The concrete shall be thoroughly compacted and the edges along the forms spaded to prevent honeycomb. The flow lines and sides shall be struck off with a straightedge and tamped sufficiently to flush mortar to the surface, after which it shall be finished with a wood float to a smooth and even surface. Edges shall be rounded with a ¼” edger. Transverse joints ¼” wide shall be tooled or sawed perpendicular to the flow line at intervals not greater than 15’ measured longitudinally along the flow line. Joints shall continue across the bottom and up the slope to form a continuous joint. 3” diameter weepholes shall be spaced at 10’ intervals along the channel. These weepholes shall be constructed in both channel walls a minimum of 6 inches and a maximum of 1 foot above the channel flowline. Weepholes will not be required if the channel wall is less than 1’ tall. When completed, the concrete shall be cured as specified in Section 601. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-74 4) Backfilling. Immediately after the forms have been removed, the spaces on each side of the paving shall be backfilled with suitable material and compacted with mechanical equipment. Solid sodding shall be placed in conjunction with backfill when provided on the plans. 5) Expansion Joints. When a section of ditch paving terminates at a drop inlet or other structure, a space not less than ½” wide shall be left between the end of the paving and the structure. This space shall be filled with joint filler conforming to the requirements of AASHTO M 213. Expansion joints shall also be placed between successive placements or as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer 6) Placement on Slopes. Slope paving shall begin at the toe of the slope and be constructed to the lines and dimensions as shown on the plans or as directed. 7) Toewalls. Concrete toewalls shall be constructed at the ends of all paved channels that do not terminate at a concrete structure. Toewalls shall be a minimum of 8” thick and 3’ deep below the flowline of the channel, and shall be placed monolithically with the concrete channel. 305.05 Method of Measurement. (a) Excavation for earthen or concrete channels shall be measured by the cubic yard (CY) of material removed. Quantities will be measured by cross sections taken before and after excavation operations. Payment for plan quantity of channel excavation will be made unless a change in the channel profile or cross section is made. (b) Concrete channels will be measured by the square yard (SY) of concrete placed. (c) Erosion control fabric will be measured by the square yard (SY) of area covered by fabric. Overlaps, splices, and other additional fabric required for proper placement of fabric according to manufacturers’ specifications will not be measured. 305.06 Basis of Payment. Work completed and accepted and measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract unit price per square yard for concrete channels and per square yard for erosion control fabric. Said price shall be full compensation for placement and finishing of concrete as specified, placement of erosion control fabric per manufacturer’s specifications, and all other labor, equipment, and materials necessary for a complete installation of each item as detailed on the plans. Excavation will be paid on a CY basis. The plan quantity will be considered the final quantity for purposes of final payment, unless changes to the original design are made. Payment for excavation shall include excavation and removal of material as required, grading to proposed elevations, and all other items of work required to prepare proposed channel areas for concrete or topsoil as required. Topsoil, seeding, and sodding as specified or shown on the plans will be paid for under other items of work. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-75 Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Channel Excavation CY (Plan Quantity) Concrete Channel Paving SY Erosion Control Fabric SY Section 306. Filter Blanket and Riprap 306.01 Description. This item consists of a protective layer of riprap, including filter blanket. 306.02 Materials. Stone for riprap shall be from an approved source and shall consist of a durable material with a percent of wear not greater than 45 by the Los Angeles Abrasion Test (AASHTO T96). Riprap stone shall have angular or fractured faces, and shall not weigh less than 140 pounds per cubic foot. Riprap stone shall be well graded to produce a minimum of voids. The maximum size of each piece shall be no greater than 18” in any dimension, and approximately 50% of material shall consist of pieces weighing 35 pounds or more. Filter blanket material shall consist of crushed stone reasonably well graded from coarse to fine as approved by the Engineer/City Engineer, or shall be a synthetic geotextile filter fabric meeting the requirements of AASHTO M288 for Erosion Control Class A. 306.03 Construction Requirements. (a) General. Prior to placing filter blanket and riprap, the slopes shall be shaped as shown on the plans. When rock or hard shale is encountered at the toe of the slope, the riprap shall be keyed into this material the depth of the riprap. Riprap shall be placed immediately following construction of the embankment in order to provide slope protection. (b) Filter Blanket. Granular filter blanket material shall be spread uniformly on the previously prepared and approved surface to the thickness and location shown on the plans. Placement of the material by methods that will cause segregation or cause damage to the surface will not be permitted. Compaction of filter blanket will not be required, but it shall be finished to present a reasonably even surface free from mounds or windrows. When fabric is used in lieu of granular material, it shall be placed directly on the prepared surface. Fabric sections may be placed vertically or horizontally on the slope. Adjacent fabric sections shall be joined by overlapping a minimum of 2’ at the edges and pinning the overlapped strip with U-shaped wire pins, single shaped steel pins with metal disc heads, or similar fasteners. The fasteners shall be 6” or more in length and shall hold the fabric firmly in place. Fasteners shall be inserted through both strips of overlapped fabric at intervals of approximately 4’ along the overlap. Additional pins shall be installed as necessary to prevent displacement of the fabric. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-76 Fabric shall be overlapped in the direction of water flow. The fabric shall be turned down and buried approximately 12” at the exterior limits. No construction equipment will be permitted directly on the fabric. (c) Dumped Riprap. Stone or broken concrete for dumped riprap shall be placed in such a manner as to produce a reasonably well graded mass of rock with the minimum practicable percentage of voids and shall be constructed to the lines and grades shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. Unless otherwise specified, the minimum rip-rap depth shall be 18 inches. Material shall be placed in such a manner as to avoid displacing the underlying material. The larger pieces shall be well distributed throughout the entire mass and the finished riprap shall be free from objectionable pockets of small or large pieces. Hand placing, to a limited extent, may be required, but only to the extent necessary to secure the results specified above. Placing riprap by dumping into chutes or by similar methods likely to cause segregation of various sizes will not be permitted. Riprap stone shall not be deposited in a manner that will cause damage to the filter blanket. Any damage to fabric during placement of riprap shall be corrected by the Contractor at no cost to the City prior to proceeding with the work. Damaged fabric shall be repaired by placing a piece of fabric large enough to cover the damaged area, overlapping, and pinning in accordance with this section. 306.04 Measurement and Payment. Quantities of 18” thick rip-rap will be measured by the square yard (SY). Filter blanket will not be measured. Payment for quantities of rip-rap completed and accepted and measured as provided above will be paid for at the unit contract price bid per square yard. Said price shall be full compensation for excavation and grading, placement of filter fabric, and placement of the rip-rap to the lines, grades, and depth specified. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Rip Rap SY Section 307. Flowable Select Material 307.01 Description. This item shall consist of the furnishing, mixing, and placing a flowable mixture of portland cement, fly ash, sand, and water for backfilling bridge abutments, pipe culverts, box culverts, structural plate pipe and arches, or other uses as approved by the Engineer/City Engineer. The material shall be placed in close conformity with the lines, grades, dimensions, and details shown on the plans or established by the Engineer. 307.02 Materials. The materials used in the flowable select material shall conform to the applicable requirements of Section 601. The portland cement, fly ash, and chemical admixtures shall be listed on the QPL. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-77 (a) Mix Design. The mix design will be prepared by the Contractor. The mixture will be proportioned to produce a flowable mixture without segregation. Material for one cubic yard, absolute volume, shall be as follows: Cement 80 - 100 lbs. Fly ash 220 - 300 lbs. Sand Variable to equal one cubic yard Water Approximately 65 gallons The minimum flow of the mixture shall be 8" as determined by the test method described herein. The unit weight shall be a minimum of 110 lbs./cubic foot. The mix design shall be accompanied by the following documentation: 1) A listing of the weights of all components of the proposed mix (water and admixtures may be measured by volume); 2) Certified test results for flow and unit weight. When unsatisfactory results or other conditions make it necessary, a new mix design will be established. (b) Sampling and Testing. Sampling and testing will be performed by the City. The flow test shall consist of filling a 3" diameter x 6" high open-ended cylinder to the top with the flowable material mixture. If necessary, the top of the mixture will be struck off level. The cylinder will then be pulled straight up and the flow will be measured by the approximate diameter of the mixture. There shall be no evidence of segregation in the mixture. The unit weight shall be determined according to AASHTO T 121, except that rodding and tapping shall not be done. 307.03 Construction Requirements. The Contractor shall provide sufficient supervision, labor, equipment, tools, and materials to assure proper production, delivery, and placement. When deemed necessary by the Engineer/City Engineer, the flowable select material shall be contained within the designated area by metal or wood forms that are sufficiently tight as to keep the loss of material to a minimum, or by other means as approved by the Engineer/City Engineer. The flowable select material shall be discharged from the mixer and conveyed into the space to be filled according to Section 601. The fill material shall be brought up uniformly to the fill line shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. Placing of other material over flowable select material may begin after the flowable select material has taken its initial set, is stable, and does not displace under equipment. 307.04 Method of Measurement. Flowable Select Material will be measured by the cubic yard. The quantities shown included in the proposal will be considered the final quantities and no further measurement will be made unless, in the opinion of the Engineer or upon evidence furnished by the Contractor, substantial variations exist between the planned quantities and actual quantities due to changes in alignment or dimensions or to apparent errors. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-78 307.05 Basis of Payment. Work completed, accepted, and measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract unit price bid per cubic yard for Flowable Select Material, which price shall be full compensation for designing the mix; for furnishing, mixing, and placing the material; and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Flowable Select Material CY Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-79 DIVISION 400. BASE AND PAVING Section 401. Aggregate Base Course 401.01 Description. This work consists of preparing an aggregate base course on a prepared foundation. 401.02 Materials. Materials for aggregate base course shall meet the requirements of the ARDOT Standard Specifications (2014) Section 303 for Class 7. 401.03 Construction Requirements. The base course material shall be placed on a completed and approved subgrade or existing base that has been bladed to substantially conform to the grade and cross section shown on the plans. The subgrade shall be prepared as specified in Section 203 and shall be free from an excess or deficiency of moisture at the time of placing base course material. The subgrade shall also comply, where applicable, with the requirements of other items that may be contained in the Contract that provide for the construction, reconstruction, or shaping of the subgrade or the reconstruction of the existing base course. Base course material shall not be placed on a frozen subgrade or subbase. The aggregate shall be placed on the subgrade or other base course material and spread uniformly to such depth and lines that when compacted it will have the thickness, width, and cross section shown on the plans. Unless otherwise specified or directed, base material shall extend full depth to 1’ beyond the planned back of curb line. If the specified compacted depth of the base course exceeds 8” the base shall be constructed in two or more layers of approximately equal thickness. The material shall be spread the same day that it is hauled. Spreading shall be performed in such a manner that no segregation of coarse and fine particles nor nests or hard areas caused by dumping the aggregate on the subgrade will exist. Care shall be taken to prevent mixing of subgrade or unspecified material with the base course material in the blading and spreading operation. When the base course is placed adjacent to an existing or newly constructed asphalt surface course or portland cement concrete pavement, the aggregate shall not be dumped or mixed on the pavement surface. Mechanical spreading equipment shall be used, if necessary, to place the base course on the subgrade. Each course shall be thoroughly mixed for the full depth of the course and shall be compacted by any satisfactory method that will produce the density specified. The aggregate shall be maintained substantially at optimum moisture during the mixing, spreading, and compacting operations. The specified grade and cross section shall be maintained by blading throughout the compaction operation. The material in each course shall be compacted to a density, not less than 98% of the maximum density determined in the laboratory by AASHTO T 180 or ASTM D1557. The aggregate shall be compacted across the full width of application. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-80 The compacted base course shall be tested for depth and any deficiencies corrected by scarifying, placing additional material, mixing, reshaping, and recompacting to the specified density, as directed. The base course shall be shaped for its full width to the required grade and cross section. The finished base course layer shall not vary at any point by more than .02 foot from the prescribed elevation. The Contractor shall maintain the base course in a satisfactory condition until accepted. 401.04 Method of Measurement. Aggregate base course will be measured in square yards of material in place per the plans. Measurement will include areas up to 1’ behind the backs of curbs if required on the plans. Aggregate base course placed beyond 1’ behind the back of curbs will not be measured. 401.05 Basis of Payment. Work completed and accepted and measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract unit price bid per square yard for Aggregate Base Course, which price shall be full compensation for preparing the subgrade; for furnishing material; for spreading; finishing, watering, manipulating, and compacting; and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Pay Item Pay Unit (Depth) Aggregate Base Course SY Section 402. Prime and Tack Coats 402.01 Description. This work consists of preparing and treating an existing surface with asphalt or emulsified petroleum products and, if required, blotter material. 402.02 Materials. (a) Asphalt. Asphalt cement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 20 or M 226. (b) Emulsified Asphalt. Emulsified asphalt shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 140 or M 208. (c) Emulsified Petroleum Products. Emulsified petroleum products, “EPR-1 Prime” or approved equal, may be used as the Prime Coat when indicated on the Plans or approved by the Engineer/City Engineer. (d) Blotter Material. Aggregate for blotter material shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 43 for size 10. Asphalt will be conditionally accepted at the source. Blotter material may be accepted in the stockpile, at the source, or at the roadway prior to placement. 402.03 Construction Requirements. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-81 (a) Weather Limitations. Prime coat shall not be applied on a wet surface, when the surface temperature is below 45°F, or when weather conditions would prevent the proper construction of the prime coat. Tack coat shall not be applied unless weather conditions meet the requirements for laying asphalt courses. (b) Equipment. The contractor shall provide equipment for heating the asphalt and uniformly applying the asphalt and blotter material. The distributor shall be capable of uniformly distributing prime and tack coats at even temperatures on variable surface widths at readily determined and controlled rates from 0.05 to 2.0 gallons per square yard. Distributor equipment shall include a tachometer, pressure gages, volume measuring devices or a calibrated tank, and a thermometer for measuring temperatures of tank contents. (c) Preparation of Surface. Surfaces to be primed shall be shaped to the required grade and section, free from all ruts, corrugations, segregated material, or other irregularities and uniformly compacted and broomed. Surfaces to receive tack coat shall be free of dirt, gravel, and other debris and shall be thoroughly washed and broomed to produce a clean and dry surface. (d) Application of Asphalt. Asphalt shall be applied by a pressure distributor in a uniform, continuous spread. When traffic is maintained, not more than ½ the width of the section shall be treated in one application. Care shall be taken so the application of asphalt at the junctions of spreads is not in excess of the specified amount. Excess asphalt shall be squeegeed from the surface. Skipped areas or deficiencies shall be corrected. Building paper shall be placed over the end of the previous applications, and the joining application shall start on the building paper. Building paper used shall be removed and satisfactorily disposed of. When traffic is maintained, one-way traffic shall be permitted on the untreated portion of the roadbed. After the asphalt has been absorbed by the surface and will not pick up, traffic shall be transferred to the treated portion and the remaining width of the section shall be primed. The quantities, rate of application, temperatures, and areas to be treated shall be approv ed before application of the prime or tack coat. (e) Emulsified petroleum products. Emulsified petroleum products, “EPR-1 Prime” or approved equal, where indicated on the Plans or approved by the Engineer/City Engineer as the Prime Coat shall be installed per the Manufacturer’s recommendations and as follows: 1) Required Field Dilution Rate – 3 parts water to 1 part EPR-1 PRIME (Note: Verification samples will be obtained prior to dilution); (b) Minimum required Application Rate – 0.30 gallons per square yard. (f) Application of Blotter Material. If the prime coat fails to penetrate within the time specified and the roadway must be used by traffic, blotter material shall be spread in the quantities required to absorb any excess asphalt. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-82 (g) Prime Coats not required. Unless indicated or directed otherwise, prime coats will not be required when the initial asphalt course placed upon the aggregate is a minimum of 4 inches in thickness. 402.04 Measurement and Payment. Prime coat, when required, will be measured and paid for per square yard of material placed at the required application rate. Tack coat will not be measured and will be subsidiary to other items. Blotter material will not be measured but will be subsidiary to other items. Pay Item Pay Unit Prime Coat SY Section 403. Asphalt Concrete Hot Mix 403.01 Description. This item consists of furnishing and placing asphalt concrete hot mix of the type specified on a prepared foundation. 403.02 Materials, Design, and Quality Control of Superpave Mixes. (a) Materials. Materials for Asphalt Concrete Binder Course shall meet the requirements of Section 406 of the ARDOT Standard Specifications Edition of 2014. Materials for Asphalt Concrete Surface Course shall meet the requirements of Section 407 of the ARDOT Standard Specifications Edition of 2014, modified as follows: All surface courses serving as wearing courses shall fully comply with Section 409 of the ARDOT Standard Specifications Edition 2014. If and where so indicated in the Plans and the Bid for Unit Price Contract, and where the surface course is installed by two or more lifts, then the surface course(s) which shall be installed beneath the final lift of the wearing course may be an all limestone course aggregate mix otherwise complying with Section 409 of the ARDOT Standard Specifications Edition 2014 and subject to the review and acceptance by the Engineer and Owner. (b) Design and Quality Control Requirements. Design and quality control of Superpave mixes shall be as specified in Section 404 of the ARDOT Standard Specifications Edition of 2014. Marshall mixes may be allowed in certain instances. See Section 6.4.4, Asphalt Concrete Hot Mix, of the City of Fayetteville Minimum Street Standards for requirements. (c) Materials and Equipment for Asphalt Concrete Plant Mix Courses. Materials and equipment for asphalt concrete plant mix courses shall meet the requirements of Section 409 of the ARDOT Standard Specifications Edition of 2003, except for the requirements of Section 409.04(b) is at the contractor’s option. If a material transfer device is used, the requirements of Section 409.04(b) shall apply. 403.03 Construction Requirements. (a) Description. The methods employed in performing the work shall be at the Contractor’s option. When the production and/or placement of the material does not comply with the Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-83 specifications, the Contractor shall make the changes necessary to bring the work into compliance. (b) Pre-Placement Conference. Unless waived by the Engineer, prior to the start of paving operations the Contractor shall conduct a Pre-Placement Conference involving the Contractor’s personnel and the Engineer and City’s personnel. The Contractor’s proposed plant, delivery, laydown, compaction, and equipment shall be discussed and, if deemed necessary by the City, all the equipment inspected. The accepted mix designs and materials to be used shall be discussed. The proposed mixing and compaction temperatures, sampling and testing plan, haul route, rolling pattern, and other pertinent information shall be discussed. The Pre-Placement Conference and all items discussed shall be documented by the Contractor and furnished to the Engineer within ten calendar days after the Pre-Placement Conference. (c) Preparation of Mixture. The aggregates, mineral filler, and asphalt binder shall be measured separately and accurately mixed in the proper proportions according to the mix design. The aggregates shall be thoroughly coated and the mixture shall not show an excess or deficiency of asphalt binder, injury or damage due to burning or overheating, or an improper combination of aggregates. The continuous production of ACHM shall be within plus or minus 25°F (14°C) of the mixing temperature shown on the approved mix design. Momentary temperature spikes shall be kept to a minimum. (d) Preparation of Base or Existing Surface. Newly constructed base courses or subgrade shall be prepared as set forth in the specification item covering such items. Prior to placing asphalt base, binder, or surface courses, all required corrections of the existing pavement or base, such as filling potholes, sags, and depressions, or alterations of the existing pavement crown, shall be made. Such corrections shall be accomplished by placing asphalt binder or surface course mixtures at the location and in a manner as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. Asphalt material used for wedging or leveling courses, or for fillings holes, may be placed by hand, blade grader, or mechanical spreader methods. The mixture shall be featheredged to a smooth and even surface around the edges of these areas. Prior to arrival of the mixture on the work, the prepared surface shall be cleaned of all loose and foreign materials and primed or tack coated as specified. Excessive joint and crack filler shall be removed before application of the prime or tack coat. The mixture shall not be placed on a surface that shows evidence of free moisture. Contact surfaces of curbing, gutters, manholes, and other structures shall be painted with a thin coating of rapid curing cutback asphalt or emulsified asphalt. No direct compensation will be made for this work. If the earlier course has been contaminated with dirt or other foreign materials, or when the time lapse between courses is in excess of 8 hours, the earlier course shall be cleaned and given a tack coat prior to placing the succeeding course. The maximum amount of time between the application of tack coat and the placement of an asphalt course shall not exceed 8 hours. If more than 8 hours has lapsed since tack coat application, the surface shall be re-tacked prior to the Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-84 placement of any successive asphalt course. If directed by the Engineer/City Engineer, a tack coat shall be used even though the lapsed time has been less than 8 hours. (e) Transporting. The mixture shall be transported from the mixing plant to the work in vehicles with clean tight beds. When the mixture is being hauled more than 15 miles or when the mixture is being placed between November 1 and April 1, the beds of the vehicles shall be covered with canvas or other suitable material to retard loss of heat. The cover shall extend over the sides and ends or the truck bed and shall be securely fastened. When the mixture is being hauled less than 15 miles the cover shall be stored on the truck at all times to be utilized when overtaken by sudden rains. No loads shall be sent so late in the day as to interfere with spreading and compacting the mixture during daylight hours unless adequate artificial lighting is provided. Sufficient haul vehicles and plant production rate shall be maintained to the project to provide a continuous operation on the roadway. Only non-petroleum release agents approved by the Engineer/City Engineer shall be used in haul trucks. (f) Spreading and Finishing. The mixture shall be placed on an approved surface, spread, and struck off to the line, grade, and elevation established. The mixture shall be placed only on a base that shows no evidence of free moisture, and only when weather conditions are suitable. The mixture from all types of plants should be delivered to the paver within the recommended compaction temperature range as shown on the approved job mix design. These recommended temperatures should be used in placing and compacting the material. In addition, surface and binder course mixtures shall not be placed on the roadway at a temperature lower than 250 F. The paver shall uniformly distribute and compact the mixture in front of the screed for the full width being paved. The screed or strike-off assembly shall effectively produce a finished surface of smooth and uniform texture without tearing, shoving, or gouging the mixture. The paver shall be operated at forward speeds consistent with satisfactory laying of the mixture. The speed of the paver shall be matched with the plant production rate and number of hauling units. Stop and go operation of the paver is to be avoided. The longitudinal joint in one layer shall offset that in the layer immediately below by approximately 6”. In general, the joint in the top layer shall be at the centerline of the pavement if the asphalt is placed in 2 passes or less, or at lane lines if the asphalt is placed in more than 2 passes. (g) Rolling and Density Requirements and Joints. The mixture, after being spread, shall be thoroughly compacted by rolling as soon as it will bear the weight of the rollers without undue displacement. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-85 At the beginning of placement of each mix design, the Contractor shall establish an optimum rolling pattern that will achieve the specified density for the mix being placed. The Contractor may continue with paving operations while the optimum rolling pattern is being established. The established rolling pattern shall be used for compacting all mix placed unless a change in the job mix formula occurs or unacceptable results are obtained. Whenever a change in the job mix formula occurs, or when the compaction method or equipment is changed, or when unacceptable results are obtained, a new optimum rolling pattern shall be established. The number, weight, and type of rollers, and the optimum rolling pattern shall be such that the specified density and surface requirements are consistently attained while the mixture is in a workable condition. Final approval of the rollers and the rolling pattern will be based upon satisfactory performance and the ability to compact the mixture to the specified density and surface requirements. Rollers that produce excessive crushing of aggregate particles will not be permitted. When using vibratory rollers, the Contractor shall exercise due caution to prevent any deterioration of the material caused by excessive rolling or vibration. Vibratory rollers shall be operated in such a manner that overlap of adjacent passes shall be held to a minimum. Vibration shall not be used on courses less than 1-½” thick. Rolling shall start longitudinally at the low edge and proceed toward the higher portion of the mat. When paving in echelon or abutting the previously placed lane, the longitudinal joint shall be rolled first followed by the regular rolling procedure. Alternate passes of the roller shall be terminated at least 3’ from any preceding stop. Rolling on superelevated curves shall progress from the low side. Rollers shall not be stopped perpendicular to the centerline of the traveled way. The speed of the roller shall be slow enough to avoid displacement of the hot mixture, and in no case more than 3 mph. The roller shall be operated in such a manner that no displacement of the mat will occur. Rolling shall proceed continuously until the required density is attained and all roller marks are eliminated, leaving the surface smooth and uniform and the required density attained. To prevent adhesion of the asphalt mixture to the rollers, the rollers shall be kept moist for the full width of the rollers, but excess water will not be permitted. Rollers shall not pass over the unprotected end of a freshly laid mixture. Transverse joints shall be formed by cutting back on the previous run to expose the full depth of the course. A brush coat of asphalt material shall be used on contact surfaces of transverse joints just before additional mixture is placed against the previously placed material. (h) Weather Limitations. Hot mix asphalt materials shall not be mixed or placed when the surface temperature is below 40° F or when there is frost in the base or subgrade, or at any other time when weather conditions are unsuitable for the type of material being placed. Regardless of the temperatures herein specified, paving will not be allowed unless specific density, either by percent of field mold density or by rolling procedure, can be achieved before the bituminous mixture cools to 175° F. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-86 403.04 Acceptance of Pavement and Adjustments in Payment. (a) Superpave Mixes Acceptance of asphalt payment designed using Superpave Methods shall be according to Section 410.09 of the ARDOT Standard Specifications Edition of 2003 except as modified herein. 403.05 Modifications and Augmentations of ARDOT Standard Specifications. Modifications and augmentations of ARDOT Standard Specifications detailed in this subsection apply to 2014 Edition of the Standard Specifications. Samples for all properties except density, thickness, and the investigation of segregation shall be obtained from trucks at the plant. The contractor/testing agency shall clearly mark the load ticket of each sampled truck to indicate that the load has been sampled. The Contractor shall provide the straight-edge for use in pavement smoothness testing. Sublot sizes for density and depth measurements will be 500 tons, and lot sizes will be 3000 tons. Locations for cores to be taken for density and depth testing will be determined using ARDOT Test Method #465. Compliance, price reduction, and rejection limits for density will be in accordance with Table 410-1 of the ARDOT Standard Specifications. Calculations of price reductions will be in accordance with 410.09(d)(5) of the ARDOT Standard Specifications. For asphalt that is outside the limits shown as lot rejection limits but within the limits shown as sublot rejection limits in Table 410-1, the City shall determine if that mix shall be removed at the contractor’s expense or left in place without pay to contractor. All asphalt that is outside the limits shown as sublot rejection limits shall be removed in accordance with this section. For small projects (less than 1500 tons total) price reduction amounts shall be reduced to 50% of the amounts specified in Section 410 of the ARDOT Standard Specifications. Thickness of the finished asphalt will be monitored by measuring the thickness of the density cores taken. The average of all depth measurements shall not be less than the required depth shown on the plans. Depth of any core in excess of plus one-quarter inch (+ 1/4”) will not be used in computing the average depth. If the average depth is less than the required depth, it will be corrected by overlaying with additional ACHM surface, or as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. In addition, thickness of individual cores shall not be greater than 1/4” less than the plan depth. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-87 The absolute minimum pavement thickness for any core shall be 3 inches. When pavement design thickness is less than 3 inches, the minimum thickness for each core that will be accepted shall be the design thickness. The method for determining the limits of removal for density or depth is as follows: If a single core test falls outside of the limits shown as “Sublot Rejection Limits” in 410-1, two additional tests shall be run in close proximity (within three feet). If the average of these three tests is within the sublot rejection limits in Table 410-1, then this average shall become the value for the density of this sublot. If the average of the three tests is still outside of the sublot rejection limits, tests shall be run at 50-foot intervals in both directions until results are found that are within the sublot rejection limits. All asphalt that is outside of the limits shown as sublot rejection limits as determined by the above method shall be removed and replaced. After replacement, a core shall be taken in the replacement asphalt and the density determined. The average of this density test and the two isolation tests shall become the density for the sublot. The contractor shall do all coring and testing for density and depth at no additional cost to the City. The City may require additional cores cut for verification of the contractor’s test. Verification testing will be paid for by the City. When lots and sublot divisions for initial and final courses do not coincide, the Contractor may be required to take additional samples (full-depth) at his expense to determine asphalt thickness. Locations of such cores shall be approved by the Engineer. Section 410.10 of the ARDOT Standard Specifications will not be used under this contract. 403.06 Method of Measurement. Measurement will be by one of the following methods as detailed below. The method to be used will be stated in the bid form. Asphalt concrete hot mix (ACHM) will be measured by either the ton or square yard of material in place and as indicated on the Plans and the Bid for Unit Price Contract. Asphalt concrete hot mix (ACHM) where indicated to be measured by the ton will be substantiated by weight tickets, which shall be submitted to the City at the time of asphalt delivery. Deductions for asphalt placed in areas not designated in the plans and not directed by the Engineer/City Engineer or for asphalt placed at depths more than 1/8” over plan depth will be made at the discretion of the Engineer/City Engineer. Measurement of these deductions will be by a method deemed appropriate by the Engineer/City Engineer. Asphalt concrete hot mix (ACHM) where indicated to be measured by the square yard (SY) will be substantiated by surface area measurements of asphalt concrete hot mix in place. Deductions for asphalt placed in areas not designated in the plans and not directed by the Engineer/City Engineer will be made at the discretion of the Engineer/City Engineer. Measurement of these deductions will be by a method deemed appropriate by the Engineer/City Engineer. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-88 403.07 Basis of Payment. Payment will be based upon the method of measurements and by one of the following methods as detailed below. Asphalt concrete hot mix will be paid for by either: (a) Per ton: at the contract unit price bid per ton of material placed in plan locations; said price shall include furnishing mix designs, furnishing material, for heating, mixing, hauling, placing, rolling, finishing, and for all other labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work, or (b) Square yard (SY): at the contract unit price bid per (depth asphalt concrete hot mix) square yard (SY) of material placed in plan locations; said price shall include furnishing mix designs, furnishing material, for heating, mixing, hauling, placing, rolling, finishing, and for all other labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work, as indicated on the Plans and the Bid for Unit Price Contract. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Asphalt Concrete Hot Mix Binder Course (ACHMBC) Ton Asphalt Concrete Hot Mix Surface Course (ACHMSC) Ton OR Pay Item Pay Unit (Depth) Asphalt Concrete Hot Mix Binder Course (ACHMBC) SY (Depth) Asphalt Concrete Hot Mix Surface Course (ACHMSC) SY Section 404. Asphalt Concrete Hot Mix Base Course 404.01 Description. This item shall consist of a base course constructed on an accepted course according to these specifications and in substantial conformity with the lines, grades, and typical cross sections shown on the plans. 404.02 Materials. The materials and equipment shall comply with the requirements of Asphalt Concrete Hot Mix Base Course (Section 405 of the ARDOT Standard Specifications). 404.03 Construction Requirements. Construction requirements shall comply with the requirements of Asphalt Concrete Hot Mix Base Course (Section 405 of the ARDOT Standard Specifications). 404.04 Method of Measurement. Measurement will be by one of the following methods as detailed below. The method to be used will be stated in the bid form. Asphalt concrete hot mix base course will be measured by either the ton or square yard of material in place and as indicated on the Plans and the Bid for Unit Price Contract. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-89 Asphalt concrete hot mix base course where indicated to be measured by the ton will be substantiated by weight tickets, which shall be submitted to the City at the time of asphalt delivery. Deductions for asphalt placed in areas not designated in the plans and not directed by the Engineer/City Engineer or for asphalt placed at depths more than 1/8” over plan depth will be made at the discretion of the Engineer/City Engineer. Measurement of these deductions will be by a method deemed appropriate by the Engineer/City Engineer. Asphalt concrete hot mix base course where indicated to be measured by the square yard (SY) will be substantiated by surface area measurements of asphalt concrete hot mix in place. Deductions for asphalt placed in areas not designated in the plans and not directed by the Engineer/City Engineer will be made at the discretion of the Engineer/City Engineer. Measurement of these deductions will be by a method deemed appropriate by the Engineer/City Engineer. 404.05 Basis of Payment. Payment will be based upon the method of measurements and by one of the following methods as detailed below. Asphalt concrete hot mix base course will be paid for by either: (a) Per ton: at the contract unit price bid per ton of material placed in plan locations; said price shall include furnishing mix designs, furnishing material, for heating, mixing, hauling, placing, rolling, finishing, and for all other labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work, or (b) Square yard (SY): at the contract unit price bid per (depth asphalt concrete hot mix) square yard (SY) of material placed in plan locations; said price shall include furnishing mix designs, furnishing material, for heating, mixing, hauling, placing, rolling, finishing, and for all other labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work, as indicated on the Plans and the Bid for Unit Price Contract. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Asphalt Concrete Hot Mix Base Course Ton OR Pay Item Pay Unit (Depth) Asphalt Concrete Hot Mix Base Course SY Section 405. Asphalt Concrete Patching for Maintenance of Traffic 405.01 Description. This item shall consist of an asphalt concrete material composed of mineral aggregate and asphalt binder for use in patching to maintain traffic including temporary repairs for roadway cuts. This item shall be placed for all roadway cuts unless directed otherwise by the Engineer/City Engineer. This item will be placed for other maintenance of traffic if and where directed on the plans or by the Engineer/City Engineer. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-90 405.02 Materials and Composition. Materials and equipment shall conform to the requirements of ACHM Surface Course (Standard Specification Section 403) or Asphalt Concrete Cold Plant Mix (Section 411 of ARDOT Standard Specifications). 405.03 Construction Requirements. Construction requirements shall conform, insofar as possible, to Section 406 and as follows: All roadway cuts shall be temporarily or permanently repaired within 24 hours of the completion of trench backfill for the work, or segment of work, which required the excavation and/or cut. Temporary roadway cut repairs shall be a minimum of two (2) inches and a maximum of three (3) inches of asphalt and shall comply with Specification Section 405 and 406. Permanent roadway cut repairs shall comply with the plans and specifications and as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. Temporary roadway cut repairs shall be maintained by the contractor. Temporary roadway cut repairs shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor as necessary during installation of permanent roadway cut repairs or new roadway construction. 405.04 Method of Measurement. Asphalt Concrete Patching for Maintenance of Traffic will be measured by the ton of mix placed as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. In no case shall measurement of the Temporary Repairs for Roadway Cut extend beyond the pay limit shown on the details on the Plans. Temporary Repairs for Roadway Cut with depths less than two (2) inches and all depths greater than three (3) inches shall not be measured for payment. 405.05 Basis of Payment. Work completed and accepted and measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract unit price bid per ton for Asphalt Concrete Patching for Maintenance of Traffic, which price shall be full compensation for furnishing materials; for heating, mixing, hauling, placing, and compacting; and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. No payment will be made for: 1) Material placed without authorization of Engineer/City Engineer. 2) Material placed beyond the pay limits shown on the detail for each type of pavement repair. 3) Material placed to repair previously patched areas unless approved by the Engineer/City Engineer. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Asphalt Concrete Patching for Maintenance of Traffic Ton Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-91 Section 406. Asphalt Concrete Hot Mix Patching of Existing Roadway 406.01 Description. This item shall consist of patching the existing roadway using asphalt concrete material composed of mineral aggregate and asphalt binder. 406.02 Materials and Composition. Materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 402, Tack Coat and Section 403. 406.03 Construction Requirements. Unstable areas in existing roadways and shoulders, designated by the Engineer/City Engineer to be repaired, shall be removed to provide firm vertical sides and a firm, stable, bottom generally parallel with the existing surface. All loose or foreign material shall be removed from the hole. A tack coat of emulsified asphalt shall be applied to the sides of the hole. Asphalt Concrete Hot Mix Binder or Surface Course shall be placed in the hole in uniform layers, not to exceed 4 inches loose measurement. Compaction, satisfactory to the Engineer/City Engineer, shall be accomplished with a mechanical tamper or other approved methods. The finished surface shall be smooth and level with the surrounding surface. 406.04 Method of Measurement. Asphalt Concrete Hot Mix Patching of Existing Roadway will be measured by the ton of mix. 406.05 Basis of Payment. Work completed and accepted and measured as provided above, will be paid for at the contract unit price bid per ton for ACHM Patching of Existing Roadway, which price shall be full compensation for excavation of the existing roadway; for removal and disposal of excavated material; for compacting and tacking the excavated area; for furnishing materials; for heating, mixing, hauling, placing, and compacting the materials; and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Asphalt Concrete Hot Mix Patching of Existing Roadway Ton Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-92 DIVISION 500. MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION Section 501. Concrete Curb and Gutter 501.01 Description. This item shall consist of the construction of integral curb, concrete curb, or concrete combination curb and gutter according to these specifications and in conformity with the locations, lines, and grades shown on the plans or as directed. 501.02 Materials. The Concrete shall be Class 1 Concrete as provided in Section 601. The maximum allowable slump shall be 4 inches. When an extrusion machine is used, the Contractor may modify the concrete mix design, upon approval of the Engineer/City Engineer, to improve workability while maintaining the requirements for Class 1 Concrete. Material for joint filler shall comply with AASHTO M 213. 501.03 Construction Requirements. (a) Subgrade. The subgrade shall be shaped to the required depth below the finished surface, according to the dimensions shown on the plans, and shall be compacted to a firm, even surface. Where curb is to be placed as part of a street, the compaction requirements of the street shall apply to the subgrade and base course underneath the curb. (b) Placing and Finishing. 1) Integral Curb. After the concrete pavement has been struck off, the curb forms shall be clamped or otherwise securely fastened in place to the slab form and additional concrete for the curb shall then be deposited and thoroughly tamped. The concrete shall be placed within 30 minutes after the pavement slab has been finished and care shall be taken to secure monolithic construction. The concrete shall be spaded or vibrated sufficiently to eliminate voids and shall be tamped to bring the mortar to the surface. It shall then be finished smooth and even with a wood float and given a Class 6 finish according to Section 601.16. The edges shall be rounded with an approved finishing tool to the radius shown on the plans. 2) Concrete Curb or Concrete Combination Curb and Gutter. The concrete shall be deposited in the forms upon wetted subgrade and vibrated and spaded until mortar entirely covers the surface, after which it shall be finished smooth and even by means of a wood float and given a Class 6 finish according to Section 601.16. Edges shall be rounded as shown on the plans while the concrete is still plastic. (c) Joints. Expansion joints for concrete curb or concrete combination of curb and gutter shall be installed at stationary structures such as catch basins, drop inlets, etc., and at ends of curb returns. Where curb and gutter is constructed adjacent to or on rigid pavements, the location and width of joints shall coincide with those in the pavement, where practicable. Expansion joints shall have a thickness of ½” and shall be filled with joint filler according to Section 601.11 shaped to the cross section of the curb and constructed at right angles to the curb line. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-93 Contraction joints for concrete curb or concrete combination curb and gutter shall be 1/8” to 3/8” wide x 1-½” deep and shall be constructed at 15’ intervals. They shall be constructed at right angles to the centerline and perpendicular to the surface of the curb and gutter. Where curb and gutter is constructed adjacent to or on rigid pavements, the location and width of joints shall coincide with those in the pavement, where practicable. Contraction joints shall be formed by sawing, unless otherwise specified, and filled according to the requirements for Joint Seals as specified in Section 601.11, or with a commercially available silicone product approved by the City. (d) Surface Tests. Before the concrete is given the final finishing, the surface of the gutter and the top of the curb shall be true to line and grade. The maximum variation in 10’ shall not exceed 3/8”. (e) Curing. When completed, the concrete shall be cured as specified in Section 601.15. (f) Backfilling. After the concrete has set sufficiently, the space behind the curb shall be refilled to the required elevation with suitable material, free from topsoil, leaves, twigs, or other organic material, trash, large rocks, or other deleterious materials. This material shall be firmly compacted to 90% of the material’s maximum density as determined by AASHTO T99 or ASTM D698 by means of approved mechanical equipment and neatly graded. 501.04 Method of Measurement. Curbing will be measured by the linear foot (LF) along the face of the curb at the gutter line. Integral curb placed with concrete pavement will not be measured separately, but shall be included in the price bid for concrete pavement. Modified curbs across driveways and streets will be measured as curb.Curbs placed as part of commercial asphalt driveway construction will also be measured as curb. 501.05 Basis of Payment. Work completed and accepted and measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract unit price bid per linear foot (LF) for Concrete Curb or Concrete Curb and Gutter, which price shall be full compensation for furnishing materials, including joint filler; for forms; for mixing, placing, and finishing concrete; and for excavation and backfilling when not included in other items. Pay Item Pay Unit Concrete Curb and Gutter LF Concrete Curb LF Section 502. Concrete Sidewalks 502.01 Description. This item shall consist of the construction of concrete walks according to these specifications and in conformity with the dimensions, locations, lines, and grade shown on the plans or as directed. 502.02 Materials. Concrete shall comply with the requirements for Class 1 Concrete as provided in Section 601. The maximum allowable slump shall be 4 inches. Aggregate base shall meet the requirements of Section 401. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-94 502.03 Construction Requirements. (a) Subgrade. The subgrade shall be excavated or filled to the required grade. Unacceptable material shall be removed and replaced with suitable material, free from topsoil, leaves, twigs, or other organic material, trash, large rocks, or other deleterious materials, and the entire subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted with approved mechanical equipment to not less than 90% of the material’s maximum density as determined by AASHTO T99 or ASTM D698. (b) Aggregate Base Course. Class 7 aggregate base meeting the requirements of Section 401 shall be installed on the approved subgrade to a minimum depth of 4 inches outside of driveway areas and a minimum depth of 6 inches across driveways, and compacted to 95% of Modified Proctor Density as determined by AASHTO T 180 or ASTM D1557. (c) Placing and Finishing. The concrete shall be deposited in the forms upon the wetted aggregate base to such depth that when it is compacted and finished, the top shall be at the required elevation. It shall be thoroughly consolidated and the edges along the forms spaded to prevent honeycomb. The top shall then be struck off with a straightedge and tamped or vibrated sufficiently to flush mortar to the surface, after which it shall be given a Class 6 finish according to Section 601.16. Edges shall be rounded with a ¼” radius, including edges at joints. Concrete thickness shall be 4 inches outside of driveway areas and 6 inches across driveways unless otherwise specified. Transverse joints in the walks shall be cut with a ¼” jointer at intervals not greater than the width of the walk being constructed, or as directed. This joint pattern shall be continuous through driveways. When completed, the concrete shall be cured as specified in Section 601.15. (d) Backfilling. After the forms have been removed, the spaces on each side of the walk shall be backfilled with suitable material, which shall be firmly compacted and neatly graded. Topsoil meeting the requirements of Section 204 shall be used when areas adjacent to the sidewalk are to be seeded or sodded. (e) Expansion Joints. A space not less than ½” wide shall be left between the sidewalks and adjacent structures, except that no space shall be left between the sides of the walks and adjacent curbs. This space shall be filled with approved joint filler complying with AASHTO M 213. 502.04 Method of Measurement. Concrete sidewalk of the specified thickness will be measured by the square yard (SY). 502.05 Basis of Payment. Work completed and accepted and measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract unit price bid per square yard (SY) for Concrete Sidewalks of the thickness specified, which price shall be full compensation for furnishing materials, including concrete, aggregate base, and joint filler; constructing the concrete sidewalk; for excavation and Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-95 backfilling where not included in other contract items; and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit 4” Thick Concrete Sidewalk SY 6” Thick Concrete Sidewalk SY Section 503. Driveway Construction or Reconstruction 503.01 Description. This work consists of reconstructing existing driveways or constructing new driveways with concrete, asphalt, aggregate base course, or other materials as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. 503.02 Materials. Concrete for driveway reconstruction shall be Class 1 according to the requirements of Section 601. Asphalt shall be Surface Course per the requirements of Section 403. Aggregate base course shall meet the requirements of Section 401. All other materials shall be as specified or as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. 503.03 Construction Requirements. (a) General. Aprons and driveways shall be constructed in the locations, to the lines and grades, and of the material type shown on the Plans, or as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. Construction of driveways with greater than 12% slope perpendicular to the street will not be allowed except as approved by the Engineer. Driveway widths shall match widths of existing driveways, with a minimum driveway width of 10’ and a maximum width of 40’ for commercial driveways and 24’ for residential driveways. All driveways designated as commercial driveways shall be constructed with concrete curb and gutter along each side of the driveway. Driveways and aprons shall be constructed on a compacted subgrade consisting of material approved by the Engineer/City Engineer. (b) Driveway Removal. Existing driveways shall be removed to the locations shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer to create a smooth transition from the roadway to the adjacent property. The back limit of the driveway shall be sawed if required to produce a neat line. (c) Concrete Apron. Concrete apron shall be constructed on all driveways beginning at the back of curbs and extending to the front edge of the sidewalk. Concrete aprons shall be of a residential or commercial type as shown on the plans. The apron thickness shall be as shown on the Plans, but not less than six inches (6”). Mixing, placement, and finishing of concrete shall be as required in Section 601. Contraction joints shall be constructed so that slabs are no more than 15’ in any dimension. One half-inch (½”) expansion material meeting the requirements of Section 601.11 shall be placed between the backs of curbs and the apron. Joints shall be tooled or sawed at 10’ intervals perpendicular to the street. These saw joints shall be filled with joint sealant meeting the requirements of Section 601.11. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-96 (d) Concrete Driveways. Concrete driveways shall be constructed where shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. The driveway thickness shall be as shown on the Plans, but not less than six inches (6”). Mixing, placement, and finishing of concrete shall be as required in Section 601. Contraction joints shall be constructed so that slabs are no more than 15’ in any dimension. When concrete driveways are constructed monolithically with concrete apron, a contraction joint shall be constructed at the interface between the apron and the driveway. All joints shall be sealed according to Section 601.11. (e) Asphalt Driveways. Asphalt driveways shall consist of approved Surface Mix. Construction of asphalt driveways shall meet the requirements of Section 403. The thickness of the asphalt driveway section shall be as shown on the Plans, but in no case shall be less than 2” of asphalt constructed on 6” of aggregate base course. (f) Aggregate Base Driveways. All existing driveways constructed of soil or gravel shall be reconstructed with aggregate base meeting the requirements of Section 401. Placement of base material shall be according to the lines and grades shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. Thickness of base shall be as shown on the plans, but in no case shall be less than 6”. Compaction requirements are as specified in Section 401. 503.04 Method of Measurement. If specifically included as a pay item, asphalt or concrete driveway removal shall be measured by the square yard (SY) from the existing roadway edge to the limits of the driveway removal. Removal of other driveways will not be measured. Concrete aprons and all driveways shall be measured by the square yard (SY). Curb constructed as part of concrete aprons or concrete driveways will be measured as driveway. Curb for asphalt driveways will not be measured as part of this item. 503.05 Basis of Payment. Work completed and measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract unit price bid per square yard for the various items. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing materials, for excavation and subgrade preparation; for shaping and finishing; and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Concrete Driveway Aprons SY Concrete Driveway SY Asphalt Driveway SY Aggregate Base Course Driveway SY Asphalt/Concrete Driveway Removal SY Section 504. Headwalls and Retaining Walls 504.01 Description. This item consists of constructing concrete headwalls and retaining walls at the locations and to the lines and grades shown on the plans. Modular Block retaining walls, and/or Mechanically Stabilized Earth retaining structures with facing, when so indicated in the Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-97 plans or the proposal shall be specified in a Special Provision supplemental to these Standard Specifications. 504.02 Materials. Concrete shall meet the requirements of Section 601 for Class 1 for headwalls, and Class 1 for retaining walls. Reinforcing steel shall meet the requirements of Section 602. 504.03 Construction Requirements. The subgrade on which the footing is to be placed shall be prepared by excavating to the required grade and thoroughly co mpacting the existing material. If the existing material at the elevation of the bottom of the footing is soft and yielding, and the Engineer/City Engineer so directs, it shall be removed and replaced with suitable material according to Section 202. Reinforcing steel shall be placed as shown on the plans. Weepholes of the size shown on the plans shall be set in the forms before concrete is placed. Concrete shall be furnished, placed, finished, and cured according to the requirements of Section 601. 504.04 Method of Measurement. Concrete headwalls and concrete retaining walls will be measured by the cubic yard of concrete placed and accepted. Concrete, reinforcing steel, filter fabric, compacted drainage stone backfill, expansion joint materials, weepholes, weephole screens, compacted earth backfill and all other items indicated on the Plans or required for a complete headwall and/or retaining wall shall not be measured for separate payment but will be considered subsidiary to the items involved. Additional undercut excavation as required under footings will be measured by the cubic yard compacted in place. 504.05 Basis of Payment. Work completed and accepted and measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract unit price bid per each for Concrete Headwalls and per linear foot for Concrete Retaining Walls. Said price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, including reinforcing steel; for structural excavation and compaction; for all forming and bracing; for mixing, transporting, placing, finishing, and curing; and for all equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Additional excavation and embankment under footings will be paid for at the unit price bid for Undercut Excavation. No payment for additional excavation will be made unless such excavation is directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. Payment will be made under: Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-98 Pay Item Pay Unit Concrete Headwalls EA Concrete Retaining Walls LF Modular Block Retaining Walls SF Section 505. Seeding and Sodding 505.01 Description. This item shall consist of furnishing and applying lime, fertilizer, seed, mulch cover, and water according to these Specifications at locations shown on the plans or as directed. The work under this item shall be accomplished as soon as practicable after the grading in an area has been completed in order to deter erosion of the roadway and siltation of streams. 505.02 Materials. (a) Lime. Lime shall be agricultural grade ground limestone or equivalent as approved by the City. (b) Fertilizer. Fertilizer shall be a commercial grade, uniform in composition, free flowing, and suitable for application with mechanical equipment. It shall be delivered to the site in labeled containers conforming to current Arkansas fertilizer laws and bearing the name, trademark, and warranty of the producer. (c) Seed. Except as modified herein, the seed shall comply with the current rules and regulations of the Arkansas State Plant Board and the germination test shall be valid on the date the seed is used. It shall have a minimum of 98% pure seed and 85% germination by weight, and shall contain no more than 1% weed seeds. A combined total of 50 noxious weed seeds shall be the maximum amount allowed per pound of seed with the following exceptions: Johnson grass seed, wild onion seed, wild garlic seed, field bindweed seed, nut grass seed, sickle pod seed, sesbania seed, indigo seed, morning-glory seed, and cocklebur seed will not be allowed in any amount. Seed shall be furnished in sealed, standard containers. Seed that has become wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged in transit or in storage will not be acceptable. Seed planted between June 16 and August 31 may require more water than that specified in Subsection 505.03 in order to survive. Therefore, watering shall continue after germination until growth is established. The seeding mixture may be altered if authorized or directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. The actual mix and varieties used shall be submitted to the City before seed is placed. Seed shall be provided at the following mix and rates: Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-99 SEED TYPE LB/AC MARCH 15 – JUNE 15 Turf Fescue 250 Bermuda Grass (common) unhulled 10 Annual Rye 50 JUNE 15 – AUGUST 31 Turf Fescue 200 Bermuda Grass (common) hulled 5 Bermuda Grass (common) unhulled 10 AUGUST 31 – MARCH 15 Turf Fescue 250 Annual Rye 50 At the Contractor’s option, annual rye only may be seeded at a minimum rate of 30 pounds per acre between the dates of October 31 to March 15. The Contractor shall return between the dates of March 15 and May 1 and reseed with the mix specified for the March 15 to June 15 time period. Preparation for reseeding shall be in accordance with Section 204. (d) Sod. Sod shall be composed of either field grown grass or approved nursery grown grass and shall consist of a densely rooted growth of grass substantially free from noxious weeds and undesirable grasses. Sod type shall be as specified on the plans. When sod is placed to repair damaged areas, the sod shall be of the same type and variety as the existing grass. The sod shall be sufficiently thick to secure a dense stand of live grass. The sod shall be live, fresh, and uninjured at the time of placing. It shall have a soil mat of sufficient thickness adhering firmly to the roots to withstand all necessary handling. It shall be placed as soon as possible after being cut and shall be kept moist from the time it is cut until it is placed in its final position. The source of field grown sod shall be inspected and approved by the City before being cut for use in the work. After approval, the area from which the sod is to be harvested shall be closely mowed and raked as necessary to remove excessive top growth and debris. Approved devices, such as sod cutters, shall be used for cutting the sod and due care shall be exercised to retain the native soil intact. The sod shall be cut in uniform strips approximately 300 mm (12”) in width and not less than 300 mm (12”) in length, but not longer than can be conveniently handled and transported. (e) Mulch. Mulch cover shall consist of straw from threshed rice, oats, wheat, barley, or rye; of wood excelsior; or of hay obtained from various legumes or grasses, such as lespedeza, clover, vetch, soybeans, bermuda, carpet sedge, bahia, fescue, or other legumes or grasses; or a combination thereof. Mulch shall be dry and reasonably free from Johnson grass or other Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-100 noxious weeds, and shall not be excessively brittle or in an advanced state of decomposition. All material will be inspected and approved prior to use. (f) Tackifiers. Tackifiers used in mulch anchoring shall be of such quality that the mulch cover will be bound together to form a cover mat that will stay intact under normal climactic conditions. All tackifiers used shall have prior approval or be listed on the ARDOT Qualified Products List (QPL). The type and brand of tackifier to be used shall be submitted to the City for approval. (g) Water. Water shall be of irrigation quality and free of impurities that would be detrimental to plant growth. 505.03 Construction Requirements. (a) Seeding. Areas to be seeded shall be dressed to the shape and section shown on the plans. A 4” layer of topsoil, if required, shall be furnished, placed, and prepared as specified in Section 204. Fertilizer shall be applied at the rate of 800 pounds per acre of 10-20-10, or the equivalent amount of plant food. Fertilizer shall be uniformly incorporated into the soil alone or in conjunction with the required lime. If the Contractor so elects, the fertilizer may be combined with the seed in the hydro-seeding operation. Broadcast sowing may be accomplished by hand seeders or by approved power equipment. Either method shall result in uniform distribution and no work shall be performed during high winds. The area seeded shall be lightly firmed with a cultipacker immediately after broadcasting. If a hydro-seeder is used for seeding, fertilizer and seed may be incorporated into one operation but a maximum of 800 pounds of fertilizer shall be permitted for each 1500 gallons of water. If the Contractor so elects, the fertilizer may be applied during preparation of the seedbed. The area shall be lightly firmed with a cultipacker immediately before hydro-seeding. Mulch cover shall be applied immediately after seeding and shall be spread uniformly over the entire area. If the Contractor so elects, an approved mulching machine may be used whereby the application of mulch cover and tackifier may be combined into one operation. Mulch shall be placed so that the ground is completely covered to a thickness of approximately 2 inches. Care shall be taken to prevent tackifier materials from discoloring or marking structures, pavements, utilities, or other plant growth. Removal of any objectionable discoloration shall be at no cost to the City. Immediately following or during the application of the mulch cover on seeded areas, the mulch shall be anchored by one of the following methods: Tracking or Roller Method. The mulch shall be effectively pressed into the soil using steel cleated track or cleated roller equipment. The anchoring shall be performed so that the grooves Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-101 formed are perpendicular to the flow of water down backslopes and foreslopes. The equipment and method used shall produce acceptable results. Other Tackifiers. An approved tackifier shall be applied according to the rates recommended by the manufacturer. Asphalt tackifier will not be allowed. The method used shall be at the Contractor’s option unless otherwise specified or directed. In lieu of separate application of tackifiers, the Contractor may use equipment that combines the application of mulch and tackifier into one operation. Application shall be at the specified rates. After application of the mulch cover, water shall be applied in sufficient quantity, as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer, to thoroughly moisten the soil to the depth of pulverization and then as necessary to germinate the seed. When directed by the Engineer/City Engineer, the Contractor shall apply water in an amount such that, in conjunction with any rainfall, the seeded and mulched areas will receive an amount equivalent to a minimum of 1” of water each week beginning the week after seeding and continuing for a minimum of three (3) weeks. Water applied at this rate will not be paid for separately but shall be considered subsidiary to seeding. If directed by the Engineer/City Engineer, additional water shall be applied to sustain grass growth. Failure to meet this requirement will result in a partial withholding and/or recovery of payments for the seeding and mulch cover. Additional work and materials required due to the Contractor’s negligence in maintaining completed work or failure to water grass as directed shall be accomplished at no cost to the City. For all areas seeded, final acceptance will be delayed until an acceptable stand of grass of uniform color and density is established to the satisfaction of the City. Before final acceptance, the Contractor shall repair or replace any seeding or mulching that is defective or damaged. If the defect or damage is due to the Contractor’s negligence, the work shall be done at no additional cost to the City. If the damage or defect is not the Contractor’s fault, the work will be measured and paid for according to these Specifications. (b) Sod. Areas to be sodded shall be dressed to the shape and section shown on the plans and the top and bottom of slopes shall be rounded to a radius of approximately 3’ unless otherwise directed. The finished slopes shall be prepared with 4” of topsoil meeting the requirements of Section 204. Water may be applied before, during, and after slope preparation, as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer, in order to maintain the desired moisture content in the soil Immediately before placement of sod, fertilizer shall be broadcast at the rate of 250 pounds per acre of 10-20-10, or the equivalent amount of plant food, and incorporated into the top 1” of soil. Sod shall be moist and shall be placed on a moist earth bed. Sod strips shall be laid along contour lines, by hand, commencing at the base of the area to be sodded and working upward. The transverse joints of sod strips shall be broken, and the sod carefully laid to produce tight joints. At the top of slopes the sod shall be turned into the embankment slightly and a layer of earth placed over it and compacted to conduct surface water over and onto the sod. The sod shall be Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-102 firmed, watered, and refirmed immediately after it is placed. The firming shall be accomplished by use of a lawn roller or approved tamper, with care being taken to avoid tearing end strips of sod. When sodding is completed, the sodded areas shall be cleared of loose sod, excess soil, or other foreign material; a thin application of topsoil shall be scattered over the sod as a top dressing; and the areas thoroughly moistened. Water shall be applied as necessary at the direction of the Engineer/City Engineer for a period of at least 3 weeks. The time required for application of water will not be included in the computation of contract time for completion of the project provided all other work under the Contract has been completed. The Contractor shall maintain sodded areas from the time of completion until final acceptance of the project by the City. Additional work and materials required because of the Contractor’s negligence in maintaining the work shall be accomplished at no cost to the City. 505.04 Method of Measurement. Seeding will be measured by the acre of actual area covered. Sod will be measured by the SY yard of actual area covered. Additional watering if so directed will be measured by thousands of gallons (MG) applied. 505.05 Basis of Payment. Seeding completed and accepted and measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract unit price bid per acre for Seeding, which price shall be full compensation for seedbed preparation; for furnishing and applying fertilizer, lime, seed, mulch, and tackifier; and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payments for seeding will be made according to the following schedule: 1) 50 % On the first regularly scheduled estimate after the Seeding and Mulch Cover are completed. 2) 25% On the next regularly scheduled estimate, provided that the Engineer/City Engineer determines that the seeded and mulched areas have received at least the amount of water specified in Section 505.03 above. 3) 25% On the succeeding regularly scheduled estimate, provided that the Engineer/City Engineer determines that a dense lawn of permanent grass has been established. Sodding completed and accepted and measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract unit price bid per square yard for Sodding, which price shall be full compensation for bed preparation; for furnishing and applying fertilizer, topsoil, and sod; and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Additional watering above and beyond the 1” per week for the first three weeks will be paid for at the unit price per thousand gallons (M.G.) of water applied. This work will be paid for only when directed to by the Engineer/City Engineer. Any watering to be paid for under this item shall be conducted in the presence of the Engineer/City Engineer. Payment will be made under: Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-103 Pay Item Pay Unit Seeding and Mulching Acre Solid Sod SY Additional Watering MG Section 506. Mailboxes 506.01 Description. This item shall consist of furnishing and erecting mailbox posts and installing existing mailboxes on the new posts. When required, it shall also include furnishing and installing new mailboxes. It shall also include maintenance of existing mailboxes during construction to ensure uninterrupted mail service in the construction limits. 506.02 Materials. The mailbox post shall be either metal or coniferous wood. All mailbox posts placed under the contract shall be of the same type. Wood posts shall be 4”x 4” square and shall be pressure treated with creosote, pentachlorophenol or chromated copper arsenate. Metal posts shall be 2” in diameter and shall be galvanized. Mailbox support hardware, including shelf, platform and bracket shall be as shown on the plans. Anti-twist plate, clamps, spacers, nuts, bolts, and washers shall be galvanized steel. New mailboxes, when specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer/City Engineer, shall comply with the U.S. Postal Service and shall be the same size as the existing mailbox. 506.03 Construction Methods. Mailboxes shall be constructed in the same locations as the existing mailboxes. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to note the locations of existing mailboxes before construction begins. The bottom of the box shall be set at an elevation 3’-6” above the roadway surface. The roadside face of the box shall be 6” from the face of th e curb. Where a mailbox is located at a driveway entrance, it shall be placed on the far side of the driveway in the direction of the delivery route. Where a mailbox is located at an intersecting road, it shall be located a minimum of 100’ beyond the center of the intersecting road in the direction of the delivery route. If requested by the local postmaster, height and placement of mailboxes may vary slightly as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. No more than two mailboxes may be mounted on one post. Post spacing for multiple mailbox installations shall be a maximum of 36”. The mailbox post shall be embedded a minimum of 24” into the ground. A metal post shall have an anti-twist plate that extends no more than 10” below the ground surface. The existing mailbox shall be separated from the existing post and attached to the new post. If the existing mailbox is damaged beyond repair by the Contractor, the mailbox shall be replaced at no cost to the City. If the existing mailbox cannot physically be removed from the existing post and re-used, the mailbox shall be replaced under the item Mailboxes. When a mailbox is replaced, the Contractor shall be responsible for placing identification markings on the new mailbox corresponding to the markings on the original mailbox. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-104 Unless otherwise specified, all existing mailbox supports shall be removed and replaced with new supports. If directed by the Engineer/City Engineer, the existing mailbox shall be restored under the Contract item Remove and Replace Mailboxes. If directed by the Engineer/City Engineer, the existing support and mailbox shall be removed and protected until placement in its planned location. This work shall be paid for under the item Mailbox/Support Relocation. 506.04 Method of Measurement. Mailbox Supports, Mailboxes, Remove and Replace Mailboxes, and Mailbox/Support Relocation will be measured by the unit. 506.05 Basis of Payment. Work completed and accepted and measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract unit price bid per each for Mailbox Supports of the type specified, for Mailboxes, or for Remove and Replace Mailboxes, or for Mailbox/Support Relocation; which price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials: for setting posts; for removing and reattaching existing mailboxes; and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Mailbox Supports (single) EA Mailbox Supports (double) EA Mailboxes EA Remove and Replace Mailboxes EA Mailbox/Support Relocation EA Section 507. Pavement Markings 507.01 Description. This item shall consist of furnishing and placing pavement markings, including words, arrows, and emblems, of the color, type and material specified, in accordance with these specifications and to the dimensions and at the locations shown on the plans or as directed. The markings are to be placed under existing traffic conditions. The work shall meet the requirements of the MUTCD except as modified by these specifications. 507.02 Materials. (a) Paint. Paint shall be a ready mixed white and yellow paint suitable for application on concrete and bituminous pavements. All paints used for this application shall be listed on the ARDOT Qualified Products List (QPL). The manufacturer shall furnish a certification for each lot certifying that the materials supplied conform to all the requirements specified and stating that the material is formulated the same as the material tested for QPL listing. (b) Thermoplastic Material. Thermoplastic material used shall meet all requirements of Section 719.02 of the ARDOT Standard Specifications. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-105 (c) Pavement Marking Tape. Pavement marking tape shall be a preformed tape conforming to Section 720.02 of the ARDOT Standard Specifications for Type 5. 507.03 Construction Requirements. (a) General Requirements. All pavement markings shall be applied to clean, dry surfaces. If necessary, the Contractor shall clean the surface of the pavement to receive markings before beginning marking operations. Cleaning of the pavement is considered subsidiary to other items of work and will not be paid for separately. Pavement markings shall be placed at the locations shown on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. All markings shall have well defined edges, shall be uniform in thickness, and shall be straight and true. No stripe shall be less than the specified width. Any corrections of variations in width or alignment of the stripes shall not be made abruptly. Markings that cannot be corrected to meet these requirements shall be removed at the Contractor’s expense and will not be paid for. Removal of markings shall be performed in such a manner that no conflicting pavement marking will be left in place. Removal of the pavement marking by a means that will gouge the surface will not be permitted. (b) Reflectorized Paint. Reflectorized paint shall be applied at a minimum wet film thickness of 15 mils (a minimum of 16.5 gallons per mile of 4” line). The painted line shall be uniform in thickness and appearance across the width of the stripe. Glass beads shall be placed on the surface of the wet paint in the amount of not less than 6 pounds per gallon. (c) Thermoplastic Markings. The thermoplastic compound shall be screed or ribbon extruded to the pavement surface unless a specific application method is specified. The thermoplastic material shall be dispensed at a temperature recommended by the manufacturer. The applicator shall include a cutoff device remotely controlled to provide clean, square stripe ends and to provide a method for applying skip lines. Beads applied to the surface of the completed stripe shall be applied by an automatic bead dispenser attached to the pavement marking equipment in such a manner that the beads are immediately dispensed upon the completed line. The bead dispenser shall be equipped with an automatic cutoff control, synchronized with the cutoff of the pavement marking equipment. Thermoplastic markings shall not be applied to the pavement surface when the pavement surface temperature is less than 50 F or when the pavement shows evidence of moisture. On pavements where no pavement markings exist or where the existing pavement markings are paint or thermoplastic and do not conflict with the proposed pavement markings, blasting with water or sand or a combination thereof will be required to remove any curing compound, oxidized paint or thermoplastic, or dirt to ensure a good bond. This blasting is considered surface preparation and will not be paid for separately. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-106 Conflicting pavement markings that exist shall be removed by blasting with water and/or sand or by grinding. This blasting or grinding is considered pavement marking removal. The thickness of all thermoplastic markings above the roadway surface shall be 90 mils (a minimum of 1584 pounds per mile of 4” line). The minimum thickness will be measured in the center of the line. The minimum ½” from the edges shall not be less than 75% of the thickness required in the center. Maximum thickness of markings is 3/16”. On concrete pavements, paint pavement markings meeting the requirements of this section shall be applied as a primer for the thermoplastic markings, except where thermoplastic markings are to be applied over existing thermoplastic markings. Paint applied to concrete pavement solely as a primer will not be measured or paid for separately, but full compensation therefore will be considered included in the contract unit prices bid for the various items of Thermoplastic Pavement Markings. A primer other than paint may be used when recommended by the thermoplastic manufacturer. (d) Pavement Marking Tape. The placement of the pavement marking tape shall comply with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Air temperature shall be a minimum of 60 F and rising or the road temperature shall be a minimum of 70 F before installation of marking tape will be allowed. The roadway surface shall be cleaned by the Contractor with high pressure air or by sweeping. The roadway shall then be marked where the pavement marking polymer is to be applied. The polymer can then be applied by hand or with a manual or mechanical highway tape applicator designed for that purpose. Only butt splices will be allowed with no overlapping. After application, the tape shall be firmly tamped with a minimum 200 lb. Load or by slowly (2- 3 mph) driving over the tape with a vehicle tire. The Contractor shall ensure that all edges are firmly adhered. 507.04 Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment. Pavement markings will be measured as follows: (a) Center lines, skip lines, lane lines, edge lines, crosswalk bars, and stop bars will be measured by the linear foot (LF) of markings actually placed. (b) Words, arrows, and other symbols will be measured by the unit. (c) Pavement marking removal, when specified on the plans, will be measured by the square foot of marking actually removed. Work completed, accepted, and measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract price bid per linear foot for lines of widths specified, per each for symbols, and per square foot for pavement marking removal. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-107 Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit __” Pavement Marking (Thermoplastic) LF Pavement Symbols (Thermoplastic) EA Pavement Marking Removal SF Section 508. Street Signs 508.01 Description. This item shall consist of installing new signs and supports, and/or relocating existing signs, complete with posts, supports, and concrete bases, where required, according to these Specifications and to the dimensions and details and at the locations shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. 508.02 Materials and Fabrication. (a) Signs. Materials used in the fabrication of street signs shall comply with the latest edition of the ARDOT Standard Specifications Section 723, ARDOT Standard Drawings, and the MUTCD. Signs and equipment manufactured in accordance with the above mentioned specification will not be required to be submitted for approval. (b) Supports. Materials used for new and relocated street sign supports shall be U-section channel or galvanized steel pipe as indicated in the plans. 508.03 Construction Requirements. The Contractor shall install new signs at the locations as shown in the plans or as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. The Contractor will maintain existing signs during construction, and relocate the signs to permanent locations as shown in the plans or as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. Should the sign or support become damaged during construction, the Contractor will furnish the replacement. Any sign not indicated to be relocated as shown on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer shall be salvaged and delivered to the City. Signs shall be erected at the specified location, plumb, and to the specified vertical and horizontal clearances. Roadside directional signs shall be erected at a minimum height of 7' above the pavement edge, measured to the bottom of the sign. If a secondary sign is mounted below the primary sign, the primary sign shall be erected a minimum of 8' above the pavemen t edge and the secondary sign a mini mum of 5' above the pavement edge. Route markers, warning signs, and regulatory signs shall be erected a minimum height of 6' above the pavement edge. All heights measured to the bottom of the sign. The minimum horizontal clearance to any ground mounted sign shall be 2' beyond the edge of the roadway shoulder or unmountable curb face. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-108 Signs shall normally be erected so that the sign face is vertical and at 93° away from the center of the lane that the sign serves and away from the direction of travel. Where lanes divide, or on curves, sign faces shall be oriented so as to be most effective both day and night, and to avoid the possibility of specular reflection. Field dri lling of holes in any part of the sign support st ructure shall be done only when specified on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. After sign installation is complete, the signs will be inspected at night by the Engineer. If specular reflection is apparent on any sign, its position shall be adjusted by the Contractor to eliminate this condition. 508.04 Method of Measurement. Signs that are relocated or installed new shall be measured by a complete unit in place (including required footings). No payment will be made for salvaged signs delivered to the City. 508.05 Basis of Payment. Work completed and accepted under this item and measured as provided above shall be paid for at the Contract unit price bid for each sign, which price shall be full compensation for the relocation, or erection of each sign, including support and footing; and for tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Street Sign Installation EA Section 509. Erosion Control 509.01 Description. This item shall consist of Temporary Erosion Control Measures to limit, control, and contain fill materials, soil erosion, sedimentation, and other wastes resulting from construction activities that could result in harm to private properties as well as public properties, streams and waterways. This item shall also include the requirement of the Contractor to implement and maintain the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWP3/SWPPP) and to comply with all necessary approvals and permits. 509.02 Standards. All work for this item shall comply with all Federal and State requirements including the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.), the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES), and the Arkansas Water and Air Pollution Control Act (Act 472 of 1949 , as amended, Ark. Code Ann. 8-4-101 et seq.) and the regulations, orders or decrees issues pursuant thereto. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-109 All work for this item shall further comply with all Local and Municipal requirements including the City of Fayetteville Code Chapter 170, “STORMWATER MANAGEMENT, DRAINAGE, AND EROSION CONTROL” except as modified or augmented herein. 509.03 Application. The City will develop the SWP3 and will obtain the permit from the Arkansas Department of Environmental Quality (ADEQ) for discharge of stormwater from construction activities for the project. The requirements of this item shall apply to all construction activities under the Contract. The Contractor shall implement and maintain the SWP3 for all construction activities under the contract without regard to size of land area disturbance. The Contractor’s operations on lands located off the right-of-way, such as borrow pits, plant sites, waste sites, or other facilities, may require compliance with this specification and/or NPDES permit, and may require that additional permits be obtained. Any such additional permits will be the responsibility of the Contractor. Determination may be based upon location, jurisdiction and area of land disturbance. 509.02 Responsibilities of the Contractor. (a) General. The Contractor shall comply with City of Fayetteville Code Chapter 170, except as modified or augmented herein. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, Local and Municipal regulations and requirements. The Contractor shall stabilize the land and comply with requirements of all permits issued for the project including any additions or revisions thereto. Upon completion of the construction activities, the Contractor shall file a Notice of Termination with the City. (b) NPDES Requirements. Construction activities that will disturb soil or remove vegetation on one (1) or more acres of land during the life of the construction project shall also comply with the applicable NPDES Permit requirements as administrated by ADEQ. Construction activities authorized under NPDES GENERAL PERMIT NO. ARR150000 with the ADEQ shall comply with Section 509.02. “Responsibilities of the Contractor” (a) General (above), and the following: The City will prepare and file the appropriate applications, information, Notice of Intent, SWP3 (SWPPP) and other information as required by NPDES GENERAL PERMIT NO. ARR150000 with the ADEQ. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-110 The Contractor shall comply with all NPDES Permit requirements, including, but not limited to, implementation, maintenance, and modification of the SWP3 as circumstances require, and documented inspections of erosion and sediment control systems. The City will submit to the Contractor one copy of the NPDES Permit and/or other correspondence received from ADEQ. The Contractor shall post this information on site in accordance with the NPDES Permit, and have the current SWP3, inspection logs, and other required information on site at all times and available for inspection by ADEQ, the City, or other regulatory agencies as applicable. The Contractor shall file the Notice of Termination with ADEQ when the site has been finally stabilized and all storm water discharges from construction activities authorized by the NPDES Permit are eliminated. 509.03 Construction Methods Where temporary erosion control measures are shown on the plans and in the SWP3, such temporary erosion control measures are provided to the Contractor as minimum controls and guidance. The Contractor shall be responsible to incorporate and expand as necessary the temporary erosion control measures where shown in the plans in accordance with the approved SWP3. The Contractor shall modify the SWP3 as necessary in order to fully comply with the NPDES Permit. All work required due to the violation of provisions of Corps of Engineers (COE) Section 404 Permits, NPDES Permits, or other requirements of these specifications which results from Contractor negligence, carelessness, or failure to perform work as scheduled, shall be performed by the Contractor at no cost to the City. In addition, the Contractor will be assessed the amounts of any and all fines and penalties assessed against and costs incurred by the City which are the result of the Contractor’s failure to comply with a COE Section 404 Permit or NPDES Permit. The City will not be responsible for any delays or costs due to the Contractor’s failure to comply with the conditions of the COE Section 404 Permit or NPDES Permit. The Contractor will not be granted additional compensation or contract time due to loss of Permits for noncompliance. In the event that pollutant spills occur which are the result of the Contractor’s actions or negligence, the cleanup shall be performed by the Contractor at no cost to the City. 509.04 Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment. No measurement of this item will be made. Temporary erosion control acceptably completed will be paid for at the contract lump sum price bid for “Erosion Control”, which prices shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, tools, equipment, labor, incidentals and all other items necessary to implement, maintain and complete the work. Payment for “Erosion Control” shall also include implementing, maintaining, and complying with the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWP3/SWPPP); including Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-111 design, inspections, fees, report preparation, housekeeping practices, cleaning, maintenance and all other actions necessary to execute the SWP3 (SWPPP). Periodic payments will be made under this item in proportion to the amount of work accomplished as determined by the Engineer/City Engineer. Deductions to this item will be made in the amount of any fines levied on the City by ADEQ or other regulatory agencies as a result of the failure by the Contractor to comply with the provisions of COE Section 404 or NPDES Permits. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Erosion Control LS Section 510. Traffic Control and Maintenance 510.01 Description. This work consists of furnishing, installing, and maintaining necessary traffic signs, barricades, lights, signals, cones, concrete barriers, pavement marking, and other traffic control devices and shall include flagging, pilot car operations, and other means for guidance of traffic through the work zone. The work shall be done according to the MUTCD, ARDOT Standards, the Standard Specifications and the Contractor’s approved Traffic Control plan. An approved Traffic Control plan provided by the Contractor shall be required before any construction begins. This item shall also include maintenance of roadway surface. This item shall also include the temporary relocation of traffic and street signs, the maintenance of the temporarily relocated signs through the construction of the project, and the permanent relocation of any sign relocated due to construction signage after the construction is complete. Permanent relocation of any salvaged signs shall consist of furnishing new sign post, new support hardware, and new concrete bases, where required, in accordance with the dimensions and details shown in the Plans and at the locations shown in the Plans, or as directed by the Engineer. New sign posts shall comply with the Standard Specifications and Standard Drawings. (a) Contractor’s Plan. Traffic Control or Maintenance of Traffic when shown in the Plans is provided to the Contractor as guidance. The Contractor shall prepare and submit for approval a detailed Traffic Control or Maintenance of Traffic Plan including adherence to the specified schedule of construction phases when so indicated in the Contract Documents to the Engineer and Owner. The Contractor’s Traffic Control or Maintenance of Traffic Plan shall include and expand as necessary the Traffic Control or Maintenance of Traffic when indicated in the Plans and Specifications, and shall be complete with all proposed traffic control or traffic maintenance devices including proposed temporary roadway widening. The Contractor shall prepare and submit the detailed Maintenance of Traffic Plan to the Engineer and Owner 7 days prior to the preconstruction conference and in accordance with these Specifications. Upon approval of the Contractor’s Maintenance of Traffic Plan by the Owner in writing, the Contractor shall supply the City Engineer, the Fire Chief and the Police Chief one (1) copy each for their files. Two (2) copies shall be supplied to the Engineer. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-112 The Contractor shall initiate and maintain all necessary labor and materials necessary to construct the project in a manner which will guarantee public safety with a minimum of inconvenience. Additional work, at no additional costs to the Owner, shall be performed by the Contractor during construction as directed by the Owner or Engineer if necessary to insure the above standards. (b) Contractor Personnel. The Contractor shall designate a traffic control supervisor to furnish continuous surveillance over traffic control operations. This supervisor shall be available at night and weekends to respond to calls involving traffic control. The name of the traffic control supervisor shall be provided at the preconstruction conference and to local police. The Contractor’s personnel who are used to maintain traffi c flow, such as flagmen or any other person, who verbally communicates with or gives directions to the motorized public, shall speak English fluently. (c) Driveways. Maintenance of driveways shall be as approved by the Engineer/City Engineer. Unless indicated otherwise, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to maintain adequate access to private and commercial property at all times, except as required for construction across the driveway as approved by the Engineer. During the construction of driveways or at any time that a property owner cannot use his driveway, the Contractor shall notify the property owner (one week in advance, minimum) when the driveway will be closed and the approximate length of time that it will be closed. The intent of this section of the Specifications is to cause as little inconvenience as possible to private property owners. (d) Relocation and Replacement of Traffic Signs and Pavement Striping. During the construction of the project, the temporary relocation of street signs and traffic control signs will be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall maintain the signs at highly visible locations as near as practicable to the original locations. The latest edition of the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the Federal Highway Administration shall be used as a guide to the placement of signs during construction. Immediately after the construction of any part of the project reaches a stage of completion such that the relocation of the street signs and traffic control signs is no longer necessary, the Contractor shall permanently relocate the street signs and traffic control signs. Removing any construction signage must be approved by the Engineer. Street signs and traffic control signs shall be removed from such area of work as necessary to permit work on the project. Each sign shall be temporarily relocated in a secure manner by driving the sign into the ground with equipment approved by the Engineer, or otherwise installed as approved to prevent damage to underground utilities. Street signs no longer necessary shall be salvaged in good condition and restored to their original use or returned to the Owner if no longer needed. Existing striping shall be removed and new temporary stripes and other pavement markings shall be provided by the Contractor. Work shall be performed in accordance with SECTION 720 (for Type 4) − PERMANENT PAVEMENT MARKING TAPE of the Standard Specifications. Pavement markings not necessary to the phased construction patterns shall be removed or obliterated with Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-113 black paint, as approved by the Engineer. Striping shall be maintained and restored as necessary during construction. (e) Suspension of Work. If the Owner or the Engineer determines that provisions for safe traffic control are not being provided or maintained, the work will be suspended. In cases of serious or willful disregard for safety of the public or construction workers, the Owner will place the traffic control devices in proper condition and deduct the costs from monies due the Contractor. 510.02 Maintenance Requirements. Unless approved otherwise by the City, the road, while undergoing improvements, shall be kept open by the Contractor to all traffic. When so provided on the plans, or the Contractor’s approved plan, the Contractor may bypass traffic over an approved detour route. The Contractor shall keep the portion of the project being used by public traffic, whether it is through or local traffic, in such condition that will permit the safe, continuous flow of two-way traffic at all times. When a part of the plans or when approved by the City, areas where the nature of the work restricts or prohibits two-way flow, one-way operation may be maintained by using flaggers or timed signalization. The Contractor shall also provide and maintain in a safe condition temporary approaches, crossings and intersections with trails, roads, streets, businesses, parking lots, residences, garages, farms, etc. As part of regular traffic maintenance, the Contractor shall remove all snow and ice accumulated on the traveled roadway. Exposed soil that becomes muddy due to rains or other precipitation shall be removed or covered with aggregate base material to the satisfaction of the City. Dust shall be controlled at all times. In the event that watering does not satisfactorily control the dust, other methods of dust control will be required. Necessary traffic control devices shall be properly placed and in operation before starting construction. When work of a progressive nature is involved, such as resurfacing, the appropriate traffic control devices shall be kept current and placed only in the areas of actual work activities. All traffic control devices shall meet the requirements of the ARDOT Standard Specifications Section 604.02 and the most current version of the MUTCD. If the City determines that provisions for safe traffic control are not being provided or maintained, the work will be suspended. In cases of serious or willful disregard for safety of the public or construction workers, the City will place the traffic control devices in proper condition and deduct the costs from monies due the Contractor. Types of barricade supports or devices not specifically described in the MUTCD shall not be used. The methods used to control traffic for lane changes or other diversions shall meet the MUTCD and the traffic control plan. Portable changeable message signs meeting the requirements of Section 604 of the ARDOT Standard Specifications shall be used if and where directed by the City. 510.03 Method of Measurement. Aggregate base for traffic maintenance, if specifically included as a bid item, will be measured by the ton of material placed for traffic control. No payment will be made under this item unless base placement is specifically directed by the Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-114 Engineer/City Engineer. No base so directed shall be placed without the Engineer/City Engineer or authorized representative present. The tonnage of material placed shall be substantiated by truck tickets delivered along with the base material and presented to the Engineer/City Engineer at the time of base placement. If an item for aggregate base for traffic control is not included, it shall be considered subsidiary to other items. When directed or approved for use by the City, portable changeable message signs meeting the requirements of Section 604 of the ARDOT Standard Specifications will be measured for payment by the number of days each sign is required and authorized by the City. Payment for a full day will be made for any portion of a day that the panel or sign is used, but the measurement shall not exceed one per sign on any calendar day. No other traffic control items will be measured. 510.04 Basis of Payment. Payment for aggregate base for roadway maintenance as measured above will be made at the unit price bid per ton. All other traffic control and maintenance materials and activities will be paid for at the lump sum price bid for traffic control. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Traffic Control and Maintenance LS Aggregate Base for Roadway Maintenance Ton Portable Changeable Message Sign Day Section 511. Mobilization 511.01 Description. This item shall consist of preparatory work and operations, including those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to the project site. This item shall also include other work and operations that must be performed, or for expenses incurred, before beginning work on the various Contract items on the project site. It shall also include pre-construction costs which are necessary direct costs to the project and are of a general nature rather than directly attributable to other pay items under the Contract. 511.02 Measurement and Payment. Mobilization will be measured as a complete unit and will be paid for at the contract lump sum price bid. In computing the allowable partial payments from the schedule below, the percentage of the original Contract earned will be based on all items exclusive of the item of Mobilization, and payment for this item at any of the listed stages of completion will be made on the basis of the percentage of the item allowed less all payments made. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-115 PARTIAL PAYMENT SCHEDULE Percent of Original Contract Amount Earned Percent of Bid Price for Mobilization Allowed First Pay Estimate 25% 10% 50% 25% 100% This item will be paid for on regular estimates. Payments on percentages of the original Contract amount other than those set out above will not be considered. No adjustment in the amount bid for this item will be made for additional quantities or items of work required to satisfactorily complete the Contract. IN NO CASE SHALL THE AMOUNT BID FOR THE ITEM OF “MOBILIZATION” EXCEED 5% OF THE TOTAL CONTRACT AMOUNT FOR ALL OTHER ITEMS LISTED IN THE PROPOSAL. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Mobilization LS Section 512. Fences 512.01 Description. This item shall consist of furnishing and erecting wire fence, chain link fence, wood privacy fence and gates according to the plans and these specifications, and in reasonably close conformity to the lines, grades, and alignment shown on the plans or as directed. 512.02 Materials. (a) General. All materials used shall be new and shall comply with the requirements for the class and type of material specified. Previously used materials will be allowed for temporary fencing. Concrete for setting posts shall comply with Section 601 for Class 1 Concrete. (b) Wire Fence. Wood posts and braces shall be pressure treated, seasoned, sound, and reasonably straight southern pine or Douglas Fir of the West Coast Region. The posts shall be round and free from excessive end splits. Before pressure treatment, the posts and braces shall have the bark removed, the knots trimmed flush, and the ends cut square. Posts that are to be driven shall have the small end tapered. Posts shall be treated by a standard empty cell or full cell process according to AWPA practice using creosote and retaining a minimum of 8 pounds per cubic foot of wood; or using pentachlorophenol, or chromated copper arsenate and retaining a minimum of 0.4 pounds per cubic foot of wood. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-116 Metal posts and braces shall be of good commercial quality iron or steel and may be tubular, T, U, Y, or other shape manufactured for use as fence posts or braces. Woven Wire Farm Fence shall be AASHTO Design Number 1047-6-11 AASHTO M 279 or ASTM A116, Class 3 galvanizing. Barbed wire shall be 12 ½ gauge with 4-point barbs and shall comply with AASHTO M 280, Class 3 galvanizing. As an alternate to the barbed wire specified above, high tensile wire having the same galvanizing and breaking strength as Class 3, 12 ½ gauge wire, and complying with the remaining requirements of AASHTO M 280 for a four point barb may be used. The minimum gauge of the high tensile barbed wire shall be as follows: 1) Strand wire gage: 15 ½ 2) Barb wire gage: 17 Staples used to attach the wire fencing to wood posts shall be galvanized 9 gauge, 38 mm (1-½”) in length. Steel line posts shall be galvanized or painted and comply with AASHTO M 281. Tubular steel posts shall comply with Grade 1 or Grade 2 of AASHTO M 181, or an approved alternate of Grade 2. Hardware and fittings shall comply with ASTM F 626. Any miscellaneous hardware or fittings not mentioned in ASTM F 626 shall be galvanized according to the applicable requirements of AASHTO M 111 or M 232. (c) Chain Link Fence. Material for chain link fence shall comply with AASHTO M 181 Types I, II, or III. Steel members for posts, rails, expansion sleeves, and gate frames may be either Grade 1 or Grade 2. The shape, size, and length of posts and rails, and the height of fabric shall be as shown on the plans. Hardware and Fittings shall comply with ASTM F 626. Any miscellaneous hardware or fittings not mentioned shall be galvanized according to AASHTO M 111 or M 232. Tension wire shall be minimum 7 gauge. Aluminum alloy fabric shall be used only with aluminum posts. Aluminum coated steel fabric and galvanized steel fabric, Class C, shall be used only with Grade 1 or Grade 2 steel posts. Fence fabric shall be minimum 9 gauge wire for 6’ fencing and 12 gauge wire for 4’ fencing. Frames for gates shall be galvanized steel or aluminum of the type and length shown on the plans. Frames shall be Grade 1 or Grade 2. Welds shall be galvanized. Commercial gates may be used if they are equal to or better than the planned gates as determined and approved by the Engineer/City Engineer. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-117 The gate fabric shall be of the same type m aterial and be in accordance with the same specifications as the adjoining fence. (d) Wood Privacy Fence. All pine wood material shall be pressure treated with pentachlorophenol or chromated copper arsenate and shall retain a minimum of 0.4 pounds per cubic foot of wood. Cedar panels shall be reasonably straight and free from knots, warping, and other defects. (e) Temporary Fencing. Materials for temporary fencing shall be appropriate for the use intended. 512.03 Construction Requirements. (a) General. The fence shall be erected parallel to the right-of-way line, or as directed. Unless otherwise specified, the fence shall be a minimum of 6” and a maximum of 1’ behind the right- of-way line. The fence grade shall generally follow the ground contour, but shall present a uniform appearance. Minor grading along the fence line may be necessary to obtain the desired uniformity in fence grade. The fence alignment may be adjusted by the Engineer/City Engineer to preserve trees, land monuments, and property corner markers. (b) Wire Fence. Line posts and pull assemblies shall be spaced as shown on the plans. Wood corner, gate, and pull posts may be driven in place provided the driving does not damage the post; or they may be set in dug holes and set in concrete. Metal corner, gate, end, and pull posts shall be set in concrete. Wire shall not be stretched onto posts set in concrete until seven days after placement of posts. Posts shall be set plumb. The Contractor has the option of using wood or steel posts and braces unless otherwise specified, but shall use the same material on the entire project. Wood end, corner, and pull posts may be used with steel line posts. When solid rock is encountered, the posts shall be set into the rock a minimum of 10” for line posts and 16” for end, corner, gate, and pull posts. The hole in the rock shall have a minimum cross section dimension 1” greater than the post to be set. The posts shall be cut before setting to give the proper length above ground surface. The hole shall be filled with Concrete or a grout consisting of 1 part portland cement and 3 parts concrete sand. Wire tension braces for wood pull, end, and corner assemblies shall consist of a 9 gauge wire passed around the posts to form a double wire. The wire shall be fastened to each post and the ends fastened together to form a continuous wire. The wires shall then be twisted together until the wire is in tension. Where the new fence joins an existing fence, the two shall be attached in a satisfactory manner, with end posts being set as directed. Where the proposed fence intersects an existing fence, the end post shall be set for the existing fence clear of the proposed fence line as shown on the plans. The wire of the existing fence shall be stapled to the end post. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-118 Pull post assemblies shall be placed at intervals of not more than 300’ in straight alignment on level or uniformly sloping ground. Pull posts shall also be placed at all sharp vertical angle points in the line. Corner post assemblies shall be placed at all horizontal angle points of 15 or more in the fence. When the distance from a corner post to the next corner or pull post is less than 165’, one approach span on the corner assembly may be omitted. End post assemblies at fence ends, gates, bridge abutments, and on banks of streams shall be erected in the same manner as corner construction. Extra length posts shall be provided for crossing small streams, ditches, ravines, or soft ground. Additional depth of set shall be secured in soft ground as directed. The wire shall be attached to the face of the post away from the street. The wire shall be attached to wood line posts with staples driven at right angles to the grain and at a slight downward angle to attain the best anchorage. The staples shall not be driven tightly against the wire but shall leave free space for adjustment in tension due to changes in temperature. Wire shall be attached to steel line posts with approved galvanized clips. All barbed wire and alternate line wires of woven fabric shall be fastened to each line post. Barbed wire and all line wires of woven fabric shall be fastened to end, corner, and pull posts by wrapping the wire around the posts and tying the wire back on itself with not less than 3 tightly wrapped twists. Splicing of barbed wire and woven wire shall be done according to the plans. Gates of the same width and material type shall be placed at locations of existing gates as shown on the plans. Gates may be re-used if they have not been damaged during the construction period. If existing gates are not in satisfactory conditions for reuse, they shall be replaced at no cost to the City. (c) Chain Link Fence. All posts shall be set in concrete as shown on the plans, plumb, and true to line and grade. Concrete shall comply with Section 601 for Class 1 and shall be thoroughly tamped around the posts. The posts shall be equally spaced in the line of fence not to exceed a spacing of 10 feet. The top of the footing shall be domed to drain water away from the post. Concrete in post footings shall be at least 7 days old before stretching and securing fabric to posts, bracing, or hanging gates. Top rails shall pass through post caps and shall be securely fastened to end, brace, pull, and corner posts. Joints in top rails shall be made with expansion sleeve couplings to provide a substantial connection and allow for expansion and contraction of the rail. Before the fence fabric is placed, the tension wire shall be placed at the proper location; stretched taut; securely anchored to each end, corner, or intermediate brace post; and satisfactorily fastened to each line post. The fence fabric shall be attached to the face of the post facing the street. The end of the fabric shall be attached to the posts by means of a stretcher bar threaded through the end loops of the fabric and secured to the posts with clamps and bolts. The fabric shall be Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-119 stretched to remove all slack with approved stretching equipment. The stretched fabric shall be secured to line posts, top rail, braces, and tension wire with specified fabric fasteners. Fabric fasteners shall be placed on line posts at not greater than 24” centers. Stretching operations shall be repeated at approximately every 100’ for each run of fence. The use of trucks, tractors, and similar equipment will not be permitted in the stretching operation, except as anchors. Splicing of the fabric shall be done by interweaving a wire picket through each end loop of each piece of fabric in a manner that will neatly and securely fasten the lengths of fabric together. (d) Wood Privacy Fence. Wood privacy fence shall be constructed at all locations where existing privacy fence is required to be removed, at other locations shown on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. Wood privacy fence shall be constructed as shown on the plans or shall match the existing fence in materials and configuration as closely as possible. Materials and workmanship of wood privacy fences, including gates, shall be of the same or better quality as the existing fence. (e) Gates. Gates of the length and type of existing gates shall be constructed at the locations shown on the plans or as directed. (f) Temporary Fencing. Temporary fencing shall be installed as required to contain livestock, pets, and to maintain safety and security of adjacent properties. Fences shall be installed and maintained that their intended purpose is accomplished. 512.04 Method of Measurement. (a) Fence will be measured by the linear foot in place along the midpoint in height of the fence from outside to outside of the end posts. The lengths of gates will be excluded from this measurement. (b) Gates will be measured by the Linear Foot. (c) Temporary fencing, if included as a bid item, will be measured by the linear foot (LF). If this item is not included as a pay item, temporary fencing will be considered subsidiary to other items and will not be measured. 512.05 Basis of Payment. Work completed and accepted and measured as provided above will be paid for as follows: Barbed Wire Fence will be paid for at the contract unit price bid per linear foot for Barbed Wire Fence. Barbed and Woven Wire Fence will be paid for at the unit contract price per linear foot for Woven and Barbed Wire Fence. Chain Link Fence will be paid for at the contract unit price bid per linear foot for Chain Link Fence of the height specified. Wood Privacy Fence will be paid for at the contract unit price bid per linear foot for Wood Privacy Fence of the height specified. Gates will be paid for at the contract unit price bid per linear foot for Gates of the type Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-120 and dimensions specified. Temporary fencing will be for at the contract price per linear foot for temporary fencing of appropriate materials and heights. The contract unit prices mentioned above shall be full compensation for clearing, grading, setting posts, erecting fence, and removing temporary fences; for excavation and backfill; for furnishing materials; and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Barbed Wire Fence LF Woven and Barbed Wire Fence LF Woven Wire Fence LF Chain Link Fence LF Chain Link Gates LF Wood Privacy Fence LF Gates for Wood Privacy Fence LF Temporary Fencing LF Section 513. Handicap Ramps 513.01 Description. This item shall consist of the construction of handicap ramps in accordance with these specifications and the Standard Drawings at the locations shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. 513.02 Materials. Concrete used shall meet the requirements for Class 1 Concrete as provided in Section 601. The maximum allowable slump shall be 4 inches. The maximum water-cement ratio for the mix selected shall not be exceeded. Cast-in-place detectable warning panels used shall be composed of a vitrified polymer composite material. The color of the panels shall conform to Federal Color No. 33538, and shall be homogeneous throughout the product. The panels shall be cast into the wet concrete. Surface applied products shall not be allowed. The cast-in-place detectable warning panels shall meet the size and spacing requirements shown in the plans. 513.03 Construction Requirements. When a ramp is to be constructed on an existing sidewalk, any items that are planned to be retained but are damaged during the removal or construction operations shall be repaired at no cost to the City. Handicap Ramps shall be constructed in accordance with Section 502 and the current City of Fayetteville Standard Drawings. Cast-in-place detectable warning panels shall be installed into the wet concrete per the manufacturer’s specifications. 513.04 Method of Measurement. Cast-in-place detectable warning panels will be measured by the square foot. Concrete used in Handicap Ramps will be measured by the square yard. Limits of measurement will be as shown on the Plans. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-121 513.05 Basis of Payment. Work completed and accepted and measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract unit price bid per square foot for Cast-in-Place Detectable Warning Panels and per square yard for Handicap Ramp Concrete of the type specified, which price shall be full compensation for excavation and backfilling; for furnishing materials including joint filler; for constructing the ramp, for furnishing and placing cast-in-place detectable warning panels; and for all equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Cast-in-Place Detectable Warning Panel SF Handicap Access Ramp SY Section 514. Project Signs 514.01 Description. This item shall consist of installing new project signs and supports furnished by the Contractor as shown on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. The layout of the sign must be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to installation. 514.02 Materials and Sign Layout. The structure and frame of project signs shall be wood or metal and shall structurally adequate to support the sign. Rough hardware shall be galvanized or aluminum. The sign surface shall be constructed of minimum ¾-inch thickness exterior grade plywood with medium density overlay. Panels shall be of size to minimize joints. Overall size shall be 4’ x 8’ unless otherwise specified. Paint colors will be selected by Owner. Information Content shall be as follows: 1) Project title, logo, and name of Owner as shown on Contract Documents. 2) Names and titles of authorities. 3) Name, title and address of Engineer. 4) Name of prime Contractor and major Subcontractors. 5) Any additional information requested by Owner. 514.03 Construction Requirements. The Contractor will furnish new project signs and supports and shall install the signs at the locations as shown in the plans or as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. The Contractor will maintain the signs during construction. Should the sign or support become damaged during construction, the Contractor will furnish the replacement. The project signs shall be installed within two days after commencement of mobilization. Project signs are to be removed following the announcement of the project’s Final Completion by the Engineer/City Engineer. Final payment will be withheld until project signs have been removed. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-122 514.04 Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment. Projects signs will be measured on a per each basis. Payment will be made for each sign constructed and installed according to the Plans and Specifications in the locations designated by the City. The price bid for each sign will be full compensation for all construction, installation, and maintenance of the signs. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Project Signs EA Section 515. Handrail 515.01 Description. This item shall consist of furnishing and erecting galvanized steel handrail on box culverts, headwalls, retaining walls, sidewalks, or steps, where shown on the Plans, or as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer, in accordance with the details shown on the Plans and with these specifications. 515.02 Materials. (a) General. All materials used shall be new and shall comply with the requirements for the class and type of material specified. All handrail materials shall be galvanized, powder coated steel, coated at the rate of 2.0 ounces of zinc per square foot of surface coated with a 3 mil dry film thickness of powder coating top coat suitable for exterior application. The powder coating color shall be selected by the owner from a color chart provided by the contractor. 515.03 Construction Requirements. (a) General. All welding shall be in accordance with current provisions of Specifications for Welded Highway and Railroad Bridges, American Welding Society. Welding shall be done by the shielded arc method and shall be done only by certified welders. Welding rods shall be low hydrogen suitable for use with the metal being welded. Welds joining sections of handrail shall be ground smooth prior to touch up painting. All damaged coatings shall be repaired in accordance with paint manufacturer recommendations and to the satisfaction of the City. Other galvanizing and painting methods may be used if approved by the Engineer/City Engineer. Prior to installation, the Contractor shall contact the Engineer/City Engineer for his inspection of the Handrail. 515.04 Method of Measurement. (a) Galvanized steel handrail will be measured by the linear foot, completed and accepted. 515.05 Basis of Payment. Work completed and accepted and measured as provided above will be paid for as follows: Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-123 Steel handrail acceptably completed and measured as provided above, will be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot bid for “Steel Handrail,” which price shall be full compensation for furnishing and installing all materials, including sleeves with plates, grout; and for all equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Steel Handrail LF Section 516. Cold Milling Pavement 516.01 Description. This item shall consist of cold milling the asphalt or concrete pavement at the locations designated on the plans or by the Engineer/City Engineer and removing the resulting material from the street right-of-way. Unless otherwise provided, the reclaimed pavement shall become the property of the Contractor. The pavement remaining after milling shall provide a surface suitable for maintaining traffic. 516.02 Equipment. The Contractor shall provide self-propelled equipment with sufficient power, traction, and stability to maintain an accurate depth of cut and slope. The equipment shall be capable of accurately and automatically establishing profile grade along each edge of the machine by referencing from the existing pavement by means of a ski or matching shoe, or from and independent grade control and shall have an automatic system for controlling cross slope at a given rate. The milling machine shall have an effective means for preventing dust resulting from the operation from escaping into the air. Provision shall be made, either integrally with the milling machine, or by the use of additional equipment, to remove the material being cut from the surface of the roadway. 516.03 Construction Requirements. The existing pavement shall be cold milled to a minimum depth as shown on the plans. 516.04 Method of Measurement. Cold Milling Pavement will be measured by the square yard (SY) of pavement milled to the depth specified. No separate payment will be made for repair or replacement of manholes, valve boxes, or other appurtenances which are located and identified in advance of the cold milling operation and which are damaged by the Contractor. 516.05 Basis of Payment. Work completed and accepted and measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract unit price bid per square yard for Cold Milling Pavement, which price shall be full compensation for all work as prescribed herein, and for all l abor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment will be made under: Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-124 Pay Item Pay Unit Cold Milling Pavement SY Section 517. Tree Protection Fencing 517.01 Description. This item shall consist of providing, installing, and maintaining tree protection fencing per the detail in the Drawings at all the locations indicated on the Drawings and/or as directed by the Engineer. 517.02 Materials. 517.03 Construction Requirements. Tree protection fencing shall be installed at locations shown on the Plans, or as directed by the Engineer prior to any construction operations within the vicinity. Fencing shall be installed in accordance with the details on the plans, and shall be maintained so that it provides adequate protection throughout the Project. Fencing shall be removed after all work has been completed or when directed by the Engineer. 517.04 Method of Measurement. Tree Protection Fencing shall be measured by the linear foot (LF) of Tree Protection Fencing actually installed. 517.05 Basis of Payment. Work completed and accepted and measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract unit price bid per Linear Foot for Tree Protection Fencing, which price shall be full compensation for providing, installing, maintaining, and removing tree protection fencing, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Tree Protection Fencing LF Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-125 DIVISION 600. MATERIALS Section 601. Cast-in-Place Concrete 601.01 Description. This item shall consist of concrete in pavements, culverts, and miscellaneous structures, prepared and constructed in accordance with these specifications and conforming to the lines, grades, dimensions, and designs shown on the plans. Concrete shall consist of approved portland cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, water, and any approved chemical admixtures mixed in the proportions specified for the various classes of concrete. All concrete shall be from a supplier approved by the Arkansas Department of Transportation. 601.02 Materials. The materials used in concrete shall conform to the requirements of ARDOT Standard Specifications Section 802.02. Coarse aggregate gradation shall conform to the requirements for Class A, S, S(AE), and Seal Concrete in Section 802.02. Admixtures shall be used to improve certain characteristics of the concrete when specified on the plans. They may also be used when requested by the Contractor and approved by the City. The Contractor’s request shall be supported with the manufacturer’s certified formulation of the proposed admixture and with sufficient evidence that the proposed admixture has given satisfactory results on other similar work. Permission to use the admixture may be withdrawn at any time by the City when satisfactory results are not being obtained. Admixtures shall be approved by the City. Admixtures shall be compatible with each other, as advised by the manufacturer. The admixture dosage rate range as recommended by the manufacturer shall be used. Should the dosage rate for any admixture not yield desirable characteristics in the concrete, the dosage of admixture used shall be based on test results obtained by trial batches. Admixtures shall be added to the mixing water by means of a mechanical dispenser that will accurately meter the additive throughout the mix water cycle. The dispenser shall be constructed and connected so that the Engineer/City Engineer can readily determine the amount of admixture entering the mixing water. Fly ash may be used as a partial cement replacement not exceeding 20% by weight of the cement when approved by the City. When fly ash is used, the total weight of both cement and fly ash will be used in design calculations. Fly ash used in concrete shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 618, Class C or F. Mixing of Class C and Class F fly ashes will not be permitted. Use of fly ash shall be discontinued immediately, as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer, when such use is determined to be causing the production of concrete that does not meet Specifications. 601.03 Classes of Concrete. One class of concrete is provided for in these specifications. The appropriate class of concrete shall be used as specified below or where designated by the Engineer/City Engineer. The following requirements shall govern unless otherwise shown on the plans: Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-126 Class 1 concrete shall be used in curb and gutter, sidewalks, drop inlets, junction boxes, box culverts, bridges, concrete pavement, and miscellaneous concrete items. This class of concrete shall not be used if concrete is to be placed underwater. Concrete to be placed under water shall meet ARDOT Specifications for Seal Concrete. 601.04 Classification and Proportioning. The concrete mixture shall be proportioned to insure a workable and durable concrete, as specified in the following table: Characteristic Class 1 Minimum Compressive Strength (psi at 28 days) 4000 Minimum Cement Content (bags per cu. yd.) 6.5 Maximum Water/Cement Ratio 0.44 Slump Range (Inches) 1-4* Air Content Range (%) 4-7 Maximum Fly Ash Content 20% *Maximum slump shall be 2” when slip form paving methods are used. For all classes of concrete, the concrete materials shall be using the Absolute Volumes method in accordance with the requirements for the class specified. The Contractor shall submit a mix design meeting the requirements of these Specifications. Certification that all materials used in the concrete mix meet the requirements of these Specifications shall be included with the mix design. No concrete shall be placed until a mix design is approved by the City. Compressive strengths for all classes of concrete will be determined from test cylinders made in accordance with AASHTO T 23. If the strength required for the class of concrete being produced is not obtained with the minimum cement content specified, additional cement shall be used at no extra cost to the City. 601.05 Sampling and Testing. During the progress of work, concrete test specimens will be made by the City or its authorized representative in accordance with American Concrete Institute testing procedures. Sampling frequency will be as specified in Section 107. Slump will be determined using AASHTO T 119. Air content will be determined using AASHTO T 152. Compressive strength specimens will be made in accordance with AASHTO T 23 and tested in accordance with AASHTO T 22. Specimens for determining when forms may be removed, when a structure may be put in service, or when concrete piling may be driven will be cured, as nearly as practicable, in the same manner as the concrete in the structure and in accordance with AASHTO T 23. 601.06 Measurement of Materials. Materials will be measured by weighing, except as otherwise specified or where other methods are specifically authorized by the Engineer/City Engineer. Aggregates shall be measured separately and accurately by weight. Measuring devices Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-127 shall be operated in a manner that will consistently weigh the cement within 1% and the individual aggregates within 2% of the required weight. Measuring devices shall be so designed and plainly marked that the weights can be accurately and conveniently verified for the quantities of each component actually being used. Cement in standard packages (sack) need not be weighed, but bulk cement shall be weighed. The mixing water shall be measured by weight or by volume. The water measuring device shall be accurate to within 1%. When the aggregates contain more water than the quantity necessary to produce a saturated surface-dry condition, representative samples shall be taken and the moisture content determined for each kind of aggregate. 601.07 Mixing Concrete. Concrete shall be thoroughly mixed in a mixer of an approved size and type that will insure a uniform distribution of the materials throughout the mass. The concrete shall be mixed only in the quantity required for immediate use. Concrete that has developed an initial set shall not be used. Re-tempering concrete will not be permitted. Mixers and agitators shall not be charged in excess of the manufacturer’s rated capacity. Concrete shall be delivered and discharged from the truck mixer or agitator into the forms within 1½ hours after the introduction of the mixing water to the cement. In hot weather, or under other conditions contributing to quick setting of the concrete, the maximum allowable time may be reduced by the Engineer/City Engineer. Each mixture shall be accompanied by a truck ticket issued at the batch plant. This ticket shall include the following information: 1) Unique ticket number. 2) Identification of the truck. 3) Date and time of batching. 4) Total weights and/or volumes of each component. 5) Total volume of mix. 6) Total quantity of water added after batching. 7) Time of discharge. Plants and transit mix trucks shall be equipped with adequate water storage and a device for accurately measuring and controlling the amount of water used in each batch. Truck mixers shall be capable of combining the ingredients of the concrete into a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass, and of discharging the concrete within the specified range of consistency. The concrete shall be mixed not less than 70 nor more than 100 revolutions of the drum or blades at the rate of rotation specified by the manufacturer as the mixing speed. The pick-up and throw-over blades in the drum of all mixers shall be maintained in satisfactory condition to assure thoroughly mixed concrete. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-128 If additional mixing water is required to maintain the specified slump, approximately 20 revolutions of the mixer drum at mixing speed shall be required before discharge of any concrete. No additional water shall be added without approval of the Engineer/City Engineer. 601.08 Handling and Placing Concrete. (a) General. The Contractor shall provide sufficient supervision, manpower, equipment, tools, and materials and shall assure proper production, delivery, placement, and finishing of the concrete for each placement in accordance with the specifications. The time interval between batches of concrete in a continuous placement shall not exceed 20 minutes. The minimum placement rate shall be 20 cubic yards per hour in bridges, box culverts, and retaining walls. In preparation for the placing of concrete, construction debris and extraneous matter shall be removed from the interior of forms. Struts, stays, and braces, serving temporarily to hold the forms in correct shape and alignment pending the placing of concrete, shall be removed when the concrete placement has reached an elevation rendering their service unnecessary. (b) Conveying. Concrete shall be placed to avoid segregation of the materials and the displacement of the reinforcement. The use of long troughs, chutes, and pipes for conveying the concrete to the forms will be permitted only when authorized by the Engineer/City Engineer. In case an inferior quality of concrete is produced by the use of such conveyors, the Contractor shall cease the use of that conveyor until such corrections in procedure are made to insure work of the quality specified. Open troughs and chutes shall be of metal or metal lined. Where steep slopes are required, the chutes shall be equipped with baffles or be in short lengths that reverse the direction of movement. Aluminum chutes, troughs, and pipes shall not be used for depositing concrete. Chutes, troughs, and pipes shall be kept clean and free from coatings of hardened concrete by thoroughly flushing with water after each run. Water used for flushing shall be discharged clear of the structure. When placing operations involve dropping the concrete more than 5’, it shall be deposited through approved pipes. Walls of 10” thickness or less may be placed without the use of pipes, provided the concrete can be placed without segregation. (c) Placing. Concrete shall be placed in horizontal layers not more than 18” thick except as hereinafter provided. When less than a complete layer is placed, it shall be terminated in a vertical bulkhead. Each layer shall be placed and consolidated before the preceding batch has taken initial set to prevent injury to the green concrete and avoid surfaces of separation between the batches. Each layer shall be consolidated so as to avoid the formation of a construction joint with a preceding layer that has not taken initial set. Concrete in footings shall be placed in the dry unless natural conditions prohibit. In that case, concrete shall be placed in accordance with Subsection 601.10. In order to separate water from Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-129 the concrete, it will be permissible to utilize polyethylene sheeting or tarpaulins to maintain a physical barrier between the water and the concrete. When the placing of concrete is temporarily discontinued, the concrete, after becoming firm enough to retain its form, shall be cleaned of laitance and other objectionable material to a sufficient depth to expose sound concrete. To avoid visible joints as far as possible upon exposed faces, the top surface of the concrete adjacent to the forms shall be smoothed with a trowel. Where a “feather edge” might be produced at a construction joint, an inset form shall be used to produce an edge thickness of not less than 6 inches. Immediately following the discontinuance of placing concrete, accumulations of mortar splashed upon the reinforcing steel and the surfaces of forms should be removed. Dried mortar chips and dust shall not be puddled into the concrete. If the accumulations are not removed prior to the concrete becoming set, care shall be exercised not to damage or break the concrete-steel bond at or near the surface of the concrete while cleaning reinforcing steel. After initial set of the concrete, the forms shall not be jarred and no strain shall be placed on the ends of projecting reinforcing bars. Concrete in walls and top slabs of box culverts shall not be placed less than 24 hours after the concrete in previous placements has set. Provision shall be made for bonding the walls to the bottom slab or footing and the top slab to the walls by means of roughened longitudinal keys. Before concrete is placed in the walls or top slabs, the bottom slab, footing, or walls shall be thoroughly cleaned of extraneous material. No horizontal construction joints will be allowed in any wall of a box culvert unless provided on the plans or approved by the Engineer/City Engineer. (d) Consolidating. All concrete, during and immediately after depositing, shall be thoroughly consolidated. This shall be accomplished by mechanical vibration subject to the following provisions: 1) The vibration shall be internal unless special authorization of other methods is given by the Engineer/City Engineer. 2) Vibrators shall be of a type and design approved by the Engineer/City Engineer. They shall be capable of transmitting vibration to the concrete at rated frequencies of not less than 4500 impulses per minute. 3) The intensity of vibration shall be such as to visibly affect a mass of concrete over a radius of at least 18 inches. 4) The Contractor shall provide a sufficient number of vibrators to properly compact each batch immediately after it is placed in the forms and shall have in reserve at all times sufficient vibratory equipment to guard against shut down of the work because of the failure of the equipment in operation. 5) Vibrators shall be manipulated to thoroughly work the concrete around the reinforcement and embedded fixtures and into the corners and angles of the forms. 6) Vibration shall be applied at the point of deposit and in the area of freshly deposited concrete. The vibrators shall be inserted and withdrawn out of the concrete slowly. The vibration shall be of sufficient duration and intensity to thoroughly consolidate the Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-130 concrete, but shall not be continued so as to cause segregation. Vibration shall not be continued at any one point to the extent that localized areas of grout are formed. Application of vibrators shall be at points uniformly spaced and not farther apart than twice the radius over which the vibration is visibly effective. 7) Vibration shall not be applied directly or through the reinforcement to sections or layers of concrete that have hardened to the degree that the concrete ceases to be plastic under vibration. It shall not be used to make concrete flow in the forms over distances so great as to cause segregation, and vibrators shall not be used to transport concrete in the forms. 8) Vibration shall be supplemented by such spading as is necessary to ensure smooth surfaces and dense concrete along form surfaces and in corners and locations impossible to reach with the vibrators. These provisions shall apply to precast products except that, if approved by the Engineer/City Engineer, the manufacturer’s methods of vibration may be used. 601.09 Pumping. Concrete may be placed by pumping. The equipment for pumping shall be arranged and operated so that no vibrations result that might damage freshly placed concrete. The Contractor will be permitted to furnish coarse aggregate for concrete that is to be pumped in a size smaller than that specified provided that a suitable mix can be produced that will conform to the requirements for the class specified. Where concrete is conveyed and placed by mechanically applied pressure, the equipment shall be adequate in capacity for the work. The operation of the pump shall be such that a continuous stream of concrete without air pockets is produced. When pumping is completed, the concrete remaining in the pipe, if it is to be used, shall be ejected in such a manner that there will be no contamination of the concrete or separation of the ingredients. Concrete for slump and air content requirements shall be obtained at the discharge end of the pipe. The use of aluminum pipe as a conveyance for the concrete will not be permitted. 601.10 Depositing Concrete Under Water. Concrete shall not be deposited in water except when shown on the plans or with the approval of the Engineer/City Engineer. No concrete shall be placed underwater without an approved mix design which meets the ARDOT requirements for Seal Concrete. The supply of concrete shall be maintained at the rate necessary to raise the elevation over the entire seal by a minimum of 1’ per hour or an approved retarder shall be used as necessary for lesser placement rates. For parts of structures under water, seal concrete shall be placed continuously from start to finish. The surface of the concrete shall be kept as nearly horizontal as practicable. The Contractor shall provide equipment and personnel to sound the top of the seal in the presence of Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-131 the Inspector in order to verify the location of the seal at all times. Previously placed seal concrete shall not have taken its initial set prior to the placement of adjacent concrete. Concrete shall be carefully placed by means of a tremie or other approved method. Still water shall be maintained at the point of deposit. Concrete shall be deposited in such a manner that the planned horizontal concrete flow shall be no more than 15 feet. A tremie shall consist of a tube having a diameter of not less than 10”, constructed in sections having flanged couplings fitted with gaskets and an approved foot valve. The tremie shall be supported so as to permit rapid lowering when necessary to retard or stop the flow of concrete. The discharge end shall be closed at the start of the work so as to prevent water from entering the tube and shall be entirely sealed. The tremie tube shall be kept sufficiently full to prevent the loss of the concrete seal. When a batch is dumped into the tube, the flow of concrete shall be induced by slightly raising the discharged end, always keeping it in the deposited concrete. If at any time the seal is lost, the tremie shall be raised, the discharge end closed for a new start, and then lowered into position with the discharge end in the previously deposited concrete. Aluminum tremies will not be permitted. Dewatering may proceed when the seal concrete has been allowed to cure for a minimum of 72 hours at a water temperature above 45° F. All laitance or other unsatisfactory materials shall be removed from the exposed surfaces that are to support other structural loads. 601.11 Joints. (a) Construction joints. Construction joints shall be made only where located on plans or shown in the placement schedule, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer/City Engineer. The placing of concrete shall be carried continuously from joint to joint. The face edges of all joints that are exposed to view shall be carefully finished true to line and elevation. The surface of the hardened concrete shall be roughened in a manner that will not leave loosened particles of aggregates or damaged concrete at the surface. It shall be thoroughly cleaned of foreign matter and laitance and saturated with water. If not detailed on the plans, or in the case of emergency, construction joints shall be placed as directed by the Engineer/City Engineer. Shear keys or inclined reinforcement shall be used where necessary to transmit shear or bond the two sections together. When shear keys or inclined reinforcement is not provided, the concrete shall be roughened as directed. (b) Expansion and Fixed Joints. Joints shall be constructed according to the details shown on the plans. 1) Open Joints. Open joints shall be placed in the locations shown on the plans and shall be constructed by the insertion and subsequent removal of a wood strip, metal plate, or other approved material. The insertion and removal of the template shall be accomplished Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-132 without chipping or breaking the corners of the concrete. Reinforcement shall not extend across an open joint unless specified on the plans. 2) Filled Joints. Poured expansion joints shall be constructed similar to open joints. When premolded types are specified, the filler shall be in the correct position when the concrete on the second side of the joint is placed. An approved joint sealer meeting the requirements of Subsection 601.11(d) is required in addition to the joint filler. The cavity for the sealer shall be formed by the insertion and subsequent removal of a wood strip, metal plate, or other approved material. All faces of the joint to be sealed shall be thoroughly cleaned by sand blasting, water blasting, or other approved methods prior to placing the joint seal material. Preformed expansion joint filler, non-extruding and resilient types, shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 153. Type 2 (sponge rubber) shall be required to have a minimum expansion of 125% and be within 0.1” of the specified plan thickness. Other types of joint fillers may be allowed if approved by the Engineer/City Engineer. (c) Contraction Joints. Contraction joints shall be constructed according to the dimensions specified in the plans and these specifications. The joints shall continue continuously across the full width of the concrete surface. Contraction joints shall be 1/8” to 3/8” wide and shall extend to a depth equal to ¼ to 1/3 of the thickness of the concrete being placed. All contraction joints shall be sealed with an approved sealant meeting the requirements of Subsection 601.11(d) for types 3, 4 or 5. (d) Joint Materials. Materials for filling and sealing joints shall be as shown on the plans and shall comply with the following requirements, as applicable: Type 1. A joint filler that is a uniform mixture of sawdust and asphalt material in the proportion of one part asphalt to four parts sawdust, by volume. Asphalt material used shall be either MC- 250 or SS-1. When this material is specified, the joint shall be filled to within 25 mm (1”) of the pavement surface. The top 1” shall be sealed with a material complying with the requirements of AASHTO M 173. Type 2. A joint filler that is preformed, non-extruding, and resilient type, complying with AASHTO M 153 Type I (sponge rubber). The material for filling and sealing longitudinal, warping, contraction, and other specified joints shall be as shown on the plans and shall comply with the following requirements: 1) Backer rod filler for Types 3, 4, and 5 joint shall be of resilient material approximately 3 mm (1/8”) larger in diameter than the width of the joint to be sealed. All components of the joint sealant system, including the backer rod, shall be compatible. No bond shall occur between the backup material and the sealant system for types 3 and 4 joint sealer. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-133 Type 3. A joint sealer that is a one part silicone formulation that does not require a primer for bond to concrete. The compound shall be compatible with concrete. Acetic acid cure sealants are not acceptable. The material shall be one that has been approved by the Engineer. Type 4. A joint sealer that is a one part silicone formulation that does require a primer for bond to concrete. The compound shall be compatible with concrete. Acetic acid cure sealants are not acceptable. The material shall be one that has been approved by the Engineer. Type 5. A joint sealer that is a hot poured elastomeric joint sealant. The material shall comply with AASHTO M 282. The appendix of that specification shall be considered a part of this specification. Type 6. A joint sealer that is a 2 component, cold poured, synthetic polymer, complying with ASTM D 1850 with the exception of penetration, which shall not exceed 100, and resilience, both original cured sample and oven aged, which shall be a minimum of 70%. Type 7. A joint sealer that is a hot poured elastic type complying with AASHTO M 173. 601.12 Forms. Forms shall be mortar-tight and of sufficient rigidity to prevent distortion due to the pressure of the concrete and other loads incident to the construction operations. Forms shall be constructed and maintained so as to prevent warping and the opening of joints due to shrinkage of the lumber. The forms shall be substantial and unyielding and shall be so designed that the finished concrete will conform to the proper dimensions and contours. The design of the forms shall take into account the effect of vibration of concrete as it is placed. Forms for exposed surfaces shall be made of dressed lumber or plywood of uniform thickness, steel, or other approved materials that will provide a smooth surface, and shall be mortar-tight. Forms shall have a ¾” chamfer at all sharp corners unless otherwise directed. In the case of projections, such as girders and copings, forms shall be given a bevel or draft to insure easy removal. Metal snap-ties within the forms shall be so constructed as to permit their removal to a depth of at least 1” from the face of the concrete. Metal inserts or anchorages within the forms shall be so constructed as to permit their removal to a depth of at least 1” from the face of the concrete or be covered by being embedded a minimum of 1” in the concrete. In case ordinary wire ties are permitted, all wires, upon removal of the forms, shall be cut back at least ¼” from the face of the concrete. All cavities shall be filled with cement mortar and the surface left sound, smooth, even, and uniform in color. Forms shall be set and maintained true to the line designated until the concrete is sufficiently hardened. Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete that has hardened, the forms shall be re-tightened. Forms shall remain in place for the periods specified in Subsection 601.13. When forms appear to be unsatisfactory in any way, either before or during the placing of Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-134 concrete, the Engineer/City Engineer shall order the work stopped until the defects have been corrected. The shape, strength, rigidity, watertightness, and surface smoothness of re-used forms shall be maintained at all times. Any warped or bulged lumber must be re-sized before being re-used. Forms shall be cleaned before being set to line and grade and shall be oiled prior to placing reinforcing steel in the vicinity of the forms. Materials or methods used in oiling the forms shall not result in the discoloration of the concrete. 601.13 Removal of Forms. In the determination of the time for the removal of forms and the discontinuance of heating, consideration shall be given to the location and character of the structure, the weather and other conditions influencing the setting of the concrete, and the materials used in the mix. Removal of forms shall be in accordance with the following schedule: Item Minimum Time Strength Requirement Top Slabs of RC Box Culverts 7 days 80% Specified Forms for Columns and Vertical Walls 24 hours N /A Side Forms for Parapets, Median Barriers, and Curb Faces 6 hours N/A Forms on surfaces that will require a Class 2 finish in accordance with Subsection 601.16 shall be removed at the earliest time permitted under these Specifications in order to begin finishing operations. Forms and their supports shall not be removed without the approval of the Engineer/City Engineer. Supports shall be removed in such a manner as to permit the concrete to uniformly and gradually take the stresses due to its own weight. Methods of form removal likely to cause overstressing of or damage to the concrete shall not be used. 601.14 Weather and Temperature Limitations. (a) Hot Weather. When the internal temperature of the plastic concrete reaches 85 F, the Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to ensure that the temperature of succeeding batches does not exceed 90 F. Concrete batches with temperatures in excess of 90 F will be rejected. The method used to control the concrete temperature shall be approved in writing by the Engineer. The temperature of the plastic concrete shall be determined immediately prior to its being deposited in the forms by inserting a thermometer to a depth consistent with the capabilities of the thermometer being used to obtain a true reading. Prior to beginning placement, the Contractor shall insure that sufficient materials, labor, and equipment are available during placement to implement the previously approved cooling process. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-135 (b) Cold Weather. Concreting operations will not be permitted when a descending air temperature falls below 40 F nor resumed until an ascending air temperature reaches 35 F without specific authority from the Engineer/City Engineer. Under no circumstances will the placing of concrete on a frozen subgrade be permitted. No concrete shall be placed unless the temperature of the concrete is more than 50 F when placed. If heating of the ingredients is necessary to meet this criterion, it shall be accomplished by a method such as dry heat or steam and not by direct flame. Water shall not be heated to more than 180° F, and shall be combined with the aggregate before the addition of cement. Frozen aggregates may not be used. After concrete is placed, it shall be protected by insulated forms, blankets, enclosing and heating, and/or any other method approved by th e Engineer/City Engineer that will maintain the temperature adjacent to the concrete at a minimum of 50 F for at least 5 days. Concrete that has been frozen or damaged due to weather conditions shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the City. (c) Protection Against Rain. In order that concrete may be properly protected against the effects of rain before the concrete is sufficiently hardened, the Contractor shall have available at all times materials for the protection of the edges and surface of the unhardened concrete. Such protective materials shall consist of standard metal forms or wood planks having a nominal thickness of not less than 2” and a nominal width of not less than the thickness of the pavement at its edge for the protection of the pavement edges, and covering material such as burlap or cotton mats, or plastic sheeting material for the protection of the surface of the pavement. When rain appears imminent, all paving operations shall stop and all available personnel shall begin protection of the sides of the pavement and covering the surface of the unhardened concrete with the protective covering. Any surface finish damaged by rain shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the City at no cost to the City. 601.15 Curing Concrete. (a) Materials. Materials used in curing concrete shall conform to one of the following types: Burlap-polyethylene sheeting shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 171. Polyethylene sheeting shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 171. Copolymer/synthetic blanket shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 171. Copolymer/synthetic blankets shall be a composite of a copolymer membrane material coated over a layer of absorbent nonwoven synthetic fabric weighing at least 6 ounces per square yard, uniform in appearance, and free from visible defects. Other approved sheeting materials shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 171. Membrane curing compound shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 148, Type 1-D or Type 2. (b) Application. The exposed concrete, immediately after finishing, shall be covered with one of the curing materials listed above and shall be kept continuously and thoroughly wet for a period Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-136 of not less than 5 days after the concrete is placed. Membrane curing does not require the application of additional moisture. Membrane curing compound shall not be used on surfaces requiring a Class 2 finish. When membrane curing is used, the exposed concrete shall be thoroughly sealed by applying the membrane curing solution immediately after the free water has left the surface. The concrete inside the forms shall be sealed immediately after the forms are removed and necessary finishing has been done. For uniform application in the field on vertical concrete surfaces, the specified rate of application may be achieved by two coats applied at an interval of approximately 1 hour. The Contractor shall provide satisfactory equipment and means to properly control and assure the direct application of the curing solution on the concrete surface so as to result in a uniform coverage at the rate of 1 gallon for each 125 square feet of area. If rain falls on the newly coated concrete before the film has dried sufficiently to resist damage, or if the film is damaged in any other manner, a new coat of the solution shall be applied to the affected portions equal in curing value to that specified above. 601.16 Finishing Concrete Surfaces. Surface finishes shall be classified as follows: Class 1. Ordinary Surface finish. Class 2. Rubbed finish. Class 3. Sprayed finish. Class 4. Exposed Aggregate finish. Class 5. Tined Surface finish. Class 6. Broomed finish. Class 7. Grooved finish. All concrete shall be given a Class 1, Ordinary Surface Finish. In addition, if further finishing is required, such other types of finish will be as specified herein. Payment for finishes will be considered a part of the applicable item of concrete used. The following surfaces shall be given a Class 2 finish except when a Class 3 finish is specified in the plans: 1) Exposed surfaces of retaining walls and box culvert wingwalls, surfaces of concrete rails, rail posts, rail end posts, rail bases, and parapets, including the outside face. 2) At the option of the Contractor, a Class 3 finish may be used on all surfaces requiring a Class 2 finish provided the same class of finish is used on the entire job. 3) Sidewalks, curbs, exposed horizontal surfaces of inlets and junction boxes, and exposed horizontal faces of miscellaneous concrete items shall be given a Class 6 finish. 4) Concrete pavement surfaces shall be given a Class 5 finish. The various classes of surface finish are defined as follows: Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-137 (1) Class 1, Ordinary Surface Finish. Immediately following the removal of forms, fins and irregular projections shall be removed from all surfaces except from those that are not to be exposed or are not to be waterproofed. On all surfaces, the cavities produced by form ties and all other holes, broken corners or edges, and other defects shall be thoroughly cleaned, and after having been thoroughly saturated with water, shall be carefully pointed and trued with a mortar of cement and fine aggregate mixed in the proportion of 1:2. Mortar used in pointing shall be not more than 1 hour old. The concrete shall then be rubbed or sprayed, if required, and cured as specified under Subsection 601.15. Construction and expansion joints in the completed work shall be left carefully tooled and free of mortar and concrete. The joint filler shall be left exposed for its full length with clean and true edges. The resulting surfaces shall be true and uniform. Repaired surfaces, the appearance of which is not satisfactory to the City, shall be rubbed as specified under Class 2 finish. Exposed surfaces not protected by forms shall be struck off with a straightedge and finished with a wood float to a true and even surface. The use of additional mortar to provide a pl astered or grout finish will not be permitted. The tops of caps in the area of the bridge seat shall be finished with a steel trowel or by grinding to a smooth finish and true slope at the proper elevation. (2) Class 2, Rubbed Finish. After removal of forms, the rubbing of concrete shall be started as soon as its condition will permit. Immediately before starting this work the concrete shall be thoroughly saturated with water. Sufficient time shall have elapsed before the wetting down to allow the mortar used in the pointing of rod holes and defects to thoroughly set. Surfaces to be finished shall be rubbed with a medium coarse carborundum stone, using a small amount of mortar on its face. The mortar shall be composed of cement and fine sand mixed in proportions used in the concrete being finished. Rubbing shall be continued until form marks, projections, and irregularities have been removed, voids filled, and a uniform surface has been obtained. The paste produced by this rubbing shall be left in place at this time. After concrete above the surface being treated has been cast, the final finish shall be obtained by rubbing with a fine carborundum stone and water. This rubbing shall be continued until the entire surface is of a smooth texture and uniform color. After the final rubbing is complete and the surface has dried, it shall be rubbed with burlap to remove loose powder and shall be left free from all unsound patches, paste, powder, and objectionable marks. (3) Class 3, Sprayed Finish. The material furnished for sprayed finish shall be a commercial paint type texturing product produced specifically for this purpose, and shall consist of a synthetic non-alkyd resin containing mica, perlite, non-biodegradable fibers, and durable tinting pigments. The material shall be approved by the City. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, the color of the sprayed finish shall be concrete gray, equal or close to Shade 36622 of the Federal Color Standard 595 A. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-138 Surfaces to be coated shall be free from efflorescence, flaking, coatings, dirt, oil, and other foreign substances. The sprayed finish shall not be applied over surfaces cured with membrane curing compound until 30 days has elapsed from application of the membrane. Prior to application of spray finish, the surfaces shall be free of moisture, as determined by sight and touch, and in a condition consistent with the manufacturer’s published recommendations. The spray finish shall be applied at a rate as recommended by the manufacturer and as approved by the Engineer/City Engineer. The spray finish shall be applied with heavy duty spray equipment capable of maintaining a constant pressure as necessary for proper application. The completed finish shall be tightly bonded to the structure and shall present a uniform appearance and texture equal to or better than that required for rubbed finish. If necessary, an additional coat or coats shall be applied to produce the desired surface texture and uniformity. Upon failure to adhere positively to the structure without chipping or cracking, or to attain the desired surface appearance, the coating shall be removed from the structure and the surface given a rubbed finish, or another approved finish satisfactory to the City. (4) Class 4, Exposed Aggregate Finish. This type of finish shall be produced by scrubbing the surface of green concrete with stiff wire or fiber brushes, using a solution of muriatic acid in the proportion of 1 part acid to 4 parts water, or by sand blasting, until the cement film or surface is completely removed and the aggregate particles are exposed. The amount of aggregate exposure will be specified on the plans or designated by the Engineer/City Engineer. Any surface treated with muriatic acid shall be thoroughly washed with water to which a small amount of ammonia has been added to remove all traces of the acid. The resulting surface shall be an even pebbled texture. (5) Class 5, Tined Roadway Surface Finish. The concrete roadway surface shall be given a finish with a burlap drag, followed by tining. The surface shall be finished by dragging a seamless strip of damp burlap over the full width of the roadway surface. The burlap drag shall consist of sufficient layers of burlap and have sufficient length in contact with the concrete to slightly groove the surface, and shall be moved forward with a minimum bow of the lead edge. The drag shall be kept damp, clean, and free of particles of hardened concrete. The final finish shall be accomplished by using the drag finish as described above with the further application of a metal tine finishing device. The tine shall be approximately 0.032” by 0.125” of steel flat wire, 2” to 5” in length, and spaced on ½” to ¾” centers. The grooves produced in the concrete shall be substantially from 1/8” to 3/16” in depth. The grooves shall be transverse to the centerline of the surface. The metal tine device shall be operated by approved mechanical or manual means. Other texturing equipment may be approved by the Engineer/City Engineer provided it produces a texture equivalent to that produced by the metal tine. The tining shall be terminated with a transition in depth 18” from the gutter line. The outer 18” of the tined surface shall receive a Class 6, broomed finish. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-139 (6) Class 6, Broomed Finish. After the concrete has been deposited in place, it shall be consolidated and the surface shall be struck off by means of a strike board, floated, and broomed. An edging tool shall be used on edges and expansion joints. The surface shall not vary more than ¼” under a 10’ straightedge. The surface shall have a granular or matte texture. (7) Class 7, Grooved Finish. The roadway surface shall be grooved perpendicular to the centerline with grooves extending across the slab to within 18” of the gutter line. The grooves shall be cut using a mechanical sawing device that will leave grooves 1/8” to 3/16” in depth and spaced on ½” to ¾” centers. Section 602. Reinforcing Steel 602.01 Description. This item shall consist of reinforcing steel and miscellaneous accessories of the quality, type, size, and quantity designated, which shall be furnished and placed in concrete according to these specifications and in conformity with the details shown on the plans, or as directed. 602.02 Materials. (a) Bar Reinforcement. Bar reinforcement for concrete in sizes up to and including #18 shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 31 or M 53. (b) Wire and Wire Fabric. Wire, when used as reinforcement in concrete, shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 32 or M 225. (c) Bar Mat Reinforcement. Bar mat reinforcement for concrete shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 54. (d) Epoxy Coating. When specified, reinforcing steel bars shall be coated according to AASHTO M 284 using a coating material that meets the requirements of Annex A1 of AASHTO M 284. The Contractor shall supply to the Engineer a written certification that properly identifies the number of each batch of coating material used in the order; the material, quantity represented, date of manufacture, and name and address of the manufacturer; and a statement that the supplied coating material meets the requirements of Annex A1 of AASHTO M 284. Patching material, compatible with coating material, inert in concrete, and meeting the requirements of Annex A1 of AASHTO M 284, shall be provided by the epoxy coating manufacturer. 602.03 Bar Lists and Bending Diagrams. All reinforcing steel shall be fabricated to conform to the details shown on the plans. Pins used for bending reinforcing steel shall be equal to or larger than that shown on the plans. Bar lists and bending diagrams for reinforcing steel and bar supports will not be reviewed or approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of the fabricated reinforcing steel. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-140 602.04 Fabrication. Bar reinforcement shall be bent to the shapes shown on the plans. Bars shall be bent cold, unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer. No bars partially embedded in concrete shall be field bent, except as shown on the plans or specifically permitted by the Engineer. Radii for bends shall be as shown on the plans. When not shown on the plans, radii bends on the inside of bars shall be as specified below: Bar Number Minimum Radii Stirrups and Ties 4 bar diameters 3,4,5,6,7, or 8 6 bar diameters 9,10, or 11 8 bar diameters 14 or 18 10 bar diameters The Engineer/City Engineer or his representative shall have free access to the shop for inspection, and every facility shall be extended to him for this purpose. On a random basis, samples of bars, other than the additional test bars, may be taken by the Engineer. Epoxy coating applicators shall be CRSI certified. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer, in writing, at least 10 days prior to performing any of the cleaning or coating operations. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer the coating applicator’s certification certifying that all materials used, the preparation of the bars, coating, and curing were done according to these specifications and that no bars contain more than six holidays per yard. The certification shall include or have attached specific results of tests of coating thickness and flexibility of coating. 602.05 Shipping, Handling, and Protection of Material. Bar reinforcement shall be shipped in standard bundles, tagged and marked according to the Code of Standard Practice of the Concrete Reinforcement Steel Institute. Steel reinforcement shall be protected from damage. When placed in the work, it shall be free from dirt, detrimental rust or scale, paint, oil, or other foreign substance. Steel reinforcement shall be stored above the ground on skids, platforms, or other supports. Epoxy coated reinforcing steel that is not incorporated into the work within 90 calendar days after delivery to the project shall be protected from exposure to the sun. Epoxy coating damaged during fabrication, shipping, or installation shall be repaired according to AASHTO M 284. Damaged areas less than 0.10 square inch need not be repaired but all areas larger than 0.10 square inch shall be repaired. The maximum amount of damage shall not exceed 2% of the surface area of each bar. All damaged areas shall be repaired according to the manufacturer’s instructions. Repairs will be required on all sheared or cut ends of bars, end areas left bare during the coating process, and any areas where the entire coating is removed. All repairs shall be completed as soon as practicable and, in the case of bare end areas and sheared ends, before visible oxidation of the surface occurs. Epoxy coated bars shall not be flame cut. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Standard Street and Drainage Specifications ST-141 The Contractor shall exercise caution when placing and vibrating concrete to prevent any damage to epoxy coated bars. In order to prevent the vibrator from damaging the coated bars, the head shall be covered with a sheet of rubber or a similar material as approved by the Engineer/City Engineer. 602.06 Placing and Fastening. Steel reinforcement shall be accurately placed in the positions shown on the plans and firmly held during the placing and setting of concrete. Bars shall be tied at all intersections except where spacing is less than 12” in each direction, in which case alternate intersections shall be tied. Bundled bars shall be tied together at not more than 6’ centers. Bar positions or clearances from the forms shall be maintained by means of stays, ties, hangers, or other approved devices. Reinforcing steel shall not be welded unless detailed on the plans or authorized in writing by the Engineer. Metal bar supports that are in contact with the exterior surface of the concrete shall have protection conforming with the CRSI Specifications, Class 1 for Plastic Protected Bar Supports or Class 2 for Stainless Steel Bar Supports, with the further provision that the plastic protection may be applied either by a dipping operation or by the addition of premolded plastic tips to the legs of the supports. Epoxy Coated Bar Supports that are coated according to the provisions of AASHTO M 284 using a coating material meeting the requirements of Annex A1 of AASHTO M 284 may be substituted for Plastic Protected Bar Supports or Stainless Steel Bar Supports. All high chairs and bar bolsters shall be metal. Any bar supports that deform under foot traffic or other construction activities shall not be used. When concrete is to rest on an excavated surface, layers of bars shall be supported above the surface by metal chairs or by precast mortar or concrete blocks. The use of rocks, pieces of stone or brick, pipe, wooden blocks, or chunks of concrete will not be permitted as bar supports or spacers. Reinforcement shall be placed by the Contractor and inspected and approved by the Engineer/City Engineer before the placing of concrete begins. Concrete placed in violation of this provision may be rejected and removal required. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the spacing of supports shall conform to the recommendations of CRSI. Epoxy coated bars shall be placed on plastic coated or epoxy coated metal supports and shall be held in place by use of plastic coated tie wires or molded plastic clips especially fabricated for this purpose. Bar supports for epoxy coated bars shall be fully coated metal supports. Epoxy coated bar supports shall be coated according to the provisions of AASHTO M 284 using a coating material meeting the requirements of Annex A1. In placing epoxy coated bars, care shall be maintained to prevent coated bars from being damaged. After the coated bars are secured to bar supports, a final visual inspection shall be made and all uncoated or damaged areas coated or repaired as required by the Engineer/City Engineer. 602.07 Splicing. Reinforcing steel shall be furnished in the full lengths specified on the plans. Bars spliced as a result of unforeseen construction conditions or sequences will require the Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville ST-142 written approval of the Engineer. Splices shall meet the requirements of the current edition of the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges. Secondary reinforcing used for distribution of loads, such as longitudinal bars in box culverts and retaining walls may be lapped 32 bar diameters minimum if bars are #6 or smaller. Primary reinforcing for columns and retaining walls which require splicing as a result of the lowering of footings shall be spliced at the upper end of the original bars. Required lengths of splices for primary reinforcing will be determined by the Engineer. In lapped splices, the bars shall be placed in contact and fastened together in such a manner as to maintain the minimum distance to the surface of the concrete as shown on the plans. Sheets of wire fabric or bar mat reinforcement shall overlap each other sufficiently to maintain a uniform strength and shall be securely fastened at the ends and edges. The lap shall be not less than one space of wire fabric or bar. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Lake Sequoyah Bridge Improvements SP-01-1 15047010 SP-01 – ARDOT SPECIFICATIONS SP-01-1 General SP-01-1.1 The standard specifications of the Arkansas Department of Transportation (ARDOT) are bound in a book titled Standard Specifications for Highway Construction. These specifications are referred to herein as "Standard Specifications." The latest edition shall apply. A copy of these "Standard Specifications" may be obtained from the Arkansas Department of Transportation, Little Rock, Arkansas, at their customary charge. SP-01-2 Incorporation and Modification SP-01-2.1 Certain parts of the Standard Specifications are appropriate for inclusion in these Technical Specifications. Such parts are incorporated herein by reference to the proper section or paragraph number. The individual specification numbers noted herein may be different from those in the latest edition of the "Standard Specifications." The most current specification number shall apply. Each such referenced part shall be considered to be a part of these Contract Documents as though copied herein in full. SP-01-2.2 Certain referenced parts of the Standard Specifications are modified in the Specifications that follow. In case of conflict between the Standard Specifications and the Specifications that follow, the Specifications that follow shall govern. SP-01-2.3 Individual material test numbers change from time to time. Use the latest applicable test. SP-01-2.4 Reference in the Standard Specifications to the “Department” are herein changed to the “Owner”. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Lake Sequoyah Bridge Improvements SP-01-2 15047010 END OF SECTION SP-01 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge Rehab SP-02-1 15047010 SP-02 - BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION DESCRIPTION SP-02-1.1 This item shall consist of providing all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary for rehabilitation of the Lake Sequoyah Drive over Lake Sequoyah as shown on the Plans and as specified herein. MATERIALS SP-02-2.1 Bridge Items: All materials shall meet the requirement of the applicable section of the 2014 Edition of the Arkansas Department of Transportation’s Standard Specifications for Highway Construction and/or the applicable Special Provisions listed below in Table 1. TABLE 1 MATERIAL SECTION Class S(AE) Concrete – Bridge Section 802 & 822 Class 2 Protective Surface Treatment Section 803 Reinforcing Steel – Bridge (Grade 60) Section 804 Structural Steel Section 807 Silicone Joint Sealant Section 809 CONSTRUCTION METHODS SP-02-3.1 Bridge Items: All work involved with the rehabilitation of the existing bridge components shall be in accordance with the details shown on the plans and the above referenced sections of the Arkansas Department of Transportation’s Standard Specifications for Highway Construction, unless modified or augmented herein. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SP-02-4.1 All materials, equipment, work and labor involved with the rehabilitation of the Lake Sequoyah Drive over Lake Sequoyah, with the exception of spall repair, surface patching and joint armor replacement, shall be measured in accordance with the applicable section of the 2014 Edition of the Arkansas Department of Transportation’s Standard Specifications for Highway Construction. Payment shall be made based on individual pay items listed in this section. Payment made under: Item SP02-4.1 Class 2 Protective Surface Treatment - per square yard Item SP02-4.2 Reinforcing Steel - Bridge (Grade 60) - per pound Item SP02-4.3 Silicone Joint Sealant - per linear foot Item SP02-4.4 Modification of Existing Bridge Structure - per lump sum Item SP02-4.5 Bridge Deck Repair - per square yard END OF SECTION SP-02 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge Rehab SP03-1 15047010 SP-03 – CONCRETE REPAIRS DESCRIPTION SP03-1.1 This item shall consist of removing unsound portions of the existing concrete surfaces identified by the Engineer, disposing of the removed concrete, and replacing the removed volume with repair mortar and/or concrete. This work shall be completed in accordance with the Standard Specifications, this Special Provision, and as directed by the Engineer. MATERIALS SP03-2.1 Concrete: Repair mortar and/ or concrete shall consist of a rapid-hardening, low shrinkage concrete repair material, suitable for structural concrete applications. The material shall be hydraulic cement-based material that is non-metallic with no added chlorides and shall be pre- blended requiring only the addition of water. “Rapid Set Mortar Mix” and “Rapid Set Concrete Mix” manufactured by CTS Cement are considered acceptable products for use. The contractor may submit alternate products for review and approval. (1) Minimum Compressive Strength. Compressive strength, as verified by test methods ASTM C39 or AASHTO T 22, shall be as shown below with time being measured from addition of water to mix: 1 Hour 2,500 psi 3 Hours 3,000 psi 7 Days 5,000 psi 28 Days 6,000 psi (2) Shrinkage. Maximum allowable shrinkage shall be 0.05% as determined by AASHTO T 107. (3) Certification. The supplier shall submit certification that the material meets these specifications. The Owner reserves the right to make independent tests to verify the results. (4) Working Time under Field Conditions. Initial set from addition of water to mix shall be from 30 to 45 minutes with a minimum of 20 minutes of working time at all temperatures from 45º F to 95º F (Workability must be good.). SP03-2.2 Reinforcing Steel: Replacement reinforcing steel, if required, shall conform to the requirements of Section 804. EQUIPMENT SP03-3.1 The equipment used shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Removal should be accomplished with power-driven hand tools such as chipping hammers or pneumatic hammers, 45 lb. class maximum. Mechanical chipping tools shall generally not be operated at an angle in excess of 45° measured from the surface of the deck. Surface cleaning equipment shall be capable of properly cleaning the exposed reinforcement and existing concrete surface as defined herein. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge Rehab SP03-2 15047010 PREPARATION OF SURFACE SP03-4.1 Removal: The surface of the concrete bent cap shall be sounded and any areas of unsound, delaminated, or otherwise deteriorated concrete to be repaired shall be marked and measured by the Engineer. The area to be repaired shall be made rectangular by means of saw-cutting in accordance with the details shown in the plans. All concrete within the marked area shall be removed with vertical sides to a minimum depth of 1" below the cap surface or to a greater depth, if necessary, to remove unsound concrete. The actual depth of removal shall be in accordance with the details in the plans and as directed by the Engineer. Care shall be taken to avoid damage to reinforcing steel. If damaged, the reinforcing steel shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractor’s expense in accordance with Section SP03-4.3, Reinforcing. The structural integrity and stability of the bent cap shall be maintained by limiting the removal to the least area possible and avoiding unnecessary loading near unrepaired removals. Exposed reinforcing steel shall be supported as necessary to protect it from bending by vehicles or equipment loadings. SP03-4.2 Cleaning: Prior to placement of repair concrete, the surfaces shall be blast cleaned with high-pressure water, sand or other media until all exposed concrete and reinforcing steel are free from laitance, rust, dust, dirt, oil, grease, bituminous material, paint, and all other foreign matter. SP03-4.3 Reinforcing: Reinforcing steel exhibiting pre-existing damage or section loss of greater than 25% shall be replaced at the direction of the Engineer. Replacement reinforcing steel bars shall be the same or larger size that conform to Section 804 and shall be lapped 40 bar diameters to existing reinforcing steel or dowelled into sound concrete in accordance with Section 804.06. Payment for replacement reinforcing steel, not due to damage caused by the Contractor, shall be made in accordance with Section 804. SP03-4.4 Formwork: Removable formwork, if required, shall be removed by the Contractor after the repair has obtained the minimum required compressive strength of 3,000 psi. PLACING AND FINISHING CONCRETE SP03-5.1 The work area shall be thoroughly wet down with potable water prior to repair placement and be maintained in a “saturated surface dry” condition until placement. The Contractor shall also remove any standing water in depressions with vacuum or oil-free compressed air ahead of the placement. Surface preparation shall be in accordance with the concrete repair material manufacturer’s recommendations. CONCRETE CURING SP03-6.1 Immediately after placement, the repair areas shall be cured in accordance with Subsection 802.17 and in accordance with the repair product manufacturer’s recommendations. Any curing compounds used shall be compatible with the repair product. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge Rehab SP03-3 15047010 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT SP03-7.1 Concrete Repairs less than or equal to 1" in depth will be measured by the square foot of the actual repair area under the item “Surface Patching”. Concrete Repairs exceeding 1" in depth will be measured by the square foot of the actual repair area under the item “Spall Repair”. BASIS OF PAYMENT SP03-8.1 Work completed and accepted and measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract unit price bid per square foot for “Surface Patching” and “Spall Repair”, which price shall be full compensation for the removal and disposal of concrete; for the installation and removal of any required formwork; for surface preparation; for repair of any damaged reinforcing; for furnishing, placing, consolidating, finishing, and curing repair mortar and/or concrete; and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment made under: Item SP03-8.1 Spall Repair – per square foot Item SP03-8.2 Surface Patching – per square foot END OF SECTION SP-03 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge Rehab SP-04-1 15047010 SP-04 – BRIDGE EXPANSION JOINT ARMOR DESCRIPTION SP-04-1.1 This item shall consist of removing portions of the bridge expansion joint armor at location of deck repair, disposing of removed steel, furnishing and installing new bridge expansion joint armor. This work shall be completed in accordance with the Standard Specifications, this Special Provision, and as directed by the Engineer. MATERIALS SP-04-2.1 Structural Steel: New joint armor shall meet the requirements of Section 807 of the 2014 Edition of the Arkansas Department of Transportation’s Standard Specifications for Highway Construction and as shown in the plans. CONSTRUCTION METHODS SP-04-3.1 All work involved with installation including welding of the new joint armor shall be in accordance with the details shown in the plans and Section 807 of the 2014 Edition of the Arkansas Department of Transportation’s Standard Specifications for Highway Construction. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT SP-04-4.1 Partial Width Joint Armor Replacement and Full Width Joint Armor Replacement will be measured by the linear foot. The measurement will be along the top of the new roadway angle from end to end. The quantities shown in the plans are for estimating purposes and final measurements will be made in conjunction with final deck repair areas. BASIS OF PAYMENT SP04-5.1 Work completed and accepted and measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract unit price bid per linear foot for “Partial Width Joint Armor Replacement” and “Full Width Joint Armor Replacement”, which price shall be full compensation for the removal and disposal of steel; for furnishing and installing all materials, for all certifications and submittals, for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment made under: Item SP04-5.1 Partial Width Joint Armor Replacement – per linear foot Item SP04-5.2 Full Width Joint Armor Replacement – per linear foot END OF SECTION SP-04 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge Rehab SP05-1 15047010 SP-05 – NESTING SITES OF MIGRATORY BIRDS DESCRIPTION SP05-1.1: All structures on this project, including new, temporary, and existing bridges and/or culverts, may be the nesting sites of migratory birds. These birds include, but are not limited to, swallows and phoebes. The birds and their habitat are protected under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act. Demolition of or construction activities on bridge and culvert structures that might disrupt egg incubation or feeding and sheltering of young migratory birds shall not occur without written permission from the Engineer. If construction is planned on bridges or culverts when migratory birds are actively building nests, the Contractor shall utilize Option 1 and/or 2 below to deter birds from nesting to allow construction activities to proceed. CONSTRUCTION METHODS SP05-2.1: Restrictions to the Contractor’s activities shall include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) Demolition of or construction activities on structures (i.e. sand blasting, painting, etc.) will not be permitted when migratory bird nests are considered active without written permission from the Engineer. This normally occurs in Arkansas from March 1 to August 31, but may occur outside of those dates during unusual weather events. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer details for all work proposed to be performed on the structure from March 1 to August 31, or while nests are active with eggs or young. A determination will be made by the Engineer within 10 business days concerning the possible impacts of the work and will then accept or reject the Contractor’s proposal. 2) OPTION 1 - The Contractor shall prevent birds from nesting by erecting netting at any time outside of the active nesting season (generally after August 31 to March 1). The Contractor may be allowed to erect netting during the active nesting season if no active nest is present on the bridge or structure. Net openings shall be ½ inch or smaller after installation. Birds that nest despite prevention efforts shall not be removed or disturbed. Netting shall be installed securely and maintained in such a manner that it will not pose a safety hazard. 3) OPTION 2 – The Contractor may remove inactive nests (those with no eggs or young) via hydro- cleaning or scraping at any time outside of the nesting season (generally after August 31 to March 1). The Contractor will be allowed to scrape or hydro-clean daily to remove any mud or debris placed on the structure by birds attempting to nest, as long as there are no eggs or young in the nests or partial nests. Adult birds cannot be harmed, injured, or harassed in any way except by removal of the unoccupied nests. Exclusionary netting does not have to be used if the Contractor agrees to be diligent and make sure no birds are allowed to nest on the structure. 4) No other methods of deterrence will be permitted without written approval of the Engineer. 5) Migratory birds can build nests very quickly, specifically, in less than two days. If the Contractor allows even one nest on the structure to become active (containing eggs or young birds), they shall be required to stop construction/demolition until the young have voluntarily left the nest (up to six weeks), or get approval through the Engineer to work around the birds in a manner that does not disrupt incubation, feeding, and/or sheltering of the birds. 6) If no birds are nesting on or in the bridge or culvert structures between March 1 and August 31, a request may be made to the Engineer to allow demolition or construction to proceed. The Engineer will make the final determination concerning the presence or absence of nesting migratory birds within Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge Rehab SP05-2 15047010 ten business days and will accept or reject the Contractor’s proposal concerning the demolition or construction. CONTRACTOR NEGLIGENCE SP05-3.1: The Contractor will be assessed the amount of any and all fines and penalties assessed against and costs incurred by the Owner which are the result of the Contractor’s failure to comply with this Special Provision. The Owner will not be responsible for any delays or costs due to the Contractor’s failure to comply with this special provision. The Contractor will not be granted additional compensation or contract time due to noncompliance. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND BASIS OF PAYMENT SP05-4.1: All costs incurred in complying with prevention of migratory bird nesting shall be measured by Lump Sum which includes implementation of Option 1 or 2 or both as the contractor elects and is approved by the Engineer to meet the requirements of this Special Provision. The unit price for “Migratory Bird Nesting Prevention” shall include furnishing all materials and for all preparation, placing and installation of netting and/or hydro-cleaning as required to meet the requirements of this Special Provision. Payment will be made under: Item SP-05-4.1 Migratory Bird Nesting Prevention - per Lump Sum END OF SECTION SP-05 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge Rehab SP06-1 15047010 SP-06 – DETAILS FOR LAKE TRAFFIC SAFETY DESCRIPTION SP06-1.1: This special provision shall establish the contract item, Lake Traffic Safety, to cover the protection of boating and other vessel traffic for Bridge No. 19523 on Lake Sequoyah from any dangers which might result from the construction of this project. This item shall also consist of furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removing temporary signs and all other safety features. All construction operations in or over the lake shall conform to the directions of the Owner. This special provision requires the use of a “safety platform(s)” to protect lake traffic during bridge deck and joint repairs, with payment to be subsidiary to the contract item “Lake Traffic Safety”. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS SP06-2.1: The Contractor shall submit a plan to the Engineer for approval from the City of Fayetteville Parks and Recreation (479-444-3471) and the City of Fayetteville Public Works Department that detail the Contractor’s plans for protection of lake traffic 21 days prior to any work commencing above Lake Sequoyah. The Contractor shall be responsible to take all necessary steps to warn and protect lake traffic from any dangers that might be encountered as a result of the construction of this project. The Contractor shall install a sign or signs, as shown in Detail A of this special provision, in a clearly visible position on either side of the bridge in Lake Sequoyah and at all public boat ramps. The Contractor shall coordinate the location, number of signs and method of installation of the signs through the Engineer, with the Engineer having final approval. SAFE NAVIGATION PASSAGE CHANNEL SP06-3.1: During bridge deck and joint repairs, all lake traffic, boats and other vessels, shall be confined to using the lake navigation channel as a safe navigation passage channel. The remaining channel should be closed during this work. Buoys and floats shall be used to direct lake traffic to use the safe navigation passage channel. The safe navigation passage channel shall be maintained by the Contractor during working and non-work hours. Should the Contractor, during the progress of work, lose, throw overboard, sink or misplace any material, machinery, plant, or appliance which in the opinion of the Engineer may be dangerous or obstructive to navigation, the Contractor shall immediately recover and remove the same with dispatch. The Contractor shall give immediate notice, with the description and location of such obstruction to the City of Fayetteville; and when required, the Contractor shall mark or buoy such obstructions until the same are removed. Lake traffic in the navigation channel at Bridge No. 19523 may be temporarily halted for short intervals of time, not to exceed 1 hour or as directed by the Engineer, in order that potentially dangerous construction activities can be conducted without endangering the public. Flaggers may be required, by the Contractor or as directed by the Engineer, to halt lake traffic or to ensure boats and other vessels do not enter dangerous construction areas. Prior to “temporary closure” of the navigation channel, the City of Fayetteville Parks and Recreation (479-444-3471) and the City of Fayetteville Public Works Department Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge Rehab SP06-2 15047010 shall be notified by the Contractor, so they can respond to public inquiries. Buoys, floats and signs shall be installed and maintained in good condition. The Contractor shall certify weekly to the Engineer that the devices in use have been inspected on at least a daily basis and the any devices failing to comply with the requirements set out herein were corrected. The certification shall contain, at a minimum, the following information: • Date and time of inspection • Name of person performing the inspection • Any deficiencies found and measures taken to correct the deficiencies. SAFETY PLATFORM(S) SP06-6.1: Before the navigation channel span is buoyed and marked for a safe passage; and before bridge deck repairs, a “safety platform” shall be constructed directly under the spans over the navigation channel span. The safety platform shall be constructed to the extent necessary, as directed by the Engineer, to protect boats and other vessels from falling objects. The Contractor must devise a method of support for the safety platform used. The safety platforms shall consist of timbers, heavier than plyboard, capable of supporting pieces of concrete or other material falling from the bridge during bridge deck repairs, demolition and reconstruction of portions of the exiting bridge Details for safety platform construction, complete with dimensions, design calculation, and kind and condition of materials, must be submitted to the Engineer for informational and record purposes prior to construction. These details must be prepared and/or approved by a Professional Engineer licensed in Arkansas and submitted to the City of Fayetteville Parks and Recreation (479-444-3471) and the City of Fayetteville Public Works Department 21 days prior to any activities occurring above Lake Sequoyah. The Contractor shall construct the platform in accordance with the details submitted to the Engineer and the results obtained by the use of the platform design are the Contractor’s responsibility. Boat and other vessel traffic shall not be allowed under a portion of the safety platform being installed or removed. MATERIALS SP06-7.1: The materials, construction, and maintenance of the signs shall conform to the requirements of Section 604 of the ARDOT Standard Specifications and the General Notes on Standard Drawing TC-1. A black, direct applied, non-reflective border and legend shall be used on the background of the signs. This background shall consist of AASHTO M 268 Type V retro-reflective sheeting. Legends shall utilize six- inch series "D" letters as shown in Standard Alphabets for Highway Signs published by the Federal Highway Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation (Refer to Sign Detail A.). All buoys shall have a 3-inch minimum width reflective band around the top. A line of individual buoys shall be used to mark the Danger Area where the construction is actively occurring and shall show a Danger Area symbol with a reflective message at least 3 inches tall saying, "DANGER”, as shown in Detail B of this special provision. Green can buoys shall be used to mark the left side of the passage channel proceeding upstream. Red can buoys shall be used to mark the right side of the passage channel proceeding upstream. Green and Red can buoys will also have color coded reflective tape so they may be seen at night, or painted with reflective paint. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge Rehab SP06-3 15047010 The anchoring device for buoys shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation and shall be sufficient to retain the buoys and barrier floats system in a relatively stable position at all water depths and velocities. Any anchor cables above the water surface, if approved, will have flagging and reflective tape placed no more than 3 feet apart to alert vessels of the cables. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND BASIS OF PAYMENT SP06-8.1: The safety platform required during bridge deck repairs shall be subsidiary to the contract item “LAKE TRAFFIC SAFETY”. All other Contractor costs incurred in complying with the requirements of this special provision including placement of buoys to mark the passage channel and placement of signs, will be paid for at the price bid for the contract item “Lake Traffic Safety”, which price shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing materials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidental necessary to compete the work. Payment will be made under: Item SP06-8.1 Lake Traffic Safety - Lump Sum Detail A 48" X 36" NOTE: ORANGE WITH BLACK LEGEND NOT TO SCALE WARNING! BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION FOLLOW MARKED NAVIGATION CHANNEL SLOW NO WAKE ZONE Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge Rehab SP06-4 15047010 END OF SECTION SP-06 DANGER BUOY DETAIL Detail B NOT TO SCALE Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge Rehab SP07-1 15047010 SP-07 – CLASS C FLY ASH IN PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND CLASS S(AE) CONCRETE DESCRIPTION SP07-1.1: The following is added as the last paragraph of Subsections 501.04(a) and 802.06(a): If the contractor elects to use Class C fly ash as a partial replacement for cement in Portland Cement Concrete Pavement or in Class S(AE) concrete and the plant producing the fly ash uses powdered activated carbon to meet EPA mercury emission requirements (as indicated in the Qualified Products List), an increased frequency for contractor quality control testing for air content will be required. As a minimum, an air content test must be taken at the beginning of placement and at intervals during placement not to exceed 20 cubic yards. The Engineer may require more frequent testing if wide ranges occur in the air content test results. No additional payment will be made for additional air content testing, but full compensation will be considered included in the contract unit prices bid for Portland Cement Concrete Pavement or Class S(AE) Concrete. END OF SECTION SP-07 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge Rehab SP08-1 15047010 SP-08 – COMMENCMENT OF CONTRACT TIME DESCRIPTION SP08-1.1: As stated in Article 2 of the General Conditions in Section 2.03, a Notice to Proceed may be given at any time mutually agreed upon by the Contractor and Owner within 120 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement upon completion of the required executed documents to commence Contract Time. The intent is to provide the Contractor greater flexibility to perform construction repairs. SP08-2.1: As stated in Article 3 of the Agreement in Section 3.02, The Work shall be Substantially Completed within 180 calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the GENERAL CONDITIONS, and final completion and ready for final payment in accordance with the GENERAL CONDITIONS within 210 calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. END OF SECTION SP-08 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 09-13-18 SS-800-1 Page 1 of 4 ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION STRUCTURES Sections 802, 805, 807, 809 and 817 of the Standard Specifications for Highway Construction, Edition of 2014, are hereby amended as follows: The fifth sentence of the ninth paragraph 802.14(b), Permanent Steel Deck Forms, is hereby deleted and the following is substituted therefor: (b) However, welding of form supports to flanges of steels other than ASTM A709, Grade 36 (250), 50 (345), or 50W (345W) of a weldable grade, and to those portions of a flange subject to tensile stresses will not be permitted except as provided for in the plans. Welding shall be accomplished by certified welders and according to Subsection 807.26 except that 1/8" (3mm) fillet welds will be permitted. Subsection 805.03(c) is hereby deleted and the following is substituted therefor: (c) Unless otherwise specified, steel piles shall consist of structural shapes of the section shown on the plans and shall comply with ASTM A709, Grade 36 (250). Subsection 807.05, Structural Steel, is hereby deleted and the following substituted therefor: Unless otherwise specified, structural steel shall conform to the requirements of Structural Steel for Bridges, ASTM A709, except that the Charpy V-Notch Impact test requirements shall apply only to materials designated on the contract drawings as main load carrying member components. When Charpy V-Notch tests are required, the test results shall conform to the requirements specified for Zone 1 minimum service temperature. Grade 36 (250) shall be furnished unless otherwise specified. Steel shall be furnished according to the following specifications: (a) Carbon Steel. Unless otherwise specified, structural carbon steel for bolted or welded construction shall conform to ASTM A709, Grade 36 (250). Fill or shim plates ¼" (6mm) or less in thickness used in high strength bolted connections may be ASTM A1011, SS, Grade 36 (250), Type 2, Grade 40 (275), Grade 50 (340), or Grade 55 (380) or ASTM A 1011 HSLAS, Grade 50 (340), Class 1 or Grade 55 (380), Class 1. (b) High Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel. High strength low alloy structural steel shall conform to ASTM A709, Grades 50 (345) or 50W (345W). Fill or shim plates ¼" (6mm) or less in thickness used in high strength bolted connections of painted bridges may be ASTM A 1011, SS, Grade 50 (340), or Grade 55 (380) or ASTM A 1011 HSLAS, Grade 50 (340), Class 1 or Grade 55 (380), Class 1. Fill or shim plates ¼" (6mm) or less in thickness used in high strength bolted connections of unpainted weathering steel may be ASTM A 606, Type 4. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 09-13-18 SS-800-1 Page 2 of 4 ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION STRUCTURES (c) High-Yield-Strength, Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate. High yield strength, quenched and tempered alloy steel plate shall conform to ASTM A514, Grade 100 (690). Quenched and tempered alloy steel structural shapes and seamless mechanical tubing shall meet all of the mechanical and chemical requirements of ASTM A514, Grade 100 (690), except that the specified maximum tensile strength may be 145,000 psi (1000 MPa) for seamless mechanical tubing. (d) Structural Steel for Eyebars. Steel for eyebars shall be of a weldable quality conforming to ASTM A709, Grade 36 (250), Grade 50 (345), or Grade 50W (345W). Subsection 807.06, High Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers for Structural Steel Connections, is hereby deleted and the following is substituted therefor: (a) Specifications. High strength bolts shall be heavy hex and shall conform to the requirements of ASTM F3125, Grade A325, Heavy Hex, except as modified herein. Type 1 bolts shall be provided when used with painted structural steel or when galvanized bolts are specified. Type 3 bolts shall be provided when used with unpainted weathering structural steel. The maximum hardness of high strength bolts shall be 33 Hardness Rockwell C. Nuts shall be heavy hex and shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A563 or AASHTO M 292. Nuts for plain, uncoated Type 1 bolts shall be Grade 2H, Grade DH or DH3. Nuts for Type 3 bolts shall be Grade DH3. Nuts for galvanized bolts shall be Grade 2H or Grade DH. When galvanized nuts are furnished, the zinc coating, overtapping, lubrication, and proof loading shall be in accordance with ASTM A563. Washers shall conform to the requirements of ASTM F436. Where necessary, washers may be clipped on one side to a point not closer than 7/8 of the bolt diameter from the center of the washer. Beveled washers shall be used in the flanges of American Standard beams and channels. Weathering steel washers shall be used with Type 3 bolts. When galvanized bolt assemblies are specified, the bolts, nuts, and washers shall be galvanized according to AASHTO M 232, Class C, or ASTM B695, Class 50. All components in a fastener assembly shall be galvanized by the same process. Galvanized nuts shall be provided with a lubricant that is clean and dry to the touch. The lubricant shall contain a visible dye so that a visual check can be made for the lubricant at the time of field installation. Plain, uncoated bolts, nuts, and washers must be "oily" to the touch when installed. (b) Required Tests. High strength fasteners, plain and galvanized, shall be subjected to a rotational capacity test according to ASTM F3125 Annex A2, and shall meet the following requirements: Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 09-13-18 SS-800-1 Page 3 of 4 ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION STRUCTURES 1. Go through two times the required number of turns (from snug tight conditions) indicated in Table 807-1, in a Skidmore-Wilhelm Calibrator or equivalent tension measuring device, without stripping or failure. 2. During this test, the maximum recorded tension shall be equal to or greater than 1.15 times the Minimum Bolt Tension as shown in Table 807-3. 3. The measured torque needed to produce the Minimum Bolt Tension shall not exceed the value obtained by the following equation: Torque = 0.25 * P * D where: Torque = Maximum Measured Torque (Foot-pounds [newton meter]) P = Measured Bolt Tension (pounds [kilonewtons]) D = Nominal Diameter (Feet [mm]) Proof load tests according to ASTM F606M (F606) Method 1 are required for the bolts. Wedge tests of full size bolts are required according to Section 10 of ASTM F3125. Galvanized bolts shall be wedge tested after galvanizing. Proof load tests according to ASTM A563 are required for the nuts. The proof load tests for nuts to be used with galvanized bolts shall be performed after galvanizing, overtapping, and lubricating. The Engineer shall be furnished with a manufacturer’s certification for all high strength bolts, nuts, and washers used on the project. This certification shall provide a lot number, shop order number, or other identification such that the heat number from which the items were made can be traced. This identifying number shall also appear on the sealed shipping containers. The certification shall indicate when and where all testing was done, including the rotational capacity tests, and shall include the zinc thickness when galvanized bolts, nuts, and washers are used. Item (1) of Subsection 807.26(b), Modification of Structural Welding Code, is hereby deleted and the following is substituted therefor: (1) Subparagraph 1.3.4 is modified to include: Electroslag welding shall not be used as a welding process on bridge structures. The first paragraph of Subsection 807.71, High Strength Bolt Connections, is hereby deleted and the following is substituted therefor: (a) General. High strength bolts meeting the requirements of ASTM F3125, Grade A325, Heavy Hex, including Annex A2, shall be furnished unless otherwise specified. Subsection 807.77, Materials (a) Inorganic Zinc-Rich Primer, is hereby deleted and the following is substituted therefor: Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 09-13-18 SS-800-1 Page 4 of 4 ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION STRUCTURES (a) Inorganic Zinc-Rich Primer. The prime coat shall be an inorganic zinc-rich paint complying with the requirements of AASHTO M 300 for Type 1 or Type II. The paint shall qualify for a Class A classification (slip coefficient of 0.33 or greater) when tested according to "Testing Methods to Determine the Slip Coefficient for Coatings used in Bolted Joints", in Appendix A of Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts as published by the Research Council on Structural Connections. The first paragraph of Subsection 809.02(b), Armored Joint with Neoprene Strip Seal, is hereby deleted and the following is substituted therefor: (b) Armored Joint with Neoprene Strip Seal. The armored joint shall consist of steel extrusions with neoprene strip seal. Steel extrusions shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A709, Grade 50W, or as specified. Subsection 817.02(b), Steel Items, is hereby deleted and the following is substituted therefor: (b) Steel Items. Bars, plates, and structural shapes shall be of steel conforming to the requirements of ASTM A709, Grade 36 (250), except that Charpy V-Notch Impact tests are not required. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 11-09-2021 SS-802-4 Page 1 of 1 ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION CEMENT Section 802 of the Standard Specifications for Highway Construction, Edition of 2014, is hereby amended as follows: The following is added as the last bullet of the second paragraph of Subsection 802.02, Materials. (a) Cement. • Portland-Limestone Cement, AASHTO M240, Type 1L. Type 1L shall have a limestone constituent greater than 5 percent and less than or equal to 15 percent by mass of blended cement. The second sentence of the fourth paragraph of Subsection 802.02, Materials. (a) Cement is revised as follows: The total alkalis in the cementitious material (Portland cement, Portland – Limestone cement, fly ash or slag cement) shall not exceed 5 lb/cu yd (3 kg/cu m). Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 04-11-19 SS-804-2 Page 1 of 1 ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION REINFORCING STEEL FOR STRUCTURES Section 804 of the Standard Specifications for Highway Construction, Edition of 2014, is hereby amended as follows: Subsection 804.02 Materials (b) Wire and Wire Fabric is hereby deleted and the following is substituted therefor: (b) Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement. Wire, when used as reinforcement in concrete, shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 336. For plain wire, Grade 70 shall be furnished unless otherwise specified. Welded wire reinforcement, when used as reinforcement in concrete, shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 336. For welded wire reinforcement, Grade 65 shall be furnished unless otherwise specified. The type of welded wire reinforcement shall be approved by the Engineer. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 02-27-20 SS-807-2 Page 1 of 1 ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION STEEL STRUCTURES Division 800 of the Standard Specifications for Highway Construction, Edition of 2014, is hereby amended as follows: Section 807, Steel Structures, is hereby modified as follows: The first paragraph Subsection 807.02 is hereby deleted and the following substituted therefor: All structural steel fabricators shall be certified for AISC Category SBR (Simple Steel Bridge Structures), IBR (Intermediate Steel Bridge Structures - Major), ABR (Advanced Steel Bridge Structures - Major), or CPT (Bridge Component Standard), as appropriate, except as provided herein. In addition, the fabricator shall have the appropriate Complex Coatings Endorsement (P1, P2, or P3) which qualifies them to apply complex coating systems. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville, AR Bid 2 6 -31, Addendum 1 Page 1 | 1 Bid 26-31, Addendum 1 Date: Tuesday, April 7, 2026 To: All Prospective Vendors From: Kenny Fitch – 479.575.8258 – kfitch@fayetteville-ar.gov RE: Bid 26-31, Construction – Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge Rehab This addendum is hereby made a part of the contract documents to the same extent as though it were originally included therein. Interested parties should indicate their receipt of same in the appropriate blank of the Bid. BIDDERS SHALL ACKNOWLEDGE THIS ADDENDUM ON THE DESIGNATED LOCATION ON THE BID FORM. 1. CLARIFICATIONS a. Conflicting information was identified regarding the location of the pre-bid meeting scheduled for this project. The pre-bid meeting will be held on-site at 6608 Lake Sequoyah Dr, Fayetteville, AR 72701 at 11:00am on Tuesday, April 14th. This information has been updated on the bidding website. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville, AR Bid 2 6 -31, Addendum 2 Page 1 | 1 Bid 26-31, Addendum 2 Date: Friday, April 17, 2026 To: All Prospective Vendors From: Kenny Fitch – 479.575.8258 – kfitch@fayetteville-ar.gov RE: Bid 26-31, Construction – Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge Rehab This addendum is hereby made a part of the contract documents to the same extent as though it were originally included therein. Interested parties should indicate their receipt of same in the appropriate blank of the Bid. BIDDERS SHALL ACKNOWLEDGE THIS ADDENDUM ON THE DESIGNATED LOCATION ON THE BID FORM. 1. CLARIFICATIONS a. Regarding the contractor’s approach to the bridge deck replacement, it is important to note that the plans show estimates of the worst areas of deck spalling/deterioration. These areas will be verified in the field prior to the contractor beginning the work. We anticipate that these field identified areas will largely conform to those areas identified in the plans, however, minor modifications could be necessary. As the work progresses and we get a better idea of the actual condition of the concrete surrounding the repair areas, the engineer and City will be onsite to further direct the contractor to keep the project within budget. This may lead to a reduction in the number of areas repaired to stay within the allowable budget. If conditions are as anticipated, we should be able to complete all the identified areas. b. Section 01271 – Measurement and Payment has been included as an attachment to this addendum. c. The City has removed any partial width joint armor replacement from the scope of this project and replaced it with full width joint armor replacement. An updated version of SP-04 for Bridge Expansion Joint Armor has been included as an attachment to this addendum. The line items were updated to reflect this change. 2. LINE ITEM MODIFICATIONS a. Line Item 15) Partial Width Joint Armor Replacement: this line item was removed. b. Line Item 16) Joint Armor: the description of this line item was updated from Full Width Joint Armor Replacement, and the quantity was increased to 288 LF from 132 LF. 3. ATTACHMENTS a. Attachment A: Pre-Bid Meeting Sign-In Sheet b. Attachment B: Garver Pre-Bid Meeting Agenda c. Attachment C: Section 01271 – Measurement and Payment d. Attachment D: SP-04 – Bridge Expansion Joint Armor Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Attachment A: Pre-Bid Meeting Sign-In Sheet Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Attachment B: Garver Pre-Bid Meeting Agenda Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01271 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01271 – Measurement and Payment 01271-1 - Addendum No. 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section includes delineation of measurement and payment criteria applicable to unit price work, whether the unit price items are part of a unit price contract or are part of a Stipulated Price contract. B. Defect assessment and non-payment for rejected work. 1.2 AUTHORITY A. Measurement methods are delineated for each individual bid item under this section. B. The Engineer will take all measurements and compute quantities accordingly. C. Contractor shall assist by providing necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as required. 1.3 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED A. Quantities and measurements indicated in the Bid Form are for bidding and contract purposes only. Quantities and measurements supplied or placed in the Work and verified by the Engineer shall determine payment. B. If the actual Work requires more or fewer quantities than those quantities indicated, provide the required quantities at the unit prices contracted. 1.4 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES A. Measurement by Weight: Items measured by weight will use specified standard handbook weights unless otherwise specified in this section for an individual item. B. Measurement by Volume: Unless herein noted differently, volume shall be measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width and height or thickness with survey chain, steel tape, approved distance meter, or by use of Total Surveying Stations and Engineering Software, as approved by Engineer. C. Measurement by Area: Unless herein noted differently, area shall be measured by square dimension using mean length and width or radius, with survey chain, steel tape, approved distance meter, or by use of Total Surveying Stations and Engineering Software, as approved by Engineer. D. Linear Measurement: Unless herein noted differently, linear measurements shall be measured at the item centerline or mean chord, with survey chain, steel tape, approved distance meter, or by use of Total Surveying Stations and Engineering Software, as approved by Engineer. E. Stipulated Price Measurement: Items measured by weight, volume, area, or linear means or combination, as appropriate, as a completed item or unit of the Work. 1.5 PAYMENT A. Payment Includes: Except as modified herein, payment shall be full compensation for all required labor, products, tools, equipment, plant, transportation, services and incidentals; erection, application or installation of an item of the Work; overhead and profit. B. Final payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual measurements and quantities accepted by the Engineer multiplied by the unit price for Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work. Attachment C: Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01271 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (continued) 01271 - Measurement and Payment 01271-2 - Addendum No. 2 1.6 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. Replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to specified requirements. B. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, the Engineer will direct the following remedy: 1. The defective Work will be repaired to the instructions of the Engineer, and the unit price will be adjusted to a new price at the discretion of the Engineer. C. The authority of the Engineer to assess the defect and identify payment adjustment is final. 1.7 NON-PAYMENT FOR REJECTED PRODUCTS A. Payment will not be made for any of the following: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable. 2. Products determined as unacceptable before or after placement. 3. Products not completely unloaded from the transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond the lines, levels or boundaries of the required Work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work. 6. Loading, hauling and disposing of rejected Products. 7. Work performed beyond the specified limits unless authorized by the Engineer. 1.8 BID ITEMS 1 Insurance and Bonding See Section 103, City of Fayetteville's Standard Specifications for Street and Drainage Construction 2 Clearing, Grubbing, & Demolition See Section 201, City of Fayetteville's Standard Specifications for Street and Drainage Construction 3 Seeding and Mulching See Section 505, City of Fayetteville's Standard Specifications for Street and Drainage Construction 4 Erosion Control See Section 509, City of Fayetteville's Standard Specifications for Street and Drainage Construction 5 Mobilization (Shall not exceed 5% of Total Bid) See Section 511, City of Fayetteville's Standard Specifications for Street and Drainage Construction 6 Project Signs See Section 514, City of Fayetteville's Standard Specifications for Street and Drainage Construction Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SECTION 01271 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (continued) 01271 - Measurement and Payment 01271-3 - Addendum No. 2 7 Tree Protection Fencing See Section 517, City of Fayetteville's Standard Specifications for Street and Drainage Construction 8 Class 2 Protective Surface Treatment See SP-02 – Bridge Construction 9 Reinforcing Steel-Bridge (Grade 60) See SP-02 – Bridge Construction 10 Silicone Joint Sealant See SP-02 – Bridge Construction 11 Modification of Existing Bridge Structure See SP-02 – Bridge Construction 12 Bridge Deck Repair See SP-02 – Bridge Construction 13 Spall Repair See SP-03 – Concrete Repairs 14 Surface Patching See SP-03 – Concrete Repairs 15 Joint Armor See SP-04 – Bridge Expansion Joint Armor 16 Migratory Bird Nesting Prevention See SP-05 – Nesting Sites of Migratory Birds 17 Lake Traffic Safety See SP-06 – Details for Lake Traffic Safety PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01271 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge Rehab SP-04-1 - Addendum No. 2 15047010 SP-04 – BRIDGE EXPANSION JOINT ARMOR DESCRIPTION SP-04-1.1 This item shall consist of removing the bridge expansion joint armor at all expansion joints, disposing of removed steel, furnishing and installing new bridge expansion joint armor. This work shall be completed in accordance with the Standard Specifications, this Special Provision, and as directed by the Engineer. MATERIALS SP-04-2.1 Structural Steel: New joint armor shall meet the requirements of Section 807 of the 2014 Edition of the Arkansas Department of Transportation’s Standard Specifications for Highway Construction and as shown in the plans. CONSTRUCTION METHODS SP-04-3.1 All work involved with installation shall be in accordance with the details shown in the plans and Section 807 of the 2014 Edition of the Arkansas Department of Transportation’s Standard Specifications for Highway Construction. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT SP-04-4.1 Joint Armor Replacement will be measured by the linear foot. The measurement will be along the top of the new roadway angle from end to end. BASIS OF PAYMENT SP04-5.1 Work completed and accepted and measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract unit price bid per linear foot for “Joint Armor Replacement,” which price shall be full compensation for the removal and disposal of steel; for furnishing and installing all materials, for all certifications and submittals, for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment made under: Item SP04-5.1 Joint Armor – per linear foot END OF SECTION SP-04 Attachment D: Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville, AR Bid 2 6 -31, Addendum 3 Page 1 | 1 Bid 26-31, Addendum 3 Date: Monday, April 27, 2026 To: All Prospective Vendors From: Kenny Fitch – 479.575.8258 – kfitch@fayetteville-ar.gov RE: Bid 26-31, Construction – Lake Sequoyah Drive Bridge Rehab This addendum is hereby made a part of the contract documents to the same extent as though it were originally included therein. Interested parties should indicate their receipt of same in the appropriate blank of the Bid. BIDDERS SHALL ACKNOWLEDGE THIS ADDENDUM ON THE DESIGNATED LOCATION ON THE BID FORM. 1. CLARIFICATIONS a. With the release of Addendum 2, some revised plan sheets were issued. A detailing error was identified on plan sheet S-208 which caused a discrepancy between the plan sheet and the associated line item quantity. The line item quantity is correct and no changes have been made with this addendum. Plan sheet S-208 is being reissued with this addendum with the detailing error corrected. 2. ATTACHMENTS a. Attachment A: Revised Plan Sheet S-208 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 F A Y E T T E V I L L E , A R K A N S A S C I T Y O F F A Y E T T E V I L L E DRAWN BY: B Y DATE: JOB NO.: DESIGNED BY: R E V . D A T E D E S C R I P T IO N ORIGINAL DRAWING BAR IS ONE INCH ON 0 1" DRAWING NUMBER L : \ 2 0 1 5 \ 1 5 0 4 7 0 1 0 - L a k e S e q u o y a h B r id g e I m p r o v e m e n t s \ D r a w in g s \ L S B I _ S 2 0 8 _ J o in t A r m o r R e p a ir . d g n W O R K S P A C E : J E S k in n e r G a r v e r B r id g e ( 2 0 2 2 ) 4 / 2 3 / 2 0 2 6 4 : 3 3 : 5 0 P M © 2023 GARVER, LLC AGREEMENT FOR THIS WORK. PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ALLOWED IN THE GOVERNING GARVER, LLC OR EXPLICITLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY HEREIN, IS PROHIBITED UNLESS THE IDEAS AND DESIGN CONTAINED OF THIS DOCUMENT, ALONG WITH REPRODUCTION, OR DISTRIBUTION GARVER, LLC. ANY USE, SERVICE AND ARE PROPERTY OF INSTRUMENTS OF PROFESSIONAL HEREIN, SHALL BE CONSIDERED IDEAS AND DESIGNS CONVEYED THIS DOCUMENT, ALONG WITH THE ADJUST SCALES ACCORDINGLY. IF NOT ONE INCH ON THIS SHEET, R E V I S E D D A T E : 15047010 B R I D G E R E H A B L A K E S E Q U O Y A H D R I V E JUNE 2024 S-208 HEW MAS ARMOR REPAIR EXPANSION JOINT 1 0 4 - 1 6 - 2 0 2 6 J E S A D D E N D U M N O . 2 A D D E N D U M N O . 3 2 0 4 - 2 3 - 2 0 2 6 J E S 2 EXISTING JOINT WIDTH A.W.S. MIN. 2"-6" 1 ƒ" 6" CL EXISTING BEAM 1 ' - 3 " E X IS T IN G C U R B 1 2 ' - 0 " C L E A R R O A D W A Y 1 ' - 3 " E X IS T IN G C U R B (TYP.) NEW ANGLE DECK REPAIR 3 • " 1 " ROD BACKER LIMITS OF DECK REPAIR LIMITS OF DECK REPAIR JOINT SEALANT POURED SILICONE E X IS T IN G B R ID G E D E C K AT EACH BEAM BUMPER BAR CENTERED L6"x6"x•" 4" AT 12" O.C. CL ƒ" VENT HOLES EXISTING BEAM HORIZONTAL, TYP.) VERTICAL AND 6" O.C. (ALTERNATE †" DIA. x 3" STUDS AT ADJUSTMENTS NECESSARY TO FIT THE NEW WORK TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE CHECK MEASUREMENTS IN THE FIELD AND MAKE ANY DETAILS SHOWN ARE FROM THE BEST INFORMATION AVAILABLE DURING PLAN DEVELOPMENT. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE ASTM A709 (GR. 36, 50 OR 50W). FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, SEE SPECIAL PROVISION "JOINT ARMOR REPLACEMENT". JOINT ARMOR REPLACEMENT WILL BE PAID FOR AT THE UNIT PRICE BID FOR "JOINT ARMOR". CONCRETE SHALL BE HAND PACKED UNDER THE JOINT ARMOR AT EACH BENT. SEE DWG. NO. S-206 FOR DECK REPAIR NOTES AND DETAILS. SEE "PLAN VIEW" ON DWG. NOS. S-202 THROUGH S-205 FOR DECK REPAIR LOCATIONS. JOINT ARMOR SHALL BE REPLACED AT ALL BRIDGE DECK EXPANSION JOINTS. NOTES: DECK REPAIR PLAN VIEW JOINT ARMOR REPAIR AT DECK REPAIR AREAS Digitally Signed 04/23/2026 Attachment A: Revised Plan Sheet S-208 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 DJW G-001 TWM COVER SHEET N VICINITY MAP NO SCALE ARKANSAS FAYETTEVILLE, STATE MAP CONWAY NEWPORT MT HOME RIDGE WALNUT WEST MEMPHIS BLYTHEVILLE EL DORADO LITTLE ROCK De QUEEN TEXARKANA ARKADELPHIA HOT SPRINGS DUMAS PINE BLUFF FORT SMITH CLARKSVILLE RUSSELLVILLE HARRISON ST FRANCIS CRAIGHEAD GREENE INDEPENDENCE FAULKNER WHITE STONE CLEBURNE WOODRUFF CROSS JACKSON POINSETT BAXTER IZARD FULTON RANDOLPH LAWRENCE SHARP CRITTENDEN MISSISSIPPI CLAY PERRY CALHOUN UNION GRANT MILLER LAFAYETTE LITTLE RIVER HEMPSTEAD COLUMBIA OUACHITA NEVADA POLK HOWARD SEVIER PIKE SCOTT MONTGOMERY HOT SPRING CLARK DALLAS GARLAND SALINE LINCOLN BRADLEY ASHLEY CLEVELAND DREW CHICOT DESHA PRAIRIE JEFFERSON PULASKI LONOKE PHILLIPS ARKANSAS MONROE LEE VAN BUREN SEBASTIAN CRAWFORD WASHINGTON BENTON YELL JOHNSON LOGAN FRANKLIN POPE CONWAY NEWTON SEARCY MADISON CARROLL BOONE MARION o67 40p p30 o 62o p o71 p40 65 o62 49 Know what'sbelow. before you dig.Call R ARKANSAS ONE CALL G-002 OF THESE PLANS. SEE GENERAL NOTE 2, SHEET LOCATION PROJECT (479) 527-9100 Fayetteville, AR 72703 2049 E. Joyce Blvd., Ste. 400 FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE SITE PROJECT LAKE SEQUOYAH DRIVE BRIDGE REHAB JUNE 2024 GARVER PROJECT NO. 15047010 F A Y E T T E V I L L E , A R K A N S A S C I T Y O F F A Y E T T E V I L L E DRAWN BY: B Y DATE: JOB NO.: DESIGNED BY: R E V . D A T E D E S C R I P T IO N ORIGINAL DRAWING BAR IS ONE INCH ON 0 1" DRAWING NUMBER L : \ 2 0 1 5 \ 1 5 0 4 7 0 1 0 - L a k e S e q u o y a h B r id g e Im p r o v e m e n t s \ D r a w in g s \ L S B I _ G 0 0 1 _ C O . d g n W O R K S P A C E : t w m c c o r m ic k G a r v e r _ 2 0 1 2 5 / 3 1 / 2 0 2 4 8 : 0 9 : 5 9 A M © 2023 GARVER, LLC AGREEMENT FOR THIS WORK. PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ALLOWED IN THE GOVERNING GARVER, LLC OR EXPLICITLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY HEREIN, IS PROHIBITED UNLESS THE IDEAS AND DESIGN CONTAINED OF THIS DOCUMENT, ALONG WITH REPRODUCTION, OR DISTRIBUTION GARVER, LLC. ANY USE, SERVICE AND ARE PROPERTY OF INSTRUMENTS OF PROFESSIONAL HEREIN, SHALL BE CONSIDERED IDEAS AND DESIGNS CONVEYED THIS DOCUMENT, ALONG WITH THE ADJUST SCALES ACCORDINGLY. IF NOT ONE INCH ON THIS SHEET, R E V I S E D D A T E : 15047010 B R I D G E R E H A B L A K E S E Q U O Y A H D R I V E JUNE 2024 Digitally Signed 05/31/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 F A Y E T T E V I L L E , A R K A N S A S C I T Y O F F A Y E T T E V I L L E DRAWN BY: B Y DATE: JOB NO.: DESIGNED BY: R E V . D A T E D E S C R I P T I O N ORIGINAL DRAWING BAR IS ONE INCH ON 0 1" DRAWING NUMBER L : \ 2 0 1 5 \ 1 5 0 4 7 0 1 0 - L a k e S e q u o y a h B r id g e I m p r o v e m e n t s \ D r a w in g s \ L S B I_ S 1 0 1 _ L O . d g n W O R K S P A C E : B W D u r d e n G a r v e r B r id g e 5 / 3 1 / 2 0 2 4 9 : 1 9 : 3 7 A M © 2023 GARVER, LLC AGREEMENT FOR THIS WORK. PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ALLOWED IN THE GOVERNING GARVER, LLC OR EXPLICITLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY HEREIN, IS PROHIBITED UNLESS THE IDEAS AND DESIGN CONTAINED OF THIS DOCUMENT, ALONG WITH REPRODUCTION, OR DISTRIBUTION GARVER, LLC. ANY USE, SERVICE AND ARE PROPERTY OF INSTRUMENTS OF PROFESSIONAL HEREIN, SHALL BE CONSIDERED IDEAS AND DESIGNS CONVEYED THIS DOCUMENT, ALONG WITH THE ADJUST SCALES ACCORDINGLY. IF NOT ONE INCH ON THIS SHEET, R E V IS E D D A T E : 15047010 B R I D G E R E H A B L A K E S E Q U O Y A H D R I V E JUNE 2024 MAS CWT S-101 (SHEET 1 OF 2) BRIDGE LAYOUT M A T C H L IN E M A T C H L IN E SCALE: 1" = 10'-0" ELEVATION SCALE: 1" = 10'-0" PLAN 520'-0" = TOTAL LENGTH OF BRIDGE 40'-0"40'-0"40'-0"40'-0"40'-0"40'-0"40'-0" BEGIN BRIDGE BRIDGE BEGIN GAS LINE EXISTING 2•" STEEL 1 4 ' - 6 " O U T - T O - O U T 1 2 ' - 0 " C L R . R D W Y . 1 ' - 3 " C U R B 1 ' - 3 " C U R B TELEPHONE LINE CONDUIT EXISTING 3•" STEEL JOINT (TYP.) CL BENT & CL JOINT (TYP.) CL BENT & CL LEGEND -W- = BRIDGE MOUNTED WATER UTILITY -G- = BRIDGE MOUNTED GAS UTILITY -UGT- = BRIDGE MOUNTED TELECOM UTILITY -OHE- = OVERHEAD ELECTRIC UTILITY F = FIXED BEARING E = EXPANSION BEARING L A K E S E Q U O Y A H 2 3 4 5 6 7BENT NO. CL EXISTING BEAM 1 ELECTRIC UTILITY EXISTING OVERHEAD FEF FE FE FE FE FE A P P R O A C H R D W Y V A R IE S EXISTING BRIDGE RAIL GUARDRAIL EXISTING (TYP.) GUARDRAIL EXISTING Digitally Signed 05/31/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 F A Y E T T E V I L L E , A R K A N S A S C I T Y O F F A Y E T T E V I L L E DRAWN BY: B Y DATE: JOB NO.: DESIGNED BY: R E V . D A T E D E S C R I P T I O N ORIGINAL DRAWING BAR IS ONE INCH ON 0 1" DRAWING NUMBER L : \ 2 0 1 5 \ 1 5 0 4 7 0 1 0 - L a k e S e q u o y a h B r id g e I m p r o v e m e n t s \ D r a w in g s \ L S B I_ S 1 0 2 _ L O . d g n W O R K S P A C E : B W D u r d e n G a r v e r B r id g e 5 / 3 1 / 2 0 2 4 9 : 1 9 : 3 8 A M © 2023 GARVER, LLC AGREEMENT FOR THIS WORK. PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ALLOWED IN THE GOVERNING GARVER, LLC OR EXPLICITLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY HEREIN, IS PROHIBITED UNLESS THE IDEAS AND DESIGN CONTAINED OF THIS DOCUMENT, ALONG WITH REPRODUCTION, OR DISTRIBUTION GARVER, LLC. ANY USE, SERVICE AND ARE PROPERTY OF INSTRUMENTS OF PROFESSIONAL HEREIN, SHALL BE CONSIDERED IDEAS AND DESIGNS CONVEYED THIS DOCUMENT, ALONG WITH THE ADJUST SCALES ACCORDINGLY. IF NOT ONE INCH ON THIS SHEET, R E V IS E D D A T E : 15047010 B R I D G E R E H A B L A K E S E Q U O Y A H D R I V E JUNE 2024 MAS CWT S-102 (SHEET 2 OF 2) BRIDGE LAYOUT SCALE: 1" = 10'-0" ELEVATION SCALE: 1" = 10'-0" PLAN M A T C H L IN E M A T C H L IN E GAS LINE EXISTING 2•" STEEL 1 ' - 3 " C U R B 1 ' - 3 " C U R B 1 4 ' - 6 " O U T - T O - O U T 1 2 ' - 0 " C L R . R D W Y . TELEPHONE LINE CONDUIT EXISTING 3•" STEEL LEGEND (TYP.) CL BENT & CL JOINT A P P R O A C H R D W Y V A R IE S JOINT (TYP.) CL BENT & CL RAIL EXISTING BRIDGE -W- = BRIDGE MOUNTED WATER UTILITY -G- = BRIDGE MOUNTED GAS UTILITY -UGT- = BRIDGE MOUNTED TELECOM UTILITY -OHE- = OVERHEAD ELECTRIC UTILITY F = FIXED BEARING E = EXPANSION BEARING ANTICIPATED SPALL REPAIR AREA BRIDGE STRUCTURE (BRIDGE NO. 19523)" THE ITEM " MODIFICATION OF EXISTING SECTION 105 AND CONSIDERED INCLUDED IN SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE OF COMPLETE SPALL REPAIR WORK, WORK IF TEMPORARY SUPPORTS ARE NEEDED TO END BRIDGE END BRIDGE L A K E S E Q U O Y A H CL EXISTING BEAM ELECTRIC UTILITY EXISTING OVERHEAD 9 10 13 14BENT NO.12118 FE FEFE FE FE FE E GUARDRAIL EXISTING 520'-0" = TOTAL LENGTH OF BRIDGE 40'-0"40'-0"40'-0"40'-0"40'-0"40'-0"40'-0" Digitally Signed 05/31/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 19 May Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 May 19 26 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Kara Paxton, City Clerk-Treasurer Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33